CATALOGUE

2012
GLOBAL SPECIALIST
IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING
INFRASTRUCTURES

Manufacturing facilities in 70 countries and sale of products in 180 countries.

The only company manufacturing low voltage electrical equipments complying to all the
important world standards.

World leader in wiring devices and cable management.

The group designs and manufactures over 98 product families comprising of 1,70,000
products annually, with due emphasis on high performance, simplified installation and user
convenience.

50% of the investment dedicated to the development of new products.

Every year, Legrand invests 4.7% of its global turnover on Research and development activities
involving over 1800 people worldwide.
Building trust
with 31,000
employees
Sharing the
legacy of a
4.25 billion
euros turnover
in the year 2011
Understanding
you through
1,70,000
products
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 1
Legrand
a global edifice
Legrand is global specialist in electrical and digital
building infrastructures. The Group’s headquarter
is based at Limoges, France. Legrand (India),
the leaders in Miniature Circuit Breakers, RCDs
and Distribution Boards in India, is the indian
subsidiary of Legrand group. The Group services
the needs of residential, commercial, hospitality
and industrial sectors.
Partnering you
with more than
4600 active
patents
2
Legrand
Group Values
Customer Awareness
Resource Enhancement
Innovation
Ethical Behaviour
WEST
NORTH
Orient Taj - Agra
EAST
Park Plaza - Mumbai
SOUTH
Accenture - Chennai
CENTRAL
Green City - Vizag
Ranbaxy - Gurgaon
Wankhede Stadium - Mumbai
Nokia - Siemens Network - Chennai
Vishnunivasa - Trimula
DLF's Magnolias - Gurgaon
Kalpataru Aura - Mumbai
Plaza Reality - Green Acres - Chennai
Apollo DB City - Indore
City Centre 2- Kolkata Mani Square - Kolkata Uniworld City - Kolkata
Legrand
prestigious projects
3
> The group services the needs of residential, commercial, hospitality and
industrial projects.
> Some of the prestigious projects we have been proud to be associated with.
4
P. 183
DPX 250 ER
MCCB DBs
P. 184
Flexy DBs
P. 184
Ekinoxe TX DBs
P. 180
SPN DBs
P. 180
ETPN DBs
P. 181
7 segment
DBs
Ekinoxe
TM

Distribution Boards
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
E
V
I
C
E
S

F
O
R

A
R
T
E
O
R
T
M
P. 268
ZigBee
technology
Lighting control,
Scenario control
P. 274
BUS/SCS
technology
Lighting control,
Temerature control
P. 228-229
Audio and video
sockets, HD 15
amplifier
P. 269
Roller blinds
control,
Technical alarm
P. 224-226
Television, RJ45,
Wi-Fi and access
point
P. 227
Adaptors for
Data, USB,
Loudspeaker
sockets
P. 208-210
Mechanical
and Electronic
switches
P. 211-212
Push-buttons,
roller blinds,
Dimmers,
Fan controllers
P. 213
Lighting
environment
controller
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
E
V
I
C
E
S

F
O
R

M
Y
R
I
U
S
T
M
Arteor
TM
, ZigBee and
BUS/SCS technology
Wiring Devices &
Home Automation
Myrius
TM

Wiring Devices
P. 314-317
Switches, Push
buttons, Sockets,
Power units and
Dimmer & regulators
White mechanisms
Black mechanisms
P. 308-310
Switches, Push
buttons, Sockets,
Power units and
Dimmer & regulators
P. 317
ELU / indicators,
Skirting light, Indicators,
Buzzors, Sensors and
Remote unit
P. 318
Hospitality
functions
P. 311
ELU / indicators,
Skirting light, Indicators,
Buzzors, Sensors and
Remote unit
P. 312
Hospitality
functions
P. 144-148
Time Switches &
Accessories
P. 132
Lexic Accessories
& Auxiliaries
P. 158
Lexic
Time Delay
Relay
P. 144-146
Din rail
mounting
Time Switches
P. 102-104
DPX Automatic
Transfer Switch
P. 111-125
Lexic MCBs
Isolators
Lexic RCDs
P. 114
Lexic
railway MCBs
P. 71
Mounting,
Electrical
and Common
Auxiliaries
P. 28
DMX
3
ACB from
630 A to 6300
A Fixed version
Draw-out version
P. 30
DMX
3
ACB trip free
switches from 1250A
to 6300A Fixed &
Draw-out version
P. 29
Microprocessor
based protection
unit & accessories
Power
Protection, Isolation,
Controlling, Signalling,
Metering
P
O
W
E
R
,

P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N
,

I
S
O
L
A
T
I
O
N
,

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
I
N
G
,


S
I
G
N
A
L
L
I
N
G
,

M
E
T
E
R
I
N
G

&

D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
5
P. 185
P17 Tempra Plug
and Socket DBs
P. 186
Metal One Way
Enclosures
P. 186
Cable End Box,
Meter Box, PPI Kit
& Accessories
P. 181
7 segment
MCCB DBs
P. 182
Phase selector
DBs
P. 182
VTPN DBs
P. 183
DPX 125 MCCB
DBs
P. 185
Metra Plug and
Socket DBs
P. 284-288
Intruder
alarm, Sound
distribution
P. 254-261
Cover plates
P. 290-292
Touch screens,
Door entry
system
P. 296
Home networks,
Keypad volume
control
P. 296
TV socket, Data
socket, Telephone
socket
P. 230
Ancillary
mechanisms
P. 230-232
Surface
mounting and
Flush boxes,
Plexo 55
P. 232-233
DLP trunking plate,
Floor boxes and
Pop-up boxes
P. 215
Automatic
switches, Relays,
Time delay switches,
Skirting light
P. 216
Access control,
clockcon switch
P. 217-222
Hotel equipment,
RCBO, MCB
detectors
P. 223-224
Sockets
and
power units
P. 319
Volume controller,
Protectors and
Accessories
P. 320
Plastic plates
P. 321
Flush mounting &
Surface boxes
P. 312-313
Sockets & connectors,
Data & voice and
Audio & video
connectors
P. 313
Volume controller,
Protectors and
Accessories
P. 314
Myrius
Antibacterial
P. 320
Plastic plates
P. 318-319
Sockets & connectors,
Data & voice and
Audio & video
connectors- white
P. 156
Time Lag Switches
P. 165-166
Lexic
Ammeters &
Current
Transformers
P. 165
Lexic
Voltmeters &
Selector switches
P. 171-172
Loadster MCBs &
Isolators
P. 136
Lexic Motor
Protection Circuit
Breakers &
Accessories
P. 139-140
Lexic
Voltage Surge
Protectors &
Accessories
P. 164-165
Lexic Changeover
switches, Push
buttons &
Indicators
P. 161-163
Lexic
Dimmer & Power
Contactors
P. 53-69
DPX MCCBs
and Earth
Leakage Modules
P. 47-49
DRX MCCBs
P. 72
Residual
Current Relay and
Coils
(Contd....)
P. 30-32
DMX
3
ACB
auxilliaries and
accessories
6
V
D
I

S
T
R
U
C
T
U
R
E
D

C
A
B
L
I
N
G
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
E
V
I
C
E
S

F
O
R

M
O
S
A
I
C
T
M
LCS
2

- VDI Structured
Cabling
Mosaic
TM
Wiring Devices
Security
P. 484
P17 Tempra
Sockets
P. 484
P17 Tempra
Plugs
P. 486
P17 Tempra
Combined Units
Panel Mounting
Socket
P. 494
Metra Plugs
& Sockets
P. 426-427
Wi-Fi
solution
P. 502-503
Hypra Multipin
Connector -
function offer,
Metal & Plastic
P. 467
Movement
Detectors
P. 428-433
LCS
2
Fibre optic
P. 412-413
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
Zone distribution
boxes, RJ 45
sockets
P. 434-435
Audio & video
sockets,
HD 15 amplifier
P. 414-415
LCS
2
, cat. 6
Patch panels,
Cables &
cords
P. 410-411
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
Patch panels,
Cables &
cords
S
A
F
E
T
Y

&

S
E
C
U
R
I
T
Y
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
I
O
N

Plugs and Sockets
P. 499
Hypra Multipin
Connector -
kit offer, Metal &
Plastic
DLP
TM
Plastic and
Aluminium Trunking
Mylinc
TM
Wiring Devices
P. 376
DLP Minitrunking
P. 378-385
DLP U-PVC Plastic
Adaptable Trunking
P. 392-394
DLP Aluminium
Adaptable Trunking
C
A
B
L
E

M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
P. 363
Mylinc Energy
Sockets and
Power Units
P. 362
Mylinc Switches,
Dimmers &
Accessories
P. 363
Mylinc TV and RJ 11
telephone Sockets
and Accessories
W
I
R
I
N
G

D
E
V
I
C
E
S

F
O
R

M
Y
L
I
N
C
T
M
P. 346
RJ 11 Telephone
Sockets & Mosaic
Accessories
P. 346
RJ 45
Cat. 6 & Cat. 5e
Information Outlets
P. 347-348
Black
Mechanisms
P. 343
Skirting Light
P. 342-343
Switches, Push
Buttons, Dimmers,
Fan Regulators &
Accessories
P. 343
Buzzers
P. 465
Video Door Entry
Kits
7
P. 493
Hypra Prisinter
Sockets
P. 493
Hypra Sockets &
Plugs
P. 436-444
Enclosure,
Cabinets
P. 445-447
Arteor
TM
cover
plates
P. 448
Mosaic
TM
plates
P. 448
Flush boxes
P. 416-419
LCS
2
, cat. 6
Zone distribution
boxes, RJ 45
sockets
P. 422-423
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
Zone distribution
boxes, RJ 45
sockets
P. 424-426
LCS
2
, Modular
panels, Doubler
sockets,
Telephone panels
P. 420-421
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
Patch panels,
Cables &
cords
P. 486
Multisocket
Combined
Units
P. 486
P17 Tempra
schuko sockets &
refrigerated container
use
P. 386-387
DLP Columns,
Semi Columns &
Mini Columns
P. 397-398
Floor Boxes &
Pop-up Boxes
P. 390-391
Selection chart
for U-PVC, Mini &
Aluminium DLP
Trunking
P. 364-366
Mylinc Modular
Plates - White &
Color and Surrounds
P. 367
Mylinc Flush &
Surface Boxes
P. 350
Metal Flush &
Surface Boxes
P. 350
Plastic Surface
Boxes
P. 345
Energy Sockets
and Shaver
Sockets
P. 346-347
TV sockets,
Telephone Plugs
& Sockets
P. 349
Cover plates -
White, Metallic
P. 344
Key Fob Switch,
Key Fob &
Key Code Switch
P. 344
‘Do Not Disturb’
Indicator &
Internal Control
Unit
P. 351
Plexo 55
Boxes, Adaptor
& Mounting
Frames
8
A
Access control - Arteor
TM
............................. 216
Access master box ......................................399
Accessories for
19" - LCS
2
...............................................436
2 optical drawer - LCS
2
......................... 431
Arteor
TM
..................................................222
Arteor
TM
Home Networks ....................... 297
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................................. 285
Cat.6 - LCS
2
........................................... 417
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300 ......................... 32
Enclosure - LCS
2
.................................... 439
LCS
2
.........................................431,442,444
Microprocessor based protection
unit - DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300 ................ 29
MCCBs 100 A - DRX .............................. 48
MPCBs - Lexic ...................................... 136
Mylinc
TM
..................................................363
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 315
Myrius
TM
- white ......................................308
Switches with indicator -
black - Myrius
TM
..................................... 315
Switches with indicator - Mosaic
TM
........ 342
Time switches - Econorex .................... 145
Time switches - Maxirex ........................ 144
Video door entry system -
Arteor
TM
2-wire ....................................... 292
Actuator DIN module 16 A with
current sensor - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ............. 281
Additional devices - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ...... 277
Additional DIN device - Arteor
TM

BUS/SCS ...................................................... 277
Additional toroid - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .......... 281
Air conditioning unit interface -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 282
Aluminum truncking & it accessories
50mm X 105 mm &
65mm X 105mm - DLP ..................392 - 393
50mm X 195 mm &
65mm X 195mm - DLP ...........................394
Ammeter & Voltmeter - Lexic ................. 165
Amplifiers - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .............. 287
Analogue time switches
Econorex ............................................... 145
MaxiRex ................................................. 144
MicroRex ................................................ 145
alphabetical list
Arteor
TM
RJ 45 sockets - cat 5e - LCS
2
........ 423
Arteor
TM
RJ 45 sockets - cat 6 - LCS
2
.......... 418
Arteor
TM
RJ 45 sockets - cat 6A - LCS
2
........ 413
Attenuator - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS.................... 288
Attenuator - Arteor
TM
................................... 227
Audio & video connector -
white - Myrius
TM
............................................ 313
Audio & Video connector-
black - Myrius
TM
............................................ 319
Audio & Video socket Arteor
TM
for LCS
2
......434
Audio and Video socket - Arteor
TM
.............. 228
Audio internal unit - Arteor
TM
2-wire ............. 291
Audio video signal distribution
device - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ......................... 287
Automatic control unit -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 31
Automatic switches - Arteor
TM
...................... 215
Automatic switches - Mosaic
TM
....................343
Automatic transfer switch ............................ 103
Auxiliaries for MPCBs - Lexic ..................... 136
B
Base DIN module Actuator -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 282
Base for cabling unit - LCS
2
.........................438
Battery for temperature control
central unit - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .................. 280
Bell indicator - black - Myrius
TM
................... 317
Bell indicator - white - Myrius
TM
.................... 311
Black & white video door phones
monitor kit ..................................................... 473
Blank module - Arteor
TM
.............................. 230
Blanking cover plate Indian
standard - Arteor
TM
...................................... 230
Blanking plate for
19" panels - LCS
2
...................................430
Mosaic
TM
................................................. 347
Product cat.6A, cat.6, cat.5e - LCS
2
..... 424
Block kit - cat. 6 - LCS
2
................................ 417
Bulkhead with a built- in
infrared detector .......................................... 470
BUS alarm module - Arteor
TM
2-wire ............ 291
BUS cable - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................... 288
BUS cord - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..................... 288
BUS meter with memory -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 281
BUS power supplies - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ... 276
Buzzer - Mosaic
TM
........................................348
Buzzer - white - Myrius
TM
............................. 311
Buzzer- black - Myrius
TM
.............................. 317
C
Cable end box - Ekinoxe .............................. 186
Cable entry - LCS
2
....................................... 442
Cable outlet - Arteor
TM
................................. 230
Cable outlet - Mosaic
TM
...............................348
Cable protection accessories - LCS
2
.......... 425
Cables - Arteor
TM
......................................... 229
Cables - cat. 6A - LCS
2
................................ 411
Cables for local network - cat. 6 - LCS
2
...... 415
Cables for local networks - cat.5e - LCS
2
... 421
cables for telephone networks
cat.3 - LCS
2
.................................................. 426
Cabling units - LCS
2
..................................... 437
Central unit for
Intruder alarms - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..... 284
Load management -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................................. 281
Temperature control -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................................. 280
Change over switch - Lexic ......................... 164
Circuit breaker upto 60 A - Loadster ........... 171
Clockon switch - Arteor
TM
............................. 216
Colour image digital
video door entry kits .................................... 474
Combine unit - interlock switch socket &
refrigerated container use - P 17 .................486
Common auxilliaries for MCBs, Isloators,
RCBOs & RCCBs upto 63 A - Lexic ........... 132
Communication supervision- DMX
3
-
2500/4000/6300 ............................................ 31
Connectors - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................. 288
Contact interface - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........ 276
Control - Arteor
TM
Home Networks .............. 297
Control & signalling auxilliaries -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 30
Control & signalling auxilliaries
for MCCBs - DPX .......................................... 71
Control mechanisms -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 269
Control mechanisms( receiver ) -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 268
Copper/fiber optic
converter unit - LCS
2
....................................430
9
Copper / fiber optic convter unit for
product cat. 6A, cat.6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
......... 424
Cord outlet - Arteor
TM
.................................. 230
Cords
RJ 45 / RJ 45 - cat. 5e - LCS
2
................ 422
RJ 45 / RJ 45 - cat. 6- LCS
2
................... 416
RJ 45 / stripped - cat. 5e - LCS
2
........... 422
RJ 45 / stripped AWG 24 -
cat. 6 - LCS
2
........................................... 416
Cover plate
Round version - mirror - Arteor
TM
........... 257
Round version -
brushed metal - Arteor
TM
....................... 259
Round version - signature - Arteor
TM
.... 261
Round version - tattoo - Arteor
TM
.......... 256
Square & round version
neutral - Arteor
TM
........................... 254-255
Square version - mirror - Arteor
TM
.......... 257
Square version - signature - Arteor
TM
.... 261
Square version - tattoo - Arteor
TM
......... 256
Square & round version
graphic - Arteor
TM
.................................. 258
Square & round version -
leather - Arteor
TM
...................................260
Square & round version -
wood - Arteor
TM
.....................................260
Square version -
brushed metal - Arteor
TM
....................... 259
Crimping tool for RJ 45 plugs - LCS
2
........... 425
D
Data & Voice - black - Myrius
TM
................... 319
Data & Voice - white - Myrius
TM
.................... 312
DBs for meter box, per phase isolation
kit & panel locks - Ekinoxe ........................... 187
Detectors - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..................... 284
Digital time switches - AlphaRex ................. 148
Digital time switches - Astrorex .................. 146
Dimmer & Regulator
Arteor
TM
- round version ......................... 212
Arteor
TM
- square version ....................... 212
Mosaic
TM
......................................... 343,348
Mylinc
TM
.................................................. 362
Myrius
TM
- white ...................................... 310
Myrius
TM
- black ...................................... 317
DIN rail actuator - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .......... 276
DIN rail dimmer - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........... 276
DIN rail kit IP 2X - LCS
2
................................440
DIN RDS radio source -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 287
DIN stereo control source -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 287
DND & MMR - Mylinc
TM
................................ 362
DND indicator with internal - Mosaic
TM
........348
DND indicator with
internal control unit - Mosaic
TM
.....................344
Doubler unit for product
cat. 6A, cat.6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
....................... 424
DP swtiches - push buttons - Mosaic
TM
....... 342
Drawout version -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 28
Drawout version -
DMX
3
-I - 2500/4000/6300 ............................ 30
Dual voltage output &
shaver socket - Mosaic
TM
.............................345
E
Earth braid - 19" - LCS
2
................................436
Electronic switches -
round version - Arteor
TM
.............................. 210
Electronic switches -
square version - Arteor
TM
............................ 210
Emergency light - white - Myrius
TM
.............. 311
Enclosure - Arteor
TM
Home Networks ..........296
Enclosure cable & cord management ......... 441
Enclsoure plate - LCS
2
.................................438
Energy plug - Arteor
TM
................................. 224
Energy saving key fob
switch - Mosaic
TM
.........................................344
Energy sockets
Mylinc
TM
..................................................363
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 316
Myrius
TM
- white .....................................309
Myrius
TM
- red ......................................... 316
Equipement for conversion of
a fixed device into draw-out device -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 32
Equipement for supply inverter -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 31
Equipment cords - Arteor
TM
........................ 229
Ethernet 10/100 base
T switches - Arteor
TM
................................... 226
Ethernet switches for product
cat. 6A, cat.6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
....................... 424
Ethhernet / Telephone wiring
splitter - Arteor
TM
.......................................... 225
F
Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm - Arteor
TM
..... 228
Fiber optic accessory - LCS
2
....................... 432
Fiber optic cassette for
patch panel - LCS
2
.......................................430
Fiber optic unit - LCS
2
.................................. 431
Fiber optic unit for product
cat. 6A, cat.6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
....................... 424
fiber socket - LCS
2
....................................... 431
Fixed runners - LCS
2
....................................440
Fixed shelves - LCS
2
.............................440,442
Fixed version -
DMX
3
-I - 2500/4000/6300 ............................. 30
Fixed version-
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 28
Flexy DBs - Ekinoxe .................................... 184
Floor boxes & under floor boxes for
raise & concrete floors ................................. 233
Floor boxes with height
reduced to 65 mm ........................................ 397
Flush boxes - Mosaic
TM
................................ 350
Flush boxes - Mylinc
TM
................................. 367
Flush boxes - Arteor
TM
.................................. 231
Flush mounting 10/100 base
T switches - LCS
2
......................................... 426
Flush mounting boxes ..................................398
Flush mounting boxes -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 287
Flush mounting boxes - Myrius
TM
................. 321
Free standing cabinets - LCS
2
.....................444
G
Gas detector - Arteor
TM
................................222
Gateways SCS / Zigbee -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 269
Glue on connector 50/125 &
62.5/125 - LCS
2
............................................ 429
H
HD 15 amplifier + jack kit -
Arteor
TM
equipment cords ............................ 229
HD 15 amplifier + jack kit,
equipment Arteor
TM
...................................... 435
Home Networks
installation tools - Arteor
TM
........................... 297
Home Networks keypad volume
control distributed Audio - Arteor
TM
............ 297
Hospitality function
DND Indicator & Internal
control unit - black - Myrius
TM
................ 318
DND indicator & internal
control unit - white - Myrius
TM
................ 312
Keyfob switch - black - Myrius
TM
........... 318
10
Keyfob switch - white - Myrius
TM
............ 312
Shaver socket - black - Myrius
TM
........... 318
Shaver socket - white - Myrius
TM
............ 312
Hotel equipment
Accessories - Arteor
TM
.......................... 219
Bell push, call indicator &
register - Arteor
TM
................................... 219
BUS & radio scenario
controller - Arteor
TM
................................ 218
Buzzer - Arteor
TM
.................................. 219
Data, audio & video sockets -
Round version - Arteor
TM
....................... 221
Data, audio & video sockets -
square version - Arteor
TM
....................... 220
Electronic chime - Arteor
TM
................... 219
Key fob - Arteor
TM
................................... 218
Key fob switch & key fob - Mosaic
TM
.....348
Key fob switches - Arteor
TM
................... 218
Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
control - square version - Arteor
TM
........ 217
Lighting, electric roller blind & curtain
control - round version - Arteor
TM
.......... 217
Shaver socket- Arteor
TM
......................... 218
Square & round version bedroom
call indicators - Arteor
TM
........................ 219
I
Illuminated lighting unit - Arteor
TM
................ 215
Indian & Euro - US combined
socket outlet - Arteor
TM
................................. 223
Indian standard socket - Mosaic
TM
..............345
Indian standard socket - Mosaic
TM
..............348
Indian standard socket
outlet - Arteor
TM
............................................ 223
Indicator - Lexic ........................................... 165
Indicators - white - Myrius
TM
......................... 311
Installation case for rapid crimping
connector - LCS
2
.......................................... 429
Insulated supply busbars - Ekinoxe ............ 187
Insulator - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS....................... 288
Intruder alarm - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ............. 284
IP 55 modular plexo 55 - Mosaic
TM
.............. 351
IP 55 box Plexo 55 - Mosaic
TM
..................... 351
IP 55 modular Plexo boxes - Arteor
TM
......... 231
IP55 Plexo boxes - Arteor
TM
........................ 232
IR receiver - Arteor
TM
BUS / SCS ................ 274
Isloators Upto 80 A - Lexic .......................... 113
Isolators - Loadster ...................................... 172
J
Joining kits - LCS
2
........................................ 437
K
Key fob switch - Mosaic
TM
............................344
keypad support shelf - LCS
2
........................440
Keypads - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ...................... 284
Kit offer - plastic & metal - multi - pin
connector - Hypra ........................................ 499
L
Lamps - Arteor
TM
......................................... 215
LCD display (MP4) -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 29
Lighting control & automation
key cover - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..................... 275
Lighting environment controller Arteor
TM
..... 213
Linkeo fan kit - LCS
2
.....................................443
Linkeo 19" enclosure - LCS
2
........................ 437
Linkeo 19" extension enclosure - LCS
2
........ 437
Linkeo 19" joining kits - LCS
2
....................... 437
Linkeo 19" upright - LCS
2
............................. 437
Linkeo 19" cabling unit - LCS
2
..................... 437
Linkeo 19" wall mounting cabinets - LCS
2
..443
Linking Interface - LCS
2
...............................438
Load management panel -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 282
Local management - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .....290
Locking - DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300 ............... 30
Loud speaker - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .............. 287
Loudspeaker - Arteor
TM
Home Networks ..... 297
Loudspeaker socket - Arteor
TM
.................... 227
M
Manageable WI-FI access points
802.11a & b/g - LCS
2
.................................... 427
Manageable WI-FI access points
802.11n - LCS
2
.............................................. 427
MBCs upto 125 A - Lexic ............................. 112
MBCs upto 63 A - Lexic ............................... 113
MCBs - Arteor
TM
..........................................222
MCBs for DC applications
upto 63 A - Lexic .......................................... 114
MCCB's 100 A - DRX ..................................... 48
MCCB's 125 A - DPX ...................................... 56
MCCBs 1250 A - DPX .................................... 68
MCCB's 160 A - DPX ..................................... 58
MCCB's 1600 A - DPX ................................... 69
MCCB's 250 A - DPX ..................................... 62
MCCB's 250 ER A - DPX ................................ 60
MCCB's 630 A - DPX ..................................... 65
Mechanical switches -
round version - Arteor
TM
.............................. 209
Mechanical switches -
square version - Arteor
TM
............................. 208
Metal & plastic one way enclosure -
Ekinoxe ......................................................... 186
Metra plug & socket DBs - Ekinoxe ............ 185
Micropush control mechanisms -
Arteor
TM
BUS / SCS ..................................... 274
Midspan power over ethernet (PoE)
Injector - LCS
2
.............................................. 427
Midspan power over ethernet (PoE)
Injector for product cat. 6A,
cat. 6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
.................................... 424
Miniature emergency
lighting units - Arteor
TM
................................. 215
Mini-trunking & its accessories for
32mm X 12.5mm - DLP .......................... 376
32mm X 16mm - DLP ............................. 376
32mm X 20mm - DLP ............................. 376
Mobile doubler - LCS
2
.................................. 425
Mobile scenario controller -
Arteor
TM
BUS/ SCS ....................................... 274
Mobile scenario controller -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 268
Modular colour plates
Bronze finish - Mylinc
TM
..........................365
Grey finish - Mylinc
TM
.............................365
Pearl finish - Mylinc
TM
.............................364
Wood finish - Mylinc
TM
............................366
Modular panels for product
cat. 6A, cat. 6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
...................... 424
Modular support - Arteor
TM
......................... 230
Modular unit socket outlet- - Arteor
TM
.......... 223
Modules - Arteor
TM
Home Networks ............296
Mosaic
TM
VDI distribution block
without connectors - LCS
2
........................... 426
Mosaic
TM
RJ 45 sockets - cat. 5e - LCS
2
..... 423
Mosaic
TM
RJ 45 sockets -
cat. 6 - LCS
2
........................................ 418 - 419
Mosaic
TM
RJ 45 sockets - cat. 6A - LCS
2
..... 413
Motor operator -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 30
Motor starter - white - Myrius
TM
.................... 313
Motor starter- black - Myrius
TM
..................... 319
Mounting accessories for MCBs,
Isloators, RCBOs & RCCBs
upto 63 A - Lexic ......................................... 132
11
Movement detector ...................................... 470
Multi media interface -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................290
Multifunctional time delay relay - Lexic ....... 158
Multistandard socket - Mylinc
TM
...................363
Multi-standard socket outlet - Arteor
TM
........ 223
O
OM 1 multimode optical cords
(62.5 /125 μm) - LCS
2
...................................433
OM 2 multimode optical cords
(50/125 μm) - LCS
2
.......................................433
OM 3 multimode optical cords
(50/125 μm) - LCS
2
....................................... 432
Opening detector interface -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 285
Optional cameras - Arteor
TM
2-wire ............. 291
OS 1 (UPC) monomode optical
cords - LCS
2
................................................. 432
OS 2 multimode optical cables
(50/125 μm) - LCS
2
....................................... 428
OS 3 multimode optical cables
(50/125 μm) - LCS
2
....................................... 428
OS1 singlemode optical cables
(62.5/125 μm) - LCS
2
.................................... 428
OS1 singlemode optical cables
(9/125 μm) - LCS
2
......................................... 428
Overdoor lighting unit - Arteor
TM
.................. 215
P
Panel mounting support - Arteor
TM
............. 230
Panels & unit for incoming
telephone - LCS
2
.......................................... 426
Patch cords - cat.6 - LCS
2
........................... 417
Patch panel cat. 5e- LCS
2
............................ 420
Patch panel cat. 6A- LCS
2
........................... 410
Patch panel cat. 6- LCS
2
.............................. 414
Patch panel telephone
50 ports 110 connects - LCS
2
...................... 426
Peripheral opening detectors -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 285
Phase selector TPN DBs - Ekinoxe .............. 182
Pigtails - LCS
2
.............................................. 429
Pivoting 19" cabinets - LCS
2
........................ 442
Plastic colour plates - Mosaic
TM
...................349
Plastic plates - Mosaic
TM
..............................349
Plastic trunking & it's acessories
105mm X 50mm - DLP...........................380
150mm X 50mm - DLP ........................... 382
195mm X 50mm - DLP ...........................384
80mm X 50mm - DLP ............................ 378
Plastic underfloor boxes .............................. 397
Plates with Frame - Black - Myrius
TM
............ 320
Plates with Frame - White - Myrius
TM
............ 320
Plexo RJ 45 sockets - Cat 5e - LCS
2
............ 423
Plug-in jummers for all device -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 277
Pop-up boxes...............................................398
Pop-up boxes for raise floor & furniture ...... 233
Power contractor - Lexic .............................. 161
Power strip pre-wired - Arteor
TM
.................. 224
Power supplies - Arteor
TM

Home Networks ........................................... 297
Power supply - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .............. 280
Power unit
Arteor
TM
................................................. 224
Mylinc
TM
..................................................363
Myrius
TM
- white ..................................... 310
Precision fiber optic cleaver - LCS
2
............. 429
Prises RJ 45 Mosaic
TM
cat. 6 - LCS
2
... 418 - 419
Probes - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ......................... 280
Pulse counter interface -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 281
Push button - Mylinc
TM
................................. 362
Push button & control switches - Lexic ....... 164
Push button, roller blinds control -
Round version - Arteor
TM
............................. 211
Push button, roller blinds control -
square version - Arteor
TM
............................. 211
Push buttons - white - Myrius
TM
....................309
Push buttons- black - Myrius
TM
.................... 315
R
Rapid crimping connector
900 μm - LCS
2
.............................................. 429
RCA inputs - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .................. 287
RCA local source inputs -
Arteor
TM
Home Networks ............................ 297
RCBO - white - Myrius
TM
............................... 313
RCBOs - Arteor
TM
.........................................222
RCBOs upto 63 A - Lexic ............................. 124
RCCBs upto 63 A - Lexic .................... 122 - 123
RD adaptor - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .................. 276
Real terminal - DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300 ....... 32
Rear pluggable RJ 45 socket- Arteor
TM
....... 225
Relay actuators - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........... 284
Remote control dimmer - Lexic.................... 163
Remote control transmitter -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 268
Remote management -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................290
Remote unit - black - Myrius
TM
..................... 317
Remote unit - white - Myrius
TM
...................... 311
Residual current relay & coils
for MCCBs - DPX ........................................... 72
RJ 11 socket - Arteor
TM
................................. 224
RJ 11 telephone socket - Mosaic
TM
..............348
RJ 45 UTP socket - Mosaic
TM
.......................348
RJ 45 information outlet -
toolless - Mosaic
TM
.......................................346
RJ 45 patch cords & user cords -
cat 6 - LCS
2
.................................................. 415
RJ 45 patch cords & user cords -
cat. 5e - LCS
2
............................................... 421
RJ 45 tool-less system - Arteor
TM
................. 225
RJ45 doubler sockets - LCS
2
....................... 425
RJ45 patch cords & user cords -
cat. 6A - LCS
2
............................................... 411
Rotary handles & other accessories for
MCCBs 125 - DPX .................................. 57
MCCBs 1250 - DPX ................................ 68
MCCBs 160 - DPX .................................. 59
MCCBs 1600 - DPX ................................ 69
MCCBs 250 - DPX .................................. 63
MCCBs 250 ER - DPX ............................ 61
MCCBs 630 - DPX .................................. 66
Round multi-standard
socket outlet - Arteor
TM
................................. 223
S
Scenario controller -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 268
Scenario scheduler -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................290
Scenario scheduler power supply -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................290
Schuko sockets IP 44 - LV 16 A -
P 17 Tempra .................................................486
SCS cable - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................... 277
SCS / DALI interface -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ........................................ 276
Selector switch &
current tranformer - Lexic ............................ 166
Self- adhesive document
holder for plans - LCS
2
................................. 439
Sensor - white - Myrius
TM
.............................. 311
Sensor- black - Myrius
TM
.............................. 317
Server enclosure - 19" - LCS
2
......................436
Single pole latching relays - Arteor
TM
.......... 215
12
Skirting light
Arteor
TM
.................................................. 215
Mosaic
TM
.................................................348
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 317
Myrius
TM
- white ..................................... 311
Socket - Mylinc
TM
..........................................363
Socket, plugs & mobile sockets
IP 44 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 Tempra ..............484
Socket, plugs & mobile sockets
IP 66 - LV 16 & 32 A - P 17 Tempra ..............485
Socket, plugs & mobile sockets
IP 66 - LV 66 & 125 A - P 17 Tempra ............485
Socket with copper feedthrough -
cat. 5e - LCS
2
............................................... 422
Socket with copper feedthrough -
cat. 6 - LCS
2
................................................. 417
Socket with fiber optic
feedback through - LCS
2
............................. 432
Sound input - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ................. 288
Sounders - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..................... 285
SPN DBs - Ekinoxe ...................................... 180
SPN RCBOs upto 40 A - Lexic ..................... 125
Spreader - LCS
2
........................................... 429
Spreaders for DMX
3
fixed version
frame 1 - DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300 ................ 32
Stay plates - LCS
2
........................................438
Stripping tool - LCS
2
.................................... 425
Supervision software - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..290
Supervision system & remote
measurement for MCCBs - DPX .................... 72
Support for mounting wiring accessories -
Arteor
TM
( DLP trunking plate ) ..................... 232
Surface mounting boxes
Arteor
TM
................................................. 230
Mosaic
TM
................................................. 350
Mylinc
TM
.................................................. 367
Myrius
TM
.................................................. 321
Switch / Fibre socket - LCS
2
........................430
Switched socket - Mosaic
TM
.........................345
Switches
Mosaic
TM
......................................... 342, 347
Mylinc
TM
.................................................. 362
Myrius
TM
- black .................................... 315
Myrius
TM
- white .....................................308
T
Technical alarm - Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee .. 269
Telephone plug & socket - Mosaic
TM
...........346
Telescopic shelves - LCS
2
...........................440
Television socket - Arteor
TM
.......................... 224
Tempra P17 plug & socket DBs - Ekinoxe .. 185
Thermal management - LCS
2
................438,442
Thermal shelves - LCS
2
................................ 442
Time lag switch - Rex ................................... 156
Touch control mechanism -
Arteor
TM
BUS / SCS ..................................... 274
Touch plate for
Dimmer, receivers and transmitters -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ......................... 269
Roller blinds switches receivers and
transmitters - Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee .. 269
Switch receivers and transmitters -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee .........................269
Touch screen - Arteor
TM
BUS / SCS ............ 274
Touch screen display (MP6) -
DMX
3
- 2500/4000/6300................................ 29
TPN DBs - DPX 125 MCCB DBs - Ekinoxe .. 183
TPN DBs - Ekinoxe ...................................... 180
TPN DBs - VTPN DBs - Ekinoxe ................. 182
TPN DBs -DPX 250 ER MCCB
DBs - Ekinoxe .............................................. 183
Transponder readers - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .. 284
Transponders - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS .............. 285
Triple pole MPCBs - Lexic ........................... 136
TV socket
Mosaic
TM
................................................. 347
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 318
Myrius
TM
- white ..................................... 312
TX DBs - Ekinoxe ........................................ 184
U
Unit of 6 X RJ 45 connectors
cat. 5e - LCS
2
............................................... 420
Unit of 6 X RJ 45 connectors
cat. 6 - LCS
2
................................................. 414
Unit of 6 X RJ 45 connectors
cat. 6A - LCS
2
............................................... 410
USB female socket - Arteor
TM
...................... 227
V
Video internal display unit -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS - Arteor
TM
2-wire ............ 291
Video central internal display unit -
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS ..............................................
Video streaming for product
cat. 6A, cat.6, cat. 5e - LCS
2
....................... 424
Video / Audio street panels -
Arteor
TM
2-wire.............................................. 291
Virtual configuration - Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS.... 277
Voltage surge protector
Arteor
TM
..................................................222
Myrius
TM
- white ...................................... 313
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 319
VSPs for power lines - Lexic ....................... 139
VSPs for telephone lines - Lexic .................. 140
Volume controller
Myrius
TM
- white ...................................... 313
Myrius
TM
- black ..................................... 319
W
Wall mounting 19" cabinets - LCS
2
.............. 442
Wall mounting cabinets - LCS
2
....................444
Water heater switches -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 269
Water leak detector - Arteor
TM
......................222
Weather proof switches -
Arteor
TM
Radio / Zigbee ............................... 269
Weatherproof adaptors - LCS
2
.................... 425
White & black plates - Mosaic
TM
..................349
White plates - Mylinc
TM
.................................364
White surrounds - Mylinc
TM
..........................366
Wi - Fi
network management system - LCS
2
.......... 427
Wi-fi access point - Arteor
TM
....................... 226
Z
Zone distribution boxes -
category 6 - LCS
2
......................................... 416
Zone distribution boxes - LCS
2
.................... 432
10 A function offer - plastic & metal -
multi - pin connector - Hypra ....................... 502
10" equipment -LCS
2
....................................443
10" cabinet - LCS
2
.......................................443
110 tool - LCS
2
.............................................. 425
16 to 32 A function offer - metal -
multi - pin connector - Hypra ....................... 503
19" 42 U Altis enclosure - LCS
2
.................... 439
19" cable entry inlets - LCS
2
........................438
19" enclosures - LCS
2
................................. 437
19" extension enclosures - LCS
2
.................. 437
19" high density optic drawer
fiber optic - LCS
2
.......................................... 431
19" optic drawer fiber optic - LCS
2
..............430
230 VA power supply unit - LCS
2
.................440
7 segment TPN DBs - Ekinoxe .................... 181
7 segment TPN MCCBs DBs - Ekinoxe ...... 181
13
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
(1)
Number of meters in pack
0013 00
0013 56 186 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
0026 00 276 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
11 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
31 - 1
0028 00 136 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
18 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
34 - 1
0030 00
0035 51 277 1
52 - 1
53 276 1
54 281 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
59 282 1
60 276 1
60 280 1
62 277 1
64 290 1
65 - 1
67 276 1
72 285 10
73 - 1
75 - 3
79 280 1
80 - 1
84 287 1
85 - 1
86 - 1
87 - 1
89 269 1
89 288 1
90 269 1
91 - 1
92 - 1
93 - 1
catalogue number index
0036 52 276 1
53 - 1
56 - 1
71 163 1
0037 40 145 1/100
53 146 1/30
55 - 1/30
0038 28 140 1
29 - 1
41 276 1
42 - 1
44 - 1
0039 20 139 1/20
21 - 1/12
22 - 1/20
23 - 1/20
28 - 5/20
35 - 1/20
36 - 1/12
38 - 1/20
39 - 5/20
40 - 1/20
41 - 1/12
43 - 1/20
44 - 5/20
56 - 1/42
57 - 1/42
58 - 1/42
0040 00
0040 68 161 1/42
69 - 1/12
70 - 1/12
77 - 1/12
78 - 1/12
79 - 1/12
85 - 1/42
0041 28 161 1/42
29 - 1/42
85 - 1/42
0043 82 164 10/100
83 - 5/50
86 - 5/50
0044 06 132 10
07 145 1
36 165 10/200
42 132 2/100
44 - 2/96
53 164 10/100
54 - 10/60
55 - 10/60
63 - 10/100
64 - 10/60
83 165 10/100
84 - 10/100
85 - 10/100
86 - 10/100
0046 00 165 1/12
02 - 1/12
10 - 2/84
13 - 2/84
15 - 2/84
17 - 2/84
18 - 2/84
20 - 2/84
21 - 2/84
22 - 2/84
23 - 2/84
31 166 1/12
0046 34 166 1/12
36 - 1/12
38 - 1/12
50 - 1/20
52 - 1/20
53 - 1/20
60 165 1/12
63 - 1
0047 02 156 10/100
44 158 1
61 148 1
64 146 1
67 - 1
71 148 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
75 166 1/12
76 - 1/12
77 - 1/12
78 - 1/12
79 - 1/12
0049 11 187 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
15 - 3/30
16 - 10
17 - 1
18 - 1
19 - 3/30
20 - 10
26 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 - 3/30
41 - 10
42 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 3/30
45 - 10
89 - 6
90 - 6
91 - 20/840
0060 00
0063 83 112 1/5/160
84 - 1/5/160
85 - 1/5/160
0064 75 112 1/40
76 - 1/40
77 - 1/40
95 - 1/9
96 - 1/9
97 - 1/9
0065 70 113 1/9
71 - 1/9
72 - 1/9
0070 00
0073 50 132 1
51 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
68 - 1
73 - 1
0078 60 125 1/5/60
61 - 1/5/60
63 - 1/5/60
64 - 1/5/60
65 - 1/5/60
66 - 1/5/60
67 - 1/5/60
71 - 1/5/60
72 - 1/5/60
74 - 1/5/60
75 - 1/5/60
76 - 1/5/60
77 - 1/5/60
78 - 1/5/60
0080 00
0085 67 125 1/5/60
68 - 1/5/60
69 - 1/5/60
0086 06 122 1/5/60
07 - 1/5/60
08 - 1/5/60
09 - 1/5/60
10 - 1/5/60
11 - 1/5/60
12 - 1/5/60
13 - 1/5/60
14 - 1/5/60
0090 00
0097 99 439 10
0100 00
0104 12 378 20
(1)
22 380 20
(1)
32 382 20
(1)
52 384 8
72 380 48
72 382 48
72 384 48
0105 20 380 20
20 382 20
20 384 20
21 378 20
(1)
21 382 20
21 384 20
22 380 20
(1)
22 382 20
22 384 20
24 382 8
24 384 8
26 - 8
82 378 24
(1)
82 380 24
(1)
82 382 24
(1)
82 384 24
(1)
0106 02 378 10/40
02 380 10/40
02 382 10/40
02 384 10/40
11 380 5/50
11 382 5/50
11 384 5/50
22 378 10/50
22 380 10/50
22 382 10/50
22 384 10/50
32 380 5/50
32 382 5/50
32 384 5/50
0106 82 378 50
82 380 50
82 382 50
82 384 50
82 392 50
82 393 50
82 394 50
86 382 50
86 384 50
86 393 50
86 394 50
87 378 40
87 381 40
87 383 40
87 385 40
88 378 10/100
88 381 10/100
88 383 10/100
88 385 10/100
89 378 5/50
89 381 5/50
89 383 5/50
89 385 5/50
91 378 20/200
91 380 20/200
91 382 20/200
91 384 20/200
98 378 5/25
98 381 5/25
98 383 5/25
99 385 5/25
0107 02 380 20/100
06 382 10/50
07 384 5/50
22 378 10/50
32 378 10
32 380 10
32 382 10
32 384 10
35 378 5/25
35 380 5/25
35 382 5/25
35 384 5/25
36 380 5/25
36 382 5/25
36 384 5/25
37 380 5/25
37 382 5/25
37 384 5/25
42 380 5/25
42 382 5/25
42 384 5/25
67 378 10
80 - 5/50
80 380 5/50
80 382 5/50
80 384 5/50
81 378 5/50
81 380 5/50
81 382 5/50
81 384 5/50
82 378 5/50
82 380 5/50
82 382 5/50
82 384 5/50
83 378 5/50
83 380 5/50
83 382 5/50
83 384 5/50
85 380 10
89 382 5
92 384 2
0108 00 380 10/100
00 382 10/100
00 384 10/100
01 378 10/100
0108 01 382 10/100
01 384 10/100
02 380 10/100
02 382 10/100
02 384 10/100
04 382 10/100
04 384 10/100
06 - 10/100
0109 10 232 5/50
10 381 5/50
10 383 5/50
10 385 5/50
21 232 20
21 379 20
21 383 20
21 385 20
22 232
22 381 20
22 383
22 385
22 387 20
25 379 5
25 383 5
25 385 5
27 379 10/100
27 381 10/100
27 383 10/100
27 385 10/100
27 - 10/100
31 232 50/50
31 379 5/50
31 383 5/50
31 385 5/50
32 232
32 381 5/50
32 383
32 385
32 387 5/50
35 381 5
35 385 5
37 233 5/50
37 379 5/50
37 381 5/50
37 383 5/50
37 385 5/50
37 - 5/50
41 232 10
41 379 10/50
41 383 10/50
41 385 10/50
42 232
42 381 20
42 383 20
42 385 20
42 387 20
61 232 5
61 379 5/25
61 383 5/25
61 385 5/25
62 232
62 381 10
62 383 10
62 385 10
62 387 10
65 383 5
81 232 5
81 379 5/25
81 383 5/25
81 385 5/25
82 232
82 381 10
82 383 10
82 385 10
82 387 10
111 00 392 8
(1)
14
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0286 95 30 1
96 - 1
97 - 1
98 - 1
0287 20 28 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 - 1
50 - 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
68 - 1
70 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
75 - 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
83 30 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
86 - 1
87 - 1
88 - 1
93 - 1
94 - 1
95 - 1
96 - 1
97 - 1
98 - 1
0288 01 29 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 31 1
05
(1)
29 1
06 - 1
10
(1)
- 1
11
(1)
- 1
12 30 1
12
(1)
29 1
13 30 1
0111 02 393 4
(1)
04 394 4
(1)
06 380 12
06 382 12
06 384 12
06 393 12
(1)
06 394 12
(1)
08 392 24
(1)
08 393 24
(1)
08 394 24
(1)
10 393 16
(1)
11 392 16
(1)
11 394 16
(1)
12 393 8
(1)
13 394 8
(1)
58 392 20/100
60 393 10/50
61 394 10/100
62 393 10/100
63 392 10/100
63 394 10/100
64 393 10/100
65 394 10/100
66 392 20/200
66 393 20/400
66 394 20/400
88 378 20/500
88 381 20/500
88 383 20/500
88 385 20/500
88 392 20/500
88 393 20/500
88 394 20/500
0112 02 393 20
03 - 5
04 - 10
06 - 5
12 392 20
12 393 20
12 394 20
13 392 5/50
13 393 5/50
13 394 5
14 392 20
14 393 20
14 394 20
16 392 10
16 393 10
16 394 10
21 392 1/5
25 394 1
32 392 1
34 393 1
36 394 1
42 393 1
43 392 1/10
45 393 1/5
47 394 1/5
51 392 1/10
51 393 1/5
51 394 1/5
0200 00
0250 16 56 1/6
24 - 1/6
36 - 1/6
44 - 1/6
50 - 1
58 - 1
0251 51 58 1
59 - 1
65 - 1
73 - 1
0252 24 60 1/6
25 - 1/6
26 - 1/6
30 - 1/6
34 - 1/6
35 - 1/6
36 - 1/6
0256 32 66 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 - 1
50 - 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
59 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
0257 01 69 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
59 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
0258 00 68 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
14 - 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
18 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
0260 13 56 1/6
14 - 1/6
0260 21 58 1
36 60 1/6
38 - 1/6
55 63 1
61 65 1
65 - 1
88 72 1
92 - 1/12
93 - 1/10
94 - 1
95 - 1
96 - 1
0261 23 68 1
27 69 1
34 63 1
35 72 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
44 66 1
45 72 1
45 277 1
60 71 1/24
64 - 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
68 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
83 - 1
84 - 1
93 31 1
93 57 1
93 59 1
93 63 1
93 66 1
93 68 1
93 69 1
94 31 1
94 72 1
98 71 1
0262 00 57 1
01 - 1/32
07 - 1
07 59 1
07 61 1
08 57 1/12
09 59 1
09 61 1/12
10 59 1
10 61 1/24
11 59 1
11 61 1/20
21 63 1/24
22 - 1/6
30 - 1
30 66 1
40 - 1
41 - 1/6
60 68 1
60 69 1
61 68 1
61 69 1
66 68 1
66 69 1
75 57 1/10
77 59 1
77 61 1/10
79 63 1/10
81 66 1
83 68 1
83 69 1
99 57 1/10
99 59 1
99 61 1/10
0264 01 59 1
02 61 1
08 63 1
09 66 1
10 68 1
10 69 1
0270 06* 48 1/12
07* - 1/12
08* - 1/12
16 - 1
17 - 1
18 - 1
0271 40 49 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
71 48 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
80 - 1
81 - 1
83 - 1
87 - 1
0286 20 28 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 - 1
50 - 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
68 - 1
70 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
75 - 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
83 30 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
86 - 1
87 - 1
88 - 1
93 - 1
94 - 1
0252 37 60 1/6
44 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
0253 28 62 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 - 1
49 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
69 - 1
70 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
80 - 1
81 - 1
82 - 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
91 - 1
0254 13 62 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
19 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
0255 23 65 1
24 - 1
38 - 1
40 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
58 - 1
60 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
78 - 1
80 - 1
0256 00 66 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
15 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
(1)
Number of meters in pack
15
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0289 71 30 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
0300 00
0300 15 376 80
(1)
17 - 50
(1)
0302 51 376 10/100
53 - 10/100
54 - 10/200
71 - 10/100
73 - 10/100
74 - 10/100
0307 00 386 1
03 - 1
07 - 1
13 387 18
(1)
14 - 10/50
42 386 1
0308 04 376 60
(1)
81 378 100/1000
81 381 100/1000
81 383 100/1000
81 385 100/1000
81 392 100/1000
81 393 100/1000
81 394 100/1000
0312 03 376 20/400
07 - 10/500
09 - 10/200
0325 00 428 2000
(1)
01 - 2000
(1)
04 - 2000
(1)
05 - 2000
(1)
06 - 2000
(1)
07 - 2000
(1)
08 - 2000
(1)
09 - 2000
(1)
10 - 2000
(1)
11 - 2000
(1)
12 - 2000
(1)
13 - 2000
(1)
14 - 2000
(1)
15 - 2000
(1)
50 - 2000
(1)
51 - 2000
(1)
52 - 2000
(1)
53 - 2000
(1)
54 - 2000
(1)
55 - 2000
(1)
58 - 2000
(1)
59 - 2000
(1)
60 - 2000
(1)
69 431 1
70 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
75 - 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
79 - 1
0326 00 432 3
01 - 3
02 - 3
03 - 3
04 - 3
05 - 3
06 - 3
07 - 3
08 - 3
09 - 3
10 - 3
11 - 3
0288 14 30 1
15 31 1
20 - 1
21 30 1
22 31 1
23 - 1
24 30 1
24 31 1
25 - 1
26 30 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
45 - 1
48 - 1
49 - 1
50 - 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
59 - 1
64 31 1
65 - 1
66 - 1
79 - 1
82 32 1
83 - 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
86 - 1
87 - 1
88 - 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
91 - 1
92 - 1
93 - 1
94 - 1
95 - 1
96 - 1
97 - 1
0289 02 32 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
20 31 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
50 29 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
70 30 1
0326 12 432 3
13 - 3
14 - 3
15 - 3
16 - 3
17 - 3
20 429 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
0327 37 424 1
37 427 1
44 429 1
45 425 10
46 - 10
47 - 10
48 - 10
50 421 305
(1)
51 - 305
(1)
52 - 305
(1)
53 - 305
(1)
54 415 305
(1)
55 - 305
(1)
56 - 500
(1)
57 - 500
(1)
58 - 500
(1)
59 - 500
(1)
60 425 1
73 421 500
(1)
74 - 500
(1)
76 415 500
(1)
77 411 500
(1)
78 - 500
(1)
80 435 1
80 229 1
81 - 1
81 435 1
83 425 10
0328 50 421 500
(1)
51 - 500
(1)
52 - 500
(1)
53 - 500
(1)
54 - 500
(1)
55 - 500
(1)
56 415 305
(1)
57 - 305
(1)
58 - 500
(1)
59 - 500
(1)
61 - 500
(1)
62 - 500
(1)
63 - 500
(1)
71 - 1000
(1)
72 - 1000
(1)
73 421 1000
(1)
74 - 1000
(1)
78 411 500
(1)
88 426 1
91 - 1
0329 07 431 1
0330 48 429 1
49 - 1
61 433 3
62 - 3
63 - 3
65 - 3
69 - 3
70 - 3
71 - 3
72 - 3
73 - 3
75 - 3
76 - 3
77 - 3
78 - 3
80 - 3
81 - 3
82 - 3
0331 00 429 10
06 - 10
07 - 10
08 - 10
09 - 10
10 - 10
11 - 10
12 - 10
13 - 10
27 - 10
35
(1)
441 1
47 429 10
51 433 3
52 - 3
53 - 3
57 - 3
58 - 3
93 429 1
97 - 1
0332 60 417 1
60 425 1
61 417 1
61 425 1
62 - 1
79 440 1
80 426 1
81 424 1
91 - 1
93 - 1
0333 25 376 10/100
27 - 10/100
30 - 10/200
0335 01 424 1
01 427 1
02 424 1
05 - 1
05 430 1
06 424 1
06 430 1
07 424 1
07 430 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 424 1
12 430 1
13 424 1
13 430 1
16 424 1
16 430 1
17 424 1
17 430 1
18 424 1
18 430 1
19 424 1
19 430 1
20 432 1
21 427 1
22 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
30 426 1
31 - 1
32 - 2
33 - 2
34 424 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 412 1
40 416 1
40 422 1
40 432 1
44 416 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
51 420 1
52 - 1
0335 54 420 2
54 424 2
55 420 2
55 424 2
61 414 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 2
65 - 2
66 - 2
73 410 1
76 - 2
79 426 1
88 - 1
89 414 1
90 410 1
90 414 1
90 420 1
90 424 1
91 410 10
91 414 10
91 420 10
91 424 10
91 - 10
91 430 10
92 443 1
93 431 1
94 - 8
0347 95 436 20
0348 48 438 1
48 442 1
0364 53 441 1
54 - 1
0365 80 439 20
81 - 20
82 - 1
0400 00
0431 00 285 10
01 - 10
08 - 1
10 - 1
12 - 1
0433 41 285 1
0462 00 442 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
14 - 1
20 443 1
23 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
55 442 1
60 - 1
64 - 1
70 443 1
0463 00 437 1
06 - 1
12 - 1
18 - 1
19 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
0463 28 437 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
52 - 1
58 - 1
59 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
75 - 1
76 - 1
78 - 1
79 - 1
81 - 1
84 - 1
85 436 1
86 - 1
0464 50 438 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
56 - 1
58 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
66 - 1
69 441 1
70 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 436 1
79 - 1
80
(1)
441 1
81 - 1
82 436 1
83 439 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
86 - 1
87 438 1
88 - 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
0465 00 440 1
00 442 1
01 440 1
01 442 1
02 440 1
02 442 1
05 440 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
17 436 1
17 440 1
18 436 1
18 440 1
19 - 1
22 441 1
23 - 1
28 438 1
28 441 1
29 438 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
(1)
Number of meters in pack
16
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0465 29 441 1
30 438 1
30 441 1
31 438 1
31 441 1
32 438 1
32 441 1
33 438 1
33 441 1
38 438 1
38 441 1
39 438 1
39 441 1
40 438 1
40 441 1
41 - 4
42 - 4
45 440 1
0466 23 72 1
0472 72 439 1
75 - 1
0473 62 439 1
63 - 1
91 - 1
92 - 1
0476 83 439 1
93 438 1
94 - 1
95 - 1
96 439 1
0482 20 439 1
0488 72 276 10
0492 00 277 10
01 - 10
02 - 10
03 - 10
04 - 10
05 - 10
06 - 10
07 - 10
08 - 10
09 - 10
10 - 5
11 - 5
12 - 5
13 - 5
14 - 5
15 - 5
16 - 5
17 - 5
18 - 5
19 - 5
20 - 5
21 - 5
22 - 10
31 - 1
31 280 1
31 285 1
32 277 1
32 280 1
34 277 1
37 - 1
49 - 1
49 290 1
90 277 1
0499 86 145 1/30
0500 00
0515 00 422 4
01 - 4
02 - 4
03 - 4
04 - 4
05 - 4
10 416 4
0515 11 416 4
12 - 4
13 - 4
14 - 4
15 - 4
0516 36 421 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
93 296 1
0517 01 425 50
02 - 50
03 - 50
04 - 50
06 - 50
07 - 50
09 - 1
20 229 1
20 435 1
22 229 1
22 435 1
40 424 10
41 - 10
52 415 5
53 - 5
54 - 5
55 - 5
57 416 4
58 - 4
59 - 4
62 415 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
75 - 1
80 411 5
81 - 5
82 - 5
83 - 5
90 422 4
91 - 4
92 - 4
93 - 4
94 - 4
95 - 4
96 416 4
97 - 4
98 - 4
0518 50 415 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
59 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
66 411 5
67 - 5
68 - 5
69 - 5
70 - 5
71 - 5
72 - 5
73 - 5
0520 02 475 1/10
22 - 5/50
0520 42 475 5/50
92 - 5/50
0522 03 475 1/6
23 - 5/50
43 - 5/50
93 - 5/50
0526 00 493 3
01 - 3
02 - 3
03 - 3
04 - 2
05 - 2
06 - 3
07 - 3
08 - 3
09 - 3
10 - 3
11 - 3
12 - 3
13 - 3
14 - 2
15 - 2
16 - 10
17 - 10
18 - 10
19 - 10
20 - 3
21 - 3
22 - 3
23 - 3
24 - 2
26 496 10
27 - 10
30 497 5
31 - 5
32 - 5
33 - 5
34 - 4
35 - 4
36 - 2
40 496 10
41 - 10
42 497 5
43 - 5
44 - 5
45 - 5
46 - 4
47 - 4
48 - 2
50 496 10
51 - 10
52 497 5
53 - 5
54 - 5
55 - 5
56 - 4
57 - 4
58 - 2
60 - 5
61 - 5
62 - 5
63 - 5
65 - 2
69 493 10
69 496 10
70 497 5
71 - 5
73 - 5
74 - 2
76 - 5
80 - 10
0527 02 475 1/6
42 - 5/50
92 - 5/50
0529 03 475 1/6
04 - 1/6
43 - 5/50
44 - 5/15
93 - 5/50
94 - 5/50
0531 01 493 3
02 - 3
03 - 3
06 496 10
07 - 10
08 - 10
09 - 10
10 - 10
11 - 10
12 - 10
13 - 10
16 493 8
17 - 8
18 - 8
19 - 8
20 - 8
21 - 8
22 - 8
23 - 8
26 496 10
27 - 10
31 497 5
32 - 5
33 - 5
40 496 10
41 - 10
43 497 5
44 - 5
45 - 5
50 496 10
51 - 10
53 497 5
54 - 5
55 - 5
58 - 2
61 - 5
62 - 5
63 - 5
65 - 2
71 - 4
72 - 4
73 - 4
80 - 3
81 - 3
82 - 2
83 - 2
84 - 3
85 - 3
86 - 2
87 - 2
0533 00 425 3
01 - 3
02 - 3
03 - 3
0536 03 475 1
04 - 1
0538 23 475 1
24 475 1
43 475 1/5
44 475 1/5
93 475 1/5
94 475 1/5
0539 49 425 5
0553 03 475 5/50
03 479 5
07 475 5/25
07 479 5
08 475 5/25
08 479 5
23 475 5/25
23 479 5
27 475 5/25
27 479 5
28 475 5/25
28 479 5
0555 53 478 10
53 474 10
57 - 10
0555 57 478 10
58 474 10
58 478 10
73 - 10
73 474 10
77 478 10
77 474 10
78 478 10
78 474 10
0562 03 475 5/50
03 479 5
07 475 5/25
07 479 5
08 475 5/25
08 479 5
23 475 5/25
23 479 5
27 475 5/25
27 479 5
28 475 5/25
28 479 5
0563 03 475 5/20
03 479 5
07 475 5/20
07 479 5
08 475 5/20
08 479 5
23 475 5/20
23 479 5
27 475 5/20
27 479 5
28 475 5/20
28 479 5
0564 53 474 5/50
53 478 10
57 474 5/50
57 478 10
58 474 5/50
58 478 10
73 474 5/50
73 478 10
77 474 5/50
77 478 10
78 474 5/50
78 478 10
0566 01 474 1
01 480 1
09 474 1
09 480 1
13 474 1
13 480 1
14 474 1
14 480 1
21 474 1
21 480 1
29 474 1
29 480 1
33 474 1
33 480 1
34 474 1
34 480 1
41 474 1
41 480 1
49 474 1
49 480 1
53 474 1
53 480
54 474 1
54 480
61 474 1
61 480 1
69 474 1
69 480 1
73 474 1
73 480 1
74 474 1
74 480 1
0572 21 474 1
29 - 1
0572 33 474 1
34 - 1
98 - 1
98 480 1
99 474 1
99 480 1
0573 00 480 1
02 - 1
20 - 1
22 - 1
54 474 5/50
54 478 5
58 474 5/50
58 478 5
59 474 5/50
59 478 5
0574 34 474 10
34 478 10
38 474 10
38 478 10
39 474 10
39 478 10
0575 14 474 10
14 478 10
18 474 10
18 478 10
19 474 10
19 478 10
0576 11 474 5/50
11 478 10
12 474 5/25
12 478 10
17 474 5/25
17 478 10
18 474 5/25
18 478 10
23 474 5/50
23 478 10
24 474 5/25
24 478 10
51 475 5/50
51 479 5
52 475 5/25
52 479 5
57 475 5/25
57 479 5
58 475 5/25
58 479 5
63 475 5/25
63 479 5
64 475 5/25
64 479 5
69 480 20
70 - 20
72 - 20
0577 03 476 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
10 - 2
11 - 3
12 - 5
13
(1)
- 5
14
(1)
- 4
15 - 5
16 - 4
17 - 2
18
(1)
- 4
19
(1)
- 2
20 - 1
21 480 3
22 - 3
23 - 2
0580 54 474 5/25
54 478 5
58 474 5/50
58 478 5
59 474 5/25
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
(1)
Number of meters in pack
17
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
0696 80 231 5/25
80 351 5/25
89 231 10/100
89 351 10/100
0697 80 467 1
0700 00
0742 80 346 10/100
81 - 10/100
85 - 10/100
86 - 10/100
0744 45 344 1
47 - 5/50
48 - 5/50
0747 56 343 10/100
0765 01 423 10
02 - 5
03 418 1
04 - 1
05 419 10
06 - 5
22 - 10
23 - 10
24 413 10
25 - 10
30 423 1
33 419 1/10
35 425 10
36 - 10
37 - 10
38 - 10
39 - 10
41 423 5
42 - 5
44 418 5
46 419 5
51 423 10
52 - 10
54 - 10
55 - 10
61 418 10
62 419 10
63 - 10
64 418 10
65 419 10
66 - 10
73 413 10
76 - 10
91 418 10
92 419 10
93 - 10
94 418 5
95 419 5
96 - 5
97 423 5
0775 41 440 1
0778 80 425 1
81 - 1
0779 13 427 1
14 - 1
30 229 1
30 435 1
0785 12 311 1/1
70 - 1/1
71 - 1/1
72 - 1/1
73 - 1/1
0786 16 431 1
16 432 1
17 431 1
17 432 1
18 431 1
18 432 1
0787 00 314 1/10
0580 59 478 5
0581 34 474 10
34 478 10
38 474 10
38 478 10
39 474 10
39 478 10
0582 14 474 10
14 478 10
18 474 10
18 478 10
19 474 10
19 478 10
0587 00 479 2
04 - 2/1
05 475 2
05 479 2/1
10 - 2
14 - 2/1
15 475 2
15 479 2/1
20 - 2
24 - 2/1
25 475 2
25 479 2/1
40 - 2
44 - 2/1
45 475 2
45 479 2/1
0589 10 474 1
10 480 1
18 474 1
18 480 1
38 476 1
0591 06 479 2/1
07 - 2/1
07 475 1
16 479 2/1
17 475 1
17 479 2/1
26 - 2/1
27 475 1
27 479 2/1
36 - 2/1
37 475 1
37 479 2/1
0600 00
0634 31 292 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
34 292 1
35 288 1
35 291 1
36 285 1
38 292 1
39 - 1
0675 13 285 1
14 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 5
18 280 1
18 285 1
0695 56 423 1/20
57 - 1/20
79 425 1
80 231 10/100
80 351 10/100
80 425 10
81 423 1
81 425 1
0696 51 231 10/100
51 351 10/100
72 231 5/50
72 351 5/50
0800 00
0802 90 313 10/200
91 - 10/200
99 - 10/100
0844 24 285 1
0882 32 268 1
32 274 1
0883 01 282 1
0892 79 285 2
79 287 2
79 290 2
79 291 2
0893 07 399 1/10
79 285 2
79 287 2
79 290 2
79 291 2
0896 20 233 1
20 397 1
21 233 1
21 397 1
25 233 1
25 397 1
26 233 1
26 397 1
30 233 1
30 397 1
32 233 1
32 397 1
0898 06 344 10
0900 00
0919 45 425 1
3000 00
3690 51 465 1
56 - 1
61 - 1
66 - 1
71 - 1
76 - 1
81 - 1
86 - 1
5000 00
5720 37 208 10/100
38 - 10/100
42 - 10/100
43 - 10/100
44 - 10/100
49 - 10/100
51 210 1/10
52 215 1/20
53 - 1/20
55 - 1/20
62 216 1/5
63 208 20/200
64 209 20/200
65 - 20/200
67 219 5/40
74 - 5/50
83 226 1/10
83 426 1
84 226 1/10
84 426 1
85 226 1/10
85 426 1
5721 04 223 10/100
53 218 1
54 224 1/5
5722 11 212 1/10
5722 20 211 10/100
22 215 1/20
23 - 10/100
26 - 1/20
27 - 1/20
30 218 1/20
35 218 1
40 212 5/60
50
(1)
216 1/10
52
(1)
- 1/10
53 218 1/20
59 - 10/50
71 220 1/20
71 228 1/20
71 434 1/20
72 220 1/20
72 228 1/20
72 434 1/20
73 220 1/20
73 228 1/20
73 434 1/20
74 220 1/20
74 228 1/20
74 434 1/20
75 220 1/20
75 227 1/20
76 228 1/20
76 434 1/20
77 227 1/20
78 228 1/20
78 434 1/20
79 220 1/20
79 228 1/20
79 434 1/20
81 220 1/20
81 228 1/20
81 434 1/20
82 220 1/20
82 228 1/20
82 434 1/20
83 227 1/20
84 - 1
85 221 1/20
85 228 1/20
85 434 1/20
88 220 1/20
88 228 1/20
88 434 1/20
89 221 1/20
89 228 1/20
89 434 1/20
93 297 1
94 - 1
5723 22 418 10
24 221 10/100
24 418 10
30 225 10/100
30 422 10
31 225 10/100
31 417 10
32 225 10/100
32 422 10
33 225 10/100
33 417 10
35 225 10/100
35 425 10
36 225 10/100
36 425 10
39 418 1
44 230 10/100
50 413 5
51 - 10
52 - 10
53 418 5
54 - 10
55 - 10
61 222 1
70 229 1
70 435 1
76 226 1/10
76 427 1
77 226 1/10
77 427 1
5723 78 226 1/10
78 427 1
94 230 1/10
5724 52 215 10/100
53 - 10/100
5725 37 208 10/100
38 - 10/100
42 - 10/100
43 - 10/100
44 - 10/100
49 - 10/100
51 210 1/10
62 216 1/5
63 208 20/200
64 209 20/200
65 - 20/200
67 219 5/40
74 - 5/50
5726 04 223 10/100
53 218 1
54 224 1/5
5727 11 212 1/10
20 211 10/100
26 215 1/20
27 - 1/20
30 218 1/20
35 - 1
40 212 5/60
50
(2)
216 1/10
52
(2)
216 1/10
53 218 1/20
59 218 10/50
70 227 10/100
71 220 1/20
71 228 1/20
71 434 1/20
72 220 1/20
72 228 1/20
72 434 1/20
73 220 1/20
73 228 1/20
73 434 1/20
74 220 1/20
74 228 1/20
74 434 1/20
75 220 1/20
75 227 1/20
76 228 1/20
76 434 1/20
77 227 1/20
78 228 1/20
78 434 1/20
79 220 1/20
79 228 1/20
79 434 1/20
80 227 10/100
81 220 1/20
81 228 1/20
81 434 1/20
82 220 1/20
82 228 1/20
82 434 1/20
83 227 1/20
84 - 1
85 221 1/20
85 228 1/20
85 434 1/20
88 220 1/20
88 228 1/20
88 434 1/20
89 221 1/20
89 228 1/20
89 434 1/20
93 297 1
94 - 1
5728 06 225 10/100
06 413 10
22 418 10
24 221 10/100
5728 24 418 10
30 225 10/100
30 422 10
31 225 10/100
31 417 10
32 225 10/100
32 422 10
33 225 10/100
33 417 10
35 225 10/100
35 425 10
36 225 10/100
36 425 10
39 418 1
44 230 10/100
50 413 5
51 - 10
52 - 10
53 418 5
54 - 10
55 - 10
70 229 1
70 435 1
76 226 1/10
76 427 1
77 226 1/10
77 427 1
78 226 1/10
78 427 1
83 226 1/10
83 426 1
84 226 1/10
84 426 1
85 226 1/10
85 426 1
5730 03 212 1/10/100
21 209 20/200
24 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
66 212 1/10/100
69 - 1/10/100
71 209 10/100
72 - 10/100
73 - 10/100
87 230 10/100
5731 03 212 1/10/100
21 209 20/200
24 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
69 212 1/10/100
71 209 5/50
72 - 10/100
73 - 10/100
87 230 10/100
5732 20 211 10/100
22 217 10/100
23 - 10/100
24 - 10/100
25 - 10/100
34 - 10/100
35 - 10/100
36 - 10/100
37 - 10/100
72 221 1/20
72 228 1/20
72 434 1/20
73 221 1/20
73 228 1/20
73 434 1/20
74 221 1/20
74 227 1/20
84 217 10/100
85 - 10/100
86 - 10/100
87 - 10/100
94 - 5/50
95 - 5/50
96 - 5/50
97 - 5/50
5733 00 209 20/200
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
18
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
5734 43 219 1/10/100
48 222 10/100
49 230 20/200
50 208 10/100
51 - 10/100
52 - 10/100
54 - 10/100
55 210 1/10
58 219 10/100
59 211 10/100
60 - 10/100
61 219 5/50
62 212 1/10/100
63 - 1/10/100
64 215 1/5/25
66 223 10/100
67 - 5/50
69 212 1/10/100
70 223 20/200
71 - 10/100
72 - 10/100
73 - 10/100
74 220 10/100
74 225 10/100
74 418 10
75 225 10/100
75 423 10
76 225 10/100
76 418 10
77 225 10/100
77 418 10
79 230 10/100
80 230 5/50
85 222 1
89 223 10/100
91 230 10/50
5735 01 212 1/10
10 223 5/50
20 230 5/35
30 208 1/5/20
42 224 1/5
64 215 1/5/25
70 230 5/25
71 - 1/10
72 - 2/10
73 - 2/8
74 - 2/10
5736 00 208 20/200
01 - 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 211 20/200
05 - 20/200
06 219 5/50
10 208 20/200
11 - 20/200
12 - 10/100
13 211 20/200
14 - 20/200
15 219 20/200
16 212 1/5/50
17 208 20/200
25 224 20/200
26 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
28 220 20/200
28 225 20/200
28 418 10
29 225 20/200
29 423 10
30 225 20/200
30 423 10
34 225 20/200
34 418 10
42 219 20/200
43 219 1/10/100
49 230 20/200
50 208 10/100
51 - 10/100
52 - 10/100
54 - 10/100
55 210 1/10
5733 01 209 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
05 - 20/200
06 - 20/200
07 - 20/200
08 - 20/200
09 211 20/200
10 - 20/200
11 - 20/200
12 209 20/200
20 - 20/200
21 - 20/200
22 - 20/200
23 - 20/200
26 - 10/100
30 211 20/200
31 - 20/200
40 209 10/100
42 - 10/100
46 211 10/100
47 - 10/100
50 209 20/200
51 - 20/200
52 - 20/200
53 - 20/200
54 - 20/200
55 - 20/200
56 - 20/200
57 - 20/200
58 - 20/200
59 211 20/200
60 - 20/200
61 - 20/200
62 209 20/200
66 212 1/10/100
70 209 20/200
71 - 20/200
72 - 20/200
73 - 20/200
76 - 10/100
80 211 20/200
81 - 20/200
82 217 5/50
83 - 5/50
84 - 5/50
85 - 5/50
90 209 10/100
92 - 10/100
96 211 10/100
97 - 10/100
5734 00 208 20/200
01 - 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 211 20/200
05 - 20/200
10 208 20/200
11 - 20/200
12 - 10/100
13 211 20/200
14 - 20/200
15 219 20/200
16 212 1/5/50
17 208 20/200
25 224 20/200
26 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
28 220 20/200
28 225 20/200
28 418 10
29 225 20/200
29 423 10
30 225 20/200
30 423 10
32 225 10/100
32 413 10
33 230 20/200
34 225 20/200
34 418 10
40 222 20/200
42 219 20/200
5736 58 219 10/100
59 211 10/100
60 - 10/100
61 219 5/50
62 212 1/10/100
63 - 1/10/100
66 223 10/100
67 - 5/50
69 212 1/10/100
70 223 20/200
71 - 10/100
72 - 10/100
73 - 10/100
74 220 10/100
74 225 10/100
74 418 10
75 225 10/100
75 423 10
76 225 10/100
76 418 10
77 225 10/100
77 418 10
89 223 10/100
5737 01 212 1/10
10 223 5/50
20 211 10/100
22 217 10/100
23 - 10/100
24 - 10/100
25 - 10/100
30 208 1/5/20
34 217 10/100
35 - 10/100
36 - 10/100
37 - 10/100
42 224 1/5
50 269 1
51 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
58 - 1
59 - 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
68 - 1
69 - 1
72 221 1/20
72 228 1/20
72 434 1/20
73 221 1/20
73 228 1/20
73 434 1/20
74 221 1/20
74 227 1/20
79 223 5/50
80 224 1/10
84 217 10/100
85 - 10/100
86 - 10/100
87 - 10/100
90 269 1
91 - 1
94 217 5/50
95 - 5/50
96 - 5/50
97 - 5/50
5738 00 208 20/200
01 - 20/200
02 - 5/40
05 215 5/50
06 - 5/50
07 224 1/10/100
08 223 20/200
09 - 1/20/100
10 - 5/50
12 268 1
13 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
20 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
5738 23 268 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
34 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 - 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
46 269 1
47 - 1
48 268 1
49 - 1
56 269 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
60 - 1
62 - 1
64 - 1
66 - 1
70 268 1
72 269 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
75 - 1
82 217 5/50
83 - 5/50
84 - 5/50
85 - 5/50
86 224 1/10/100
87 - 1/10/100
88 - 1/10/100
89 - 1/10/100
90 - 1/10/100
5739 00 274 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
16 274 1
16 280 1
16 287 1
16 290 1
17 274 1
17 280 1
17 287 1
17 290 1
18 280 1
19 - 1
20 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 287 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
32 288 1
33 - 1
34 284 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
5739 40 284 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 - 1
49 - 1
50 291 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
55 - 1
60 290 1
61 274 1
62 290 1
63 - 1
64 275 5
64 287 5
65 275 5
65 287 5
66 - 5
67 - 5
68 275 5
69 - 5
70 - 5
71 - 5
72 - 5
73 - 5
74 274 1
75 - 1
76 287 1
77 - 1
78 287 1
79 223 5/50
80 224 1/10
81 287 1
82 - 1
83 - 1
84 285 1
85 282 1
86 291 1
87 274 1
88 288 1
89 287 1
91 282 1
92 290 1
93 - 1
94 - 1
96 276 1
98 287 1
99 288 1
5740 00 210 1/10
01 - 1/10
02 - 1/10
03 - 1/10
04 - 1/10
06 212 1/10
07 - 1/10
08 - 1/10
10
(1)
213 1/4
11
(1)
291 1
13 222 1
14 - 1
15 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
38 292 1
39 - 1
40 291 1
41 - 1
42 291 1
43 292 1
44 288 1
45 - 5
50 210 1/10
51 - 1/10
52 - 1/10
53 - 1/10
54 - 1/10
5740 56 212 1/10
57 - 1/10
58 - 1/10
60
(2)
213 1/4
61 215 1/20
62 - 1/20
63 222 1
64 - 1
65 - 1
84 215 1/20
85 222 1
86 - 1
87 218 1
88 - 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
91 - 1
92 - 1/100
93 - 1
5743 00 210 1/10
01 - 1/10
02 - 1/10
03 - 1/10
04 - 1/10
05 212 1/10
06 - 1/10
07 - 1/10
08 - 1/10
11
(2)
291 1
50 210 1/10
51 - 1/10
52 - 1/10
53 - 1/10
54 - 1/10
55 212 1/10
56 - 1/10
57 - 1/10
58 - 1/10
60 275 5
61 - 5
62 - 5
63 - 5
65 - 5
67 - 5
68 - 5
69 - 5
70 - 5
71 - 5
72 - 5
73 - 5
74 - 5
75 - 5
76 - 5
77 - 5
78 - 5
79 - 5
80 - 5
81 - 5
82 - 5
83 - 5
84 - 5
85 - 5
86 - 5
87 - 5
88 - 5
89 - 5
90 - 5
91 - 5
92 - 5
93 - 5
5744 01 220 1/40
01 228 1/20
01 434 1/20
51 220 1/40
51 228 1/20
51 434 1/20
5745 01 221 1/20
01 228 1/20
01 434 1/20
51 221 1/20
51 228 1/20
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
19
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
5757 70 254 2/16
70 445 2/16
71 255 2/16
71 446 2/16
72 255 2/16
72 446 2/16
73 257 1/8
74 - 1/8
76 259 1/8
80 254 2/16
80 445 2/16
81 255 2/16
81 446 2/16
82 255 2/16
82 446 2/16
90 254 2/12
90 445 2/12
91 255 2/12
91 446 2/12
92 255 2/12
92 446 2/12
5758 00 254 2/12
00 445 2/12
01 255 2/12
01 446 2/12
02 255 2/12
02 446 2/12
10 230 10/100
5759 00 254 10/100
00 445 10/100
01 255 10/100
01 446 10/100
02 255 10/100
02 446 10/100
03 257 1/5/30
04 - 1/5/30
05 260 1/5/30
06 259 1/5/30
10 254 10/100
10 445 10/100
11 255 10/100
11 446 10/100
12 255 10/100
12 446 10/100
13 257 1/20
14 - 1/20
15 260 1/20
16 259 1/20
20 254 5/50
20 445 5/50
21 255 5/50
21 446 5/50
22 255 5/50
22 446 5/50
23 257 1/20
24 - 1/20
25 260 1/20
26 259 1/20
30 254 5/30
30 445 5/30
31 255 5/30
31 446 5/30
32 255 5/30
32 446 5/30
33 257 1/5
34 - 1/5
35 260 1/5
36 259 1/5
40 254 2/20
40 445 2/20
41 255 2/20
41 446 2/20
42 255 2/20
42 446 2/20
43 257 1/10
44 - 1/10
46 259 1/10
50 254 2/16
50 445 2/16
51 255 2/16
51 446 2/16
52 255 2/16
5745 51 434 1/20
87 218 1
88 - 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
91 - 1
92 - 1/100
93 - 1
5750 70 254 1/5
71 255 1/5
72 - 1/5
73 257 1/5
74 - 1/5
75 260 1/5
76 259 1/5
5757 00 254 10/100
00 445 10/100
01 255 10/100
01 446 10/100
02 255 10/100
02 446 10/100
03 257 1/5/30
04 - 1/5/30
05 260 1/5/30
06 259 1/5/30
10 254 10/100
10 445 10/100
11 255 10/100
11 446 10/100
12 255 10/100
12 446 10/100
13 257 1/5/30
14 - 1/5/30
15 260 1/5/30
16 259 1/5/30
20 254 10/100
20 445 10/100
21 255 10/100
21 446 10/100
22 255 10/100
22 446 10/100
23 257 1/20
24 - 1/20
25 260 1/20
26 259 1/20
30 254 5/50
30 445 5/50
31 255 5/50
31 446 5/50
32 255 5/50
32 446 5/50
33 257 1/20
34 - 1/20
35 260 1/20
36 259 1/20
40 254 5/30
40 445 5/50
41 255 5/30
41 446 5/30
42 255 5/30
42 446 5/30
43 257 1/5
44 - 1/5
46 259 1/5
50 254 5/30
50 445 5/50
51 255 5/30
51 446 5/30
52 255 5/30
52 446 5/30
53 257 1/5
54 - 1/5
56 259 1/5
60 254 2/20
60 445 2/20
61 255 2/20
61 446 2/20
62 255 2/20
62 446 2/20
63 257 1/10
64 - 1/10
66 259 1/10
5759 52 446 2/16
53 257 1/8
54 - 1/8
56 259 1/8
5760 01 212 1/10
15 230 10/100
16 - 10/100
50 - 10/100
5761 60 259 1/5
61 258 1/5
62 - 1/5
63 260 1/5
64 - 1/5
65 258 1/5
66 - 1/5
67 261 1/5
68 256 5/50
99 260 1/5
5762 90 259 1/5/30
91 258 1/5/30
92 - 1/5/30
93 260 1/5/30
94 - 1/5/30
95 258 1/5/30
96 - 1/5/30
97 261 1/5/30
98 256 1/5/30
98 447 1/5/30
99 260 1/5/30
5763 00 259 1/5/30
01 258 1/5/30
02 - 1/5/30
03 260 1/5/30
04 - 1/5/30
05 258 1/5/30
06 - 1/5/30
07 261 1/5/30
08 256 1/5/30
08 447 1/5/30
09 260 1/5/30
10 259 1/5/30
11 258 1/5/30
12 - 1/5/30
13 260 1/5/30
14 - 1/5/30
15 258 1/5/30
16 - 1/5/30
17 261 1/5/30
18 256 1/5/30
18 447 1/5/30
19 260 1/5/30
20 259 1/20
21 258 1/20
22 - 1/20
23 260 1/20
24 - 1/20
25 258 1/20
26 - 1/20
27 261 1/20
28 256 1/20
28 447 1/20
29 260 1/20
30 259 1/20
31 258 1/5/20
32 - 1/5/20
33 260 1/20
34 - 1/20
35 258 1/20
36 - 1/20
37 261 1/20
38 256 1/20
38 447 1/20
39 260 1/20
40 259 1/20
41 258 1/20
42 - 1/20
43 260 1/20
44 - 1/20
45 258 1/20
46 - 1/20
5763 47 261 1/20
48 256 1/20
48 447 1/20
49 260 1/20
50 259 1/20
51 258 1/5/20
52 - 1/5/20
53 260 1/20
54 - 1/20
55 258 1/20
56 - 1/20
57 261 1/20
58 256 1/20
58 447 1/20
59 260 1/20
60 259 1/5
61 258 1/5
62 - 1/5
63 260 1/5
64 - 1/5
65 258 1/5
66 - 1/5
67 261 1/5
68 256 1/5
68 447 1/5
69 260 1/5
80 259 1/5
81 258 1/5
82 - 1/5
83 260 1/5
84 - 1/5
85 258 1/5
86 - 1/5
87 261 1/5
88 256 1/5
88 447 1/5
89 260 1/5
90 259 1/5
91 258 1/5
92 - 1/5
93 260 1/5
94 - 1/5
95 258 1/5
96 - 1/5
97 261 1/5
98 256 1/5
98 447 1/5
99 260 1/5
5764 00 259 1/5
01 258 1/5
02 - 1/5
03 260 1/5
04 - 1/5
05 258 1/5
06 - 1/5
07 261 1/5
08 256 1/5
08 447 1/5
09 260 1/5
90 259 1
93 257 1
94 - 1
96 259 1
97 261 1
5765 00 259 1
03 257 1
04 - 1
06 259 1
07 261 1
27 - 1
30 259 1
33 257 1
34 - 1
36 259 1
75 260 1/5
80 254 5/30
80 445 5/30
81 255 5/30
81 446 5/30
82 255 5/30
82 446 5/30
83 257 1/5
5765 84 257 1/5
85 260 1/5
86 259 1/5
95 260 1/5
6000 00
6014 50 G 181 1
51 G - 1
52 G - 1
53 G - 1
54 G - 1
55 G - 1
56 G - 1
57 G - 1
70 G 187 10
6017 99 132 1
6021 26 122 1/32
27 - 1/32
28 - 1/32
29 - 1/32
30 - 1/32
31 - 1/32
32 - 1/32
33 - 1/32
34 - 1/32
64 123 1/32
65 - 1/32
66 - 1/32
67 - 1/32
68 - 1/5/60
69 - 1/5/60
70 - 1/5/60
72 - 1/5/60
6032 24 112 1/10/120
25 - 1/10/120
26 - 1/10/120
27 - 1/10/120
28 - 1/10/120
29 - 1/10/120
31 - 1/10/120
33 - 1/10/120
34 - 1/10/120
35 - 1/10/120
36 - 1/10/120
37 - 1/10/120
38 - 1/10/120
39 - 1/10/120
40 - 1/10/120
41 - 1/5/60
42 - 1/5/60
43 - 1/5/60
44 - 1/5/60
45 - 1/5/60
46 - 1/5/60
48 - 1/5/60
50 - 1/5/60
51 - 1/5/60
52 - 1/5/60
53 - 1/5/60
54 - 1/5/60
55 - 1/5/60
56 - 1/5/60
57 - 1/5/60
58 - 1/5/60
59 - 1/5/60
60 - 1/5/60
61 - 1/5/60
62 - 1/5/60
63 - 1/5/60
65 - 1/5/60
67 - 1/5/60
68 - 1/5/60
69 - 1/5/60
70 - 1/5/60
71 - 1/5/60
72 - 1/5/60
73 - 1/5/60
74 - 1/5/60
75 - 1/40
76 - 1/40
6032 77 112 1/40
78 - 1/40
79 - 1/40
80 - 1/40
82 - 1/40
84 - 1/40
85 - 1/40
86 - 1/40
87 - 1/40
88 - 1/40
89 - 1/40
90 - 1/40
91 - 1/40
92 113 1/32
93 - 1/32
94 - 1/32
95 - 1/32
96 - 1/32
97 - 1/32
99 - 1/32
6033 01 113 1/32
02 - 1/32
03 - 1/32
04 - 1/32
05 - 1/32
06 - 1/32
07 - 1/32
08 - 1/32
09 - 1/32
10 - 1/32
11 - 1/32
12 - 1/32
13 - 1/32
14 - 1/32
16 - 1/32
18 - 1/32
19 - 1/32
20 - 1/32
21 - 1/32
22 - 1/32
23 - 1/32
24 - 1/32
25 - 1/32
26 114 1/10/120
27 - 1/10/120
28 - 1/10/120
29 - 1/10/120
30 - 1/10/120
31 - 1/10/120
33 - 1/10/120
35 - 1/10/120
36 - 1/10/120
37 - 1/10/120
38 - 1/10/120
39 - 1/10/120
40 - 1/10/120
41 - 1/10/120
42 - 1/10/120
43 - 1/5/60
44 - 1/5/60
45 - 1/5/60
46 - 1/5/60
47 - 1/5/60
48 - 1/5/60
50 - 1/5/60
52 - 1/5/60
53 - 1/5/60
54 - 1/5/60
55 - 1/5/60
56 - 1/5/60
57 - 1/5/60
58 - 1/5/60
59 - 1/5/60
60 - 1/40
61 - 1/40
63 - 1/40
64 - 1/40
65 - 1/40
66 - 1/40
67 - 1/40
68 - 1/40
69 - 1/40
70 - 1/40
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
20
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
6049 75 112 1/40
76 - 1/40
77 - 1/40
78 - 1/40
79 - 1/40
81 113 1/32
82 - 1/32
83 - 1/32
84 - 1/32
85 - 1/32
86 - 1/32
87 - 1/32
88 - 1/32
89 - 1/32
6070 51 184 1
52 - 1
53 - 1
54 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
68 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
79 - 1
6077 00 180 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
09 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 - 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
18 - 1
19 - 1
20 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
33 - 1
35 - 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
39 - 1
40 182 1
41 - 1
42 - 1
43 186 1
44 - 1
45 184 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
50 182 1
51 - 1
52 - 1
53 186 1
54 - 1
55 184 1
6033 71 114 1/40
77 124 1/32
79 - 1/32
80 - 1/32
81 - 1/32
82 - 1/32
83 - 1/32
85 - 1/32
86 - 1/32
87 - 1/32
88 - 1/32
89 - 1/32
91 - 1/32
92 - 1/32
93 - 1/32
94 - 1/32
95 - 1/16
97 - 1/16
98 - 1/16
99 - 1/16
6034 00 124 1/16
01 - 1/16
03 - 1/16
04 - 1/16
05 - 1/16
06 - 1/16
07 - 1/16
09 - 1/16
10 - 1/16
11 - 1/16
12 - 1/16
14 - 1/32
16 - 1/32
24 - 1/32
26 - 1/32
48 132 1
49 - 1
72 114 1/40
73 - 1/40
6035 74 114 1/40
75 - 1/40
6036 76 114 1/40
6040 01 113 1/5/60
02 - 1/5/60
03 - 1/5/60
05 - 1/5/60
07 - 1/40
08 - 1/40
09 - 1/40
11 - 1/40
12 - 1/40
13 - 1/32
14 - 1/32
15 - 1/32
17 - 1/32
18 - 1/32
22 164 2/20
6049 51 112 1/10/120
52 - 1/10/120
53 - 1/10/120
54 - 1/10/120
55 - 1/10/120
56 - 1/10/120
57 - 1/10/120
58 - 1/10/120
59 - 1/10/120
61 - 1/5/60
62 - 1/5/60
63 - 1/5/60
64 - 1/5/60
65 - 1/5/60
66 - 1/5/60
67 - 1/5/60
68 - 1/5/60
69 - 1/5/60
71 - 1/40
72 - 1/40
73 - 1/40
74 - 1/40
6077 56 184 1
57 - 1
60 182 1
61 - 1
62 182 1
63 186 1
63 - 1
63 - 1
64 - 1
64 - 1
64 - 1
65 184 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
70 182 1
71 - 1
72 182 1
73 186 1
73 - 1
74 - 1
74 186 1
75 187 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
80 183 1
81 - 1
82 - 1
83 186 1
84 - 1
90 183 1
91 - 1
92 183 1
93 186 1
94 - 1
6078 00 183 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 186 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
04 - 1
10 183 1
11 - 1
12 - 1
13 186 1
14 - 1
20 183 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
25 181 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
30 183 1
31 - 1
32 - 1
35 181 1
36 - 1
37 - 1
38 - 1
40 185 1
41 - 1
43 - 1
45 181 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 - 1
50 185 1
51 - 1
55 181 1
56 - 1
57 - 1
58 - 1
60 185 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
65 182 1
66 - 1
67 - 1
68 - 1
70 185 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
6078 73 185 1
75 182 1
76 - 1
77 - 1
78 - 1
80 185 1
81 186 1
82 - 1
83 - 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
90 187 1
91 - 1
92 - 1
93 - 1
94 - 1
95 - 1
96 - 1
97 - 1
98 - 1
6079 00 186 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
03 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
6132 80 345 1
6250 01 57 1
02 59 1
04 66 1
05 57 1
06 59 1
08 66 1
10 48 1
11 - 1
14 61 1
14 63 1
18 61 1
18 63 1
6253 17 56 1/6
18 - 1/6
19 - 1/6
20 - 1/6
21 - 1/6
25 - 1/6
26 - 1/6
27 - 1/6
28 - 1/6
29 - 1/6
37 - 1/6
38 - 1/6
39 - 1/6
40 - 1/6
41 - 1/6
42 - 1/6
43 - 1/6
45 - 1/6
46 - 1/6
47 - 1/6
48 - 1/6
49 - 1/6
51 - 1
52 - 1/6
53 - 1/6
54 - 1
55 - 1/6
56 - 1/6
57 - 1
59 - 1
60 - 1
61 - 1
62 - 1
63 - 1
81 103 1
82 - 1
83 - 1
84 - 1
85 - 1
87 - 1
6253 88 103 1
89 - 1
90 - 1
91 - 1
92 - 1
6338 01 296 1
02 - 1
21 - 1
22 - 1
23 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
30 - 1
32 297 1
33 296 1
40 297 1
41 - 1
43 - 1
44 - 1
45 - 1
46 - 1
47 - 1
48 296 1
50 297 1
51 - 10
53 296 1
73 297 1
99 - 1
6339 10 440 1
11 - 1
12 417 10
13 - 10
14 - 10
15 - 10
16 - 10
17 - 10
24 - 1
25 - 1
26 - 1
27 - 1
28 - 1
29 - 1
68 - 5
69 - 1
70 - 1
71 - 1
72 - 1
73 - 1
91 297 1
92 - 1
93 296 1
6348 00 444 1
01 - 1
02 - 1
04 - 1
05 - 1
06 - 1
07 - 1
08 - 1
10 - 1
11 - 1
15 - 1
15 - 1
16 - 1
16 - 1
17 - 1
17 - 1
18 - 1
18 - 1
6499 14 144 1
15 - 1/30
36A - 1
39 - 1/30
48 - 1/10
49 - 1/30
64 - 1/30
6500 02 488 1/10/100
03 - 1/10/100
08 - 1/10/100
09 - 1/10/100
10 - 1/10/100
11 - 1/10/100
16 - 1/10/100
17 - 1/10/100
22 - 1/10/100
23 - 1/10/100
28 - 1/10/100
29 - 1/10/100
6503 00 233 1
00 398 1/12
31 233 1
31 398 10
32 233 1
32 398 1/12
49 233 1
49 398 1/6
50 233 1
50 398 1/12
90 233 1
90 398 1/20
6571 06 480 1
26 - 1
46 - 1
6604 54 467 1/10
6730 00 308 20/200
01 - 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
05 - 10/100
06 - 10/100
07 - 10/100
08 - 20/200
09 - 20/200
10 - 20/200
11 - 20/200
12 - 10/100
13 - 10/100
14 - 10/100
15 - 20/200
16 - 10/100
17 - 10/100
18 309 20/200
19 - 20/200
20 - 20/200
21 - 20/200
22 - 10/100
23 - 10/100
24 310 1/5/50
25 - 1/10
26 - 1/10
27 - 1/5/50
28 - 1/10/100
29 - 1/10/100
30 313 1/10/100
31 - 1/10/100
32 311 1/10
33 - 20/200
34 - 20/200
36 - 1/5/25
37 312 1/10
38 - 1/10/100
38 318 1/10
38 362 1
39 312 10/100
40 - 10/100
41 309 20/200
42 - 5/50
43 - 10/100
44 - 20/200
45 - 10/100
46 - 10/100
47 - 10/100
48 316 5/50
49 312 1/5/20
50 - 20/200
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
21
Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack Cat.Nos Page No Pack
6731 50 318 20/200
51 - 10/100
52 319 20/200
53 - 20/200
54 - 20/200
55 - 20/200
56 - 10/100
57 - 1/10
58 - 10/100
59 - 1/10
60 - 20/200
61 - 20/200
63 - 1/10/100
70 - 20/200
73 317 1/5/20
83 316 5/50
6732 01 320 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 10/100
04 - 10/100
06 - 5/50
08 - 5/50
09 - 5/25
12 - 1/10
16 - 1/10
18 - 1/10
21 - 20/200
22 - 20/200
23 - 10/100
24 - 10/100
26 - 5/50
28 - 5/50
29 - 5/25
32 - 1/10
36 - 1/10
38 - 1/10
44 309 5/50
44 315 5/50
45 314 20/200
46 - 20/200
47 - 10/100
48 - 10/100
49 - 5/50
50 - 5/25
52 - 1/10
6733 02 321 10/50
02 350 10/50
02 367 10/50
03 321 5/35
03 350 5/35
03 367 5/35
04 321 5/25
04 350 5/25
04 367 5/25
05 321 1/5
05 350 1/5
05 367 1/5
06 321 1/10
06 350 1/10
06 367 1/10
08 321 1/5
08 367 1/5
6740 10 342 10/100
11 - 10/100
21* - 10/100
35 - 20/200
51 - 10/100
99 367 1/5
6741 20 345 5/50
21 - 5/50
6745 01 342 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
05 - 20/200
06 - 20/200
07 - 20/200
6730 51 312 10/100
52 - 20/200
53 - 20/200
54 - 20/200
55 - 20/200
56 - 10/100
57 313 1/10
58 - 10/100
59 - 1/10
60 - 20/200
61 - 20/200
62 - 10/100
63 - 1/10/100
70 - 20/200
72* 311 1/10
73 - 1/5/20
74 310 1/10
75 - 1/10
76 - 1/10
78 313 1/1
81 314 20/200
82 - 20/200
83 309 5/50
84 314 20/200
85 - 20/200
86 - 20/200
89 - 20/200
90 - 20/200
92 - 1/10/100
93 - 10/100
94 - 20/200
95 - 5/50
98 - 20/200
99 - 20/200
6731 00 314 20/200
01 - 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
05 - 10/100
06 - 10/100
07 - 10/100
08 - 20/200
09 - 20/200
10 - 20/200
11 315 20/200
12 - 10/100
13 - 10/100
14 - 10/100
15 - 20/200
16 - 10/100
17 314 10/100
18 315 20/200
19 - 20/200
20 - 20/200
21 - 20/200
22 - 10/100
23 - 10/100
24 317 1/5/50
25 - 1/10
26 - 1/10
27 - 1/5/50
28 - 1/10/100
29 - 1/10/100
30 319 1/10/100
31 - 1/10/100
32 317 1/10
33 - 20/200
34 - 20/200
36 - 1/5/25
37 318 1/10
39 - 10/100
40 - 10/100
41 316 20/200
42 - 5/50
43 - 10/100
44 - 20/200
45 - 10/100
46 - 10/100
47 - 10/100
49 318 1/5/20
6745 08 342 5/50
09 - 5/50
13 345 20/200
14 - 20/200
15* - 5/50
16 - 10/100
17 347 20/200
20 342 20/200
21 346 20/200
23 343 1/5/25
25 342 20/200
26 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
28 - 10/100
29 - 20/200
34 343 1/10/100
35 - 1/10/100
36 - 1/10/100
39 344 1/10
48 345 1/10
49 - 1/10
50 - 1/10
51 349 20/200
51 448 20/200
52 349 20/200
52 448 20/200
53 349 10/100
53 448 10/100
54 349 10/100
54 448 5/50
56 349 10/100
56 448 5/50
57 448 5/50
57 349 5/50
58 - 5/50
58 448 5/50
59 349 10
59 448 10
60 349 10
60 448 10
91 347 20/200
92 349 5/25
92 448 5/25
98 344 10/100
99 342 5/50
6755 01 362 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
06 - 10/100
07 - 20/200
11 - 20/200
12 - 20/200
13 - 20/200
26 - 10/100
30 - 1/10/100
31 - 1/5/50
33 - 1/5/50
35 - 1/10/100
40 - 20/200
41 363 20/200
44 - 20/100
45 - 20/200
46 - 20/200
47 - 20/200
50 - 10/100
51 - 10/100
52 - 10/100
53 - 20/200
54 - 10/100
55 - 10/100
56 362 10/50
57 - 10/100
58 363 5/25
60 362 1/10
61 364 20/200
62 - 20/200
63 - 10/100
64 - 10/100
66 - 5/50
67 - 5/50
6755 68 364 5/25
69 - 5/50
72 - 10
73 - 10
78 - 10
81 366 20/200
82 - 20/200
83 - 10/100
84 - 10/100
86 - 10/100
89 - 10/100
90 363 20/200
91 - 20/200
92 - 20/200
95 362 20/200
96 - 20/200
97 - 1/5/25
6756 00 364 10/100
01 - 10/100
02 - 10/100
03 - 10/100
04 - 5/50
05 - 5/50
06 - 5/25
07 - 5/50
08 - 5/25
09 - 5/25
10 365 10/100
11 - 10/100
12 - 10/100
13 - 10/100
14 - 5/50
15 - 5/50
16 - 5/25
17 - 5/50
18 - 5/25
19 - 5/25
20 - 10/100
21 - 10/100
22 - 10/100
23 - 10/100
24 - 5/50
25 - 5/50
26 - 5/25
27 - 5/50
28 - 5/25
29 - 5/25
30 366 10/100
31 - 10/100
32 - 10/100
33 - 10/100
34 - 5/50
35 - 5/50
36 - 5/25
37 - 5/50
38 - 5/25
39 - 5/25
6759 01 347 20/200
02 - 20/200
03 - 20/200
04 - 20/200
05 - 20/200
06 - 20/200
07 - 20/200
08 - 5/50
09 - 5/50
10 - 10/100
11 - 10/100
13 348 20/200
14 - 20/200
15* - 5/50
16 - 10/100
17 - 20/200
21 - 20/200
23 - 1/5/25
25 347 20/200
26 - 20/200
27 - 20/200
28 - 10/100
29 - 20/200
6759 34 348 1/10/100
35 - 1/10/100
36 - 1/10/100
39 - 1/10
45 347 20/200
47 348 5/50
48 - 5/50
50 - 1/5/25
51 349 20/200
52 - 20/200
53 - 10/100
54 - 10/100
56 - 5/50
57 - 5/50
58 - 5/50
59 - 10
60 - 10
61 347 10/100
80 348 20/200
81 - 10/100
85 - 20/200
86 - 10/100
91 - 20/200
92 349 5/25
98 348 10/100
99 - 20/200
6806 11 232 10
11 351 1/10
12 232 10
12 351 1/10
13 232 10
13 351 1/10
14 232 5
14 351 1/5
19 232 5
19 351 1/5
33 232 20
33 351 1/20
6846 38 231 1
38 351 1
6890 07 231 40
07 321 40
07 350 40
07 367 40
07 448 40
08 231 40
08 321 40
08 350 40
08 367 40
08 448 40
09 231 40
09 321 40
09 350 40
09 367 40
09 448 40
10 231 40
10 321 40
10 350 40
10 367 40
10 448 40
11 231 10
11 321 10
11 350 10
11 367 10
11 448 10
12 231 10
12 321 10
12 350 10
12 367 10
12 448 10
13 367 10
21 321 1/6
21 350 1/6
21 367 1/6
22 321 1/4
22 350 1/4
22 367 1/4
29 - 20
31 231 20
6890 31 321 20
31 350 20
31 367 20
31 448 20
42 231 40
42 321 40
42 350 40
42 367 40
42 448 40
L400 00
L43001RO 171 1/55
L43003RO - 1/55
L43004RO - 1/55
L43005RO - 1/55
L43098IO 172 1/16
L43099IO - 1/16
L43100IO - 1/16
L43105RO 171 1/55
L43107RO - 1/55
L43110RO - 1/55
L43112RO - 1/55
L43115RO - 1/55
L43120RO - 1/55
L43125RO - 1/55
L43130RO - 1/55
L43135RO - 1/55
L43140RO - 1/55
L43150RO - 1/55
L43160RO - 1/55
L43205RO - 1/24
L43210RO - 1/24
L43215RO - 1/24
L43220RO - 1/24
L43225RO - 1/24
L43230RO - 1/24
L43235RO - 1/24
L43240RO - 1/24
L43250RO - 1/24
L43260RO - 1/24
L43298IO 172 1/16
L43299IO - 1/16
L43300IO - 1/16
L43305RO 171 1/16
L43310RO - 1/16
L43315RO - 1/16
L43320RO - 1/16
L43325RO - 1/16
L43330RO - 1/16
L43335RO - 1/16
L43340RO - 1/16
L43350RO - 1/16
L43360RO - 1/16
L43398IO 172 1/12
L43399IO - 1/12
L43400IO - 1/12
L43405RO 171 1/12
L43410RO - 1/12
L43415RO - 1/12
L43420RO - 1/12
L43425RO - 1/12
L43430RO - 1/12
L43435RO - 1/12
L43440RO - 1/12
L43450RO - 1/12
L43460RO - 1/12
0S00 00
OS0262 25/3 63 1
OS0262 25/3 66 1
OS0262 25/3 68 1
OS0262 25/3 69 1
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
22
ACBs
Technical data
Dimension
DMX
3
6300A
ACBs
(p. 29)
NEW IN 2012
MP6
touch screen display
(p. 29)
P. 32-34
DMX³ 2500
P. 40
Automation control
units for supply
invertors
P. 28-29
DMX³
air circuit breakers
Power
Solutions
with DMX
3
23
P. 35-36
DMX³ 4000
P. 37
DMX
3
6300 and
DMX
3
-I 6300
P. 38
DMX³
connection &
transformation
fixed/draw out
P. 39
DMX³ & DMX³-I
customisation
P. 41
DMX³ 500/4000/6300
characteristics &
setting
P. 43
Selectivity table
P. 29
DMX³
microprocessor
based protection
units
P. 30
DMX³-I
trip free switches
P. 30-32
DMX³
auxilliaries and
accessories
P. 26-27
Technical
characteristics
24
Electrical panel
equipped with
DPX MCCB’s and
modular MCB’s
up to 1600 A
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 25
NEW DMX
3
ACB’s
up to 6300 A
Efficient protection and control for
all type of buildings
Thanks to DPX range
of MCCB’s and to Lexic
MCB’s you can benefit
of the advantages of
a complete protection
system at any level of
the installation
Main electrical
panel equipped
with DMX
3

ACB’s and DPX
MCCB’s up to
6300 A
26
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS TRIP FREE SWITCHES
Devices
DMX³ 2500 (p. 28) DMX³ 4000 (p. 28)
DMX³ 6300 (p. 29)
DMX³-I (p. 30)
50 kA 65 kA 100 kA 50 kA 65 kA 100 kA 100 kA 2500 4000 6300
Frames 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 3
No. of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P
Version Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout Fixed Drawout
Operating Characteristics
In rated current at 40° C (A)
630-800-1000-1250-
1600-2500
3200-4000 5000-6300
1250-1600-
2000-2500
3200-
4000
6300
Rated insulation voltage 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690
Neutral protection ( % Ir) OFF-50-100 OFF-50-100 OFF-50-100 - - -
Utilization category B B B - - -
Isolation behavior Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA)
230 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
415 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
500 VA 50 65 100 50 65 100 100 - - -
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 - - -
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 - - -
Service Breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 - - -
Short circuit making capacity Icm (kA)
230 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
415 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
500 VA 105 143 220 105 143 220 220 143 220 220
600 VA 105 132 165 105 143 165 165 132 165 165
690 VA 105 121 143 105 143 143 143 121 143 143
Short time withstand current Icw(kA) for t =1 s
230 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
415 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
500 VA 50 65 85 50 65 85 100 65 85 100
600 VA 50 60 75 50 65 75 75 60 75 75
690 VA 50 55 65 50 65 65 65 55 65 65
Response Time
Opening Time 15ms 15ms 15ms - - -
Closing Time 30ms 30ms 30ms - - -
Endurance (cycles)
Mechanical 10000 10000 5000 10000 10000 5000
Electrical 5000 5000 2500 5000 5000 2500
Temperature
Operating -5°C to +70°C -5°C to +70°C -5°C to +70°C
-5°C to
+70°C
-5°C to
+70°C
-5°C to
+70°C
Storage -25°C to +85°C -25°C to +85°C -25°C to +85°C
-25°C to
+85°C
-25°C to
+85°C
-25°C to
+85°C
DMX³
Technical Characteristics
0286 56 + 0288 02 0286 96 0286 74 + 0288 02 0289 51 + 0288 02
27
DMX³
Technical Characteristics
PROTECTION UNITS
Microprocessor based protection unit (p. 29)
Touch screen LCD Monochrome LCD
LSI LSIg LSI LSIg
Long time delayed overload protection
Ir adjustable from 0.4 to 1.0 x In in steps of 0.02
(3)
- - - -
tr adjustable 5-10-20-30 s - - - -
Short time delayed short circuit protection
Im adjustable from 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 x Ir - - - -
tm adjustable : 0-0,1-0,2-0,3-1
(1)
s - - - -
Instantaneous protection
Ii adjustable : OFF- 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15 x In - - - -
Earthfault protection
Ig adjustable : OFF- 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 1 x In - -
tg adjustable : 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 s - -
Display
Touchscreen LCD - -
monochrome LCD - -
Measures and displays ( Instantaneous, maximum and average, adjustable delay)
Current - - - -
Voltage Ph/N and Ph/Ph - -
Power (P,Q, A) total and per phase - -
Frequency - -
Total power factor and per phase - -
Energy (active and reactive) - -
Total harmonic distortion - -
Position ON/OFF/ Default - - - -
Date, time and cause of last trip - - - -
Protection required - - - -
Memory
Trip counter - - - -
Last trip - - - -
Date, time and cause of last trip - - - -
Date of last 20 alarms - -
External link
USB port for diagnostic software - - - -
Terminal block for auxilliary - - - -
Supervision (port RS485 / Modbus)
(3)
option option option option
Signalling and Alarms
Overheating >75
0
C - - - -
Logical Selectivity - - - -
Non priority load management
(3)
- -
Reverse power 0.1 to 20s - 5 to 100% Ir
(3)
- -
Unbalance current 1 to 3600s - 100 to 600V
(3)
- -
Voltage Ph/N max : 0.1 to 20s - 60 to 400V
(3)
- -
Voltage Ph/N min : 0.1 to 20s - 10 to 400V
(3)
- -
Unbalance voltage Ph/N : 0.1 to 20s - Instant
(3)
- -
Reversing phase rotations - -
Max & Min frequency: 45 to 500Hz - 0.1s to 20s
(3)
- -
(1) Only for touchscreen protection unit
(2) For DMX
3
3P, 4 wire system add ref. 0288 11
(3) For touchscreens : Ir adjustable from 0.1 to 10 x In steps of 0.01
0288 01 0288 02 0288 03 0288 04
28
Pack Cat No. Fixed version
Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal
connections
DMX³ 2500 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA(415 VA)
Frame 1
3P 4P In(A)
1 0286 20 0286 30 630
1 0286 21 0286 31 800
1 0286 22 0286 32 1000
1 0286 23 0286 33 1250
1 0286 24 0286 34 1600
1 0286 25 0286 35 2000
1 0286 26 0286 36 2500
DMX³ 2500 - 65 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA(415 VA)
Frame 1
1 0286 40 0286 50 630
1 0286 41 0286 51 800
1 0286 42 0286 52 1000
1 0286 43 0286 53 1250
1 0286 44 0286 54 1600
1 0286 45 0286 55 2000
1 0286 46 0286 56 2500
DMX³ 2500 - 100 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA(415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0286 60 0286 70 630
1 0286 61 0286 71 800
1 0286 62 0286 72 1000
1 0286 63 0286 73 1250
1 0286 64 0286 74 1600
1 0286 65 0286 75 2000
1 0286 66 0286 76 2500
DMX³ 4000 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA(415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0286 27 0286 37 3200
1 0286 28 0286 38 4000
DMX³ 4000 - 65 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA(415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0286 47 0286 57 3200
1 0286 48 0286 58 4000
DMX³ 4000 - 100 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA(415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0286 67 0286 77 3200
1 0286 68 0286 78 4000

Pack Cat No. Drawout version
Supplied with a base equipped with flat
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters
DMX³ 2500 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA)
Frame 1
3P 4P In(A)
1 0287 20 0287 30 630
1 0287 21 0287 31 800
1 0287 22 0287 32 1000
1 0287 23 0287 33 1250
1 0287 24 0287 34 1600
1 0287 25 0287 35 2000
1 0287 26 0287 36 2500
DMX³ 2500 - 65 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA)
Frame 1
1 0287 40 0287 50 630
1 0287 41 0287 51 800
1 0287 42 0287 52 1000
1 0287 43 0287 53 1250
1 0287 44 0287 54 1600
1 0287 45 0287 55 2000
1 0287 46 0287 56 2500
DMX³ 2500 - 100 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA(415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0287 60 0287 70 630
1 0287 61 0287 71 800
1 0287 62 0287 72 1000
1 0287 63 0287 73 1250
1 0287 64 0287 74 1600
1 0287 65 0287 75 2000
1 0287 66 0287 76 2500
DMX³ 4000 - 50 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 V )
Frame 2
1 0287 27 0287 37 3200
1 0287 28 0287 38 4000
DMX³ 4000 - 65 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0287 47 0287 57 3200
1 0287 48 0287 58 4000
DMX³ 4000 - 100 kA
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA)
Frame 2
1 0287 67 0287 77 3200
1 0287 68 0287 78 4000
0286 74 + 0288 02 0287 56 + 0288 02
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit (to be ordered together for factory assembly)
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact
DMX³ 2500/4000/6300
air circuit breakers from 630 to 6300A
Dimensions (p. 32-37)
Technical characteristics (p. 40-43)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
0286 56 + 0288 02
NEW
NEW
NEW
NEW
29
DMX³ 2500/4000/6300
air circuit breakers from 630 to 6300A
0289 51 + 0288 02
Air circuit breakers eqipped with microprocessor based protection unit
(to be ordered together for factory assembly)
Door sealing frame and 4 NO/NC auxilliary contact + 1 trip contact
Pack Cat.Nos. Fixed version
Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal
connections
DMX³ - L 6300
Frame 3
Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA)
3P 4P In(A)
1 0289 50 0289 60 5000
1 0289 51 0289 61 6300

Draw-out version
Supplied with a base equipped with flat
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters
DMX³ - L 6300
Frame 3 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA)
3P 4P In(A)
1 0289 52 0289 62 5000
1 0289 53 0289 63 6300
N
E
W
DMX³ 2500/4000/6300
microprocessor based protection units
0288 01 0288 04 0288 02
Pack Cat No. LCD Display (MP4)
Microprocessor based LCD screen
Unit LSl
1 0288 01 Settings : Ir, tr, Im,
tm, li
Unit LSlg
1 0288 02 Settings : Ir, tr, Im,
tm, Ii, Ig, tg
Touch screen display (MP6)
Measure and display current, voltage, power, Energy,
Harmonics
Signalling and fault history
Graphical visualisation of parameters
Unit LSl
1 0288 03 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, tm and li
Unit LSlg
1 0288 04 Settings : Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii, Ig, tg
Accessories for microprocessor based
protection unit
1 0288 06
12V DC external power supply for DMX
3

microprocessor based protection unit
1 0288 05
(1)
Communication module (optional) for DMX
3

microprocessor based protection unit
1 0288 10
(1)
External neutral for DMX³ 6300
1 0288 11
(1)
External neutral for DMX³ 2500 and 4000
1 0288 12
(1)
Module programmable output
Ir
Im
Ii
tm
tr
t(s)
I(A)
Ir
Im
li
tm
tg
lg
tr
t(s)
I(A)
t(s)
I(A)
DMX
3
circuit breakers can be equipped with MP4 or MP6
microprocessor based protection units enabling very precise
adjustments of the protection parameters, while maintaining total
discrimination with downstream devices.
MP4 or MP6 protection units can be equipped with batteries for powering
in case of mains fault or when the breaker is open or not connected.
Technical Characteristics (p. 41)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
(1) Optional accessories, to be ordered while ordering electronic
protection unit and DMX
3
air circuit breakers for factory assembly
Dimensions (p. 37)
Technical characteristics (p. 40-43)
NEW
30
DMX
3
2500/4000/6300
auxilliaries and accessories
Pack Cat No. Motor operators
1 0288 34 24 VA/ =
1 0288 35 48 VA/ =
1 0288 36 110 VA/ =
1 0288 37 230 VA/ =
1 0288 38 415 VA/ =
Control and signalling auxiliaries
Shunt trip
1 0288 48 24 VA/ =
1 0288 49 48 VA/ =
1 0288 50 110 VA/ =
1 0288 51 230 VA/ =
1 0288 52 415 VA/ =
Closing coils
1 0288 41 24 VA/ =
1 0288 42 48 VA/ =
1 0288 43 110 VA/ =
1 0288 44 230 VA/ =
1 0288 45 415 VA/ =
Undervoltage releases
1 0288 55 24 VA/ =
1 0288 56 48 VA/ =
1 0288 57
110 - 130 VA/=
1 0288 58 230 VA/ =
1 0288 59
415 - 480 VA
Contact for motorised control
1 0288 14 Contact "ready to close" with charges spring
Contact for signalling - Drawout
1 0288 13 Inserted/Test/Drawout contact,
3 changecover contacts per position
Programmable module
1 0288 12 Module with 6 programmable output
Locking
Key lock in "open" position
1 0288 28 2 hole support frame for Ronis locks
Cat no. 0288 30 / 31
1 0288 29 Set of 5 Ronis key barrel
1 0288 31 Ronis lock (Key included ) - to be fitted on the frame
Cat no. 0288 28
1 0288 30 Profalux lock (Key included ) - to be fitted on the
frame Cat no. 0288 28
Key locking in the Drawout position
Mounting of the lock on the base
3 Position: inserted /test/drawout
1 0288 33 Ronis Lock (key included)
1 0288 32 Profalux lock (key included)
Padlocking in "open" postion
1 0288 21 Padlocking system for ACB (padlock not supplied)
1 0288 24 Padlock for button
1 0288 26 Padlocking system for shutters (padlock not supplied)
0288 33
0288 37 0288 51 0288 58 0288 44
DMX³-I 2500/4000/6300
trip free switches from 1250 to 6300A
0286 96 0287 96
Pack Cat No. Fixed version
Equipped with rear terminals for connection
to the horizontal
DMX³-I 2500
Frame 1
3P 4P In(A)
1 0286 83 0286 93 1250
1 0286 84 0286 94 1600
1 0286 85 0286 95 2000
1 0286 86 0286 96 2500
DMX³-I 4000
Frame 2
1 0286 87 0286 97 3200
1 0286 88 0286 98 4000
DMX
3
-I 6300
Frame 3
1 0289 70 0289 71 6300
Drawout version
Supplied with a base equipped with flat
rear terminals and lockable safety shutters
DMX³-I 2500
Frame 1
3P 4P In(A)
1 0287 83 0287 93 1250
1 0287 84 0287 94 1600
1 0287 85 0287 95 2000
1 0287 86 0287 96 2500
DMX³-I 4000
Frame 2
1 0287 87 0287 97 3200
1 0287 88 0287 98 4000
DMX
3
-I 6300
Frame 3
1 0289 77 0289 78 6300
Trip free switches equipped with:
Rear terminals
Auxiliary contacts 4NO/4NC
Dimensions (p. 32-37)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
31
DMX
3
2500/4000/6300
auxilliaries and accessories (continued)
0261 93 0288 64 0289 20
Pack Cat No. Locking (continued)
Door locking
Prevent opening of the door with circuit breaker
closed
1 0288 20 Left-hand and Right hand side mounting
Equipment for supply inverters
The mechanical interlock is set up using cables and
can interlock 2 or 3 devices, which may be different
type in a vertical or horizontal configuration
The interlock unit is mounted on the right-hand side
of the device
Cable length to be specified according to every
configuration
1 0288 64 Interlock for DMX
3
2500
1 0288 65 Interlock for DMX
3
4000
1 0288 66 Interlock for DMX
3
6300
Cable Interlock
1 0289 20 Type 1 (2600 mm)
1 0289 21 Type 1 (3000 mm)
1 0289 22 Type 1 (3600 mm)
1 0289 23 Type 1 (4000 mm)
1 0289 24 Type 1 (4600 mm)
1 0289 25 Type 1 (5600 mm)
Automation Control Unit
For setting the conditions for supply inversion,
generator on/off, status acquisition for DMX
3
and
DPX circuit-breakers, open / closed
Power Supply: 230 V

A

and 12-24-48 V=
connection by plug-in terminals
1 0261 93 Standard Unit
1 0261 94 Communication Unit, enabling data transmission
(RS 485)
Accessories
1 0288 15 Sets of additional signalling contact
1 0288 25 Rating mis-insertion device
Prevents the insertion of a draw-out circuit breaker in
an incompatible base
1 0288 22 Door sealing frame
1 0288 23 Operations counter
Counts total number of operation cycles of the
device
1 0288 79 Lifting plate
1 0288 24 Locking device for I / O button
Communication supervision
1 0288 05 Option to the supervision of DMX
3
Dimensions (p. 39)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
TO
B
E
IN
TR
O
D
U
C
E
D

S
H
O
R
TLY
Enclosure for
safety and
flexibility
XL
3
4000 ENCLOSURE
Protection & distribution
up to 4000 A
> Totally type-tested system as per IEC 61439-I
> Completely bolted system for ease of assembly
> Modular design for numerous configurations
> Short time current withstand capacity upto 110 kA
> Design suitable for Form 4b
> IP 55 degree of protection also available
> Fire resistance of 750
0
C for 30 sec
> Compatible with Zucchini busbar trunking system
> Adjustable plinth height for the better spreading of cables
> Permanent earthing for internal components and external
faceplates
> Perfectly houses the whole range of Legrand ACBs, MCCBs,
Capacitors, MCBs, Metering devices and other modular
products like VSP, MPCB etc.
N
E
W
32
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
DMX
3
2500/4000/6300
auxilliaries and accessories (continued)
DMX
3
2500 and DMX
3
-I 2500 - frame 1
dimensions
Rear terminals fixed version 630 - 2500 A
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars
Cat. Nos 0288 82/83
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat. Nos 0288 84/85
85
11
85
15 30
85 85 85
BUSBAR
1
1
5
4
1
9
215
A A
273
BUSBAR
1
1
5
4
1
9
300
A A
358
6
6
354
132
A A
■ Fixed version - frame 1
Overall dimensions
3P version 4P version
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
0289 02 0288 91
0288 84 0288 82
Pack Cat No. Real Terminals
3P 4P
For DMX
3
2500 fixed version - frame 1
1 0288 84 0288 85 For flat connection with bars
To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
of the circuit breaker
1 0288 82 0288 83 For vertical connection with bars
those terminal are used in order to
transform a flat connection in to a vertical
one to be fixed onto cat. No. 0288 84/85
according to the number of poles
For DMX
3
fixed version - frame 2 & 3
1 0288 92 0288 93 For flat connection with bars
To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
of the circuit breaker
2 sets are required for frame 3
For DMX
3
draw-out version-frame 1
1 0288 96 0288 97 For vertical or horizontal connection with
bars to be fixed onto plate rear terminal of
the circuit breaker
For DMX
3
draw-out Version-frame 2 & 3
1 0288 94 0288 95 For vertical or horizontal connection with
bars
2 sets are required for frame 3
Spreaders for DMX
3
2500 fixed
version - frame 1
3P 4P
To be fixed on to horizontal rear terminals
of the circuit breaker
1 0288 86 0288 87 For flat connection with bars
1 0288 88 0288 89 For vertical connection With bars
1 0288 90 0288 91 For horizontal connection With bars
Equipment for conversion of a fixed
device into draw-out device
3P 4P Bases for draw-out device
1 0289 02 0289 03 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 2500- frame 1
1 0289 04 0289 05 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 4000- frame 2
1 0289 13 0289 14 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 6300- frame 3
Transformation kit for draw-out version
1 0289 09 0289 10 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 2500- frame 1
1 0289 11 0289 12 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 4000- frame 2
1 0289 15 0289 16 For DMX
3
/DMX
3
-I 6300- frame 3
Dimensions (p. 39)
33
DMX
3
2500 and DMX
3
-I 2500 - frame 1
dimensions (continued)
45,5 85 85 45,5
60
45,5 85 85 85 45,5
60
354
9
0
9
5
2
0
2
0
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars
Spreaders for flat connection with bars
Cat.No 0288 86
Spreaders for vertical connection with bars
Cat.No 0288 88
Spreaders for horizontal connection with bars
Cat.No 0288 90
Cat.No 0288 87
Cat.No 0288 89
Cat.No 0288 91
■ Fixed version - frame 1 (continued)
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
34
DMX
3
2500 and DMX
3
-I 2500 - frame 1
dimensions (continued)
A
220
A
327
BUSBAR
1
1
5
4
7
3
A A
433
170
6
2
.
5
A
305
A
412
1
1
5
4
7
3
BUSBAR
■ Draw-out version - frame 1
Overall dimensions
3P version
4P version
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal
connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
20 30
70
316
116.5 116.5 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
14
2
0
Ø11
95.5
20 30
70
401
106 106 106 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
316
116.5 116.5 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
14
3
0
7
0
Ø11
95.5
401
106 106 106 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
20 30
70
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars - Cat.Nos 0288 96/97
316
116.5 116.5 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
5
0
8
0
50
70
M8
407
433
356
401
106 106 106 41.5
1
5
1
1
1
5
5
0
8
0
50
70
M8
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
35
DMX
3
4000 and DMX
3
-I 4000 - frame 2
dimensions
100
130 130 68 68
9
0
8
5
3
0
3
0
354
100
130 130 68 130 68
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
Rear terminals fixed version 3200 - 4000 A
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
Cat. Nos 0288 92/93
2
1
35 15
130 130
Ø 11
2
1
35 35 15
130 130
100
130
Ø 11
Cat. No 0288 93
A A
354
132,25
6
6
A A
480
538
4
1
9
1
1
5
BUSBAR
A A
350
408
BUSBAR
4
1
9
1
1
5
■ Fixed version - frame 2
Overall dimensions
3P version 4P version
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
36
DMX
3
4000 and DMX
3
-I 4000 - frame 2
dimensions (continued)
A A
BUSBAR
1
1
5
318
425
4
7
3
A A
433
170
6
2
,
5
A A
BUSBAR
1
1
5
448
555
4
7
3
■ Draw-out version - frame 2
Overall dimensions
3P version 4P version
A = fixing point on plate of enclosure
Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
Rear terminals for flat connection with bars
70
60
3
5
3
0
10
7
0
100
1
0
0
Ø 10.5 (4x)
Ø 1
35 35
1
6
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
M10
130 130 77
414
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
70
7
0
1
0
0
100
M10
130 130 77
544
130
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
70
7
0
1
0
0
100
3P version 4P version
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
130 130 77
414
35 35
100
16
3
0
Ø11
98.5
130 130 77
544
130
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
35 35
100
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for horizontal connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
130 130 77
414
35 35
100
16
3
5
3
5
1
0
0
Ø11
98.5
130 130 77
544
130
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
35 35
100
3P version 4P version
Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars
Cat.Nos 0288 94/95
37
DMX
3
6300 and DMX
3
-I 6300 - frame 3
dimensions
■ Fixed version - frame 3
4P: 1057
3P: 797
100
443 114 3P: 183
4P: 443
68 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 68
3
5
7
9
0
4
1
4
1
1
5
3
0
3
0
14
74
82 36
223.5
132 59
■ Draw-out version - frame 3
4P: 1064
4
7
3
3P: 804
3P: 178 3P: 448
4P: 708 4P: 178
100
70
77 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 77
1
0
0
7
0
1
3
0
1
4
8
.
5
117 53
350
4
6
5
7
4
9
8
.
5
2
2
8
.
5
4
1
7
3
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
78
113
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
38
DMX
3
connection & transformation fixed/drawout
DMX
3
Fixed version
Flat connections Vertical connection Spreaders
DMX
3
Drawout version
Flat connections Adjustable rear terminals
■ Transformation DMX
3
Fixed to Drawout
DMX
3
fixed
DMX
3
draw out
+
Transformation kit for drawout version
Base
+
=
39
■ Assembly
+
Microprocessor based protection unit
Options :
- Separate neutral
- communication
Display :
- LCD
- Touchscreen
Versions :
- LSl (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii)
- LSlg (Ir, tr, Im, tm, Ii, Ig, tg)
AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER
Breaking Capacity :
- 50 kA
- 65 kA
- 100 kA
Rating :
630A to 6300A
Version : Fixed,
Drawout
Poles :
- 3P
- 4P
Rear terminals
for flat
connections
Rear terminals
for vertical
connections
Rear terminals
for horizontal
connections
■ Connection
Under voltage
release
Shunt trip
Closing coil
Auxilliary contact
(4 NO/NC + 1 Trip contact)
Motor operator
Locking
accessories
■ Auxiliaries and Accessories
DMX³ & DMX³-I
Customisation
40
■ Choice of cable interlock
■ Mounting the interlocking mechanism
Calculating the length of the cable :
L1 = 1430 + H
L2 = 1570 + V
L3 = 1430 + V + H
H
L1
V
L2
V
H
L3
Operating Ranges
Main/Secondary minimum voltage range 70-98 % Un
Main/Secondary voltage absence range 60-85 % Un
Main/Secondary minimum voltage delay 0.1-900 s
Main/Secondary voltage absence delay 0.1-30 s
Generator Operating delay 0-900 s
Main/Secondary switching delay 0.1-90 s
Main line Presence delay 1-3600 s
Secondary to main switching delay 0.1-90 s
Generator Set stopping delay 1-3600 s
■ Technical characterstics
Power Supply : 187 to 264 VA
9 to 65 V=
Frequency : 45 to 65 Hz
Un : 80 to 690 VA
Control Relay (1 and 4) : 1 NO - 12 A - 250 VA
1 NO - 5 A - 250 VA
1 NO/NC - 5 A - 250 VA
Cable Cross section : 0.2 to 2.5 mm
2
Dimensions (Width x height x depth) : 144 x 144 x 90 mm
Protection : IP 20 at the rear
IP 41 at the front
IP 54 at the front with protective screen
Operating Temperature:- -20
0
C to + 60
0
C
Functions
Standard unit cat. No. 0261 93
Used to adjust and manage the source inversion operating conditions
(DMX
3
) :
- Remote Control ( Opening/Closing) of MCBs
- Microprocessor output from unit (Positive Safety)
- Programmable I/O
- Voltage reading : 3 Phase
phase-neutral
phase-phase
- Control (on/off) of generator set
- Indication of the state of the MCBs (open/closed/tripped)
- Source inversion blocked in theevent of:
· Tripping of 1 or 2 devices
· íf a draw-out ACB is not inserted in its base, as the open/close
command of the unit is inoperative
Communicating unit Cat No. 0261 94
All the standard functions plus:
- Maximum Voltage Reading
- Reading of phase rotation direction
- Frequency reading
- Communication: data transmission via the RS 485 port
(Modbus protocol)
Dimension and panel board faceplate cut-out
V V
MAIN LINE
V
PRESENCE
L1 L2 L3
SECONDARY LINE
V
PRESENCE
L1 L2 L3
ALARM
POWER
CLOSED/OPEN
CLOSED/OPEN
ORDER
CLOSED/OPEN
ORDER
NOT INSERTED
TRIPPED
CLOSED/OPEN
NOT INSERTED
TRIPPED
LOAD
MAN
SEC MAIN
RESET
SET
AUT
144
1
4
4
138
1
3
8
DMX
3
automation control units for supply invertors
41
■ Settings of the electronic protection units
· Long time deIay protection against overIoads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 + 6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 ÷ 0.9, by steps
of 0.1 and 0.0 ÷ 0.1, by steps of 0.02)
· Long deIay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s
(MEM OFF)
· Short time deIay protection against short circuits
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
· Short time deIay protection operation time
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=cost),
0.3-0.2-0.1-0.01 s (I
2
t=constant)
· Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii=off-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
· NeutraI protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
Ir
Im
Ii
tm
tr
t(s)
I(A)
MP4 LSI
Ir, tr, Im, tm, li adjustment on front panel
Ir
Im
li
tm
tg
lg
tr
t(s)
I(A)
t(s)
I(A)
MP4 LSIg
Ir, tr, li, Ig, tg, Im, tm, adjustment on front panel
· Long time deIay protection against overIoads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 +6 steps) on two selectors
(0.4 ÷ 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 ÷ 0.1, by steps of 0.02)
· Long deIay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON)
30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF)
· Short time deIay protection against short circuits
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
· Short time deIay protection operation time
tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=constant),
0.3-0.2-0.t01 s (I
2
t=constant)
· Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw (9 steps) Ii = OFF-2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
· Earth fauIt current
Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In ( 9 steps) Ig= 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF)
· Time deIay on earth fauIt tripping
tg from 0.1 to 1 x In ( 4 steps) Tg= 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t=constant and
I
2
t=constant)
· NeutraI protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
· Long time deIay protection against overIoads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
· Long deIay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
· Short time deIay protection against short circuits
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
· Short time deIay protection operation time
tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
0.8-09-1 s (both t=constant and I
2
t=constant)
· Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw ( 9 steps) Ii=2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
· NeutraI protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
Ir
Im
Ii
tm
tr
t(s)
I(A)
MP6 LSI
Ir, tr, Im, tm, li adjustment on front panel
Ir
Im
li
tm
tg
lg
tr
t(s)
I(A)
t(s)
I(A)
MP6 LSIg
Ir, tr, li, Ig, tg, Im, tm, adjustment on front panel
· Long time deIay protection against overIoads
Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (7 steps) Ir = 0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-0.9-1 x In
· Long deIay protection operation time
tr - at 6 x Ir (4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (both MEM ON and MEM OFF)
· Short time deIay protection against short circuits
Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir
· Short time deIay protection operation time
tm from 0.03 to 1 s (11 steps) tm = 0.03-0.1-0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-
0.8-09-1 s (both t=constant and I
2
t=constant)
· Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits
Ii from 2 to 15 x In or Icw ( 9 steps) Ii=2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15 x In or Icw
· Earth fauIt current
Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In ( 9 steps) Ig= 0.2-0.3-0.4-0.5-0.6-0.7-0.8-1 x In, OFF
· Time deIay on earth fauIt tripping
tg from 0.1 to 1 x In ( 4 steps) Tg= 0,1-0,2-0,5-1 s (both t=constant and
I
2
t=constant)
· NeutraI protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %)
DMX
3
electronic protection units
42
I
2
t=K
Im=1,5Ir (±20%)
Im=10Ir (±20%)
Thermal Tripping
Ii=(2÷15)In (±20%)
Ir=In
Tr=30s (±20%)
Tr=20s (±20%)
Tr=10s (±20%)
Tr=5s (±20%)
Tm=300 ms
Tm=0 ms
10
1
100
1000
10000
t(s)
0,1
0,01
0,001
1 10 2 3 4 5 1 10 16 12 8 2 3 4 6
I/In I/Ir
I
2
t=K
t=k
0,2…1 In
0,1…1 s
t(s)
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
1
10
-1
10
-1
1 Ig/In 10
2
10
1
10
-2
10
-3
If short-circuit current is higher than Icw value or Ii is setted at Icw position, tripping time is equal to 30ms
Ir = long time setting current
Tr = long time delay
Im = short time setting current
Tm = short time delay
If = istantaneous intervention current
■ Selective time-current tripping characteristic for MP4 protection units
■ Ground fault tripping curve for MP4 LSIg protection unit ■ Let through energy characteristics
DMX
3
2500 and 4000
Icc (kA) = estimated short circuit symmetrical current (RMS value)
I
2
t (A
2
s) = pass-through specific energy
43
■ Temperature derating
Fixed version
Draw-out Version
Note: The tables presenting the minimum recommended dimensions of connection plates and
bars per pole should be used solely as a general guideline for selecting products. Due to extensive
variety of switchgear constructions shapes and conditions that can affect the behavior of the
apparatus, the solution used must always be verified
In (A) Vertical bars (mm) Horizontal bars (mm)
630 50 x 10 60 x 10
800 60 x 10 60 x 10
1000 80 x 10 80 x 10
1250 80 x 10 2 x 60 x 10
1600 2 x 60 x 10 2 x 80 x 10
2000 2 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10
2500 3 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10
3200 3 x 100 x 10 3 x 100 x 10
4000 4 x 100 x 10 5 x 100 x 10
5000 6 x 100 x 10 6 x 100 x 10
6300 7 x 100 x 10 7 x 100 x 10
■ Connection bars minimum recommended dimension
per pole (fix) for copper conductors
■ Derating at different altitudes
Air circuit breaker DMX³ 2500, DMX³ 4000 and DMX³ 6300
Altitude H (m) < 2000 3000 4000 5000
Rated current (at 40°C) In (A) In 0.98 x In 0.94 x In 0.90 x In
Rated voltage Ue (V) 690 600 500 440
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 900 750 600
Tempe-
rature
40°C 50°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
Imax
(A)
Ir / In
Imax
(A)
Ir / In
Imax
(A)
Ir / In
Imax
(A)
Ir / In
Imax
(A)
Ir / In
DMX³
2500
800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1
1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1
1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1
1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1875 0.94
2500 1 2400 0.96 2250 0.9 2100 0.84 1950 0.78
DMX³
4000
3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3072 0.96 2880 0.9
4000 1 3760 0.94 3440 0.86 3200 0.8 2960 0.74
DMX³
6300
5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1
6300 1 6174 0.98 5985 0.95 5796 0.92 5292 0.84
Downstream
MCCB
Upstream ACB
In
DMX
3
2500
(50 kA / 65 kA / 100 kA)
DMX
3
4000
(50 kA / 65
kA / 100
kA)
DMX
3
6300
(100 kA)
800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300
DPX 125
(16 kA / 25 kA /
36 kA)
16 T T T T T T T T T T
25 T T T T T T T T T T
40 T T T T T T T T T T
63 T T T T T T T T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T
125 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 160 / 250 ER
(25 kA / 36 kA /
50 kA)
63 T T T T T T T T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 250 thermal
magnetic
(36 kA / 70 kA /
100 kA)
40 T T T T T T T T T T
63 T T T T T T T T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 250 S1 / S2
(36 kA / 70 kA /
100 kA)
40 T T T T T T T T T T
100 T T T T T T T T T T
160 T T T T T T T T T T
250 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 630 thermal
magnetic
(36 kA / 70 kA /
100 kA)
250 T T T T T T T T T T
320 T T T T T T T T T T
400 T T T T T T T T T T
500 T T T T T T T T T T
630 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 630 S1 / S2
(36 kA / 70 kA /
100 kA)
250 T T T T T T T T T T
400 T T T T T T T T T T
630 T T T T T T T T T T
DPX 1250 thermal
magnetic
(50 kA / 70 kA)
630 T T T T T T T T T T
800 - T T T T T T T T T
1000 - - T T T T T T T T
1250 - - - T T T T T T T
DPX 1600 S1 / S2
(50 kA / 70 kA)
630 - - T T T T T T T T
800 - - T T T T T T T T
1000 - - - T T T T T T T
1250 - - - T T T T T T T
1600 - - - - T T T T T T
■ Limits of selectivity DMX
3
/ DPX
TM

(three phase circuit at 400 VA)
Tempe-
rature
40°C 50°C 60°C 65°C 70°C
Imax
(A)
Ir / In Imax
(A)
Ir / In Imax
(A)
Ir / In Imax
(A)
Ir / In Imax
(A)
Ir / In
DMX³
2500
800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1
1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1
1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1
1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1
2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1880 0.94
2500 1 2450 0.98 2350 0.94 2250 0.9 2150 0.86
DMX³
4000
3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3136 0.98 3008 0.94
4000 1 3920 0.98 3680 0.92 3440 0.86 3120 0.78
DMX³
6300
5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1 5000 1
6300 1 6300 1 6048 0.96 5796 0.92 5544 0.82
DMX
3
2500/4000/6300
selectivity & discrimination
■ Limits of selectivity DMX
3
/ DMX
3

(three phase circuit at 400 VA)
T: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2
Icu of downstream circuit breaker ≤ Icu of upstream circuit breaker
Selectivity values are intended with protection unit properly adjusted
Upstream
Downstream
DMX
3
800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
DMX
3
800 A T T T T T T T T T
1000 A T T T T T T T T
1250 A T T T T T T T
1600 A T T T T T T
2000 A T T T T T
2500 A T T T T
3200 A T T T
4000 A T T
5000 A T
6300 A
44
P. 50-51
DRX MCCBs
P. 65-66
DPX 630, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 71
Auxiliary control
accessory
P. 54-55
DPX MCCBs
selection chart
P. 49
DRX MCCBs
P. 98
DPX 1600
P. 82-83
DPX 1600
DPX
TM
MCCBs
Dimensions
Technical data
P. 83
Auxiliary contact
or fault signalling
contact
Wiring
diagrams and
technical data
P. 48-50
DRX MCCBs
DRX
TM
MCCBs
Power
Solutions
with DRX
TM

& DPX
TM
45
P. 62-63
DPX 250, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 60-61
DPX 250 ER, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 58-59
DPX 160, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 71
Common electrical
auxiliaries
from 16 to 1600 A
P. 56-62
Motor operators for
DPX 125 to DPX
1600
P. 69
DPX 1600, elect.
release, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 68
DPX 1250, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 72
Residual current
relay and coils
P. 100
Residual current
relay and coils
P. 94
DPX 125 and
DPX 160
95-96
DPX 250 ER to
DPX 630
P. 97
DPX 1250
P. 78
DPX 250 ER
P. 79
DPX 250
P. 80-82
DPX 630 and
DPX 1250
P. 84
Association and
co-ordination of
MCCBs
P. 86-89
Selectivity table
P. 56-57
DPX 125, earth
leakage modules
and accessories
P. 105-106
Automatic transfer
switch
P. 76-77
DPX 125 and
DPX 160
P. 102
DPX automatic
transfer switch
P. 99
Spreader links
for DPX 125 to
DPX 630
19
20 21 1 2 3
18 17 6 5 4
P. 83
Under voltage
release
P. 83
Shunt trip
P. 48-49
DRX
accessories
46
DRX
Ui690V Uimp6kV
50
Ics=50%Icu
I
E
C
6
0
9
4
7
-
2
c
a
t
.
A
Ue
[VAC]
Icu
[kA]
60Hz
240 220
100
415 380
460 440
550 480
600
240 NEMA-ABI
(HIC)
480
600
125
10
10
7.5
5
25
7.5
5
Thermal-magnetic MCCBs
DRX 100: 3 and 4 poles
2 types of connection:
standard and with cage terminals
Exclusive system: with a single action,
change from the 50 mm standard to the
45 mm DIN standard
■ Thermal-magnetic protection
■ Nominal currents from 60 to 100 A
■ 10KA
■ No temperature derating at +50°C
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 47
Standard dimensions
3-pole DRX 100:
75 x 60 x 130 mm
4-pole DRX 100:
100 x 60 x 130 mm
24 mm distance between base and
terminal, for mounting in busbars
Installation in any position
Removable plate that clips onto a
DIN rail
Suitable for all environments
(tropicalization, pollution,
salt corrosion, etc.)
Hinged front cover
MCCBs: DRX
TM
DRX100
...the universal solution for
residential and commercial
ADVANTAGES

Electrical accessories mounted by simply clipping on front
panel

Electrical accessories common to the whole range

Up to 3 locks (padlock) in open position (off)

Direct and vari-depth rotary handle

Certifications: LOVAG (IEC 60947-1-2)
48
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
DRX
TM
100
thermal-magnetic MCCBs from 60 to 100 A
DRX
TM
100
accessories for DRX MCCBs
0270 08 (Hinged cover)
For switching, control, isolation and protection of low-voltage electrical
lines in conformity with standard IEC 60947-2
Fixed thermal and fixed magnetic
Supplied with:
- M8 Terminals
- Fixing screws
- Insulating shields (2 for 3 PI and 3 for 4P)
Pack Cat. nos DRX 100
Icu breaking capacity 10 kA (415 V±)
3 P In
1/12 0270 06* 60 A
1/12 0270 07* 75 A
1/12 0270 08* 100 A
4 P In
1 0270 16 60 A
1 0270 17 75 A
1 0270 18 100 A
* For enclosures refer page 184
0271 83 0271 76
Pack Cat. Nos. Plate for fixing on rail 2

1 0271 87 DIN rail adaptor for DRX 100
Rotary handles
Direct on DRX
1 0271 76 For DRX 100
Vari-depth handle
Comprises: the connecting rod, the bracket,
the drilling template, the mounting accessories,
the door locking mechanism
1 0271 77 For DRX 100
Padlocking
1 0271 80 Accessory for locking
in “OFF” position
Connection accessories
Insulating shields
Insulate connection
between each pole
1 0271 81 Set of 2 shields for 3 pole
Sealable terminal shields
1 0271 83 For DRX 100 - 3 pole

Cage terminals
1 0271 71 For DRX 100 - 3 pole
Spreader Links
1 6250 10 3 links set for TP
1 6250 11 4 links set for FP
Dimensions (p. 49)
Technical characteristics and operating curves (p. 50-51 )
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0270 18 0270 08 0271 71
49
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
DRX
TM
100
technical characteristics
DRX
TM
100
electrical accessories
Pack Cat. Nos. Electrical accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks
For left-hand mounting only
1 0271 40 Block with 1 auxiliary (1 AUX)
1 0271 41 Block with 1 alarm (1 AL)
1 0271 42 Block with 1 auxiliary + 1 alarm
(1 AUX + 1 AL)
Current shunt coils
For mounting on either the left or right-hand side of
the MCCB
1 0271 54 200/277 V± and =
1 0271 55 380/480 V± and =
Undervoltage release coils
For mounting on either the left or right-hand side of
the MCCB
1 0271 64 200/240 V±
1 0271 65 380/415 V±
0271 40 0271 54
■ Dimensions
DRX 100 - 3 P
DRX 100 - 4 P
75
5
0
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
3
0
25
100
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
3
0
5
0
37.5 25
53.5
60
6
6
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DRX 100 - 3P with spreaders
75
25 25
1
1
1
5
0
1
1
5
9 9 16 16 16
1
3
0
2
1
9
9
82.5
65
60
53.5
5.3
24
16 18
2
9
.
5
1
5
9
.
5
4
5
DRX 100 - 4P with spreaders
100
25 25 25
1
1
1
5
0
1
1
5
1
3
0
16 9 16 9 16
1
2
16 18
2
9
.
5
4
5
1
5
9
.
5
24
9
9
60
53. 5
82. 5
65 5.3
50
DRX
TM
100
technical characteristics
25
(4.37")
111
(0.98")
ø 3.65 or M4
(ø 0.14" or M4)
= =
E
E
(4.37")
111
ø 3.65 or M4
(ø 0.14" or M4)
25
71
(2.8")
(0.98")
= =
25
= =
96
(3.7")
(0.98")
25
= =
23. 6
(4.37")
111
(2")
52. 6
ø 3.65 or M4
(ø 0.14" or M4)
(0.98")
(0.9")
3
83 (3.19")
65 (2.55")
( 0.12")
3 2
1
(1.83")
46. 6
(2.28")
58
(2.09")
53
3
61 (2.40")
( 0.12")
■ Fixing on plate
■ Door cut-out
51
DRX
TM
100
technical characteristics
■ Mounting
Mounting on a rail
■ Connection
DRX front terminal
Cable connection
1
27187
4 2
1
3
DRX = 27171 (3 P)
27173 (4 P)
DRX = 6 Nm/53 lb-in DRX = 3.5 Nm/31 lb-in
(
(
(
(
(
7
0.27")
17
0.67")
ø
17
0.67")
0.35")
9
0.33")
8.5
ø
Busbar connection
DRX 50 A DRX > 50 A
Flexible Flexible
2,5 ❷ 10 mm
2
10 ❷ 35 mm
2
#14 ❷ #8 AWG #8 ❷ #2 AWG

or


Solid Solid
2,5 ❷ 16 mm
2
10 ❷ 50 mm
2
#14 ❷ #6 AWG #8 ❷ #1/0 AWG

2,5 to 4 mm
2
#14 to #10 AWG
flexible cables connection via
crimped end-barrels
14
0.55”
12
0.47”
■ Curve
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.01
0.001
0.1
t(s)
1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100
I/Ir
DRX 100 Imax = 100 A 3 P - 4 P
Cold thermal trip zone
Hot thermal trip zone
Technical characteristics DRX
Number of poles 3 P - 4 P
Nominal current In (A) 60 -100
Neutral protection for 4 P version (%) 100
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 690
Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 6
Rated operating voltage (50/60 Hz) Ue (V) 600
220/240 VA 25
380/415 VA 10
440/460 VA 10
Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA)
480/550 VA 7.5
EC 60947-2
600 VA 5
Standard breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 50
Utilization category A
Suitable for isolation YES
Endurance (cycles)
mechanical 20000
electrical 8000
52
Connectors for Auxiliary circuit
Bases for removable or withdrawable version
"Debro-lift" Mechanism
Auxiliary / Fault signalling contact
- Shunt trip
- Undervoltage release
Earth Leakage modules
- Can be fitted side by side or underneath
Terminals
- Upto 4 cables per phase
Phase barriers
DPX: VERSIONS WITHDRAWABLE FIXED AND OR REMOVABLE
- Thermal - magnetic 16 to 250 A to be
installed on DIN rail or panel
- 3 frame sizes: 125, 160, 250 ER
- 4 breaking capacities: 16, 25, 36, 50 kA


- Thermal - magnetic or electronic MCCB from 40 to 1600 A
to be installed on deck
- 3 Frame sizes: 250, 630,1600
- 4 breaking capacities: 36, 50 and 70 kA (100 kA-made)
Types of release:
Adjustable thermal magnetic or electronic
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 53
MCCBs: DPX
TM
The compact range of DPX MCCBs are available
in just 6 frame sizes. These MCCBs are available
with thermal magnetic or microprocessor based
electronic releases. Apart from this they come
in various mounting options, optional remote
controls and can also be used as automatic
transfer switches.
■ 6 Breaking Capacities
16, 25, 36, 50, 70 & 100 kA
■ 6 Frame sizes
DPX 125, 160, 250 ER, 250, 630 & 1250/1600.
■ Current Ratings from 16-1600 A
■ Thermal Magnetic & Microprocessor range.
■ Common Auxillaries
■ Accessories Like Motors, Earth Leakage Modules, Rotary
Handles, Spreader links.
ADVANTAGES OF THE SYSTEMS
Top terminal shield
Rear terminals
Spreader links
Remote control motor
operators
Available frame sizes
-DPX250 -DPX1250
-DPX630 -DPX1600
Rotary handle
Available in two versions
-Direct on DPX
- Vary depth handle
Padlock support
Bottom terminal shield
54
Type and frame size DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER

DPX-E DPX DPX DPX DPX-H DPX DPX
Number of poles 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4
Nominal rating In (A) 16 -125 16 -125 16 -125 160 100-250
Electrical characteristics conforming to
EN 60947 - 2 and IS 13947 - 2
Rated operating voltage Ue (V a.c. at 50-60 Hz) 500 500 500
Rated operating voltage Ue (V d.c.) 250 250 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V a.c.) 500 500 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6
Category of use A A A
Type of MCCB E
Ultimate breaking capacity 230/240 V A 22 35 50 50 65 50 65
Icu(kA) 400/415 V A 16 25 36 36 50 36 50
250 V= 16 25 30 36 40 36 45
Standard breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 50 75 75 50 75 50
Maximum Cable cross section Rigid Cable 70 mm
2
95 mm
2
185 mm
2

Flexible cable 50 mm
2
70 mm
2
150 mm
2

Copper bar & lug width 12 mm Cu bar 188 mm Cu bar 22 mm Cu bar
Rated closing capacity on short-circuit (400 VA) 32 52.5 75.6 75.6 100 75.6 105
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) for 1 sec.
Endurance (o.c. cycle) mechanical 25000 20000 20000
electrical 8000 8000 8000
ísolation oapability º º º
Type of protection
Tnormal-magnotio roloaso º º º
Elootronio roloaso - -
Eartn loakago modulos sido by sido º º º
undornoatn º - º
External accessories
Pomoto oontrol - - -
Fixod typo º º º
Plug-in typo º º º
Draw-out typo - -
Potary nandlo º º º
Supply invortor - º º
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions (L x H x D) (mm) 3-pole 75.6 x 120 x 74 90 x 150 x 74 90 x 176 x 74
4-pole 101 x 120 x 74 120 x 150 x 74 120 x 176 x 74
Weight (kg) 3-pole 1 1 1 1.1 1.6
4-pole 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 2.1
DPX
TM
MCCBs
selection chart for DPX MCCBs
DPX
55
DPX 250 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 1600
Micro-processor Release Microprocessor Release Microprocessor Release
DPX DPX-H DPX-L DPX DPX DPX-H DPX-L DPX DPX-H DPX-L DPX DPX-H DPX-L DPX-H
3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4
25-250 40-250 400-630 160-630 500-1250 630-1600

690 690 690 690 690 690
250 - 250 - 250 -
690 690 690 690 690 690
8 8 8 8 8 8
A A A B(160 - 400A) A B
H L - H L H H L H
60 100 170 100 60 100 170 60 100 80 100 170 60 100
36 70 100 70 36 70 100 36 70 50 70 100 50 70
36 40 40 - 36 40 40 - - 50 50 50 - -
100 75 50 75 100 75 50 100 75 75 75 50 100 75
185 mm
2
185 mm
2
300 mm
2
or 2 x 240 mm
2
300 mm
2
or 2 x 240 mm
2
2 or 4 x 240 mm
2
2 or 4 x 240 mm
2
150 mm
2
150 mm
2
240 mm
2
or 2 x 185 mm
2
240 mm
2
or 2 x 185 mm
2
2 or 4 x 185 mm
2
2 or 4 x 185 mm
2
25 mm 25 mm 32 mm 32 mm 50 mm 50 mm
75.6 154 220 154 75.6 154 220 76.6 154 105 154 220 105 154
3 - 5 - 20
20000 20000 15000 15000 10000 10000
8000 8000 5000 5000 3000 2000
º º º º º º
º - º - º -
- º - º - º
- - - - - -
º º º º - -
º º º º º º
º º º º º º
º º º º - -
º º º º º º
º º º º º º
º º º º º º
105 x 200 x 105 105 x 200 x 105 140 x 260 x 105 140 x 260 x 105 210 x 320 x 140 210 x 320 x 140
140 x 200 x 105 140 x 200 x 105 183 x 260 x 105 183 x 260 x 105 280 x 320 x 140 280 x 320 x 140
2.5 2.5 5.5 5.3 ≤ 400 < 5.8 12.2 ≤ 800 > 18 12.2 ≤ 800 > 18
3.7 3.7 6.4 6.8 ≤ 400 < 7.4 15.1 ≤ 800 > 23.4 15.1 ≤ 800 > 23.4
DPX
56
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
DPX
TM
125
MCCBs from 16 to 125 A and
earth leakage modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6253 28 + 0260 13
Dimensions (p. 94)
Technical data (p. 76)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Thermal release adjustable from 0.7 to 1 In
Fixed magnetic release / integrated label holder and accepts common
auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos DPX-E 125
Breaking capacity Icu : 16 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P In
1/6 0250 16 16 A
1/6 6253 17 25 A
1/6 6253 18 40 A
1/6 6253 19 63 A
1/6 6253 20 100 A
1/6 6253 21 125 A
4 P In
1/6 0250 24 16 A
1/6 6253 25 25 A
1/6 6253 26 40 A
1/6 6253 27 63 A
1/6 6253 28 100 A
1/6 6253 29 125 A
DPX 125
Breaking capacity Icu : 25 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P In
1/6 0250 36 16 A
1/6 6253 37 25 A
1/6 6253 38 40 A
1/6 6253 39 63 A
1/6 6253 40 100 A
1/6 6253 41 125 A
4 P In
1/6 0250 44 16 A
1/6 6253 45 25 A
1/6 6253 46 40 A
1/6 6253 47 63 A
1/6 6253 48 100 A
1/6 6253 49 125 A
3 P+ N/2 In
1/6 6253 42 100 A
1/6 6253 43 125 A
6253 28
DIN rail
Mounting
Electronic earth leakage modules
Can be fitted directly onto DPX-E 125 and DPX 125
Operating voltage : 230 to 500 V AC
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity :
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable, sealable time delay :
0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s
Equipped with :
º Tost and rosot pusn-button
º ísolator switon íor olootronio oirouits (íor Hv
commissioning tests) to open the DPX automatically
Mounted side by side
4 P In
1/6 0260 13 125 A
Mounted underneath
In
1/6 0260 14 125 A
Electrical Auxiliaries (p. 71)
Residual current relays and coils (p. 72)
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 125
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P In
1 0250 50 16 A
1 6253 51 25 A
1/6 6253 52 40 A
1/6 6253 53 63 A
1 6253 54 100 A
1/6 6253 55 125 A
4 P In
1 0250 58 16 A
1 6253 59 25 A
1 6253 60 40 A
1 6253 61 63 A
1 6253 62 100 A
1 6253 63 125 A
3 P+ N/2 In
1/6 6253 56 100 A
1 6253 57 125 A
57
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
DPX
TM
125
rotary handles and
other accessories
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Dimensions (p. 94)
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting rod,
the self-adhesive drilling template, the mounting
accessories and the door locking mechanism
1/32 0262 01 Direct on DPX
1/10 0262 75 Vary-depth handle
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 07 Set of 3 insulated shields
Padlock support
1 0262 00 For locking in “OFF” position
Accessory for mounting on DIN rail
1/12 0262 08 DIN rail adaptor
1/10 0262 99 Spacer for DIN rail adaptor
Spreader links
1 6250 01 A set of 3 links for 3 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 70 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 20 x 3 mm
1 6250 05 A set of 4 links for 4 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 70 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 20 x 3 mm
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply
source
1 0261 93 Standard
Padlock support fixing illustration (p. 59)
Din rail mounting illustration (p. 59)




* NB : For the automatic version, add 2 remote controls and 2 auxiliary
contacts, 2 shunt trips and one mechanical inverter plate in addition to
the 2 MCCBs
* For enclosures refer page 184
DPX
TM
125
■ Connection
DPX front mounting
connection by cables connection by busbars
Plug in version
front mounting rear mounting
6 Nm
max Ø 12
6 Nm
max 12
For overload and short circuit
protection from 0.5 A to 125 A
see p. 112
0262 00 0262 07 0262 01
6250 01 6250 05
58
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0251 51 + 0260 21
0251 51
DIN rail
Mounting
Confirm to IEC 60947-2 and EN 60947-3
Fixed version - Front terminals
Max. rated voltage 500VA -50/60Hz
Thermal release adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In
Fixed magnetic at 10 In
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 160
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(400VA)
3 P 4 P In
1 0251 51 0251 59 160 A
DPX-H 160
Breaking capacity Icu : 50 kA
(400VA)
3 P 4 P In
1 0251 65 0251 73 160 A
Dimensions (p. 94)
Technical Data (p. 77)
Pack Cat. nos. Electronic earth leakage modules
Can be fitted directly onto DPX
Operating voltage : 230 to 500 V AC
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity : 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable, sealable time delay : 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s
Equipped with :
º Tost and rosot pusn-button
º ísolator switon íor olootronio oirouits (íor Hv
commissioning tests) to open the DPX automatically
Mounted side by side
4 P In
1 0260 21 160 A
Residual current relays and coils (p. 72)
DPX
TM
160
MCCBs of 160 A
DPX
TM
160
earth leakage modules
.
59
DPX
TM
160
rotary handles and
other accessories
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same..
■ Installations
DIN rail adaptor
Padlock support
Press the metal clip on to the dolly
of the MCCB
The padlock support locks
the operating lever in “OFF”
condition
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting
rod, the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template,
the mounting accessories and the door locking
mechanism
1 0262 11 Direct on DPX
1 0262 77 Vary-depth handle
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 07 Set of 3 insulation shields
Padlock
1 0262 10 For locking in “OFF” position
Accessories for mounting on DIN rail
1 0262 09 Din rail fixing plate
1 0262 99 Spacer for Din rail equipment
Supply inverter type - mounting plate
For mechanical interlocking of 2 DPX of the same
size for use in normal or automatic modes.
1 0264 01 Mounting plate for mechanical interlock.
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply
source
1 0261 93 Standard
Spreader links
1 6250 02 A set of 3 links for 3 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size
95 mm
2
aluminium busbar of size 25 x 3mm
1 6250 06 A set of 4 links for 4 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 95 mm
2
aluminium
busbar of size 25 x 3 mm
* NB : For the automatic version, add 2 remote controls and 2 auxiliary
contacts, 2 shunt trips and one mechanical inverter plate in addition to
the 2 MCCBs
* For enclosures, refer page 186
0262 09
0262 99
Tighten the screws that mount the MCCB on the Din rail adaptor
Use a screwdriver to remove the MCCB from the Din rail
0262 10 0262 11
DPX
TM
MCCBs
for DPX 125 and DPX 160
60
0252 56 0260 36
0252 56
DIN rail
Mounting
Dimensions (p. 95)
Technical Data (p. 78)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Thermal release adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In
Fixed magnetic at 10 In
Integrated label holder and accpets
Common auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 250 ER
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(380/450 V AC)
3 P 4 P In
1/6 0252 24 0252 34 100 A
1/6 0252 25 0252 35 160 A
1/6 0252 30 0252 37 200 A
1/6 0252 26 0252 36 250 A
Breaking capacity Icu : 50 kA
(380/450 V AC)
3 P 4 P In
1 0252 44 0252 54 100 A
1 0252 45 0252 55 160 A
1 0252 46 0252 56 250 A
Pack Cat. nos. Electronic earth leakage modules
Can be fitted onto DPX 250 ER
Adjustable and sealable sensitivity :
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable tripping : 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s
Switch for mechanical tests on operation and
insulation of the device in case of installation”
insulation test
4 P Nominal operating voltage :
250 A 230 - 500 V AC
1/6 0260 36 Mounted side-by-side via right-hand clips
1/6 0260 38 Mounted underneath
DPX
TM
250 ER
MCCBs from 100 to 250 A
DPX
TM
250 ER
earth leakage modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new product
.
61
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Dimensions (p. 95)
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting
rod, the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template,
the mounting accessories and the door locking
mechanism
1/20 0262 11 Direct on DPX
1/10 0262 77 Vary-depth handle
Phase barriers
Used to isolate connection between each pole
1 0262 07 Set of 3 insulating dividers
Padlock support
1/24 0262 10 For locking a handle in "OFF" position
Accessory for mounting on DIN rail
1/12 0262 09 DIN rail adaptor
1/10 0262 99 Spacer for DIN rail adaptor
Spreader links
1 6250 14 A set of 3 links for 3 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size
185 mm
2
aluminium busbar of size 30 x 4mm
1 6250 18 A set of 4 links for 4 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 185 mm
2
aluminium
busbar of size 30 x 4 mm
Supply inverter type - mounting plate
For mechanical interlocking of 2 DPX of the same
size for use in manual mode
1 0264 02 Mounting plate for fixed version
Padlock support fixing illustrations (p. 59)
Din rail mounting illustration (p. 59)
* For enclosures, refer page 186
0262 11
0262 07 0262 10
6250 18
■ Connection
DPX front mounting
connection by cables connection by busbars
10 Nm
max Ø 18
10 Nm
max 18
Ø 8,5
m
a
x

1
0
DPX rear mounting
17 mm
max. 20
10 Nm
Plug in version rear mounting
Electrical auxiliaries
see p. 71
DPX
TM
250 ER
rotary handles and
other accessories
DPX
TM
250 ER
6250 14
62
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0253 49 0254 23
Dimensions (p. 95)
Technical Data (p. 79)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Thermal release adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In
Magnetic release adjustable from 3.5 to 10 In
Microprocessor Release
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Max rated voltage 690 VA - 50/60 Hz
Adjustment : refer pg.55 performace data
Integrated label holder and accepts
common auxilliaries
Pack Cat. nos. DPX-H 250
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA
(380/415 V AC)
S1- adjustment of Ir, Im
3 P 4 P In
1 0254 13 0254 19 40 A
1 0254 15 0254 21 100 A
1 0254 16 0254 22 160 A
1 0254 17 0254 23 250 A
DPX
TM
250
MCCBs from 25 to 250 A
DPX
TM
250
MCCBs from 40 to 250 A with microprocessor release
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 250
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4 P In
1 0253 28 0253 45 40 A
1 0253 29 0253 46 63 A
1 0253 30 0253 47 100 A
1 0253 31 0253 48 160 A
1 0253 32 0253 49 250 A
3 P+ N/2 In
1 0253 40 100 A
1 0253 41 160 A
1 0253 42 250 A
DPX-H 250
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4 P In
1 0253 52 0253 69 40 A
1 0253 53 0253 70 63 A
1 0253 54 0253 71 100 A
1 0253 55 0253 72 160 A
1 0253 56 0253 73 250 A
3 P+ N/2 In
1 0253 64 100 A
1 0253 65 160 A
1 0253 66 250 A
DPX-L 250
Breaking capacity Icu : 100 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4 P In
1 0253 80 0253 89 100 A
1 0253 81 0253 90 160 A
1 0253 82 0253 91 250 A
63
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Dimensions (p. 95)
Can be fitted directly onto DPX 250 and DPX-H 250.
Operating voltage : 230 to 500 VA
Pack Cat. nos. Earth leakage modules
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity :
0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable, sealable time delay :
0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s
Equipped with :
Test and reset pushbutton
Isolator switch for electronic circuits (for
commissioning tests) to open the DPX automatically
Mounted underneath
4 P In
1 0260 55 250 A
Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting rod,
the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template, the
mounting accessories and the door locking
mechanism
1/6 0262 22 Direct on DPX
1/10 0262 79 Vary-depth handle
Electrical auxiliaries (p. 71)
Residual current relays and coils (p. 72)
Pack Cat. nos. Locking accessory for rotary handle
1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handle (Direct type only)
(set of 3 locks with keys)
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 30 Set of 3 insulation shields
Padlock support
1/24 0262 21 For locking handle in "OFF" position
Spreader links
1 6250 14 A set of 3 links for 3 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 185 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 30 x 4mm
1 6250 18 A set of 4 links for 4 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium cable of size 185 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 30 x 4mm
Motor
For remote making and breaking of a DPX MCCB
and reset in the event of tripping on a fault
A lock prevents operation when working on the line.
1 0261 34 Front operated 230 V A/=
Supply inverter type mounting plate
For mechanical interlocking of 2 DPX of the same
size for use in manual or automatic modes
1 0264 08 Mounting plate for fixed version
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply
source
1 0261 93 Standard
Padlock support fixing illustrations (p. 59)
* For enclosures, refer page 186
0260 55 0262 22 0262 30
* NB : For the automatic version, add 2 remote controls and 2 auxiliary
contacts, 2 shunt trips and one mechanical inverter plate in addition to
the 2 MCCBs
OS0262 25/3
Earth leakage protection for
specialised application
see p. 122-123
DPX
TM
250
earth leakage modules and
rotary handles
DPX
TM
250
other mounting accessories
0262 79
6250 14 6250 18
64
º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 s (fixed at 6 tr)
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.05 s (fixed)
º ínstantanoous protootion ií witn íixod tnrosnold: íí = 3 kA
■ Performance data
S1 - Adjustment of overload and short circuit currents
(Ir and Im)
■ Connection
DPX front mounting
connection by cables connection by busbars
Plug in version
connection rear mounting
15 Nm
Ø max
DPX 250 18
DPX 630 26
Larg.max
Ø max
m
a
x

1
0
15 Nm

DPX 250 25
DPX 630 32
DPX 250 8,5
DPX 630 11
Draw-out version
draw-out mechanism
Motor operator
DPX
TM
250
MCCBs from 25 to 250 A
65
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
0255 53
Dimensions (p. 96)
Technical Data (p. 80)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Thermal release adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release adjustable from 5 to 10 In
Integrated label holder and accepts
common auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 630
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4P In
1 0255 23 0255 38 400 A
1 0255 24 0255 40 630 A
DPX-H 630
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4P In
1 0255 43 0255 58 400 A
1 0255 44 0255 60 630 A
DPX-L 630
Breaking capacity Icu : 100 kA
(380/415 V AC)
3 P 4P In
1 0255 63 0255 78 400 A
1 0255 64 0255 80 630 A
0260 61
Can be fitted directly onto any DPX 630
Operating voltage : 230 to 500 V AC
Pack Cat. nos. Earth leakage module
Adjustable, sealable sensitivity : 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A
Adjustable, sealable time delay : 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s
Equipped with :
º Tost and rosot pusn-button
º ísolator switon íor olootronio oirouits
(for commissioning tests) to open the DPX
automatically
Mounted underneath
4 P In
1 0260 61 400 A
1 0260 65 630 A
DPX
TM
630
MCCBs from 250 to 630 A
DPX
TM
630
earth leakage modules for DPX 630, DPX-H 630, DPX-L 630
Visit us at
www.legrand.co.in
www.legrand.co.in
66
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Dimensions (p. 96)
Technical Data (p. 80)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
supplied with incoming terminal mounted
sealable adjustments
Fault indicator on front panel
Adjustment : see pg. 67
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 630
Breaking capacity Icu : 36 kA
(380/415 V AC)
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Im
3 P 4 P
(2)
In
1 0256 00 0256 04 160 A
1 0256 01 0256 05 250 A
1 0256 02 0256 06 400 A
1 0256 03 0256 07 630 A
S2 - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Im, Tm
1 0256 25 0256 29 160 A
1 0256 26 0256 30 250 A
1 0256 27 0256 31 400 A
1 0256 28 0256 32 630 A
Sg - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Im, Tm, Ig, Tg
1 0256 50 0256 54 160 A
1 0256 51 0256 55 250 A
1 0256 52 0256 56 400 A
1 0256 53 0256 57 630 A
DPX-H 630
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA
(380/415 V AC)
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Im
3 P 4 P
(1)
In
1 0256 09 0256 13 250 A
1 0256 10 0256 14 400 A
1 0256 11 0256 15 630 A
S2 - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Im, Tm
1 0256 33 0256 37 160 A
1 0256 34 0256 38 250 A
1 0256 35 0256 39 400 A
1 0256 36 0256 40 630 A
Sg - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Im, Tm, Ig, Tg
1 0256 59 0256 63 250 A
1 0256 60 0256 64 400 A
1 0256 61 0256 65 630 A
Padlock support fixing illustrations
(p. 59)
0256 07
(1)
* Microprocessor-based
(2)
Adjustment of neutral on front panel
(1)
Minimum current for indicator lamp operation : 30% of In
0262 41
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions - Direct on DPX & Vary-
depth handle
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting rod,
the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template, the
mounting accessories and the door locking mechanism
1/6 0262 41 Direct on DPX
1 0262 81 Vary-depth handle
Locking accessory for rotary handle
1 OS0262 25/3 For Locking the rotary handle (Direct type only)
(set of 3 locks with keys)
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 30 Set of 3 insulation shields
Padlock support
For locking a handle in the “OFF” position
1 0262 40 For handle
Spreader links
1 6250 04 A set of 3 links for 3 pole DPX to terminate
high capacity aluminium busbar of size 800 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 38 x 10 mm
1 6250 08 A set of 4 links for 4 pole DPX to terminate high
capacity aluminium busbar of size 800 mm
2
/
aluminium busbar of size 38 x 10 mm
Motor
For remote making and breaking of a DPX MCCB
and reset in the event of tripping on a fault
A lock prevents operation when working on the line.
1 0261 44 Front operated 230 V A/=
Supply inverter type
Mounting plate - For mechanical interlocking of 2
DPX of the same size for use in manual or automatic
modes
1 0264 09 Mounting plate for fixed version
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply source
1 0261 93 Standard
* For enclosures, refer page 186
* For the automatic version, add 2 remote controls and 2 auxiliary
contacts, 2 shunt trips and one mechanical inverter plate in addition to
the 2 MCCBs.
OS0262 25/3
DPX
TM
630
MCCBs from 160 to 630 A with microprocessor release
DPX
TM
630
rotary handle and
other accessories
67
■ Connection
DPX front mounting
connection by cables connection by busbars
Plug in version
connection rear mounting
15 Nm
Ø max
DPX 250 18
DPX 630 26
Larg.max
Ø max
m
a
x

1
0
15 Nm

DPX 250 25
DPX 630 32
DPX 250 8,5
DPX 630 11
Draw-out version
draw-out mechanism
Motor operator
■ Performance data
S1 -
Adjustment of overload and short circuit currents (Ir and Im)
S2 -
Adjustment of overload and short circuit currents as well as time
(Ir, Tr, Im and Tm)
Sg -
Adjustment of overload, short circuit and earth fault currents as
well as time (Ir, Tr, Im, Tm, Ig and Tg)
º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 s
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.05 s (fixed)
º ínstantanoous protootion ií witn íixod tnrosnold: íí = 5 kA
º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (4 steps)
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
º ínstantanoous protootion against snort-oirouits witn íixod
threshold : If = 5 kA
º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current :
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In
(8 steps)
Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (4 steps)
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
º ínstantanoous protootion against snort-oirouits witn íixod tnrosnold:
If = 5 kA
º Eartn íault moasuromont:
Ig = 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tg = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 1 s (4 steps)
DPX
TM
630 DPX
TM
630
MCCBs from 160 to 630 A electronic release*
68
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
0258 04
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Max. rated voltage 690 V A - 50/60 Hz
Thermal release adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release adjustable from 5 to 10 < 1 000 A ≤ 3 to 6 In
Integrated label holder
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting rod,
the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template, the
mounting accessories and the door locking
mechanism
1 0262 61 Direct on DPX
1 0262 83 Vary-depth handle
Locking accessories for rotary handle
1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handle (Direct type only)
(set of 3 locks with keys)
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 66 Set of 3 insulation shields
Padlock support
For locking the handle in "OFF" position
1 0262 60 For handle
Motor
For remote making and breaking of a DPX MCCB
and reset in the event of tripping on a fault
A lock prevents operation when working on the line.
1 0261 23 Front operated 230 V A/=
Supply inverter type
Mounting plate
1 0264 10 For mechanical interlock of 2 DPX MCCBs
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply
source
1 0261 93 Standard
Dimensions (p. 97)
Technical data (p. 81-82)
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Max. rated voltage 690 V A - 50/60 Hz
Thermal release adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release adjustable from
5 to 10 < 1 000 A ≤ 3 to 6 In
Integrated label holder
Pack Cat. nos. DPX 1250
Breaking capacity Icu : 50 kA (400 V A)
3 P 4 P
(1)
In
1 0258 00 0258 07 500
1 0258 01 0258 08 630 A
1 0258 02 0258 09 800 A
1 0258 03 0258 10 1000 A
1 0258 04 0258 11 1250 A
DPX-H 1250
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA (400 V A)
3 P 4 P
(1)
In
1 0258 14 0258 21 500 A
1 0258 15 0258 22 630 A
1 0258 16 0258 23 800 A
1 0258 17 0258 24 1000 A
1 0258 18 0258 25 1250 A
DPX-L 1250
Breaking capacity Icu : 100 kA (400 V A)
3 P 4 P
(1)
In
1 0258 28 0258 37 500 A
1 0258 29 0258 38 630 A
1 0258 31 0 258 40 1000 A
1 0258 32 0258 41 1250 A
0262 60
0262 61
(1)
For automatic version add 2 motor operators and
necessary auxiliaries
0262 66 OS0262 25/3
DPX
TM
1250
MCCBs from 500 to 1250 A
DPX
TM
1250
rotary handles and
other accessories
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
69
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Dimensions (p. 98)
Technical data (p. 82-83)
Pack Cat. nos. Microprocessor release
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Supplied with incoming terminals mounted
DPX 1600
Breaking capacity Icu : 50 kA
(380/415 V AC)
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Im
3 P 4 P In
1 0257 01 0257 05 630 A
1 0257 02 0257 06 800 A
1 0257 03 0257 07 1250 A
1 0257 04 0257 08 1600 A
Sg - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, lm, Tm, Ig, Tg
1 0257 51 0257 55 800 A
1 0257 52 0257 56 1250 A
1 0257 53 0257 57 1600 A
DPX-H 1600
Breaking capacity Icu : 70 kA
(380/415 V AC)
Max. rated voltage 690VA - 50/60 Hz
S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Im
3 P 4 P In
1 0257 09 0257 13 630 A
1 0257 10 0257 14 800 A
1 0257 11 0257 15 1250 A
1 0257 12 0257 16 1600 A
Sg - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, lm, Tm, Ig, Tg
1 0257 59 0257 63 800 A
1 0257 60 0257 64 1250 A
1 0257 61 0257 65 1600 A
Confirm to IEC 60947-2
Fixed version - Front terminals
Max. rated voltage 690 V A - 50/60 Hz
Thermal release adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release adjustable from 5 to 10 < 1 000 A ≤ 3 to 6 In
Integrated label holder
Pack Cat. nos. Rotary handles
Available in two versions
º Diroot on DPX
º vary-doptn nandlo
The vary-depth handle includes the connecting rod,
the bracket, the self-adhesive drilling template, the
mounting accessories and the door locking
mechanism
1 0262 61 Direct on DPX
1 0262 83 Vary-depth handle
Locking accessories for rotary handle
1 OS0262 25/3 For locking the rotary handle
(set of 3 locks with keys)
Phase barriers
Used to isolate the connections between each pole
1 0262 66 Set of 3 insulation shields
Padlock support
For locking the handle in "OFF" position
1 0262 60 For handle
Motor
For remote making and breaking of a DPX MCCB
and reset in the event of tripping on a fault
A lock prevents operation when working on the line.
1 0261 27 Front operated 230 V A/=
Supply inverter type
Mounting plate
1 0264 10 Factory-assembled version only
Kindly check with our sales staff for more details
Electronic control box
For detecting the absence of voltage or a drop in
voltage : triggers the opening of a power supply
source
1 0261 93 Standard
0257 08 0257 58 0262 60
0262 61 0262 66 OS0262 25/3
DPX
TM
1600
MCCBs from 630 to 1600 A with microprocessor release
DPX
TM
1600
rotary handles and
other accessories
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
70
■ Performance data
S1 -
Adjustment of overload and short circuit currents (Ir and Im)
º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 s
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.05 s (fixed)
º ínstantanoous protootion ií witn íixod tnrosnold : íí = 5 kA


º Long dolay protootion against ovorloads witn an ad|ustablo
threshold based on the rms value of the current :
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (4 steps)
º Snort dolay protootion against snort-oirouits witn an ad|ustablo ím
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
º ínstantanoous protootion against snort-oirouits witn íixod tnrosnold:
If = 5 kA


v Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable
threshold based on the rms value of the current:
Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (4 steps)
v Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Im
threshold:
Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps)
Tm = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps)
v Instantaneous protection against short-circuits with fixed threshold:
If = 5 kA
v Earth fault measurement:
Ig = 0.2 - 0.3 - 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 1 x In (8 steps)
Tg = 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.5 - 1 s (4 steps)
25 Nm
Larg. max 50
Ø 14
m
a
x

2
3
10 Nm
■ Connection
Fixed version front mounting
connection by cables
connection by busbars
Draw-out version
S2 -
Adjustment of overload and short circuit currents as well as time
(Ir, Tr, Im and Tm)
Sg -
Adjustment of overload, short circuit and earth fault currents as
well as time (Ir, Tr, Im, Tm, Ig and Tg)
DPX
TM
1600
MCCBs from 630 to 1600 A and microprocessor release

DPX
TM
1250 - 1600
.
71
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Auxiliary contact or
fault signal
A single cat. no. 0261 60
auxiliary contact or fault signal
(according to which
compartment is selected)
0261 83 0261 60 0261 98
Technical data (p. 83)
Undervoltage releases
Shunt releases
For overload and short circuit
protection for DC applications
see p. 112
DPX
TM
control and signalling auxiliaries
Undervoltage
power
consumption
5 VA
Shunt inrush
power
300 VA
Pack Cat. nos. Auxiliary contact or fault signalling contact
For signalling the state of the contacts or opening of
the MCCB on a fault
For DPX MCCBs from 125 A to 1600 A
1/24 0261 60 Changeover switch 3 A - 240 V
Shunt trip
Allow remote tripping of a DPX
For MCCBS from 16 to 1 600 A
1 0261 64 Coil voltage 24 V AC and DC
1 0261 65 Coil voltage 48 V AC and DC
1 0261 66 Coil voltage 110 V AC and DC
1 0261 67 Coil voltage 230 V AC and DC
1 0261 68 Coil voltage 400 V AC and DC
Undervoltage releases
For protection against under voltage
For DPX 125
1 0261 73 Coil voltage 230 V±
1 0261 74 Coil voltage 400 V±
For MCCBS from DPX 160 to DPX 1600
1 0261 83 Coil voltage 230 V±
1 0261 84 Coil voltage 400 V±
Electronic test unit
1 0261 98 For checking the operating characteristics of an
electronic MCCB via 2 n electronic unit PALM III C
º idontiíioation oí tno undorvoltago roloaso
º onooking oorroot oporation oí tno undorvoltago
release
º monitoring oí trip ourvos
º momorisation oí oausos oí last trip : ovorload,
short-circuit (instantaneous or short delay), earth
fault and phase affected
º momorisation oí numbor oí oooasions tno dovioo
has tripped on a fault since installation
º moasuromont oí ourront valuos íor oaon pnaso
º moasuromont oí intornal tomporaturos oí tno
device
Fault signalling Auxiliary Shunt OR UV
DPX Frames contact contact release
DPX 125 1 1 1
DPX 160 1 1 1
DPX 250 ER 1 1 1
DPX 250 1 2 1
DPX 630 2 2 1
DPX 1250 / 1600 1 3 1
Provision of auxiliaries (framewise)
DPX
TM
common auxiliaries from 16 to 1600 A
72
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
0260 93 coil for use with relay 0290 98
Dimensions (p. 100)
Add residual current protection to DPX
MCCBs equipped with shunt trip or undervoltage release
Pack Cat. nos. Residual current relay
Detects fault currents and when used with a shunt
trip or an undervoltage release, it gives the trip
command to on MCCB or a switch
º Comprisos :
- a tinged, sealable window
- an auxiliary contact
- a green Led indicating energisation
- 3 yellow Leds indicating respectively the max.
phase earth insulation current : 20, 40 and 60 %
- a red Led indicating
Fixed : exceeding of the insulation fault current value
Flashing : breaking of one of the connections
between coils and relays
º For uso witn ooils :
- Ø 35 and 80 mm
Adjustable sensitivity : 0.03, 0.05, 0.075, 0.1,
0.15,0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20,
30 A
- Ø 110 to 210 mm
Adjustable sensitivity : 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5,
7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A
- Ø 150 mm
Adjustable sensitivity : 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5,
10, 15, 20, 30 A
- Ø 300 mm
Adjustable sensitivity : 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20,
30 A
º Ad|ustablo sonsitivity : 0, 0.15, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5
seconds
2 modules º Supply voltago : 230/240 v - 50/60 Hz
1 0260 88 Residual current relay to clip on rail
Coils
For use with residual current relay cat. no 260 88
(above) 1 coil per DPX
1/12 0260 92 Coil Ø 35 mm
1/10 0260 93 Coil Ø 80 mm
1 0260 94 Coil Ø 110 mm
1 0260 95 Coil Ø 140 mm
1 0260 96 Coil Ø 210 mm
0260 88
DPX
TM
residual current relay & coils DPX
TM
supervision system for power monitoring control
and remote measurement
0261 94
Pack Cat. nos. Measurement and control of electric
equipment
Electronic Control Box
1 0261 94 Controls the source changeover with two circuit
breakers, manage start / stop group generator,
control single-phase, two-phase and three phase
control voltages composed ...
Power supply: 24 V ±
RS 485 (2 wires)
Central position
1 0261 35 Allows you to collect all information of a line
Three phase (voltage phase / neutral and phase
to phase, phase currents, active and reactive
powertotal active power reactive power factor)
Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
Power supply: 24 V ± / =
RS 485 (2 wires)
Electronic Interface
1 0261 37 Used to record information of a DPX electronic
version S2 (identified currents Phase 1, 2 and 3,
records of currents in neutral temperature (electronic
card), rated current, DPX playback control)
Size: 2 DIN modules
Power supply: 24 V ± / =
RS 485 (2 wires)
Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
kitconfi gurator
Interface signaling and control
1 0261 36 Allows through 24 entries to meet the information
of DPX and DNX / DX (contact Auxiliary Position
Open (1 entry) or position open and closed (2
entries), signal failure (1 entry)) and with 6 outputs
to drive the circuit breakers (Controlling motor circuit
breakers (2 outputs), controlling the triggers of
breakers set for test (1 output))
Dimensions: 6 DIN modules
Power supply: 24 V ± / =
RS 485 (2 wires)
Address, speed and coding modified hardening with
kit configurator
Kit Configurator
1 0261 45 To configure the card input / output and
DPX interface (jumper 0-9)
Stabilized power
1 0466 23 Connects power communication devices5 A/120 W
Dimensions: 4 DIN modules
With the help of power system monitoring, Legrand breakers can
integrate in a system of supervision
You can remotely
- Analyze the status of circuit breakers
- Measure electrical quantities
- Drive breakers
with MODBUS protocol.
0261 37
. Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new product
■ Principle
When the selectivity
is setup between
A & B, only the B
breaker operation
starts when the fault
current exceeds the
threshold level of
normal selectivity
■ Principle
Only the operating
breaker nearest the
fault will trip regardless
of the setting
■ Advantages
> Rapid response
time of circuit
breaker
> Total discrimination
beyond 2 levels
73
> Dynamic Selectivity
(DPX S1 and S2)
> Logical Selectivity
(DPX S2)
> With the DPX range, all types of discrimination
are possible
■ The dynamic selectivity
For optimum selectivity between 2 electronic breakers S1
and S2 with two breaking capacities:
> There are no constraints for selectivity when the fault level
is low
> For higher fault levels, the discrimination is achieved by
opening up of the down stream circuit breakers to break
the current before the up-stream circuit breaker opens
■ Logical selectivity
For a selectivity of 3 levels between several electronic circuit
breakers S2, it requires a single wire connection between
their electronic cards
H
ig
h
L
o
w

H
ig
h
L
o
w

A
C B
D
SEL
SEL
B
SEL
SEL
SEL
D
C
A
H
ig
h L
o
w
H
ig
h L
o
w
H
ig
h L
o
w
Tm : 0 s
Tm : 0,1 s
Tm : 0,1 s
A
D
B C
Example of a selectivity to 2 level Example of a 3-level selectivity
DPX : DYNAMIC/LOGICAL SELECTIVITY
Release Settings
Selectivity
Dynamic Logical
Electronic
Version S1
Ir 8 7
6
5
4
9,5
1
0 F F
Im 4 3
2.5
2
1 . 5 1 0
8
6
5
N
0
0,5
High
xlr
TEST
xlr ON >90
>1.05
Sel
Low
1
9
YES NO
Electronic
Version S2
Ir
xln
tr
s
8 7
6
5
4
30
6
30 20 10
5
9,5
1
0 F F
Im
tm
4 3
2.5
2
1 . 5 1 0
8
6
5
s
3 3
2
1
0
2
1
0 1
N
0
0,5
High
xlr
TEST
xlr ON >90
>1.05
Sel
Low
1
9
YES NO
Solutions adapted to
the operating conditions
74
DPX
TM
and Lexic
circuit breakers
■ Technical data
A circuit breaker is both a circuit-breaking device which can make,
withstand and break currents whose intensity is at most equal to its
nominal current (In), and a protection device which can automatically
break overcurrents which may occur as a result of faults in
installations.
Legrand circuit breakers are divided into two main categories:
DPX MCCBs (moulded cases), and Lexic MCBs (modular). The choice
of the characteristics of an MCB depends on the size of the installation
Circuit breakers also perform the following functions:
º Manual or automatio oontrol oí a oirouit
º ísolation witn positivo oontaot indioation (DPX) and visiblo
contact indication for plug-in and draw-out devices
º Emorgonoy broaking
º Posidual ourront protootion
º Undorvoltago protootion
The technologies used
Overcurrents are detected by three different devices: thermal for
overloads, magnetic for short-circuits and electronic for both. Thermal
and magnetic releases, which are usually combined (thermal-magnetic
MCBs), use a tried and tested, low-cost technology, but provide less
flexibility of adjustment than electronic releases.
Thermal release
This consists of a bimetallic strip which bends when heated beyond
the normal operating values, thus releasing the lock which holds the
contacts. The reaction time of a bimetallic strip is in inverse proportion
to the intensity of the current. As a result of its thermal inertia, each
reclosing of the faulty circuit reduces its reaction time. DPX MCCBs
can be used to set the trip current Ir between certain limits (0.64 to 1 In
depending on the model).
Magnetic release
This consists of a magnetic loop whose effect releases the lock
which holds the contacts, thus triggering a break if there is a high
overcurrent. The response time is very short (around one hundredth
of a second). DPX MCCBs have an Im setting (up to 10 x Ir), which
can be used to set the release value to the protection conditions of the
installation (fault current and indirect contact). Moreover, this setting
can be used to find the best discrimination conditions between the
devices.
■ Typical tripping curves
Thermal-magnetic release
The electronic release (Microprocessor-based)
A coil, placed on each conductor, constantly measures the current in
each conductor. This information is processed by an electronic
module which controls the tripping of the CB when the values of the
settings are exceeded. The curve of the release shows three zones of
operation.
“Long delay” operating zone
This is similar to the characteristic of a thermal release. It protects
conductors against overloads.
“Short delay” operating zone
This provides protection against lower intensity short-circuits,
generally at the end of the line. The trip threshold can usually be
adjusted. The period of the delay may be increased by thresholds up
to one second, to ensure discrimination with devices placed
downstream.
“Instantaneous” operating zone
This provides protection against high intensity short-circuits. It is
factory set at a fixed value (5 to 20 kA depending on the model).
75
DPX
TM
MCCBs
■ Technical data
The electronic releases of the DPX have a number of innovative
additional functions, depending on the model.
º Thermal memory: in the context of “long delay” protection, the
release memorises the image of the temperature rise produced by
an overload. This “thermal memory” is regularly refreshed if no other
overload occurs. However, if there are successive overloads, the
effects are cumulative and the operation time of the device will be
proportionally reduced. Protection of the cable is thus maintained.
º Adjustment of the neutral current on the front panel (0%, 50%, 100%
of the phase current).
º Logical discrimination: a special link between two devices can be
used to assign an additional 50 ms delay to the device installed
upstream in order to give the downstream device time to break the
circuit.
º Load shedding function: when a device is crossed by a current
greater than 105% of Ir, it is possible, using the output contacts, to
shed the non-priority circuits. The load shedding information is
cancelled when the device’s load returns to less than 85% of Ir.
º Signalling of the load on the device via LEDs on the front panel
(groon: normal , rod oontinuous: í º 0.9 ∞ Ir ; red
ílasning: í º 1.05 ∞ Ir).
º Connector on front panel for connecting the electronic test unit
cat. no. 0261 99.
º Self-protection if there is a microprocessor problem.
º Device for detecting significant earth faults, with adjustment of the
current Ig from 0.2 to 1 ∞ In, and the time Tg from 0.1 to 1 second.
■ Choice of protection devices
Earth leakage modules electronic type
All DPX circuit-breakers up to 630 A can be fitted with earth leakage
modules without modifying their technical characteristics and with the
same options for accessories.
General characteristics
There are two versions of the 63 A, 125 A, 160 A and 250 A earth
leakage module with the same technical characteristics but a different
method of mounting :
º mounted side by side
º mounted underneath
They are available in 5 ratings depending on the rating of the
circuit-breaker :
125 A for the DPX 125 from 100 to 125 A
250 A for the DPX 250 ER
250 A for the DPX 250
400 A for the DPX 630
630 A for the DPX 630
Installation of earth leakage modules is a purely mechanical task and
neither device needs to be be dismantled.
If earth leakage modules are mounted on the underneath, the
electrical connection is direct. If they are mounted side by side, the
conductors have to be connected.
■ Electronic type
º Earth leakage module with electronic release
º Typo A PCD (DC oompononts)
º Timo dolay and sonsitivity oan bo ad|ustod :
IΔn = 30 mA - 300 mA - 1 A - 3 A
t = instantaneous - 0.3 s - 1 s - 3 s
º Tno oombinod onaraotoristios oí tno oartn loakago modulos and
circuit-breakers mean that they can be used as protection devices
for distribution boards (high sensitivity IΔn = 30 mA) or as general
protection devices.
º If the sensitivity is set to 30 mA, the time delay is automatically
cancelled.
A switch is used to disconnect the electronic components from the
AC supply and open the circuit-breaker automatically, in order to
isolate the installation without the risk of damaging the RCD
electronics.
For 3-pole and 4-pole DPX > DPX 630 and side-operated DPX, use
RCD kits.
■ Connecting the DPX
DPX mounting versions
Version Connection DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1250/1600
Fixed Front terminals - Mounted Mounted Mounted Mounted
Cage terminals Mounted v v v v
High capacity cage terminals - - - v v
Connection extension rods - - v v v
Spreaders v v v v -
Threaded rear terminals v v v v -
Flat rear terminals - - v v -
Short flat rear terminals - - - - v
Long flat rear terminals - - - - v
Plug-in Front terminals v v v v -
Threaded rear terminals v v v v -
Flat rear terminals - - v v -
Draw-out Front terminals - - v v v
Threaded rear terminals - - v v v
Mounting DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1250 1600
+ + + + +
On its Side Downstr. On its Side Downstr. On its Downstr. On its Downstr. On its
own ELM ELM own ELM ELM own ELM own ELM own
On rail v v - v v - -
Fixed Front terminals v v v v v v v v v v v
Rear terminals v - v v - v v v v v v
Plug-in Front terminals v - v v - - v v v v -
Rear terminals v - v v - - v v v v -
Draw-out Rear terminals - - - - - - v v v v v
Rear terminals - - - - - - v v v v v
76
Current limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in kA)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
1 = max. peak rms short-circuit currents
2 = max. unlimited peak currents, corresponding to power factors indicated
above (0.15 to 0.9)
Differential tripping earth fault curves
IΔ(A) = residual current
IΔn = nominal residual current
a = instantaneous trip
b = 3 possibilities for adjustment of the time delay (0.3, 1 and 3 seconds)
Thermal stress limitation curve
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Performance data for 3- and 4-pole DPX 125
at ambient θ = 40 °C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
➀ = thermal release zone when cold
➁ = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
■ Technical data
Electrical characteristics
Maximum nominal operating voltage 500 VA - 250 V=
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 16 to 125 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.7 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables 70 mm
2
- flexible cables 50 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 12 mm
DPX
TM
125
77
Electrical characteristics
Maximum nominal operating voltage 500 VA - 250 V=
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 160 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.7 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables 95 mm
2
- flexible cables 70 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 18 mm
■ Technical data
Breaking capacity (kA) (EN 60947-2 and IEC 60947-2)
DPX 160 36 kA DPX 160 50 kA
Ue Icu (kA) Ics (% Icu) Icu (kA) Ics (% Icu)
400 V± 36 75 50 50
230 V± 50 75 65 50
Performance data
Thermal stress limitation curves
at θ ambient = 40 °C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
➀ = thermal release zone when cold
➁ = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symetrical current
(rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Thermal stress limitation curves
Tripping current curves (earth leakage modules)
IΔ = earth leakage current
IΔn = nominal earth leakage current
a = instantaneous tripping point
b = 3 possible delay setting (0.3, 1 and 3 seconds)
(1) Trip current for 50/60 hz
For direct current, multiply by 1.5
Icc = prospective short-circuit symetrical current (rms value in A)
IP = maximal peak value (kÂ)
➀ = current, max. peak, short-circuit rms
➁ = current, unlimited peak (max.), correspondto power factors shown above (0.15 to 0.9)
0
.
9

0
.
8

0
.
7

0
.
5

0
.
3

0
.
2
5

0
.
2

Icc (kA)
10
0
10
10
1
10
2
10
3
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5
10
1
10
2
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
IP (kA)
160 A
DPX 160 25 KA
DPX 160 50 KA
25 A
0


DPX
TM
160
78
at ambient θ = 40
0
C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
Thermal stress limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Electrical characteristics
Maximum nominal operating voltage 500 VA - 250 V=
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 100 to 250 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.64 to 1 In
Magnetic release 10 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables
(1)
185 mm
2
- flexible cables
(1)
150 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 22 mm
Performance data for DPX 250 ER
■ Technical data
Tripping current curves (earth leakage modules)
Current limitation curves
IΔ(A) = earth leakage current
IΔn = nominal earth leakage current
a = instantaneous tripping point
b = 3 possible delay settings (0.3, 1 and 3 seconds)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current
(rms value in kA)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
➀ = max. peak rms short-circuit currents
➁ = max. unlimited peak currents, corresponding to power factors
indicated above (0.15 to 0.9)
DPX
TM
250 ER
79
For tripping current curves of DPX 250 (Earth leakage modules) kindly refer the relevant curve on pg.54
Performance data for DPX 250 (microprocessor release)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
IP = maximum peak value (kA)
1 = current, max. peak, short-circuit rms
2 = current, unlimited peak (max.) corresponding to power factors shown above (0.15 to 0.9)
Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (microprocessor release)
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 40 to 250 A
Category of use A
Overload protection 0.4 to 1 In
Short circuit protection 1.5 to 10 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables
(1)
185 mm
2
- flexible cables
(1)
150 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 25 mm
Performance data for DPX 250
Thermal stress limitation curves
at ambient θ = 40
0
C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Electrical characteristics for DPX 250 (thermal magnetic release)
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA - 250 V=
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 25 to 250 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.64 to 1 In
Magnetic release 3.5 to 10 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables
(1)
185 mm
2
- flexible cables
(1)
150 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 25 mm
(1)
With cage terminal cat. no. 292 48
■ Technical data
Current limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current
(rms value in kA)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
➀ = max. peak rms short-circuit currents
➁ = max. unlimited peak currents, corresponding to power factors
indicated above (0.15 to 0.9)
DPX
TM
250
80
■ Technical data
Performance data for DPX 630 (S
2
-Sg)
Performance data for DPX 630 (S1)
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
(1)
For 2 cables, use terminals cat. no 0292 78 : for 4 cables, use terminals cat. no 0292 79
Electrical characteristics (microprocessor release)
MCCBs
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 160 to 630 A
Category of use A for In : 630 A
B for In : 160 and 400 A
Adjustment current Ir : from 0.4 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables
(1)
300 mm
2
(1) With terminals cat. no 0262 50 (or 2 x 240 mm
2
)
- flexible cable
(1)
240 mm
2
(1) With terminals cat. no 0262 50 (or 2 x 185 mm
2
)
- copper bar (width) 32 mm
in = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
Performance data for DPX 630
at ambient θ = 40
0
C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
(1)
With cage terminal cat. no. 0292 58
Electrical characteristics (thermal magnetic release)
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA - 250 V=
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 400 to 630 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release 5 to 10 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- rigid cables
(1)
300 mm
2
- flexible cables
(1)
240 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 32 mm
Current limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current
(rms value in kA)
IP = maximum peak value (in kA)
DPX
TM
630
81
Performance data (earth fault) Sg
I = actual current / In = nominal current
■ Technical data
Thermal stress limitation curves
Isc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Current limitation curves
Performance data for DPX 1250
at ambient θ = 40
0
C
I = actual current / Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
Electrical characteristics
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA - 250 V=
(2)
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 500 to 1250 A
Category of use A
Thermal adjustment 0.8 to 1 In
Magnetic release
- 500 to 800 A 5 to 10 In
- 1000 and 1250 A 3 to 6 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- 2 or 4 rigid cables
(1)
240 mm
2
- 2 or 4 flexible cables
(1)
185 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 50 mm
at ambient θ = 40
0
C
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
1 = thermal release zone when cold
2 = thermal release zone when hot (in steady state)
(1)
For 2 cables, use terminals cat. no 0292 78 : for 4 cables, use terminals cat. no 0292 79
(2)
Direct current: magnetic protection only
■ Technical data
DPX
TM
1250 DPX
TM
630
82
Thermal stress limitation curves
Icc = prospective short-circuit symmetrical current (rms value in A)
I
2
t = limited thermal stress (in A
2
s)
Performance data for DPX 1600 (Sg)
Performance data for DPX 1600 (S1)
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
Electrical characteristics
MCCBs and trip-free switches
Maximum nominal operating voltage 690 VA
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz
Nominal rating (40
0
C) 630 to 1600 A
Category of use B
Adjustment current from 0.4 to 1 In
Maximum permitted cross-sections
- 2 or 4 rigid cables
(1)
240 mm
2
- 2 or 4 flexible cables
(1)
185 mm
2
- copper bar (width) 50 mm
(1) For 2 cables, use terminals cat. no 0262 69 : for 4 cables, use terminals cat. no 0262 70
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Ir = max. adjustment current of thermal release
■ Technical data
DPX
TM
1250 DPX
TM
1600
83
Performance data (Earth fault) Sg
In = nominal current
I = actual current
Shunt trip
Diagram of
auxiliary contact
Diagram of
fault signalling
contact
Maximum service current
Vn In
400 V a.c. 1.5 A
230 V a.c. 3 A
110 V a.c. 4 A
230 V d.c. 0.25 A
110 V d.c. 0.5 A
48 V d.c. 1.7A
Diagram of shunt trip
Vn 24V a.c./d.c.
48V a.c./d.c.
110 to 130V a.c./d.c.
220 to 250V a.c./d.c.
380 to 440V a.c./d.c.
Pw 300 VA (a.c. 50-60 Hz)
300W (d.c.)
V (working) ≥ 75% Vn
■ Technical data
Auxiliary contact or fault signalling contact
Vn 24V a.c./d.c.
48V d.c.
210V a.c.
400V a.c.
Pw 5 VA (a.c. 50-60 Hz)
1.6W (d.c.)
Vs (opening) ≤ 35 to 70% VA
V (reset) ≥ 85% VA
Diagram of under voltage releases
D1
U<
D2
Under voltage releases
DPX
TM
1600 DPX
TM
MCCBs
common auxiliaries
84
In 3-phase networks + N 230/240 V according to IEC 60947-2
Upstream
DPX 125 DPX 125 DPX 160/ DPX 160/ DPX 250 DPX-H 250 DPX-L 250 DPX 630 DPX-H 630 DPX-L 630 DPX 1 250 DPX-H 1250 DPX-L 1250 DPX 1600
DPX 250 ER DPX 250 ER
25 kA 36 kA 36 kA 50 kA 36 kA 70 kA 100 kA 36 kA 70 kA 100 kA 50 kA 70 kA 100 kA 50 kA
DPX-E 125 16 to 125 A 25 36 36 50 36 65 65 36 65 65 50 65 65 40
DPX 125 (25 kA) 16 to 125 A - 36 36 50 36 65 65 36 65 65 50 65 65 40
DPX 125 (36 kA) 16 to 125 A - - - 50 - 70 70 - 70 70 50 70 70 40
DPX 250 ER (36 kA) 100 to 250 A - - - - - 70 70 - 70 70 - 70 70 -
DPX 250 ER (50 kA) 100 to 250 A - - - - - 70 70 - 70 70 - 70 70 -
DPX 250 25 to 250 A - - - - - 70 100 - 70 100 50 70 100 50
DPX-H 250 25 to 250 A - - - - - - 100 - - 100 - - 100 -
DPX-L 250 100 to 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - 70 100 50 70 100 50
DPX-H 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - - 100 - - 100 -
DPX-L 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - 70 100 -
DPX-H 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - 100 -
DPX-L 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 1600 630 to 1 600 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Upstream
DPX 125 DPX 125 DPX 160/ DPX 160/ DPX 250 DPX-H 250 DPX-L 250 DPX 630 DPX-H 630 DPX-L 630 DPX 1 250 DPX-H 1 250 DPX-L 1 250 DPX 1 600 DPX-H 1600
DPX 250 ER DPX 250 ER
35 kA 40 kA 50 kA 65 kA 60 kA 100 kA 170 kA 60 kA 100 kA 170 kA 80 kA 100 kA 170 kA 80 kA 100 kA
DPX-E 125 16 to 125 A 35 40 50 65 60 65 65 60 65 65 65 65 65 50 50
DPX 125 (35 kA) 16 to 125 A - 40 50 65 60 65 65 60 65 65 65 65 65 50 50
DPX 125 (40 kA) 16 to 125 A - - 50 65 60 70 70 - 70 70 65 70 70 50 50
DPX 250 ER (50 kA) 100 to 250 A - - - - - 70 70 - 70 70 - 70 70 70 -
DPX 250 ER (65 kA) 100 to 250 A - - - - - 70 70 - 70 70 - 70 70 70 -
DPX 250 25 to 250 A - - - - - 70 170 - 100 170 80 100 170 70 100
DPX-H 250 25 to 250 A - - - - - - 170 - - 170 - - 170 - -
DPX-L 250 25 to 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - 100 170 80 100 170 70 100
DPX-H 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - - 170 - - 170 - -
DPX-L 630 160 to 630 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - 100 170 70 100
DPX-H 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - 170 - -
DPX-L 1250 500 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 1600 630 to 1 250 A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 100
(1) For 3 phase outgoing circuit i.e. 3 and 4 pole MCBs.
(2) For single phase outgoing circuit i.e. 1 and 2 pole MCBs.
(3) The magnetic threshold of the upstream circuit breaker must be higher than the magnetic threshold of the downstream circuit breaker.
Note: Lexic MCBs from 0.5 A to 4 A follow D characteristics
Lexic 10 kA
(1)
/
Loadkontakt 10 kA
(1)
C
(3)
curves
Association and co-ordination of MCCBs
In 3 phase networks + N 400 / 415 V~ accordingto IEC 60947-2
Downstream
■ Technical data
Association and co-ordination of MCCBs and MCBs
In 3 phase networks +
N 400 / 415 V~ according
to IEC 60947-2
MCBs downstream
Lexic 10 kA
(1)
/
Loadkontakt 10 kA
(1)
C
(3)
curves
Fuses
MCCBs upstream upstream
DPX E DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L DPX/H/L DPX/H/L DPX/H/L 1600 A gG TYPE
125 630 630 1250 A 80 kA
16 to 16 to 160 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 160 & 500 to 630 to 800 to 20 to 63 to
125 A 125 A 400 A 630 A 1250 A 1600 A 50 A 125 A
0.5 to 40 A 22 kA 35 kA 35 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 50 kA 80 kA 80 kA
50 A 16 kA 25 kA 25 kA 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 45 kA 45 kA 36 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA - 80 kA
63 A 16 kA 25 kA 25 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA - 45 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA - 80 kA
In 3 phase networks +
N 230 / 240 V~ according
to IEC 60947-2
MCBs downstream
Downstream
DPX
TM
MCCBs
Fuses
MCCBs upstream upstream
DPX E DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L DPX/H/L gG TYPE
125 630 1250 A 1600 A 80 kA
16 to 16 to 160 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 160 & 630 A 500 to 630 to 20 to 63 to
125 A 125 A 400 A 400 A 1250 A 1600 A 50 A 125 A
0.5 to 16 A 16 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 80 kA 80 kA
20 A 16 kA 25 kA 20 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 80 kA 80 kA
25 A 16 kA 25 kA 15 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 80 kA 80 kA
32 A 16 kA 25 kA 20 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 15 kA 15 kA 80 kA 80 kA
40 A 16 kA 2 5 kA 20 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 25 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 15 kA 15 kA 80 kA 80 kA
50 A 16 kA 25 kA 15 kA 25 kA 20 kA 15 kA 25 kA 25 kA 20 kA 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA - 80 kA
63 A 16 kA 25 kA 15 kA 20 kA 15 kA 15 kA 20 kA 20 kA 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA 15 kA 12.5 kA 12.5 kA - 80 kA
85
■ Capacitor banks
This table shows the rated current of the DPX MCCB when controlling
capacitor banks so as to guarantee its function and short circuit
protection.
Overload protection is not necessary since these installations can not
be overloaded.
This data refers to short circuit protection in absence of harmonics or
heavy transitory currents.
■ Release adjustment steps
Technical data
Please find release adjustment steps for DPX MCCBs

Three-phase network Three-phase network
at 230 V - 50 Hz at 400 V - 50 Hz
Bank Power DPX MCCBs Bank Power DPX MCCBs
KvAR In (A) KvAR In (A)
7.5 25 5 16
10 40 7.5 16
15 63 10 25
20 100 15 40
25 100 25 63
DPX 125
30 125 30 100
35 125 35 100
- - 40 100
- - 50 100
- - 60 125
40 160 75 160
50 250 90 250
DPX 250 ER /
60 250 100 250
DPX 250
70 250 110 250
- - 120 250
80 320 135 320
90 320 150 320
DPX 630 100 400 160 400
110 400 180 400
- - 190 400
120 500 200 500
130 500 225 500
DPX 1250 140 500 240 500
- - 150 630
- - 175 630
240 1250 275 630
275 1250 300 630
DPX 1250
300 1250 360 800
- - 400 1000
Breaking capacity
Co-ordination
In (A) Type 1 Type 2
25 16 4.5
DPX - E 125 40 16 4.5
63 16 4.5
63 25 4.5
DPX 125 100 25 4.5
125 25 4.5
100 36 5
DPX 250 ER 160 36 5
250 36 5
40 36 6
63 36 6
DPX 250 100 36 6
160 36 6
250 36 6
250 36 10
DPX 630 320 36 10
400 36 10
500 50 15
DPX 1250 630 50 15
800 50 15
Type of (kA)
DPX-MCCBs
■ Technical data
Motor protection
By using DPX MCCBs for short circuit protection of motor with starters
consisting of contactor + thermal relay, it is possible to get conditional
short circuit current indicated in the table below referring to the
co-ordination foreseen by IEC 947-4-1.
Type 1 => The contactor’s contact could weld and the thermal release maybe damaged.
Type 2 => Total protection.
Thermal Steps Magnetic Steps
0.7 - 0.85 - 1 In Fixed depends on In;
- 16 - 25 A : 16 In
DPX 125 - 40 A : 14 In
- 63 A : 12 In
- 100 - 125 A : 10 In
DPX 160 / DPX 250 ER 0.64 - 0.8 - 1 In Fixed at 10 In
DPX 250 0.64 - 0.8 - 1 In 3.5 - 7 - 10 In
DPX 630 0.8 - 1 In 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 In
DPX 1250
0.8 - 1 In 500 - 800 A : 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 In
- 1000 - 1250 A : 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 In
DPX 250/DPX 630/ 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 In
DPX 1600 Electronic 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 In
DPX
TM
MCCBs
86
selectivity tables
MCCBs/MCCBs
Up-stream circuit-breaker

DPX-E 125
DPX 160
DPX 250 ER
DPX 250 DPX 250 microprocessor

DPX 125 (25 /36 kA)

DPX-H 160

(36/50 kA)
DPX-H 250 DPX-H 250 microprocessor
Down stream

(36/50 kA)

DPX-L 250 DPX-L 250 microprocessor
circuit-breaker In (A) 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 250 63 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250
16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX-E 125
40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX 125
40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

(25 kA)
63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX 125
40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

(36 kA)
63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
25 0.4 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
40 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX 160
63 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX 250 ER
100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5

(36/50 kA)
160 2.5 2.5 3.5
250
25 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
40 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX 250
100 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
160 2.5 3.5
250
40 0.63 1 1.6 2.5
63 1 1.6 2.5

DPX 250
100 1.6 2.5

electronic
160 2.5
250
25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
40 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX-H 250
63 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX-L 250
100 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
160 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
250 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
40 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX-H 250 micro.
63 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

DPX-L 250 micro.
100 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
160 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
250 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 3.5 3.5
87
DPX 630 DPX 630 microprocessor DPX 1 250
DPX 1 600 S1 DPX 1 600 Sg DPX 1 600 S1 Sg
DPX-H 630 DPX-H 630 microprocessor DPX-H 1 250
DPX-H 1 600 S1 DPX-H 1 600 Sg DPX-H 1 600 S1 Sg
DPX-L 630

DPX-L 630 microprocessor DPX-L 1 250
400 630 160 250 400 630 500 630 800 1 000 1 250 630 800 630 800 1 250 1 600
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 T T T T T T T T T T
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 T T T T T T T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 T T T T T T T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 T T T T T T T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 T T T T T T T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 T T T T T T T T T T
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 T T T T T T
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
6 8 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
6 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
4 8 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 25 25 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 T T T T
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 8 8 8 8 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
4 6.3 6 6 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 30 30 30 36
(all readings to be multiplied by 1000)
88
selectivity tables (continued)
MCCBs/MCCBs
Up-stream circuit-breaker

DPX-E 125
DPX 160
DPX 250 ER
DPX 250 DPX 250 microprocessor

DPX 125 (25 /36 kA)

DPX-H 160

(36/50 kA)
DPX-H 250 DPX-H 250 microprocessor
Down stream

(36/50 kA)

DPX-L 250 DPX-L 250 microprocessor
circuit-breaker In (A) 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 250 63 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250
250
320
DPX 630 400
500
630
250

DPX-H 630
320

DPX-L 630
400
500
630
160
250

DPX 630 elec.
400
630
160

DPX-H 630 elec.
250

DPX-H 630 elec.
400
630
500
630
DPX 1 250 800
1 000
1 250
500

DPX-H 1 250
630

DPX-L 1 250
800
1 000
1 250
630

DPX 1600 micro.
800

DPX/DPX-H
630

DPX 1600 micro.
800
DPX/DPX-H
1 250
DPX 1600 micro.
S1 Sg
89
DPX 630 DPX 630 microprocessor DPX 1 250
DPX 1 600 S1 DPX 1 600 Sg DPX 1 600 S1 Sg
DPX-H 630 DPX-H 630 microprocessor DPX-H 1 250
DPX-H 1 600 S1 DPX-H 1 600 Sg DPX-H 1 600 S1 Sg
DPX-L 630

DPX-L 630 microprocessor DPX-L 1 250
400 630 160 250 400 630 500 630 800 1 000 1 250 630 800 630 800 1 250 1 600
4 6.3 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 20 20 T
4 6.3 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 20 20 T
6.3 6 10 10 10 6 7,5 15 15 20 20 20 T
6.3 10 10 6 7,5 10 10 20 20 20 T
10 6 7,5 10 20 20 20 T
4 6.3 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 20 20 36
4 6.3 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 20 20 20 36
6.3 6 10 10 10 6 7.5 15 15 20 20 20 36
6.3 10 10 6 7.5 10 10 20 20 20 36
10 6 7.5 10 20 20 36
6.3 5 5 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 T
6.3 5 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 T
6.3 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 T
8 6 8 15 20 20 T
6.3 5 5 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 36
6.3 5 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 36
6.3 5 5 6.3 8 6 8 15 15 20 20 20 36
8 6 8 15 20 20 36
5 8 7.5 15 15 20 20 20 20
8 7.5 15 20 20 20
20 20
7.5 20 20
20
5 8 7.5 15 15 20 20 20 20
8 7.5 15 20 20 20
20 20
7.5 20 20
20
15 15 15 20
15 20
15 15 15 20
15 20
20
(all readings to be multiplied by 1000)
90
DPX
TM
MCCBs
■ Technical data
Influence of ambient temperature
Variation in thermal tripping characteristics
Currents in amps in accordance with thermal adjustment
Thermal 10
0
C 20
0
C 30
0
C 40
0
C 50
0
C 60
0
C 70
0
C
adjustment min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.
In = 16 A 13 18 12 17 12 17 11 16 10 15 10 14 9 13
In = 25 A 20 28 19 27 18 26 17 25 16 24 16 23 16 22
In = 40 A 32 45 30 43 29 42 28 40 27 38 26 37 25 36
In = 63 A 49 70 48 68 46 66 44 63 42 60 40 58 38 55
In = 100 A 79 112 76 108 73 104 70 100 67 96 64 92 61 88
In = 125 A 98 140 95 135 91 130 87 125 84 120 80 115 76 110
In = 100 A 81 127 75 118 70 109 64 100 58 91 52 82 47 73
In = 160 A 131 205 122 190 112 175 102 160 93 145 83 130 74 115
In = 250 A 198 310 185 290 173 270 160 250 147 230 134 210 122 190
In = 100 A 81 127 75 118 70 109 63 100 58 91 52 82 48 73
In = 160 A 131 205 122 190 112 175 100 160 93 145 83 130 73 115
In = 250 A 198 310 185 290 173 270 160 250 147 230 130 210 115 190
In = 250 A 260 335 240 307 220 281 200 250 189 230 160 205 130 180
In = 320 A 335 422 307 384 281 352 250 320 230 288 205 256 180 225
In = 400 A 422 528 384 480 352 440 320 400 288 360 256 320 225 280
In = 500 A 475 590 455 570 430 535 400 500 380 480 360 450 340 420
In = 630A 590 735 570 705 535 670 500 630 480 600 450 570 420 540
In = 800 A 735 920 705 880 670 840 630 800 600 760 570 720 540 680
In = 1000 A 920 1150 880 1100 840 1050 800 1000 760 950 720 900 680 850
In = 1250 A 1150 1440 1100 1380 1050 1310 1000 1250 950 1190 900 1125 850 1080
Microprocessor MCCBs (DPX 250 / 630 / 1600) have the advantage of not being sensitive to temperature variations
DPX 125
DPX 160 / 250 ER
DPX 250
DPX 630
DPX 1250
Table of weights (Kg)
Fixed Plug-in Draw-out Module
Front terminal Rear terminal Front terminal Rear terminal Front terminal Rear terminal electronic
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P side under
DPX 125 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.4 1.8 1.5 2.1 - - - - - -
DPX-E 125 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.4 1.8 1.5 2.1 - - - - - -
DPX-H 125 1 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.4 1.8 1.5 2.1 - - - - - -
DPX-I 125 0.99 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.3 1.7 1.4 2 - - - - - -
Earth leakage mod. - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.8 1.2
DPX 250 2.5 3.7 3.5 5 4.3 5.8 4.6 6.1 7 8.2 8 9.5 - -
DPX-H 250 2.5 3.7 3.5 5 4.3 5.8 4.6 6.1 7 8.2 8 9.5 - -
DPX-L 250 2.5 3.7 3.5 5 4.3 5.8 4.6 6.1 7 8.2 8 9.5 - -
DPX-I 250 2.3 3.5 3.3 4.8 4.1 5.6 4.4 5.9 6.8 8 7.8 9.3 - -
Earth leakage mod. - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1.4
DPX 630 4.5 6.4 6.2 8.7 7.3 10 7.8 10.8 9.9 10.9 11.6 13.2 - -
DPX-H 630 4.5 6.4 6.2 8.7 7.3 10 7.8 10.8 9.9 10.9 11.6 13.2 - -
DPX-L 630 4.5 6.4 6.2 8.7 7.3 10 7.8 10.8 9.9 10.9 11.6 13.2 - -
DPX-I 630 3.9 5.8 5.6 8.1 6.7 9.4 7.2 10.2 8.4 10.3 10.1 12.6 - -
Earth leakage mod. - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.8
DPX 630 S1 12.2 15.1 15 19.2 - - - - - - 32 41 - -
DPX-H 630 S2 12.2 15.1 15 19.2 - - - - - - 32 41 - -
DPX-L 630 Sg 12.2 15.1 15 19.2 - - - - - - 32 41 - -
Earth leakage mod. - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 1250 18 23.4 18.2 23.7 - - - - - - 38 47.5 - -
DPX-H 1250 18 23.4 18.2 23.7 - - - - - - 38 47.5 - -
DPX-L 1250 18 23.4 18.2 23.7 - - - - - - 38 47.5 - -
DPX 1600 S1 25.5 32 22.5 29 - - - - - - 56 70 - -
DPX-L 1600 Sg 25.5 32 22.5 29 - - - - - - 56 70 - -
Connection cross-sections
Head devices copper cable aluminium cable rigid cable flexible cable cable busbar spreader links
DPX : Standard MCCBs standard compact standard compact TP / FP
lugs lugs lugs lugs
DPX 125 12 - - - - 5 x 12 70 50 95 15 x 3 625 001/005
DPX 250 ER 22 50 - - - 6 x 18 185 150 240 30 x 5 625 014/018
DPX 250 25 95 185 95 185 4 x 25 185 150 240 30 x 5 625 014/018
DPX 400-630 32 150 300 240 300 5 x 32 2 x 240 2 x 185 500 40 x 10 625 004/008
50 300 - 300 - 10 x 50 or (2-4) x 240 (2-4) x 185 - - -
DPX 1250-1600 10 x 80/100
with spreaders
Connection Connection Connection Connection via Catalogue
Width via terminal via bars via cage terminals spreader links no.
(mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm
2
)
■ Technical data
Tightening torque for MCCBs in Nm
DPX 250 ER to 400 A with connected earth leakage modules, take the tightening torque values on the connector plate; for DPX 125 A, take the
tightening torque values on the terminals.
Required clearance in an installation
Where not indicated distances are considered as zero
A
C
B B
Max. tightening Max. tightening
torque on torque on
connection plate terminals
DPX 125 6 10
DPX 250 ER 10 12
DPX 250 15 15
DPX 630 24 36
DPX 1600 25 50
A (mm) B (mm) C (mm)
Circuit breakers from wall from side from wall
to earth to earth wall to earth
DPX 125 60 20 20
DPX 160 / 250 ER 60 20 20
DPX 250 70 25 25
DPX 630 70 25 25
DPX 1250 90 40 40
DPX 1600 90 40 40
Circuit breakers Rated current In (A)
16 25 40 63 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600
DPX-E/DPX125 1.36 2.69 2.40 4.17 6.50 9.38 - - - - - - - - - - -
DPX 160 - - - - - - 15.36 - - - - - - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H250 ER - - - - 7.50 - 15.36 - 25.00 - - - - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L250 - - - 7.50 - 14.08 - 15.63 - - - - - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L630 - - - - - 2.97 - - - 18.56 - 46.04 - - - - -
DPX/DPX-H/DPX-L1250 - - - - - - - - - - - 15.88 25.60 35.00 54.69 54.69 -
DPX/DPX-H1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - 13.89 22.40 46.88 46.88 76.80
Power loss per pole for DPX circuit breakers
Power loss per pole for DPX earth leakage modules (W)
Size 125 (side-mount) 0.09 0.22 0.56 1.39 2.00 3.12
Size 125 (underneath) 0.04 0.11 0.27 0.67 1.00 1.56
Size 160 (side-mount) 0.09 0.24 0.60 1.00 2.56
Size 250 0.02 0.05 0.12 0.30 0.77 1.88
Size 630 1.25 2.05 3.20
91
DPX
TM
MCCBs
Fault Auxiliary Shunt
DPX Frames signalling contact OR UV
contact release
DPX 125 1 1 1
DPX 160 1 1 1
DPX 250 ER 1 1 1
DPX 250 1 2 1
DPX 630 2 2 1
DPX 1250/1600 1 3 1
Provision of auxiliaries (framewise)
92
Current Breaking Frame 3P 3P+N/2 4P ELM ELM
(A) capacity (side by side) (underneath)
Icu (kA) 4P 4P
DPX
TM
MCCBS
DPX MCCBs and ELMs
16 16 DPX 125 0250 16 - 0250 24 0260 13 0260 14
25 0250 36 - 0250 44 0260 13 0260 14
36 0250 50 - 0250 58 0260 13 0260 14
25 16 DPX 125 6253 17 - 6253 25 0260 13 0260 14
25 6253 37 - 62534 5 0260 13 0260 14
36 DPX 125 6253 51 - 6253 59 0260 13 0260 14
40 16 DPX 125 6253 18 - 6253 26 0260 13 0260 14
25 6253 38 - 6253 46 0260 13 0260 14
36 DPX 125 0250 52 - 6253 60 0260 13 0260 14
DPX 250 0253 28 - 0253 45 - 0260 55
70 DPX 250 0253 52 - 0253 69 - 0260 55
DPX 250 - S1 0254 13 - 0254 19 - 0260 55
63 16 DPX 125 6253 19 - 6253 27 0260 13 0260 14
25 6253 39 - 6253 47 0260 13 0260 14
36 DPX 125 6253 53 - 6253 61 0260 13 0260 14
DPX 250 0253 29 - 0253 46 - 0260 55
70 DPX 250 0253 53 - 0253 70 - 0260 55
100 16 DPX 125 6253 20 6253 28 0260 13 0260 14
25 6253 40 6253 42 6253 48 0260 13 0260 14
36 DPX 125 6253 54 6253 56 6253 62 0260 13 0260 14
DPX 250 ER 0252 24 - 0252 34 0260 36 0260 38
DPX 250 0253 30 6253 40 0253 47 - 0260 55
70 DPX 250 0253 54 0253 64 0253 71 - 0260 55
DPX 250 - S1 0254 15 - 0254 21 - 0260 55
125 16 DPX 125 6253 21 - 6253 29 0260 13 0260 14
25 6253 41 6253 43 6253 49 0260 13 0260 14
36 6253 55 6253 57 6253 63 0260 13 0260 14
160 36 DPX 160 0251 51 - 0251 59 0260 21 -
DPX 250 ER 0252 25 - 0252 35 0260 36 0260 38
DPX 250 0253 31 0253 41 0253 48 - 0260 55
DPX 630 - S1 0256 00 - 0256 04 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 25 - 0256 29 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 50 - 0256 54 - 0260 61
50 DPX 160 0251 65 - 0251 73 0260 21 -
DPX 250 ER 0252 45 - 0252 55 0260 36 0260 38
70 DPX 250 0253 55 0253 65 0253 72 - 0260 55
DPX 250 - S1 0254 16 - 0254 22 - 0260 55
DPX 630 - S1 0256 08 - 0256 12 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 33 - 0256 37 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 58 - 0256 62 - 0260 61
250 36 DPX 250 ER 0252 26 - 0252 36 0260 36 0260 38
DPX 250 0253 32 0253 42 0253 49 - 0260 55
DPX 630 - S1 0256 01 - 0256 05 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 26 - 0256 30 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 51 - 0256 55 - 0260 61
50 DPX 250 ER 0252 46 - 0252 56 0260 36 0260 38
70 DPX 250 0253 56 0253 66 0253 73 - 0260 55
DPX 250 - S1 0254 17 - 0254 23 - 0260 55
DPX 630 - S1 0256 09 - 0256 13 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 34 - 0256 38 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 59 - 0256 63 - 0260 61
400 36 DPX 630 0255 23 - 0255 38 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 02 - 0256 06 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 27 - 0256 31 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 52 - 0256 56 - 0260 61
70 DPX 630 0255 43 - 0255 58 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 10 - 0256 14 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 35 - 0256 39 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 60 - 0256 64 - 0260 61
100 DPX 630 0255 63 - 0255 78 - 0260 61
630 36 DPX 630 0255 24 - 0255 40 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 03 - 0256 07 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 28 - 0256 32 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 53 - 0256 57 - 0260 61
70 DPX 630 0255 44 - 0255 60 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S1 0256 11 - 0256 15 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - S2 0256 36 - 0256 40 - 0260 61
DPX 630 - Sg 0256 61 - 0256 65 - 0260 61
100 DPX 630 0255 64 - 0255 80 - 0260 61
800 50 DPX 1250 0258 02 - 0258 09 - -
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 02 - 0257 06 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 51 - 0257 55 - -
70 DPX 1250 0258 16 - 0258 23 - -
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 10 - 0257 14 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 59 - 0257 63 - -
100 DPX 1250 0258 30 - 0258 39 - -
1000 50 DPX 1250 0258 03 - 0258 10 - -
70 0258 17 - 0258 24 - -
100 0258 31 - 0258 40 - -
Plug-in Draw-out
Frame Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal Front terminal Rear terminal Flat rear terminal
mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base + mounting base +
tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts tulip contacts
Equipment for plug-in and draw-out MCCBS (on request)
* Adjustable on the front
93
Current Breaking Frame 3P 3P+N/2 4P ELM ELM
(A) capacity (side by side) (underneath)
Icu (kA) 4P 4P
DPX
TM
MCCBS
DPX MCCBs and ELMs
1250 50 DPX 1250 0258 04 - 0258 11 - -
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 03 - 0257 07 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 52 - 0257 56 - -
70 DPX 1250 0258 18 - 0258 25 - -
DPX 1600 - S1 0257 11 - 0257 15 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 60 - 0257 64 - -
100 DPX 1250 0258 32 - 0258 41 - -
1600 50 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 04 - 0257 08 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 53 - 0257 57 - -
70 DPX 1600 - S1 0257 12 - 0257 16 - -
DPX 1600 - Sg 0257 61 - 0257 65 - -
0263 02 0263 03 - - - -
0263 08 0263 08 - - - -

3P
0263 99 0263 99 - - - -
0262 75 0262 75 - - - -

DPX 125
0263 04 0263 05 - - - -
0263 09 0263 09 - - - -

4P
0263 99 0263 99 - - - -
0262 75 0262 75 - - - -
0265 14 0265 16 - - - -
0265 12 0265 12 - - - -

3P
0263 99 0263 99 - - - -
0262 77 0262 77 - - - -
DPX 250 ER
0265 15 0265 17 - - - -
0265 13 0265 13 - - - -

4P
0263 99 0263 99 - - - -
0262 77 0262 77 - - - -
0265 31 0265 33 0265 35 0265 31 0265 33 0265 35
0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29 0265 29
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 45 0265 45 0265 45

3P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 32 0265 34 0265 36 0265 32 0265 34 0265 36
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 46 0265 46 0265 46

DPX 250

4P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 37 0265 38 0265 39 0265 37 0265 38 0265 39
0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30 0265 30
0263 43 0263 43 0263 43 0265 47 0265 47 0265 47

4P + ELM
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 79 0262 79 0262 79 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 79 0262 79 0262 79
0265 52 0265 54 0265 56 0265 52 0265 54 0265 56
0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50 0265 50
0263 68 0263 68 0263 68 0265 66 0265 66 0265 66

3P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 53 0265 55 0265 57 0265 53 0265 55 0265 57
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51
0263 68 0263 68 0263 68 0265 67 0265 67 0265 67

DPX 630

4P
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
0265 58 0265 59 0265 60 0265 58 0265 59 0265 60
0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51 0265 51
0263 68 0263 68 0263 68 0265 68 0265 68 0265 68

4P + ELM
0263 99 0263 99 0263 99 0265 75 0265 75 0265 75
0262 81 0262 81 0262 81 0263 99 0263 99 0263 99
- - - 0262 81 0262 81 0262 81
- - - 0265 82 - 0265 84
- - - 0265 75 - 0265 75

3P
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99
- - - 0262 83 - 0262 83

DPX 1600
- - - 0265 83 - 0265 85
- - - 0265 75 - 0265 75

4P
- - - 0263 99 - 0263 99
- - - 0262 83 - 0262 83
+
+
+ + + + + +
+
+
+ + + +
+
+
+
+
+ + + +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
94
1 inch = 25.4 mm
70
7
1
0
3
M4
8 74
62.5
0.8/2 358.5 max.
173.5 min.
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules mounted
side by side
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules mounted
underneath
Direct rotary handle
Rotary handle-vary-depth on door
Mounting with flexible seal
Fixed version, rear terminals
Direct rotary handle
Rotary handle-vary-depth on door
Mounting with flexible seal
4
8
9
5
1
5
0
4
5
90 120
30 30 30 30 30
97
74 8
1
5
0

4
5

30
M4
23
90
97
23 8
74 8
18 max.
1
5
0

4
5

120
45
30
8
0
30
75.5
15
35
1.5 max.
60
3
8
.
5
1
1
.
2
5
1
1
5
8 74 48
M4
62.5
0.8/2
1
1
5
8 74 358.5 max.
141.5 min.
M4 5 70
DPX
TM
125 DPX
TM
160
95
1 inch = 25.4 mm
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules mounted
side by side
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules mounted
underneath
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules mounted
underneath
Rotary handles
Rotary handle-vari-depth on door
Mounting with flexible seal
30 30
120
90
1
4
5
1
7
6
1
1
5
3
8
.
5
4
5
5
3
.
5
6
9
M
4
1
0

m
a
x 30
8 18 Ø max
18
30 30 30
45
74
97
18 11.5
1.6
20 max
9
1
.
5
18
18
1.6
74
97
11.5
8 Ø 18 max 120
30 30 30
30 30 30
45 20 max
2
3
7
6
7
.
8
5
2
.
8
6
2
.
7
4
5
M

4
1
0

m
a
x
1
0

m
a
x
4
5
8
3
.
3
2
6
7
2
9
8
1
0
7
.
7
250 A
2
5
9
4
100
50
58 40
2.5 max.
62.5
18.5
132
105 0.8/2 348 max.
131 min.
DPX
TM
250 ER DPX
TM
250
Rotary handle-vary-depth on door
Mounting flexible seal
62.5
0.8/2
1
1
5
8 74 358.5 max.
141.5 min.
M4 5 70
96
1 inch = 25.4 mm
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage modules
mounted underneath
DPX
TM
630
4
7
9
4
100
50
58 40
2.5 max.
Rotary handles
Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on door
Mounting with flexible seal
18.5
132
62.5
105
0.8/2 348 max.
131 min.
(1)
21.75
43.5
97
1 inch = 25.4 mm
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
X
Y
210
= =
50
70
= =
1
5
1
3
2
0
70 70
Y
280
35
1
2
6
2
7
0
70 70 70
140
20
5
13 m in.
8
2,5ma x .
M 8
7
X
140
2
7
8
12,5
2
5
m
a
x
.
2 9
A
1
3
0
Y
8 8
2
0
Y
8 8 2
0
9
4
100
=
=
A
630/800 193.6
1250 212.5
DPX
TM
1250
Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on door
Mounting with flexible seal
27
132
62.5
140
0.8/2
359.5 max.
142.5 min.
(1)
Visit us at
www.legrand.co.in
www.legrand.co.in
98
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Direct on DPX rotary handles
■ Dimensions
Fixed version, front terminals
DPX
TM
1600
Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on door
Mounting with flexible seal
27
132
62.5
140
0.8/2
359.5 max.
142.5 min.
(1)
99
1 inch = 25.4 mm
DPX
TM
MCCBs
Spreader Link
■ Dimensions
DPX 125 (FP)
DPX 125 (TP)
1
2
0
1
6
0
.
6
4
0
.
6
29
74
97
25.4
75.6
25.4
5
5
20 20 20
129.6
8
.
6
34.8
1
2
0
1
6
0
.
6
4
0
.
6
29
74
97
25.4
101
25.4
5
5
155
20 20 20 20 25
8
.
6
DPX 160 (TP)
74
97
23
4
5
.
5
1
9
5
.
5
1
5
0
25
90
30 30
25
145
35 25
6
5
Ø
1
0
.
6
74
23
4
5
.
5
1
9
5
.
5
1
5
0
25
120
30 30 30
25
175
25 25 25
6
5
Ø
1
0
.
6
97
DPX 160 (FP)
138.5
105
27
5
6
.
7
5
2
5
6
.
7
5
2
0
0
30 30 42.5 30
8
0
Ø
1
3
175
35 35
105
DPX 250 (TP)
138.5
105
27
5
6
.
7
5
2
5
6
.
7
5
2
0
0
30 30 30 30 30
8
0
Ø
1
3
210
35 35
140
35
DPX 250 (FP)
1
4
0
4
3
.
5
260
20
3
8
3
8
3
8
4
5
.
3
2
0
4
.
6
36
95
115
1
7
12.5
339
4
3
.
5
DPX 630 (TP)

1
8
3
4
3
.
5
260
20
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
8
3
2
2
4
8
36
95
115
1
7
12.5
339
4
3
.
5
4
3
.
5
DPX 630 (FP)
DPX 250 ER (FP)
97
74
18
30 30
30 30 30
120
30 30
8
0
Ø
1
3
25
195
2
3
0
.
5
5
4
.
5
1
7
6
DPX 250 ER (TP)
5
4
.
5
2
3
0
.
5
1
7
6
74
97
18
30
30 30
90
30 30 37.5
165
8
0
Ø
1
3
100
■ Dimensions
Residual current relay cat. no. 0260 88
Coils cat. nos. 0260 92/93/94/95/96
Coils cat. no. 0260 97
Cat. no. 0260 98
Cat. nos. A B C D E H L M
0260 92 35 75 85 42 92 36 43 56
0260 93 80 108 132 67 125 36 65 56
0260 95 140 177 206 104 200 36 102 56
0260 96 210 270 295 150 290 44 145 64
0260 97 150 225 259 133 245 275 95 113
B
A
M
D
L
C
34 45
79 E
H
17 18 19
Reset Test
On
Delay
(s)
Trip
60
40
20
6 5 4
21 20 3 2 1
60
35
44 6
3
5
4
5
9
0
8
8
DPX
TM
residual current relay
coils for DPX
140
52,5
Y
X
1
2
2
9
1
1
4
2
2
0
0
Y
Y
100
105
Y
X
1
7
0
1
5
17
105
185
239 max.
207
9
4
■ Dimensions
DPX 250
70
183
Y
Y
X
2
6
0
Y
1
4
2
9
1
137
140
100
Y
2
0
M
5
2
2
0
9
4
17
210
185
105
255 max.
DPX 630
DPX
TM
motor operators
1 inch = 25.4 mm
101
DPX
TM
motor operators
DPX 1250 - 1600 - with 0261 27 motor
DPX 1250 - 1600 - factory assembled with 0261 23 motor
210
0
2
3
1
5
1
105
260
105
100
204
1
5
2
4
1
140
220
303 max.
4
9
1
0
0
2
1
8
3
2
0
1
5
1
X X
Y
280(4P)
210(3P)
105 210
140 70 160
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Zucchini™ Busbar
Trunking System
Zucchini™
for product enquires and prices please contact Legrand
personnel
A Comprehensive Range
discover more on : www.zucchinispa.it
Office Factory Warehouse
Super Compact (630A - 5000A)
- Sondwich lype conslruclion
- íP 5ó proleclion
- Top off boxes ol eoch 1ml inlervol
- lluminium & copper busbors
High Power (1000A - 5000A)
- lir insuloled lype conslruclion
- íP 3O/31 proleclion
- Top off boxes ol eoch 1ml inlervol
- lluminium & copper busbors
Medium Power (63A - 1000A)
- Riser moins opplicolion
- íP /O, íP 52, íP 55 proleclion
- Top off unils ol eoch 1ml inlervol
- lluminium & copper busbors
Low Power (25A, 40A, 63A)
- Lighling buswoy
- 2, / & ó pole
- íP 55 proleclion
- Top off unils ol eoch O.5ml inlervol
- 0opper busbors
102 I GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places where
even a small delay in supply could result huge losses. The DPX range of
MCCBs can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer Switch at places that
require instant power switching. When connected with the electronic control
box (line changeover unit) it gives you the flexibility to manage that automatic
changeover between two supply lines effectively with remote controls.
Automatic transfer
switch DPX
When the changeover is made automatically
using motorised MCCB & Electronic Control
Box.
When an operator organises the changeover
from a remote location using motorised
MCCBs and push button.
AUTOMAT I C
Manual - When an operator manually
performs the changeover
NON-AUTOMAT I C
103
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
■ Technical data
Handling continuity problems efficiently
Maintaining continuity of supply becomes crucial especially at places
where even a small delay in supply could result in huge losses. The
DPX range of MCCBs can be efficiently used as an Automatic Transfer
Switch at places that require instant power switching. When connected
with the electronic control box (line changeover unit) it gives you the
flexibility to manage the automatic changeover between two supply
lines effectively with remote controls.
■ Line changeover systems
Automatic line changeover
Automatic line changeover is the most advanced
and flexible solution. This system is carried out by combining the
components used for the electrically controlled line changeover with
the electronic control box. This device allows to manage the automatic
changeover between two supply sources with simple programming
while safety requirements are never compromised.
Motorised controlled line changeover
The electrically controlled line
changeover may be carried out by
using interlocked DPX circuit breakers
equipped with remote controls.
Manual line changeover
The standard installation may be carried out by using manually
operated DPX circuit breakers in fixed version, combined with
mechanical interlocks. The mechanical interlock between DPX circuit
breakers consists of a support plate on which two circuit breakers are
arranged side-by-side. For particular versions
(plug-in or draw-out version between two or more circuit breakers),
special interlocks with factory pre-setting are available against order.
6253 85
Pack Cat. nos. Ready-to-install ATS with FP MCCBs
1 6253 81 250A, T/M, 36kA
1 6253 82 250A, T/M, 70kA
1 6253 83 250A, Microprocessor
'S1', 70kA
1 6253 84 630A, T/M, 36kA
1 6253 85 630A, T/M, 70kA
1 6253 87 630A, Microprocessor
'S1', 36kA
1 6253 88 630A, Microprocessor
'S1', 70kA
1 6253 89 630A, Microprocessor
'S2', 36kA
1 6253 90 630A, Microprocessor
'S2', 70kA
1 6253 91 630A, Microprocessor
'Sg', 36kA
1 6253 92 630A, Microprocessor
'Sg', 70kA
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
104
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
Cat. nos. Type Breaking Primary Secondary
cap MCCB MCCB
DPX 250 6253 81 Thermal - 36kA 0253 49 0253 49
ATS magnetic
250 Amps
6253 82 Thermal - 70kA 0253 73 0253 73
magnetic
250 Amps
6253 83 Micropro- 70kA 0254 23 0254 23
cessor
250 Amps
Cat. nos. Type Breaking Primary Secondary
cap MCCB MCCB
DPX 630 6253 84 Thermal - 36kA 0255 40 0255 40
ATS magnetic
630 Amps
6253 85 Thermal - 70kA 0255 60 0255 60
magnetic
630 Amps
6253 87 Micropro- 36kA 0256 07 0256 07
cessor S1
630 Amps
6253 88 Micropro- 70kA 0256 15 0256 15
cessor S1
630 Amps
6253 89 Micropro- 36kA 0256 32 0256 32
cessor S2
630 Amps
6253 90 Micropro- 70kA 0256 40 0256 40
cessor S2
630 Amps
6253 91 Micropro- 36kA 0256 57 0256 57
cessor Sg
630 Amps
6253 92 Micropro- 70kA 0256 65 0256 65
cessor Sg
630 Amps
Note : Arrangement to supply the recommended voltage to the electronic control box should
be made in the panel.
■ Ready to Install ATS
Yet, it is able to perform a large number of functions such as :
º Quiok aoquisition oí voltago lovols
º Eííootivo valuo oí lino voltago onook
º Solootion oí oporating modo (auto/man/tost/oíí)
º Solootion oí voltago tnrosnolds
º Solootion oí onangoovor timo
º Display oí solootod paramotors (voltago and timo)
º Alarm display
º Starting signal to DG, oan bo givon, in oaso oí primary souroo íailuro
º Manual onangoovor lino 1/ lino 2
º Lookout oí simultanoous switoning ovor botwoon linos
º Diagnostio tost
■ Technical characteristics
º Sotting oí voltago tnrosnolds on main and sooondary lino to onook
botwoon 0.7 and 1Uo (280 - 400 v AC)
º Two modols, doponding on tno supply voltagos -230 v AC, 24 v DC
º Cnangoovor timo írom main lino to sooondary lino 0.5 to 30 s
º Main lino rosotting timo 4 s
º 3-digit data display
º LED - signalling tno oporating stato
º Outgoing rolay onangoovor oontaots rating (lino oirouit broakors
oontrol) 16 A 230 v in AC
º Alarm oontaot rating - 5 A 230 v in AC
º Extornal oonnootions witn íloxiblo oablo max. 2.5 mm
2
º Oporating tomporaturo : 0 to 60
0
C
º Solí-oxtinguisning polyoarbonato oasing witn soalablo transparont
shield
º Front dogroo oí protootion íP 41 witnout sniold, íP 54 witn sniold
º Flusn-mounting vorsion (144 x 144 mm)
Standard mechanical interlocks
All fixed version DPX circuit
broakors witn íront or roar
terminals, except DPX 125 circuit
broakors, may bo oquippod witn
standard mechanical interlock.
Tnoy may bo oquippod witn romoto
oontrols or witn rotary nandlos.
Selection
Cat. nos. Description
0261 93 Electronic Control Box - Standard
0261 94 Electronic Control Box - Advanced
0264 01 Moonanioal intorlook íor two DPX 160 oirouit broakors
0264 02 Moonanioal intorlook íor two DPX 250 EP oirouit broakors
0264 08 Moonanioal intorlook íor two DPX 250 oirouit broakors
0264 09 Moonanioal intorlook íor two DPX 630 oirouit broakors
0264 10 Moonanioal intorlook íor two DPX 1250 or DPX 1600
oirouit broakors (íaotory assomblod only)
Standard manual changeover
switches
General characteristics
Tno manual onangoovor switonos
consist of separate parts that have to be
assembled by the user or that may be
factory assembled.
The changeover set for DPX circuit
breakers consists of support plates
oquippod witn a rooking moonanioal
intorlook on wnion tno oirouit broakors in tnoir diííoront vorsions aro
fixed.
■ Electronic control box
General characteristics
Elootronio Control Box allows to manago tno
automatio onangoovor botwoon two supply linos witn
maximum flexibility.
Tno olootronio dovioo witn mioroprooossor is vory
compact
(144 x 144 mm).
105
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
Mechanical interlock
2 DPX 160 circuit breakers
Mechanical interlock
2 DPX 160 circuit breakers with remote control
■ Dimensions
Electronic control box
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
106
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
2 DPX 250 circuit breakers with remote control
DPX 250 ready to install ATS
2 DPX 250 ER circuit breakers
2 DPX 250 circuit breakers
140
105
52.5
1
7
3
.
5
1
0
8
.
7
5
2
0
0
35
101.5 162
47
30
105
2
0
0
2
0
0
1
5
7
330
3
0
0
1
7
2
1
7
3
.
5
1
0
8
.
7
5
1
7
0
70 70
11.5
70 80
1
0
1
0
7
35 35 35 35
1
2
2
■ Dimensions
5
6
0
5
3
0
2
7
0
66 140 140
3
0
0
330
225
550
50
278.5
M
C
B
C1
319
N R Y B
N R Y B
LE
G
R
A
N
D
24 P
IN
C
O
N
N
E
C
TO
R
N R Y B
225 50 554
72
1
5
7
1
5
0
4
0
4
5
2
4
.
5
3
0
50
50 225 225
320 57
2
7
0
1
0
0
2
2
2
5
6
0
5
3
0
550
7
5
4
0
7
0
3
7
5
0
4
1
8
3
1
7
7
1
3
0
127
58.5
66
25
9
2
.
5
65 72
D
IA
9
1
0
N
O
S
D
IA
1
1
6
N
O
S
D
IA
2
1
4
N
O
S
80 80 65
22
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
107
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Note : For all details on installation, please refer to the detailed instruction catalogue.
2 DPX 630 circuit breakers
2 DPX 630 circuit breakers with remote control
2 DPX 1250 or 2 DPX 1600 circuit breakers with remote control (factory assembled)
DPX
TM
automatic transfer switch
DPX 630 Ready to Install ATS
5
6
0
5
3
0
63 183 183
3
6
0
225
600
400 50
278.5
M
C
B
C1
335
N R Y B
N R Y B
LE
G
R
A
N
D
24 P
IN
C
O
N
N
E
C
TO
R
N R Y B
225 75
604
72
1
5
7
1
5
0
4
0
4
5
32
2
4
.
5
3
0
50
75 225 225
400 52
3
3
0
1
0
0
2
5
6
5
6
0
5
3
0
7
5
4
0
7
0
3
7
5
0
4
1
8
3
1
7
7
1
3
0
102
58.5
66
25
80 92
3
5
DIA 9
10 NOS
D
IA
11
6 N
O
S
D
IA
2
1
4
N
O
S
80 80 80
12
108
P. 122
Type AC -
DP and FP
RCCBs
P. 132
Mounting and
finishing accessories
for Lexic
P. 112
SP and SPN
AC MCBs
P. 145
MicroRex analogue
time switches
P. 116-121
MCBs and
Isolators
P. 171-173
Loadster MCBs
& Isolators
P. 163
Remote control
dimmers
Lexic :
Protection,
isolation,
control,
signalling and
metering
Technical data
Loadster MCBs
Protection
Solutions
with Lexic
TM
109
P. 114
Lexic
railway MCBs
P. 114
DC MCBs
P. 113
TPN, FP
AC MCBs and
Isolators
P. 125
Type AC and type
Hpi SPN RCBOs
P. 132
Auxiliaries for
MCBs, Isolators,
RCBOs and RCCBs
P. 144
MaxiRex analogue
time switches and
accessories
P. 145
EconoRex
analogue time
switches and
accessories
P. 124
Type AC - DP and
FP RCBOs
P. 123
Type A-S and type
Hpi DP and FP
RCCBs
P. 136
Motor protection
circuit breakers
and accessories
P. 146-147
AstroRex &
AlphaRex
digital time switch
P. 156
Rex time lag switch
P. 158
Multifunctional
time delay relay
P. 161
Power
contactors and
accessories
P. 164
Push buttons and
control switches
and accessories
P. 165
Indicators
P. 165-166
Ammeters,
voltmeters,
CTs and selector
switches
P. 133-135
Auxiliaries for MCBs
Isolators and RCDs
P. 149-155
Rex time
switches
P. 170
MCBs, RCDs,
Isolators and
other modular
DIN rail devices
P. 128-131
RCDs
P. 112
DP and TP
AC MCBs
P. 164
Changeover
switches
P. 139-140
Voltage surge
protectors and
accessories
110
Large Cable
Terminals
Bi-connect
Terminals
IP 20 Protection
Transparent
Label Holder
2 - Position Dolly
MODUL AR LEXI C RANGE
Protection & Isolation
Metering
INDICATOR
MPCB
VOLTAGE SURGE
PROTECTOR
Controlling
TIME-LAG
SWITCH
TIME DELAY
RELAY POWER CONTACTOR
ANALOGUE
TIME SWITCH
DIGITAL ASTROREX
TIME SWITCH
DIGITAL ALPHAREX
TIME SWITCH
RCD
COMMAND
AUXILIARY
ANALOGUE ENERGY
METER SELECTOR SWITCH
MCB ISOLATOR
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 111
LEXIC
Safe, simple and
flexible
Lexic combines the latest technology with
aesthetics and flexibility to design modular
concepts for protection, isolation, controlling,
signalling and metering.
2 Dual position
Din Rail Clamps
Fully Insulated
Safety Shutters
Air Circulation
Combined Screws
2 Type of Busbars
Signalling
REMOTE CONTROL
DIMMER
CHANGEOVER
SWITCH
SIGNALLING
AUXILIARY
PUSH BUTTON
CONTROL SWITCH
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 112
Lexic
thermal magnetic MCBs up to 125 A
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 115-121)
10 kA ISI marked as per IS / IEC 60898-1 : 2002 (0.5-63A)
15 kA conforming to IEC 60947 upto 25 A rating
Integrated label holder
Biconnect upper and lower terminals
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Air channel for low temperature rise
Clip on auxiliaries
10kA as per IEC 60898 (80-125A)
6032 31 6032 51 6032 67 0064 76
Pack Cat. nos. Double pole 415 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6032 58 0.5 2
1/5/60 6032 59 1 2
1/5/60 6032 60 1.6 2
1/5/60 6032 61 2 2
1/5/60 6032 62 3 2
1/5/60 6032 63 4 2
1/5/60 6049 61 6032 65 6 2
1/5/60 6049 62 6032 67 10 2
1/5/60 6049 63 6032 68 16 2
1/5/60 6049 64 6032 69 20 2
1/5/60 6049 65 6032 70 25 2
1/5/60 6049 66 6032 71 32 2
1/5/60 6049 67 6032 72 40 2
1/5/60 6049 68 6032 73 50 2
1/5/60 6049 69 6032 74 63 2
1/40 0064 75 80 3
1/40 0064 76 100 3
1/40 0064 77 125 3
Triple pole 415 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/40 6032 75 0.5 3
1/40 6032 76 1 3
1/40 6032 77 1.6 3
1/40 6032 78 2 3
1/40 6032 79 3 3
1/40 6032 80 4 3
1/40 6049 71 6032 82 6 3
1/40 6049 72 6032 84 10 3
1/40 6049 73 6032 85 16 3
1/40 6049 74 6032 86 20 3
1/40 6049 75 6032 87 25 3
1/40 6049 76 6032 88 32 3
1/40 6049 77 6032 89 40 3
1/40 6049 78 6032 90 50 3
1/40 6049 79 6032 91 63 3
1/9 0064 95 80 4.5
1/9 0064 96 100 4.5
1/9 0064 97 125 4.5
Pack Cat. nos. Single pole 240 / 415 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/10/120 6032 24 0.5 1
1/10/120 6032 25 1 1
1/10/120 6032 26 1.6 1
1/10/120 6032 27 2 1
1/10/120 6032 28 3 1
1/10/120 6032 29 4 1
1/10/120 6049 51 6032 31 6 1
1/10/120 6049 52 6032 33 10 1
1/10/120 6049 53 6032 34 16 1
1/10/120 6049 54 6032 35 20 1
1/10/120 6049 55 6032 36 25 1
1/10/120 6049 56 6032 37 32 1
1/10/120 6049 57 6032 38 40 1
1/10/120 6049 58 6032 39 50 1
1/10/120 6049 59 6032 40 63 1
1/5/160 0063 83 80 1.5
1/5/160 0063 84 100 1.5
1/5/160 0063 85 125 1.5
Single pole + Neutral 240 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6032 41 0.5 2
1/5/60 6032 42 1 2
1/5/60 6032 43 1.6 2
1/5/60 6032 44 2 2
1/5/60 6032 45 3 2
1/5/60 6032 46 4 2
1/5/60 6032 48 6 2
1/5/60 6032 50 10 2
1/5/60 6032 51 16 2
1/5/60 6032 52 20 2
1/5/60 6032 53 25 2
1/5/60 6032 54 32 2
1/5/60 6032 55 40 2
1/5/60 6032 56 50 2
1/5/60 6032 57 63 2
Common auxiliaries (p. 132)
6032 85
For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs of 32 A and
above, use of entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs of 32 A and
above, use of entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 113
Lexic
thermal magnetic MCBs up to 63 A
Lexic
Isolators up to 80 A
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 115-121)
10 kA ISI marked as per IS / IEC 60898-1 : 2002
15 kA conforming to IEC 60947 upto 25 A rating
Integrated label holder
Biconnect upper and lower terminals
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Air channel for low temperature rise
Clip on auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. Triple pole + Neutral 415 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/32 6032 92 0.5 4
1/32 6032 93 1 4
1/32 6032 94 1.6 4
1/32 6032 95 2 4
1/32 6032 96 3 4
1/32 6032 97 4 4
1/32 6032 99 6 4
1/32 6033 01 10 4
1/32 6033 02 16 4
1/32 6033 03 20 4
1/32 6033 04 25 4
1/32 6033 05 32 4
1/32 6033 06 40 4
1/32 6033 07 50 4
1/32 6033 08 63 4
Four pole 415 VA
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/32 6033 09 0.5 4
1/32 6033 10 1 4
1/32 6033 11 1.6 4
1/32 6033 12 2 4
1/32 6033 13 3 4
1/32 6033 14 4 4
1/32 6049 81 6033 16 6 4
1/32 6049 82 6033 18 10 4
1/32 6049 83 6033 19 16 4
1/32 6049 84 6033 20 20 4
1/32 6049 85 6033 21 25 4
1/32 6049 86 6033 22 32 4
1/32 6049 87 6033 23 40 4
1/32 6049 88 6033 24 50 4
1/32 6049 89 6033 25 63 4
1/9 0065 70 80 6
1/9 0065 71 100 6
1/9 0065 72 125 6
Conforms to IS 13947-3 (IEC 60947-3)
Integrated label holder
Biconnect upper and lower terminals
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Clip on auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. Double pole 415 VA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6040 01 32 2
1/5/60 6040 02 40 2
1/5/60 6040 03 63 2
1/5/60 6040 05 100 2
Triple pole 415 VA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/40 6040 07 32 3
1/40 6040 08 40 3
1/40 6040 09 63 3
1/40 6040 11 100 3
1/40 6040 12 125 3
Four pole 415 VA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/32 6040 13 32 4
1/32 6040 14 40 4
1/32 6040 15 63 4
1/32 6040 17 100 4
1/32 6040 18 125 4
6033 04 6033 22 6040 03 6040 08 6040 16
For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs and Isolators
of 32 A and above, use of entry terminal 6034 48 is
mandatory.
For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs and Isolators
of 32 A and above, use of entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products 114
Lexic
MCBs for DC applications up to 63 A and
railway MCBs
Lexic
DC MCBs
6033 55 6033 67
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 115-121 )
6 kA as per IS 13947 - 2 (IEC 60947 - 2)
Integrated label holder
Bi-connect upper and lower terminal
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Air channel for low temperature rise
Clip on auxiliaries
■ Technical data
Correct polarity connections for DC MCBs
ª SuppIy terminaIs
When supply is given at lower terminals
Single pole MCB Double pole MCB
ª SuppIy terminaIs
When supply is given at upper terminals
Single pole MCB Double pole MCB
Pack Cat. nos. Single pole 250 V=
C Nominal rating Number of
curve (A) 17.5 mm modu les
1/10/120 6033 26 0.5 1
1/10/120 6033 27 1 1
1/10/120 6033 28 1.6 1
1/10/120 6033 29 2 1
1/10/120 6033 30 3 1
1/10/120 6033 31 4 1
1/10/120 6033 33 6 1
1/10/120 6033 35 10 1
1/10/120 6033 36 16 1
1/10/120 6033 37 20 1
1/10/120 6033 38 25 1
1/10/120 6033 39 32 1
1/10/120 6033 40 40 1
1/10/120 6033 41 50 1
1/10/120 6033 42 63 1
Double pole 250 V=
D C Nominal rating Number of
curve curve (A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6033 43 0.5 2
1/5/60 6033 44 1 2
1/5/60 6033 45 1.6 2
1/5/60 6033 46 2 2
1/5/60 6033 47 3 2
1/5/60 6033 48 4 2
1/5/60 6033 50 6 2
1/5/60 6033 52 10 2
1/5/60 6033 53 16 2
1/5/60 6033 54 20 2
1/5/60 6033 55 25 2
1/5/60 6033 56 32 2
1/5/60 6033 57 40 2
1/5/60 6033 58 50 2
1/5/60 6033 59 63 2
Railway MCBs single pole 130 V=
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/40 6033 60 0.5 1
1/40 6033 61 1.0 1
1/40 6033 63 1.6 1
1/40 6033 64 2.5 1
1/40 6033 65 3.0 1
1/40 6033 66 4.0 1
1/40 6033 67 5.0 1
1/40 6033 68 10 1
1/40 6033 69 15 1
1/40 6033 70 20 1
1/40 6033 71 25 1
1/40 6033 72 30 1
1/40 6033 73 35 1
1/40 6033 74 40 1
1/40 6033 75 50 1
1/40 6033 76 60 1

For terminating aluminium cables in MCBs of 32 A and
above, use of entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
NEW
115
Lexic MCB
cross sectional view of Lexic AC MCB
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
1 Combihead terminal screw
2 Solenoid
3 Label holder
4 Large two position dolly
5 Fixed contact
6 Bus bar terminal
7 Two position DIN rail clamp
8 Arc chute
9 Arc runner
A Gas chamber
B Moving contact
C Bimetallic strip
D `35 mm
2
box terminal
116
Lexic
AC MCBs and Isolators
Specification IS / IEC 60898-1 : 2002
Number of poles SP, DP, TP, FP, SPN and TPN
Characteristic C and D
Breaking capacity 10 kA - 0.5 A to 125 A
IS / IEC 60898-1 : 2002
15 kA - 0.5 A to 25 A
10 kA - 32 A to 63 A
12.5 kA - 80 A to 125 A
As per IS 13947 - 2 (IEC 60947 - 2)
Rated voltage 240 / 415 V AC
Current limitation class 3 as per EN 60898, IEC 60898
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Minimum operating voltage 12 V AC
Enclosure Moulded self-extinguishing thermo set
plastic in light bone grey colour.
Mounting position Optional
Fixing Snap fixing on standard DIN rail
profile - 35 x 7.5
Surface mounting with two screws
Maximum cable size Top/Bottom - 0.5 to 63A - 1 to 35 mm
2
for rigid cable - 80 to 125A - 1 to 70 mm
2
Top/Bottom - 0.5 to 63A - 1 to 25 mm
2

for flexible standard cable - 80 to 125A - 1 to 50 mm
2
Applied connection torque 2.5 Nm
Mechanical endurance 10,000 operation
Electrical endurance 10,000 operation
(cos Ø = 0.85 to 0.9)
Permissible ambient temp. 0.5 to 63A - Maximum + 55
0
C Minimum - 5
0
C
80 to 125A Maximum + 75
0
C Minimum - 25
0
C
Note : Lexic AC MCBs are also suitable for DC operations
0.5 to 63A-60 V DC, Breaking capacity 1kA,
80 to 125A-80 V DC, Breaking capacity 4kA,
Derating according to ambient temperature
In at 30
0
C Ambient temperature
0° C 10° C 20° c 30° C 40° C 50° C 60° C
0.5 0.55 0.53 0.51 0.5 0.48 0.46 0.45
1 1.1 1.07 1.03 1 0.97 0.93 0.9
1.6 1.8 1.7 1.65 1.6 1.55 1.49 1.44
2 2.2 2.1 2.06 2 1.94 1.86 1.8
3 3.3 3.2 3.1 3 2.9 2.8 2.6
4 4.4 4.28 4.12 4 3.88 3.72 3.6
6 6.6 6.4 6.2 6 5.8 5.5 5.4
10 11 10.7 10.3 10 9.7 9.3 9
16 18 17.3 16.6 16 15.4 14.7 14.1
20 22.4 21.6 20.8 20 19.2 18.4 17.6
25 28.3 27.2 26 25 24 22.7 21.7
32 36.2 34.9 33.3 32 30.7 29.1 27.8
40 46 44 42 40 38 36 34
50 57.5 55 52.5 50 47.5 45 42.5
63 73.1 69.9 66.1 63 59.8 56.1 52.9
80 92 88 84 80 76 72 69
100 114 110 105 100 95 90 86
125 141 137 131 125 119 113 108
Power dissipated in Watt per pole at In
In A 0.5 1 1.6 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Type C 1.2 1.53 1.85 1.98 2.4 3.1 4 4.5 5.5 8.5 10 15.6
Type D 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.5 1.2 1.53 1.85 1.98 2.4 3.1 4 4.5 5.5
Permitted 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3.5 4.5 4.5 6 7.5 9 13
limit as per
IEC 60898
■ Technical data Choice of Lexic MCBs for capacitor banks
This table shows the rated current of Lexic MCBs to be used when
controlling capacitor banks so as to guarantee its function and
shortcircuit protection.
Overload protection is not necessary since these installations cannot
be overloaded.
This data refers to shortcircuit protection in absence of harmonics or
heavy transitory currents.
Lexic MCB rating in amps
C characteristic D characteristic
Power of capacitor Single phase Three phase Single phase Three phase
bank in KVAR 240 V 415 V 240 V 415 V
0.5 10 6 3 1
1 20 6 6 2
1.5 32 10 10 3
2.5 40 16 10 4
3 50 16 16 4
3.5 63 20 16 6
4 63 25 16 6
4.5 … 25 20 10
5 … 32 20 10
5.5 … 32 25 10
6 … 32 25 10
6.5 … 40 25 10
7 … 40 32 10
7.5 … 50 32 16
8 … 50 32 16
8.5 … 50 40 16
9 … 50 40 16
9.5 … 63 40 16
10 63 40 16
10.5 80 63 60 16
11 80 50 16
11.5 80 50 16
12 80 50 20
12.5 80 50 20
13 100 … 63 20
13.5 100 … 63 20
14 100 … 63 20
14.5 100 … 63 25
15 100 … 63 25
15.5 100 … 25
16 100 … 25
16.5 125 … … 25
17 125 … … 25
17.5 125 … … 25
18 125 … … 32
18.5 125 … … 32
19 125 … … 32
19.5 125 … … 32
20 125 … … 32
20.5 … … … 32
21 … … … 32
21.5 … … … 32
22 … … … 32
22.5 … … … 32
23 … … … 32
23.5 … … … 40
24 … … … 40
24.5 … … … 40
25 … … … 40
25.5 … … … 40
26 … … … 40
26.5 … … … 40
27 … … … 40
27.5 … … … 40
28 … … … 40
28.5 … … … 40
29 … … … 50
29.5 … … … 50
30 … … … 50
30.5 … 80 … 50
31 … 80 … 50
31.5 … 80 … 50
32 … 80 … 50
32.5 … 80 … 50
33 … 80 … 50
33.5 … 80 … 50
34 … 80 … 50
34.5 … 80 … 50
35 … 80 … 50
35.5 … 80 … 50
36 … 80 … 50
36.5 … 80 … 63
37 … 80 … 63
37.5 … 80 … 63
38 … 80 … 63
38.5 … 80 … 63
39 … 100 … 63
39.5 … 100 … 63
40 … 100 … 63
40.5 … 100 … 63
41 … 100 … 63
41.5 … 100 … 63
42 … 100 … 63
42.5 … 100 … 63
43 … 100 … 63
43.5 … 100 … 63
44 … 100 … 63
44.5 … 100 … 63
45 … 100 … 63
45.5 to 48 … 100 … …
48.5 to 60 … 125 … …
Specification As per IS 13947-3 and IEC 60947-3
Rating and no. of poles DP - 32, 40, 63
TP - 32, 40, 63, 80
FP - 32, 40, 63, 80
Rated operational voltage and frequency 415 V, 50/60 Hz
Utilization category AC 22 (for resistive & moderate inductive load)
Insulation voltage Ui 660 V AC
Impulse voltage Uimp 6 kV (1.2 / 50 μ s surge)
Short time with stand capacity Icw = 1000 A for 0.3 second
Short circuit making capacity Im 1000 A
Endurance Electrical - 10000 operation (cos Ø 0.85 to .09 lag)
Mechanical - 10000 operation
Terminals Top - 1 to 35 mm
2
copper / aluminium
rigid cable, biconnect terminal, 14 mm
deep terminal shutter
Bottom - 1 to 35 mm
2
copper / aluminium
rigid cable, biconnect terminal, 14 mm
deep with terminal shutter
■ Lexic Isolators
Specification IS 13947-2 ; IEC 60947-2
No. of poles SP And DP
Breaking capacity 6 kA at 250 V DC
As per IS 13947-2 ; IEC 60947-2
Rated Voltage 250 V DC
Minimum Operating Voltage 12 V DC
Permissible ambient temperature - 5
0
C to + 55
0
C
■ Lexic DC MCBs
117
Lexic
AC MCBs
Time current characteristics for C curve
Time current characteristics for D curve
■ Technical data
Multiple of rated current
Multiple of rated current
Rating - 0.5 to 63A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30
0
C
Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1
Rating - 6 to 63A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30
0
C
Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1
Lexic MCB Type Im1 Im2 Typical application
0.5 A to 63 A D 10 In 20 In Protection of cable and appliance which
has very high starting currents.
6 A to 125 A C 5 In 10 In Protection of cable used for lighting load,
power load and induction loads with high
starting current.
lm1 - hold limit
lm2 - Trip limit
Tripping characteristics
Standards has established different tripping characteristics depending
on minimum and maximum values of magnetic trip.
Current limiting Lexic MCB Zero point extinguishing MCB
Lexic MCBs versus zero point extinguishing MCBs
Un = Mains Voltage
UB = Arc Voltage
ID = Let-through short circuit current
IP = Prospective short circuit current
Time current characteristics for C curve
Multiple of rated current
Rating - 80A to 125A Ref. calibration Temp. : 30
0
C
Ref. standard : IS / IEC 60898-1
118
Lexic
AC MCBs
■ Technical data
Association of protection devices
Association is the technique by which the breaking capacity of a MCB
is increased by coordinating it with another protection device, placed
upstream. This coordination makes it possible to use a protection
device with a breaking capacity which is lower than the maximum
prospective short-circuit current at its installation point
The breaking capacity of a protection device must be at least equal to
the maximum short-circuit which may occur at the point at which this
device is installed.
In exceptional cases, the breaking capacity may be lower than the
maximum prospective short-circuit, as long as:
º ít is assooiatod witn a dovioo upstroam wnion nas tno nooossary
breaking capacity at its own installation point
º Tno downstroam dovioo and tno trunking boing protootod oan
withstand the power limited by the association of the devices.
Association therefore leads to substantial savings.
The association values given in the tables on the following pages are
based on laboratory tests carried out in accordance with IEC 60947-2.
Note: In the case of single phase circuits (protected by P+N or 2P MCBs) in a 415 V AC
supply, supplied upstream by a 3-phase circuit, it is advisable to use the association tables
for 230 V.
Example of association
3-level association
An association may be created on three levels
if one of the conditions below is met.
v The upstream device A must have an
adequate breaking capacity at its installation
point. Devices B and C are associated with
device A. Simply check that the association
values B + A and C + A have the necessary
breaking capacity.
In this case, there is no need to check the
association between devices B and C.
v The association is made between
successive devices: Upstream device A,
which has an adequate breaking capacity at
its installation point, device C is associated
with device B which is in turn associated with
device A.
Simply check that the association values C+B
and B+A have the necessary breaking
capacity. In this case, there is no need to check
the association between devices A and C.
Association in IT connection systems
The values given in the tables should only be used
for TN and TT systems.
Although this practice is not widely used, these values may also be
used for installations with IT systems. It is therefore advisable to check
that each protection device, on its own, can break, on a single pole,
the maximum double fault current at the point in question.
DPX 250 ER 250 A
Breaking capacity = 50 kA
Lexic MCB 40 A - C curve
Breaking capacity alone = 10 kA
Breaking capacity in association
with DPX 250 ER = 25 kA
Association between distribution boards
Association applies to devices installed
in the same distribution board as well
as in different boards. It is therefore
generally possible to benefit from the
advantages of the association between
devices located, for example, in a main
distribution board and in a secondary
board.
MCB - switch association
The switches must be systematically
protected by an MCB placed upstream.
There is considered to be protection
against overloads if the rating of switch I
is at least equal to that of the upstream
MCB, D. If this is not the case, the
thermal stresses (devices and
conductors) must be checked.
The tables on the following pages give
the breaking capacity limits of the
MCB - switch associations.
Table no 1
Table no 2
Visit us at
www.legrand.co.in
www.legrand.co.in
119
Lexic
AC MCBs
Discrimination of protection devices Current discrimination
The discrimination is total for IscB
When the downstream MCB B is a limiting device, the short-circuit
current is limited in terms of time and amplitude. The discrimination is
therefore total if the limited current IscB, which device B allows to
pass, is lower than the tripping current of device A
Time discrimination
This technique is based on the offset of the times of the tripping
curves of the MCBs in series. It is checked by comparing the curves
and is used for discrimination in the short-circuit zone. It is also used
in addition to current discrimination in order to obtain discrimination
beyond the magnetic setting current of the upstream MCB (ImA).
The following is necessary:
v It must be possible to set a time
delay on the upstream MCB
v The upstream MCB must be able to
withstand the short-circuit current and
its effects for the whole period of the
time delay
v The trunking through which this
current passes must be able to
withstand the thermal stresses (I
2
t).
The non-tripping time of the upstream
device must be longer than the breaking time (including any time
delay) of the downstream device.
DPX MCBs have a number of time delay setting positions for creating
discrimination with a number of stages.
Discrimination is a technique which consists of coordinating the
protection in such a way that a fault on one circuit only trips the
protection placed at the head of that circuit, thus avoiding rendering
the remainder of the installation inoperative. Discrimination improves
continuity of service and safety of the installation
Discrimination rules are set by the regulations concerning public
buildings and for safety installations in general.
Discrimination between A and B is
said to be “total” if it is provided up to
the value of the maximum prospective
short-circuit at the point at which B is
installed.
By extension, in the tables on the
following pages, total discrimination,
indicated by T, means that there is
discrimination up to the breaking
capacity of device B.
Discrimination between A and B is
said to be “partial” in the other cases.
The discrimination limit (given in the following tables) is therefore
defined. This gives the short-circuit current value below which only
MCB B will open and above which MCB A will also open.
There are a number of techniques for providing discrimination:
v Current discrimination, used for terminal circuits which have low
short-circuits.
v Time discrimination, provided by a delay on tripping the upstream
MCB
v Logical discrimination, a variant of time discrimination, used on
electronic MCBs via a special link between the devices.
Since almost all faults occur during
use, partial discrimination may be
adequate if the discrimination limit is
higher than the value of the maximum
short-circuit which may occur at the
point of use (or at the end of the
trunking). This is referred to as
“operating discrimination“. This
technique is very often adequate,
more economical and less restricting
in terms of implementation.
The discrimination limit for the
association DPX 250 ER (160 A) with
Lexic MCB 40 A (C curve) is 6 kA.
Since the prospective ISC at the point
of installation is 8 kA, the
discrimination is not total. However,
there is discrimination at the point of
use at which the prospective short-
circuit is only 3 kA.
Current discrimination
This technique is based on the off set of the intensity of the tripping
curves of the upstream and downstream MCBs. It is checked by
comparing these curves and checking that they do not overlap. It
applies for the overload zone and the short-circuit zone, and the
further apart the ratings of the devices, the better the discrimination.
v On overloads
To have discrimination in the overload zone, the ratio of the setting
currents (Ir) must be at least 2.
v On short-circuits
To have discrimination in the short circuit zone, the ratio of the
magnetic setting currents (Im) must be at least 1.5.
The discrimination limit is then equal to the magnetic release current
ImA of the upstream MCB. The discrimination is then total as long as
IscB is less than ImA.
Current discrimination is therefore very suitable for terminal circuits
where the short-circuits are relatively weak.
In other cases, time discrimination may be used together with current
discrimination.
DPX 250 ER
160 A
Lexic MCB 40 A
120
Lexic
AC MCBs
Association and co-ordination of MCCBs and MCBs (in kA)
In 3 phase networks + N 400/415 V according to IEC 60947-2
Selectivity tables MCBs/MCCBs
upstream fuse
MCBs downstream
Selectivity limits Fuses / MCBs
Lexic
10 kA
C curve
■ Technical data
gG type
32A 40a 50A 63A 80A 100A 125A 160A
0.5 to 6A 1 600 1 900 2 500 4 000 4 600 11 000 25 000 T
8A 1 600 1 900 2 500 4 000 4 600 11 000 25 000 T
10A 1 600 2 200 3 200 3 600 7 000 11 000 20 000
13A 1 600 2 200 3 200 3 600 7 000 11 000 20 000
16A 1 400 1 800 2 600 3 000 5 600 8 000 15 000
20A 1 200 1 500 2 200 2 500 4 600 6 300 10 000
25A 1 300 2 000 2 200 4 100 5 500 8 000
32A 1 200 1 700 1 900 3 500 4 500 7 000
40A 1 700 3 000 4 000 5 000
50A 1 600 2 600 3 500 4 500
63A 2 400 3 300 4 500
80A 3000 6000 8000
100A 4000 5000
125A 4000
T : Total selectivity up to breaking capacity of downstream circuit breaker according to
EN 60947-2
MCCBs upstream
DPX
DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250
MCBs downstream 40 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A
0.5 to 4 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
6 A 6 000 6 000 T T T T T T T T T 6 000 T T T
10 A 5 000 5 000 7 500 7 500 5 000 T T 5 000 T T T 5 000 T T T
13 A 4 000 4 000 6 000 6 000 5 000 T T 5 000 T T T 4 000 T T T
16 A 4 000 4 000 6 000 6 000 4 000 T T 4000 T T T 4 000 T T T
Lexic - 10 kA 20 A 3 000 3 000 5 000 5 000 4 000 8 000 T 4 000 8 000 T T 4 000 8 000 T T
MCB 25 A 3 000 3 000 4 500 4 500 3 000 6 000 8 500 3 000 6 000 8 500 T 3 000 6 000 T T
32 A 2 000 4 000 4 000 2 000 5 000 7 000 2000 5 000 7 000 T 2 000 5 000 T T
40 A 2 000 3 000 3 000 2 000 4 000 6 000 2 000 4 000 6 000 T 2 000 5 000 T T
50 A 3 000 3 000 4 000 5 500 4 000 5 500 7 000 4 000 8 000 T
63 A 3 000 3 000 3 000 5 000 3 000 5 000 6 000 4 000 8 000 T
80 A 2000 2000 5000 2500 5000 6000 3000 8000 T
100A 4000 4000 5000 7500 T
125A 2000 2000 3000 3000 8000
T: total selection, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2
(1) The magnetic threshold of the upstream circuit breaker must be higher than the magnetic threshold of the downstream circuit breaker
MCCBs upstream
DPX-E DPX 125 DPX/ DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L
125 DPX-H 160 250
MCBs downstream 16 to 125A 16 to 125A 25 to 160A 63A 160A 250A 160A 250A 250 to 400A
0.5 to 20 A 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50
32 & 40A 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50
Lexic - 10 kA MCB 50A 16 25 25 36 36 36 36 30 30
63A 16 25 15 25 30 30 30 30 30
80A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
100A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
125A 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
TT or TNS neutral earthing systems :
For a 230 / 400 V supply in order to determine the breaking capacity of a 2 P MCB used as L + N (230 V) downstream a 2 P or 4 P circuit breaker use values indicated in the table for 230/240 V
MCCBs Upstream
DPX-E DPX 125 DPX/ DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L
125 DPX-H 160 630
MCBs downstream 16 to 125A 16 to 125A 25 to 160A 63A 160A 250A 160A 250A 250 to 400A
0.5 to 20 A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
25A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
32A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
40A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20
Lexic - 10 kA MCB 50A 16 25 20 25 20 20 20 15 15
63A 16 25 15 15 15 15 15 15
80A 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
100A 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
125A 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
In 3 phase networks + N 230/240 V according to IEC 60947-2
121
MCBs upstream
Selectivity limits MCB / MCB (average values in Amp.)
■ Selection chart*
Lexic MCBs (10 kA) and RCBOs
3 phase motor application
For MCB/RCBO ratings :
Single phase = P = VI
Three phase = P = 3 VI Cos ϕ = 1.732 x VI x 0.8

Note : One lighting circuit can have upto 800 W or
upto 10 points.
One power circuit can have upto 3000 W or upto 2
power points.
* The data given above is only for guidance.
The exact rating must be selected only after
considering the motor characteristics.
Motor KW MCB rating (A)
H.P. Star Delta DOL
1 0.75 - 1.6 A
1.5 1.10 - 2 A
2 1.50 - 3 A
3 2.25 - 4 A
4 3.00 - 10 A
5 3.75 10 A 10 A
6 4.50 10 A 10 A
7.5 5.50 16 A 16 A
10 7.50 16 A 20 A
12.5 9.30 20 A 25 A
15 11.00 25 A 32 A
17.5 13.00 25 A 32 A
20 15.00 40 A 40 A
25 18.50 40 A 50 A
30 22.50 50 A 63 A
35 26.00 63 A -
MCBs downstream
DPX
DPX/H/L 630 elec. DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L 1250 DPX/H 1600 elec.
250 A 320 A 400A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 500 A 630 A 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 630 A 800 A 1 250 A 1 600 A
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
Lexic
10 kA
Lexic 10 kA
6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A 80A 100A 125A
0.5 to 4A 45 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
2A 45 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
3A 45 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
6A 75 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 480 600 750
10A 120 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
16A 150 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
20A 187 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
25A 240 300 375 472 480 600 750
32A 300 375 472 480 600 750
40A 375 472 480 600 750
50A 472 480 600 750
63A 480 600 750
80A 600 750
100A 750
125A
(1) The MCB downstream must always have a magnetic threshold and a nominal rating inferior to upstream MCBs
DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L DPX/H/L
Electronic 1250 1600
160 & 400 A 630A 500 to 1250A 800 to 1600A
50 50 50 50
50 50 50 50
30 25 25 25
30 25 25 25
25 25 25 16
25 25 25 16
25 25 25 16
DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L DPX/H/L
Electronic 1250 1600
160 & 400 A 630A 500 to 1250A 800 to 1600A
25 25 25 25
25 25 20 20
25 25 15 15
20 20 15 15
15 15 12.5 12.5
15 15 12.5 12.5
20 15 15 12.5
20 15 15 12.5
15 12.5 12.5 12.5
Association of fuses and Lexic MCBs
In 3 phase networks (+ N) 400/415 V according to IEC 60947-2
Fuses upstream
gG type
MCBs downstream
20 to 50 A 63 to 160 A
0.5 A to 40 A 100 100
50 to 63 A - 100
100 A 125 A 160 A
80 A 100 100 100
100 A - 100 100
125 A - - 100
Lexic 10kA
Association of fuses and Lexic MCBs
In 3 phase networks (+ N) 230/240 V according to IEC 60947-2
MCBs downstream
Lexic 10kA
Fuses upstream
gG type
20 to 50 A 63 to 160 A
0.5 A to 40 A 100 100
50 A to 63 A - 100
100 A 125 A 160 A
80 A 100 100 100
100 A 100 100
125 A 100
Lexic 10kA
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 122
Lexic
RCCBs upto 63 A
>>>
LEXIC RCDs
Protection against
earth leakage
RCCB RCBO
0086 08 6021 31
>
Type AC
Sensitive to residual alternating currents
Use : Standard applications
>
Type Hpi
Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments
with disturbances. Detects faults with DC components
Use : Special applications like DG sets, computers,
printers, thyristors, etc.
>
Type A-S
Sensitive to residual alternating currents with DC
components
Delayed trip for discrimination with other RCDs
Use : Special applications like rectifier bridge, etc.
S
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 126-131)
Protection against earth leakage
ISI marked as per IS 12640 (part 1) - 2008
Conforms to IEC 61008-1
Integrated label holder
Bi-connect terminal
35 mm. cage terminals with safety shutters
Clip on auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. Type AC
Double pole 230 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 0086 06 25 2
1/5/60 0086 07 40 2
1/5/60 0086 08 63 2
100 mA
1/5/60 0086 09 25 2
1/5/60 0086 10 40 2
1/5/60 0086 11 63 2
300 mA
1/5/60 0086 12 25 2
1/5/60 0086 13 40 2
1/5/60 0086 14 63 2
Four pole 400 VA
30 mA
1/32 6021 26 25 4
1/32 6021 27 40 4
1/32 6021 28 63 4
100 mA
1/32 6021 29 25 4
1/32 6021 30 40 4
1/32 6021 31 63 4
300 mA
1/32 6021 32 25 4
1/32 6021 33 40 4
1/32 6021 34 63 4
Common auxiliaries (p. 132)











For terminating aluminium cables in RCCBs of 32 A and above, use of
entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Pack Cat. nos. Type A-S
Double pole - 230 VA
300 mA discriminating
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6021 72 63 2
Four pole - 400 VA neutral on right
300 mA discriminating
1/32 6021 67 63 4
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 123
Lexic
RCCBs 63A
Lexic
RCCBs upto 63 A
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 126-131)
Protection against earth leakage
Conform to new standards
IEC 61008-1
Integrated label holder
Bi-connect lower terminal
Terminals with safety shutters
Clip on auxiliaries
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 126-131)
Protection against earth leakage
Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments with
disturbances eg. DG sets, Computers, Printers, etc.
Detects faults with DC components eg. Thyristors, Trio, etc.
Conforms to IEC 61008-1
Integrated label holder
Bi-connect lower terminals
Terminals with safety shutters
Clip on auxiliaries
Minimum operating temperature - 25
0
C
Most compact range of MCCBs in
India
DPX MCCBs (p. 56-69)
6021 68 6021 66 6021 72 6021 67
S
Pack Cat. nos. Type Hpi
Double pole 230 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/5/60 6021 68 25 2
1/5/60 6021 69 40 2
1/5/60 6021 70 63 2
Four pole 400 VA
30 mA
1/32 6021 64 25 4
1/32 6021 65 40 4
1/32 6021 66 63 4
For terminating aluminium cables in RCCBs of 32 A and above, use of
entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 124
Lexic
RCBOs up to 63 A
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 126-131)
3 in 1 protection : Earth leakage, overload and short circuit
10 kA ISI marked as per IS 12640 (part 2) - 2008
Conforms to IEC 61009 - 1
Integrated label holder
Bi-connect terminal.
35 sq. mm cage terminals with safety shutters
Clip on auxiliaries
Pack Cat. nos. Type AC
Double pole 240/415 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/32 6034 14 6 4
1/32 6034 16 10 4
1/32 6033 77 16 4
1/32 6033 79 25 4
1/32 6033 80 32 4
1/32 6033 81 40 4
1/32 6033 82 63 4
100 mA
1/32 6034 24 6 4
1/32 6034 26 10 4
1/32 6033 83 16 4
1/32 6033 85 25 4
1/32 6033 86 32 4
1/32 6033 87 40 4
1/32 6033 88 63 4
300 mA
1/32 6033 89 16 4
1/32 6033 91 25 4
1/32 6033 92 32 4
1/32 6033 93 40 4
1/32 6033 94 63 4
6033 99 6033 80
Pack Cat. nos. Type AC
Four pole 240/415 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of
(A) 17.5 mm modules
1/16 6033 95 16 8
1/16 6033 97 25 8
1/16 6033 98 32 8
1/16 6033 99 40 8
1/16 6034 00 63 8
100 mA
1/16 6034 01 16 8
1/16 6034 03 25 8
1/16 6034 04 32 8
1/16 6034 05 40 8
1/16 6034 06 63 8
300 mA
1/16 6034 07 16 8
1/16 6034 09 25 8
1/16 6034 10 32 8
1/16 6034 11 40 8
1/16 6034 12 63 8
For terminating aluminium cables in RCBOs of 32 A and above, use of
entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
For terminating aluminium cables in RCBOs of 32 A and above, use of
entry terminal 6034 48 is mandatory.
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 125
Lexic
SPN RCBOs upto 40 A
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 126-131)
3 in 1 protection : Earth leakage, overload and short circuit
6 kA as per IEC 60947-2
Integrated label holder
Terminals with safety shutters
Compact 2 modules
Clips on auxiliaries
Neutral on left
Pack Cat. nos. Type AC
SPN 230 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of 17.5 mm
(A) modules
1/5/60 0078 60 6 2
1/5/60 0078 61 10 2
1/5/60 0078 63 16 2
1/5/60 0078 64 20 2
1/5/60 0078 65 25 2
1/5/60 0078 66 32 2
1/5/60 0078 67 40 2
300 mA
1/5/60 0078 71 6 2
1/5/60 0078 72 10 2
1/5/60 0078 74 16 2
1/5/60 0078 75 20 2
1/5/60 0078 76 25 2
1/5/60 0078 77 32 2
1/5/60 0078 78 40 2
3 in 1 protection : Earth leakage, overload and short circuit
6 kA as per IEC 60947-2
Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments with
disturbances eg. Diesels, Computers, Printers, etc.
Detects faults with DC components eg. thyristors, trio, etc.
Integrated label holder
Terminals with safety shutters
Compact 2 modules
Clips on auxiliaries
Minimum operating temperature -25
0
C
Neutral on left
Pack Cat. nos. Type Hpi
SPN 230 VA
30 mA
Nominal rating Number of 17.5 mm
(A) modules
1/5/60 0085 67 25 2
1/5/60 0085 68 32 2
1/5/60 0085 69 40 2
0085 67 0078 63
126
Lexic RCDS
Technical data for Lexic RCDs
RCCB
Type AC Type A-S
Specification IS 12640 (part 1) 2008 IEC 61008 - 1
IEC 61008 - 1 NFC 61 - 150
EN 61008 - 1
No. of modules - Double pole 2 2
- Four pole 4 4
Electrical characteristics
Nominal rating In (A) - Double pole 25, 40, 63 63
- Four pole 25, 40, 63 63
Rated sensitivity (mA) - Double pole 30, 100, 300 300
- Four pole 30, 100, 300 300
Rated frequency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60
Rated operating voltage Ue (V AC) - Double pole 230 230
- Four pole 230 / 415 400
Minimum operating voltage (V AC) 12 12
Minimum operating voltage for test button (V AC)
(1)
- Double pole 170 170
- Four pole 196 196
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V AC) - Double pole 250 250
- Four pole 500 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6
Breaking capacity As per IS 12640 (part 1) 2008, IEC 61008 - 1
Rated making & breaking capacity (Im)
- Up to 40 A 500 A -
- From 63 A and above 10 x In 630 A
Rated residual making & breaking capacity (IΔm)
- Up to 40 A 1000 A -
- From 63 A and above 1000 A 1000 A
Rated conditional short circuit current (Inc) 10000 A 10000 A
Rated conditional residual short circuit current (IΔc) 10000 A 10000 A
Rated service short circuit capacity (Ics) - -
Rated short circuit capacity (Icn) - -
Operating temperature (
0
C) -5 to 55 - 5 to 55
Endurance (0.C cycle) - Mechanical 20,000 20,000
- On load at in X cos ϕ 0.9 10,000 10,000
- Via test button 2,000 2,000
- By fault current (sensitivity) 2,000 2,000
Testing By pressing test button By pressing test button
grey dolly will come to grey dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position
It is recommended to test It is recommended to test
RCCB once a month RCCB once a month
Fault indication - Earth leakage Grey dolly will come to Grey dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position

- Overload and shortcut - -

Resetting Switch on grey dolly Switch on grey dolly

Terminals - Rigid 1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm
- Flexible 1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm
Type of protection
Earth leakage v v
Overload - -
Short circuit - -
Add on electrical accessories*
Auxiliary v v
Fault signaling v v
Shunt trip v v
Under voltage v v
* - Accessories are mounted on the left hand side of the product.
At a time a maximum of three accessories can be mounted.
(1)
- Between phase and neutral
127
RCBO
Type Hpi Type AC Type AC - 2 modules Type Hpi
NFC 61 - 150 IS 12640 (part 2) 2008 NFC 61 - 410 NFC 61 - 410
EN 61008 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1 EN 61009 - 1
IEC 61008 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1 IEC 61009 - 1
2 4 2 2
4 8 - -
25, 40, 63 6, 10, 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 6, 10, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40 25, 32, 40
25, 40, 63 16, 25, 32, 40, 63 - -
30 30, 100, 300 30, 300 30
30 30, 100, 300 - -
50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
230 230 / 415 230 230
400 415 - -
12 12 12 12
170 170 170 170
196 196 - -
250 500 250 250
500 500 - -
6 6 6 6
As per IS 12640 (part 2) 2008, IEC 61009 - 1
500 A 10000 A 6000 A 6000 A
630 A 10000 A - -
1000 A 10000 A 3000 A 3000 A
1000 A 10000 A - -
10000 A - - -
10000 A - - -
- 7500 A 6000 A 6000 A
- 10000 A 6000 A 6000 A
- 25 to 55 - 5 to 55 - 5 to 55 - 25 to 55
20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
2,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
2,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
By pressing test button, By pressing test button, black By pressing test button, By pressing test button,
grey dolly will come to and blue dolly will come to black dolly will come to black dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position OFF position OFF position
It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test It is recommended to test
RCCB once a month RCBO once a month RCBO once a month RCBO once a month
Grey dolly will come to Black & blue dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position OFF position & blue indicator OFF position & blue indicator
will appear on front face window will appear on front face window
- Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to Black dolly will come to
OFF position OFF position OFF position
Switch on grey dolly Switch on blue dolly followed Switch on black dolly Switch on black dolly
by black dolly
1 - 35 sq. mm 1 - 35 sq. mm 0.75 - 16 sq. mm 0.75 - 16 sq. mm
1 - 25 sq. mm 1 - 25 sq. mm 0.75 - 10 sq. mm 0.75 - 10 sq. mm
v v v v
- v v v
- v v v
v v v v
v v v v
v v v v
v v v v
Lexic
RCDs
128
Short-circuit withstanding capacity of RCCBs (in kA)
RCD downstream
Lexic MCB upstream
16 A 10
25 A 10
2 P 40 A 10
63 A 10
25 A 10
4 P 40 A 10
63 A 10
Marking example :
Type A
Type AC
Type A-S
Type Hpi
accordin g to IEC 61008-1 and IEC 61009-1
Note : We offer Type AC, Type A-S and Type Hpi RCDs
■ Technical data
Ekinoxe
TM
MCCB’s Distribution
Boards
Ekinoxe
TM
( refer pg. 181 )
129
Lexic
RCDs (continued)
How can we protect ourselves?
There are two ways (independent of the neutral earthing system) of
ensuring that personnel are protected against direct contact.
v Preventing access to live parts where possible.
Basic protection via physical or electrical isolation of live parts.
This protection must ensure that live parts cannot be touched, even
inadvertently.
How?
By using barriers, enclosures, closed cabinets which physically or
electrically isolate live parts presenting a danger to the user, shuttered
sockets, or insulation.
v Additional protection
Must be provided by a 30-mA residual current device such as Lexic
range of residual current devices. This protection is required in case
the basic protection detailed above fails.
Direct contacts
Direct contact is caused by humans and may be due to either
carelessness or clumsiness.
What is a direct contact? How can we protect ourselves?
Here are the answers...
This is when someone makes contact with a live electrical component
of a device or installation.
For example :
v a person inadvertently touching a live cable.
v a child sticking a metal object into a power socket.
v using male/male extensions or unprotected test cables.
Direct and indirect contact
All electrical risks for people are the result of direct or indirect contact.
What are these contacts ? And how can we protect ourselves against
them?
All the answers appear in the following section.
Electrical risks do not just concern people : these risks - especially fire
affect installations as well. A 500 mA current, for example, flowing
through combustible material is sufficient to ignite such material after
a certain time. Every electrical installation is subject to current
leakages which can vary considerably depending on such factors as
the installation's condition, age, environment, etc.
These current leaks may flow through the fabric of the building
(trunking, metal girders or other metal components), generating heat
which in turn may lead to fire.
In this case only basic protection is effective
Other examples
Someone touching a live busbar in a distribution panel or cabinet, or
someone touching flush-mounted electrical trunking with the end of a
tool, etc. In this case basic protection plus additional protection is
effective.
■ Technical data
Nature and consequences of electrical risks Indirect contacts
Indirect contacts are independent of humans : it results from an
internal hardware fault.
What is an indirect contact?
How can we protect ourselves? Here are the answers...
What is an indirect contact?
This is when a person makes contact with a metal earthed part which
has accidentally been powered up following an insulation fault. This
type of contact is very dangerous as, unlike direct contact, it is
completely unexpected. For example, a person touching the metal
frame of an electrical appliance which has defective insulation may be
electrocuted through no fault of their own if the appliance is not
protected.
How can we protect ourselves?
There are three possibilities :
º Provonting aoooss to potontially dangorous motal oompononts via
class II protection.
º Good oonnootion oí all oxposod oonduotivo parts to an oííootivo
earth.
º A protootivo PCD aooording to tno noutral oartning systom.
A person is in danger of electrocution if the fault current raises
the voltage of the accessible metal part above 50 V to earth.
Important note:
Under the Indian Electricity Rules [rules 61 (A), 71 (1) and 73 (1)],
installation of an RCCB is mandatory in all installations of 5 KW
and above, in all luminous tube signs and X-ray installations. The
bureau of Indian standards recommends that RCCBs installed
at construction sites, temporary installations, agriculture and
horticulture premises, limit the residual current to 30 mA.
130
Lexic
RCDs
The main function of a residual current device is to ensure that people
are protected from any risk of electrocution. It can also ensure
protection against risk of fire.
What is the nature of these risks ? What are the consequences ?
Here are the answers...
Risks of electrocution-
The dangerous effects of electricity depend on two factors-:
v the flowing time through the human body
v the current value
These two factors are independent and the importance of the risk
varies in accordance with the level of each factor.
The dangerous current value through a human body depends on the
touch voltage and touch resistance of the human body.
In practice, the current value is defined using a standard "safety"
voltage of 50 V. This voltage takes into account the maximum current
which can be withstood by a human being with a minimum internal
electrical resistance in given conditions. It also takes into account the
maximum permissible time for the current to pass through the body
without dangerous physio-pathological effects.
50 V is considered as the safe limit of voltage for human body in dry
condition.
How does an electrical current affect the human body?
When subject to a voltage, the human body reacts like any other
receiver with a given internal resistance. An electrical current passes
through the body with three serious risks :
º Looking oí tno musolos, or totanisation : tno musolos tnrougn wnion
the current passes contract and remain contracted : if this includes
the rib cage, breathing may be impeded.
º Aotion on tno noart : tno oardiao rnytnm is oomplotoly disruptod
(ventricular fibrillation).
º Tnormal oííoots may oauso varying lovols oí damago to body tissuo,
including severe burns in the case of very high currents.
Zone Physiological effects
designation
zone AC-1 Usually no reaction
zone AC-2 Usually no harmful physiological effects
zone AC-3 Usually no organic damage to be expected. Likelihood of cramp like
muscular contractions and difficulty in breathing for durations of current-
flow longer than 2 s. Reversible disturbances of formation and conduction of
impulses in the heart, including atrial fibrillation and transient cardiac arrest
without ventricular fibrillation increasing with current magnitude and time
zone AC-4 Increasing with magnitude and time, dangerous pathophysiological effects
such as cardiac arrest, breathing arrest and serious burns may occur in
addition to the effects of zone-3
zono AC-4.1 Probability oí vontrioular íibrillation inoroasing up to about 5% C1 - C2
zono AC-4.2 Probability oí vontrioular íibrillation up to about 50% C2 - C3
zono AC-4.3 Probability oí vontrioular íibrillation abovo 50%
* For durations of current flow below 10 ms, the limit for the body current at line b remains
constant at a value of 200 mA.
iΔ : current flowing through body.
t : time taken for current to pass through body.
These curves show the various zones of effect of an alternating
current on people : they derive from IEC 60 479 and determine
4 main risk zones
Effect of current on human body
The standards define the following curves, which take into account the
two parameters required to assess the risk :
■ Technical data
Residual current devices, selection and operation
www.legrand.co.in
Call for technical assistance
New Delhi : Tel.: (011) 3990 2200
Kolkata : Tel.: (033) 4021 3535 / 36
Mumbai : Tel.: (022) 3385 6200
Chennai : Tel.: (044) 2836 4165 / 67 / 68
Hyderabad : Tel.: (040) 2341 4398 / 67
Examples of electrocution by direct or indirect contact.
131
A residual current device continuously measures the difference
between the value of the input and the output currents. If the value is
not equal to zero, this indicates a leak.
When this leak reaches the level at which the differential is set
(its sensitivity), the device trips and breaks the circuit.
What are the operating principles of a residual current device?
What are the selection criteria for a residual current device?
Here are the answers...
Operating principle of a residual current device
Selecting a residual current device
First determine your requirement. This exists on two levels :
1 The need to protect against direct or indirect contacts.
2 The need to ensure protection against overloads and short-circuits.
If protection against indirect contact is required, use residual current
devices with a sensitivity of : 30 mA,
100 mA,
300 mA,
The rating (40, 63 A, etc.) is selected according to the load.
If protection against direct contact is required, use residual current
device with a sensitivity of 30 mA.
The sensitivity of a residual current device IΔn is the current level at
which tripping is sure to occur. To do this, the standards concerning
residual current devices stipulate that tripping must occur between
IΔn / 2 and IΔn.
Types of residual current device
There are 2 types of RCD : the AC type and the A type
Both types are produced in the "S" (discriminating) or normal versions.
They conform to Indian and International standards IS 12640,
IEC 61008 and IEC 61009 as well as European standards EN 61008
and EN 61009.
v Type A
Sensitive to residual alternating currents and residual currents with a
DC component.
Use : special applications
- if it is possible that the fault currents are not purely sinusoidal
(rectifier bridge, etc.)
v Type AC
Sensitive to residual alternating currents
Use : standard applications
v Type S
Delayed trip for discrimination with other residual current devices.
Use : for discrimination with a downstream device.
v Type Hpi
v Enhanced immunity to unwanted tripping in environments with
disturbances. eg. diesels, computers, printers, etc.
v Detects faults with DC components eg. thyristors, trio etc.
Residual current circuit-breaker with or without overload
protection? Which do I choose?
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker (RCCB) if you do not need to
protect against overload and short circuits (caution! an RCCB must be
connected to some form of line protection device : either a circuit-
breaker or a fuse).
Choose a residual current circuit-breaker with overload and short
circuit protection (RCBO) if this type of protection is not available.
Residual current circuit-breakers without overload and short
circuit protection (RCCB)
The "test" function
A residual current device is a safety device, and it is therefore vital that
it is regularly tested. This function is therefore required by the standard
governing residual current protective devices, and ensures correct
operation. All Lexic RCDs are equipped with this function.
These provide three functions : fault current
detection, measurement and cut-off :
protection against overloads and short-
circuits : and isolation of an installation.
Residual current circuit-breakers are
governed by standards IS 12640 (part 2),
IEC 61009-1.
Residual current circuit-breakers with overload and short circuit
protection (RCBO)
These provide two functions : fault current detection,
measurement and cut-off : and isolation of an
installation.
RCCBs are governed by standards IS 12640 (part 1),
IEC 61008-1.
No fault present
Therefore no current is induced
in coil K1, and coil K2 is not
excited. The contacts do not
open. The equipment operates
normally
If = 0, thus
I1 = I2
∅1 = ∅2
∅1 - ∅2 = 0
Insulation fault
A current is thus induced in coil
K1...
If ≠ 0
I1 > I2, thus
∅1 > ∅2, thus
∅1 - ∅2 ≠ 0
...coil K
2
is excited, the
contacts open and the
equipment is automatically
switched OFF
Note : We offer Type AC, Type A-S and Type Hpi RCDs
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 132
Lexic
common auxiliaries for MCBs, Isolators,
RCBOs and RCCBs up to 63 A
Lexic
mounting accessories for MCBs, RCBOs and RCCBs
DIN rail
0073 51 0073 73 0073 68 0044 42 0044 44 0044 06
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 133)
Clip on the left-hand side of the MCB (maximum 3)
Allow insertion of the supply busbar at the top
Auxiliaries common for MCBs, Isolators, RCBOs and RCCBs
Paok Cat. nos. Signalling auxiliaries
1 0073 50 Auxiliary change over switch 0.5
6 A - 250 VA
Indicates the position of the MCB,
Isolator, RCD.
1 0073 51 Fault signalling changeover switch 0.5
6 A - 250 VA
Indicates the tripping of the MCB or RCD
in the event of a fault
1 0073 53 Auxiliary changeover switch which can 0.5
be modified to a fault signaling switch
6 A - 250 VA
1 0073 54 Auxiliary change over 6 A - 250 VA 1
switch + fault signalling switch which
can be modified to 2 auxiliary change
over switches.
Command auxiliaries
Shunt trip
Enables the MCB or RCD to be tripped
from a remote location
1 0073 60 12 to 48 VA / = 1
1 0073 61 110 to 415 VA 1
110 to 125 V =
Minimum voltage trips. Time delay
adjustable from 0 to 300 ms.
1 0073 65 24 V = 1
1 0073 66 48 V = 1
1 0073 68 230 VA 1
Remote control for MCBs
1 0073 73 Clip on the left hand side of the MCBs 3
motor driven contol module
Pomoto oontrol íor DP/TP/FP MCBs.
Auxiliary changeover and fault signalling
changeover incorporated 230 V AC -
3 modules
Paok Cat. nos. Padlock support
2/100 0044 42 Support for 5 mm and 6 mm padlock for
locking MCB in ON / OFF position
Terminal shields
Terminal shield (4 separable poles) for
covering MCB screw terminal to avoid
opening of terminals by an unauthorised person.
2/96 0044 44 Sealable terminal shield (4 separable poles) for
MCBs, RCBOs and RCCBs to
seal terminal screws.
Clip on adaptor
Enables mounting of panel accessories,
such as 22.5mm dia, push buttons in DBs.
A hole of requisite diameter can be drilled
through the adaptor to fit the panel
accessory.
10 0044 06 3 module clip on adaptor for rail 4
Labels for Lexic devices
1 6017 99 Label for label holder with printed symbols,
alphabets and numbers
Entry terminals
Entry terminals are used for terminating
aluminium cable.

While terminating aluminium cable on
MCBs, Isolators, & RCDs, for current rating
from 32A and above, the use of entry
terminals is mandatory.
1 6034 48 50 mm
2
entry terminal for
MCBs / Isolators / RCCBs
1 6034 49 50 mm
2
entry terminal for RCBOs
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
133
Lexic
clip-on auxiliaries for MCBs, Isolators, RCBOs and RCCBs
■ Technical data
Installations and wiring diagrams
Auxiliary change over switch
Cat. nos 0073 50
Fault signaling change over switch
Cat. nos 0073 51
Auxiliary change over switch + Fault signaling change over
switch
Cat. nos 0073 54
Minimum voltage trip
Cat. nos 0073 65, 0073 66, 0073 68
Shunt trip
Cat. nos 0073 60, 0073 61
Auxiliary change over switch / Fault signalling change over switch
Cat. nos 0073 53
OR
134
Lexic
clip-on auxiliaries for MCBs, Isolators, RCBOs and RCCBs
Remote control
Cat. nos 0073 73
N L1 L0 L
11 12 14 95 96 98
N
L
N
L
1 3 (5) (7)
2 4 (6) (8)
N L1 L0 L
11 12 14 95 96 98
Wiring ■ Technical data
Installations of clip-on auxiliaries on MCB / RCD / Isolators
Cat. nos 0073 50, 0073 51, 0073 53, 0073 60,
0073 71, 0073 65, 0073 66, 0073 68
Signalling auxiliaries
Cat. nos 0073 50, 0073 51, 0073 53, 0073 54
Command auxiliaries
Cat. nos 0073 60, 0073 61, 0073 65, 0073 66, 0073 68
Cat. nos 0073 51
Cat. nos 0073 53, 0073 54
135
MCB/
RCCB/
RCBO
Isolator
136
Lexic
MPCBs
Paok Cat.Nos Triple pole MPCBs
Depth: 82.5 mm
Enable control and protection of
motors up to 15 kW (400 V)
Nominal Thermal adjustement Numbers of
rating (A) range (A) modules
1 0028 00 0.16 0.1 - 0.16 2.5
1 0028 01 0.25 0.16 - 0.25 2.5
1 0028 02 0.4 0.25 - 0.4 2.5
1 0028 03 0.63 0.4 - 0.63 2.5
1 0028 04 1 0.63 - 1 2.5
1 0028 05 1.6 1 - 1.6 2.5
1 0028 06 2.5 1.6 - 2.5 2.5
1 0028 07 4 2.5 - 4 2.5
1 0028 08 6.5 4 - 6.5 2.5
1 0028 09 10 6.3 - 10 2.5
1 0028 10 14 9 - 14 2.5
1 0028 11 18 13 - 18 2.5
1 0028 12 23 17 - 23 2.5
1 0028 13 25 20 - 25 2.5
1 0028 14 32 24 - 32 2.5
Auxiliaries
Failure contact

Contact Capacity
Numbers of
modules
1 0028 16 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
Signal contacts
1 0028 17 N/C + N/O 6 A/690 V 0.5
1 0028 18 2 N/C 6 A/690 V 0.5
Undervoltage trips
Coil voltage Consumption Numbers of
trip/hold modules
1 0028 22 230 V± 12/3.5 VA 1
1 0028 23 400 V± 12/3.5 VA 1
Shunt trips
1 0028 25 230 V± 3.5 VA 1
1 0028 26 400 V± 3.5 VA 1
Accessories
IP 65 box
1 0028 29 For motor MCB with auxiliary contact
(Cat.Nos 0028 16/17/18) and/or a trip
(Cat.Nos 0028 22/ 23/25/26)
Witn knook out ontrios íor PG 16
cable glands
4 modules
Emergency stop button
1 0028 30 Fits on íP 65 box íor roplaoomont oí
etancheity membrane
Ensuros íP 65 protootion
Pilot lights
Fixing in front of box Cat.No 0028 29
Voltage Color
1 0028 31 230 V± Colourless
1 0028 32 400 V± Colourless
Padlock
1 0028 34 Padlook in ¹oíí¹ position
3 padlocks max Ø4.5
Conform to EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-2, EN/IEC 60947-4-1
■ Electrical characteristics
Rated insulating voltage Ui: 690 V
Impulse withstand voltage: 6 kV
Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz
Dissipated power per phase: 0.57-1.46 W
Magnetic tripping: 12 max.
Mechanical lifespan: 100-000 cycles
Electrical lifespan: 32 A (AC3): 100-000 cycles
Operating temperature: -20°C to + 70°C
Use class: A
Protootion indox: íP 20
Connection cable cross-section (1 or 2 conductors):
flexible wire 1-6 mm
2
or AWG 16-10
Ø 4.5
85.4
173.2
110
1
7
0
1
8
1
.
2

Rating
Short circuit rated breaking capacity (kA)
Cat. nos
(A)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics
0028 00 0.16 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 01 0.25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 02 0.4 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 03 0.63 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 04 1 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 05 1.6 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
0028 06 2.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
0028 07 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
0028 08 6.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 8 8
0028 09 10 100 100 100 100 42 21 8 8
0028 10 14 100 100 25 12.5 10 5 2 2
0028 11 18 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 12 23 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 13 25 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
0028 14 32 100 100 25 12.5 4 2 2 2
■ Breaking capacity
■ IP 65 box 0028 29 equipped with stop button 0028 30
■ Electrical diagrams
0028 00 to 0028 14
57
58
65
66
33
34
41
42
33
34
43
44
0028 16 0028 17 0028 18
■ Thermal-magnetic tripping curve
10 000
Tripping time (second)
1 000
100
10
0.1
0.01
0.001
0.6 1
0.8
2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 x le
A
B
1
Approximate cold tripping time. To obtain
the hot tripping time, multiply the graph
value by 0.75
A = Balanced operation over 3 phases
B = Operation over 2 phases (phase absence)
0028 06 0028 22 0028 17
0028 22 + 0028 06 + 0028 17
L1
Single-phase
L2
T1 T2
L1
Three-phase
L3 L2
T1 T2 T3
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
■ Technical data
The motor MCB has a signalling system for magnetic tripping that
prevents all dangerous shutdown following a short-circuit previously
isolated by the device
Takes 3 auxiliaries mounted simultaneously by clipping on
º on tno loít: 1 undorvoltago / snunt trip
º on tno rignt: 1 íault signal + 1 signalling oontaot
Lexic
MPCBs
137
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
■ Assembly
Installations of MPCBs
Cat. nos 0028 00 / 01 / 02 / 03 / 04 / 05 / 06 /
07 08 / 09 / 10 / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14
Installations of auxiliaries
Cat. nos 0028 16 / 17 / 18 / 22 / 23 / 25 / 26
Installations in a IP 65 box
Cat. nos 0028 16 / 17 / 18 / 22 / 23 / 25 / 26 / 29/ 31 / 32
0028 16/17/18
0028 31/32
0028 22/23/25/26
1
7
0

m
m
Ph 2
Ø = 5
2 x 6 mm max
2
2 x 6 mm max
2
AWG 2 x 10 max
T S E T
max 2,3Nm
max 1 Nm
max 1 Nm
T S E T
T S E T
0028 16
T S E T
0028 16
0028 22/23/25/26
0028 17/18
CLAC
2,5 mm
T S E T L ovato
L
T S E T
T S E T
T S E T
138
Lexic
motor protection circuit breakers
■ Assembly
Installations of emergency stop button
Cat. nos 0028 30
Installations of padlock (padlocking)
Cat. nos 0028 34
139
Lexic
voltage surge protectors for power lines
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0039 21 0039 38 0039 28
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p.118-121)
Voltage surge protectors for distribution boards or consumer units
Conform to standard NF C 61-740, IEC 61643-1 and EN 61643-11
Satisfy requirements of guide C 15-443
Fitted with built-in thermal protection
Consist of a base and a plug-in replacement module with status indicator
Groon : surgo protootor oporational
Orange : module needs replacing
Can be fitted with a signalling auxiliary to transfer surge protector status
For 230/400 VAC supply
Frequency : 50/60 Hz
Paok Cat. nos. High protection - H - Class I - II
I max : 70 kA (8/20 μ s wave)
UP : 2.0 kv (protootion lovol)
For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN, IT
Associated Number of
protection by MCB 17.5 mm modules
1/20 0039 20 1-pole 6032 38 1
1/12 0039 21 2-pole 6032 72 2
1/20 0039 22 3-pole 6032 89 3
1/20 0039 23 4-pole 6033 23 4
Increased protection - I - Class II
I max : 40 kA (8/20 μ s wave)
UP : 1.4 kv (protootion lovol)
For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN
1/20 0039 35 1-pole 6032 35 1
1/12 0039 36 2-pole 6032 69 2
1/20 0039 38 4-pole 6033 20 4
Standard protection - S - Class II
I max : 15 kA (8/20 μ s wave)
UP : 1.2 kv (protootion lovol)
For neutral earthing systems : TT, TN
1/20 0039 40 1-pole 6032 35 1
1/12 0039 41 2-pole 6032 69 2
1/20 0039 43 4-pole 6033 20 4
Accessories
Plug-in roplaoomont modulos
With indicator
Groon : surgo protootor oporational
Yellow : module needs replacing
í max (kA) UP (kv) For surgo protootor
5/20 0039 28 70 2.0 0039 20/21/22/23
5/20 0039 39 40 1.4 0039 35/36/38
5/20 0039 44 15 1.2 0039 40/41/43
Signalling auxiliaries
With changeover micro switch
5 A - 250 V AC
Clip onto the base of the surge protector
1/42 0039 56 For 2-pole module
1/42 0039 57 For 3-pole module
1/42 0039 58 For 4-pole module
>>>
VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTOR
a solution for
every risk
High protection
Required for buildings equipped with lightning
conductors and in very exposed areas.
High flow-to-earth capacity 70 kA.
Increased protection
For overhead electrical power supplies.
Required in areas with average exposure.
Standard protection
Essential for all installations, whatever the
type of power supply.
140
Lexic
voltage surge protectors for telephone lines
Lexic
voltage surge protectors
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0038 28 0038 29
■ Technical data
Analogue line Digital line
Cat. nos. 0038 28 0038 29
Mav. discharge current (I max,
wave 8/20 micro second) 10 kA 10 kA
Nominal discharge current (In,
wave 8/20 micro second) 5 kA 5 kA
Up protection level 300 V 100 V
Terminal capacity
- rigid conductor 2.5 mm
2
2.5 mm
2
- flexible conductor 2.5 mm
2
2.5 mm
2
Associated protection by Lexic MCB 20 A 20 A
Dogroo oí protootion íP 20 installod in onolosuro
Operating temperature - 10
0
C to + 40
0
C
Storage temperature - 20
0
C to + 70
0
C
VSP for telephone lines
Dimensions (p. 155)
Technical data (p. 140-143)
For protection of : telephone, fax, modem, etc.
connected on the internal telephone line, against over voltages of
atmospheric origin
Installed in a distribution box
Connected in series on the telephone line
Providod witn a status indioator :
º Groon : surgo protootor oporational
º Orango : surgo protootor noods roplaoing
Conforms to standard IEC 61643-21 and EN 61643-21
Aesthetic and flexible range of
Ekinoxe TX DBs
Ekinoxe TX DBs (p. 184)
Paok Cat. nos. Voltage surge protector
l max: 10kA & In: 5kA
(8/20 μs wave)
1 0038 28 For analogue telephone line
1 0038 29 For digital telephone line
High Increased Standard

Cat.No
protection (H) protection (I) protection (S)
0039 20/21/22/23 0039 35/36/38 0039 40/41/43
Neutral earthing system TT - TN - IT TT - TN TT - TN
Max. steady state
440 V± 320 V± 320 V±
voltage (Uc)
Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Type EN-61613-11 1 2 2
I max 8/20 μs 70 kA 40 kA 15 kA
I imp 10/350 μs 10 kA - -
Nominal discharge
current 20 kA 15 kA 5 kA
(In, wave 8/20 μs)
Up protection level In 2 kV 1.4 kV 1.2 kV
Ut 440 V 400 V 400 V
Leakage current
< 1 mA < 1 mA < 1 mA
at Uc (Ic)
Time delay
Associated protection 160 A 125 A 20 A
- max. (EN-61613-11) DPX DPX MCB C curve
MCB C curve MCB C curve MCB C curve
- min. 40 A 20 A 20 A
Follower current If Zero Zero Zero
Terminal capacity
25 mm
2
25 mm
2
25 mm
2
- rigid conductor
- flexible conductor
16 mm
2
16 mm
2
16 mm
2
Degree of protection íP 20 installod in onolosuro
Environment
- operating temperature - 10 °C to + 40 °C
- storage temperature - 20 °C to + 70 °C
Response time 25 ms
Max.
discharge
current
141
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
■ Lightning
1 - The effects of lightning
Lightning directly or indirectly generates the following effects:
º tnormal (blow-outs, íiro)
º olootrodynamio (loosoning oí torminals)
º riso in oartn voltago (risk oí olootrooution)
º ovorvoltagos oí sovoral tnousand volts and dostruotivo induood
currents (damage to electrical and electronic equipment, interruption
of operation)
2 - Protection against the effects of lightning
This is based essentially on:
º oatoning and disonarging tno ourront to oartn
º tno uso oí voltago surgo protootors
º tno passivo protootion oí tno installation
Passivo protootion (poor, good) dosignatos tno part oí tno protootion
provided by the structure and the configuration of the installation itself
(neutral earthing system, area, level of equipotentiality, etc.)
■ Regulation
Standard EN 61-643-11, characterises the indirect effects of lightning
based on a 8/20 μs waveform, type 2 voltage surge protector and the
direct effect by a 10/350 μs wave form type 1 voltage surge protector
(v.s.p.)
■ Choice of the level of lightning protection
Prior to tno installation oí tno ligntning protootion dovioos, tno risk must
be assessed, using a number of criteria:
º lovol oí oxposuro oí tno aroa ( , , )
º looation oí tno building
º powor supply, noutral systom TT, TN, íT
- underground
- overhead
º tno prosonoo oí a ligntning oonduotor on/oloso to tno building
º tno typo oí oquipmont to bo protootod
º tno oost oí tno oonsoquonoos oí tno oquipmont not boing availablo
The level of this lightning protection is indicated as:
º modium (★)
º nign (★★)
º vory nign (★★★)
The protection must be chosen according to the most exacting criterion
E.g. whatever the level of exposure, the presence of a lightning
conductor requires a very high level of protection
Additional protection will be necessary according to the sensitivity of
the equipment to be protected (computing, electronic) and the area
of the installation

Location
Level of exposure

of the installation



Building location
tighly packed buildings ★ ★★
scattered buildings ★ ★★ ★★
isolated ★ ★★ ★★★
in mountains, close to
a stretch of water ★★ ★★★ ★★★
or on top of a hill
Power supply
overhead ★ ★★ ★★★
underground ★ ★★
Presence or proximity
of a lightning conductor
★★★ ★★★ ★★★
1 - Defining the required level of protection (★, ★★, ★★★)
I Peak
t (s)
8 s
20 s
100%
90%
50%
10%
When a voltage surge protector is installed on the power circuit,
it is recommended that one is installed on the communication circuit
(telephone line)
More than 1 v.s.p. should be installed in electrical board and as closed
as possible to the equipment to be protected
The Lexic range is completed by proximity v.s.p. (type 3) for electrical
accessories (Mosaic and multi-outlet extensions)
These proximity accessories are dedicated to the sensitive equipment
(electronics, information technology, home cinema etc.)
2 - Determining the level of sensitivity of the equipment
Level of sensitivity Equipment Protection level

Low sensitivity
motors,
> 2 kV
heating equipment

Sensitive
domestic electrical
1.5 to 2 kV
appliances, lights

High sensitivity computer equipment 1.5 kV
The choice is specific to each installation and depends on:
º tno roquirod lovol oí ligntning protootion (★, ★★, ★★★)
º tno sonsitivity oí tno oquipmont
º tno ooníiguration oí tno installation (passivo protootion)
142
Lexic
voltage surge protectors (continued)
3 - Position of the voltage surge protectors
Legrand voltage surge protectors are available in 4 levels, linked to their
lightning impulse discharge capacity according to the 8/20 μs
and 10/350 μs waveform
2 - Connection principles
For the voltage surge protector to perform it’s function as well as
possible, it must be installed:
º as a tap-oíí
º kooping as snort a oonnootion longtn as possiblo botwoon tno
pnaso-noutral torminal blook and tno PE or PEN torminal blook
º in aooordanoo witn EMC (olootromagnotio oompatibility) rulos:
avoid the use of loops, fix the cables against metal conductive parts
N
L3
L2
L1
Main
board
Secondary
board
Protection H or I
capacity
Protection S
capacity
Proximity protection
P capacity
(Electronics, …)
H = high capacity
class I + class II
I = increased capacity
class II
S = standard capacity
class II
P = proximity voltago surgo
protector (Mosaic and
extension, etc.) class II
4 - Determine voltage surge protectors capacities

Sensitivity
Level of lighting protection
Position of the voltage

of equipment

★ ★★ ★★★

surge protectors

Low
S I H Head of installation
S S Distribution level

sensitivity
Application level
S I H Head of installation
Sensitive S S Distribution level
P P P Application level

High
I H H Head of installation
S S I Distribution level

sensitivity
P P P Application level
5 - Choice of the catalogue number
The choice of the catalogue number depends on the electrical layout
of the installation (single phase, 3-phase), the neutral earthing system
and the required capacity
Voltage surge protectors for distribution boards
High capacity Increased capacity Standard capacity
(H) (I) (S)
Neutral
1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N 1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N 1P or 1P+N 3P or 3P+N
earthing system
TT/TNS 0039 21 0039 23 0039 36 0039 38 0039 41 0039 43
TNC 0039 20 0039 22 - - - -
IT
with neutral 0039 21 0039 23 - - - -
without neutral 0039 20 0039 22 - - - -
Phase or neutral
terminal block
Main terminal block
protective conductors
MCB
(v.s.p. protection)
Voltage surge
protection
Max.
distance: 0.5 m
Cross-section:
6 mm
2
Main switch
or MCB
or time delay RCD
Protection
of all poles
MCB 20 A
Cat.No 0064 59
Plug-in voltage
surge protector
To application
3 - Recommanded cross-sections for conductors linking voltage
surge protectors
Capacity Cross-section (mm
2
)
Standard (S) 6
Increased (I) 10
High (H) 16
4 - Minimum distances between voltage surge protectors
in one installation
■ Installation
1 - Associated protection
The circuit supplying the v.s.p. can be protected against short circuits
and overloads by MCB according to selectivity charts
Downstream v.s.p. Upstream v.s.p. Distance (in meter)
I 6
H S 8
P 10

I
S 4
P 6

S P 2
143
Protection of a telephone line
Legrand
Incoming
line
1 voltage surge protector per pair
- If digital, 2 pairs (2 x 0038 29)
- If analogue, 1 pair (1 x 0038 28)
■ Telephone characteristics
1 - Voltage surge protector in TN system
HV / LV
Transformer
Protection Metering Distribution Board
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
PEN
2 - Voltage surge protector in TT system
HV / LV
Transformer
Protection Metering Distribution Board
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
I n
=
type S
delayed
3 - Voltage surge protector in IT system
HV / LV
Transformer
Protection Metering Distribution Board
L1
L2
L3
PE
■ Installation principle
144
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6499 14 6499 15
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 149-155)
230 VA, 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - ± 10%
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Analogue 24 hrs and 7 days time switch
With 3 position changeover switch (5 terminals)
Suitable for DIN rail mounting, wall mounting and installation in plastic box
with locking facility
With manual override switch
Hands can be moved clockwise or anti clockwise for easy setting of time.
Pack Cat. nos. MaxiRex with 4 terminals
(without plastic box)
MaxiRex 4QT
(with 500 hrs. working reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Voltage Frequency
1/30 6499 15 230 V 50-60 Hz
MaxiRex with 4 terminals
(with plastic box)
MaxiRex 4QTB
(with 500 hrs. working reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Voltage Frequency
1 6499 14 230 V 50-60 Hz
MaxiRex 4QWB
(with 500 hrs. working reserve)
7 days programme
1 6499 36A 240 V 50-60 Hz
Rex-Analogue time switches
for DIN rail mounting and wall mounting
MaxiRex
Pack Cat. nos. MaxiRex with 5 terminals
(without plastic box)
MaxiRex 5QW
(with 500 hrs. working reserve)
7 days programme
Voltage Frequency
1/30 6499 39 230 V 50-60 Hz
MaxiRex QT 30A
(with 100 hrs. running reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Voltage Frequency
1/30 6499 64 230V 50-60 Hz
Robust analogue time switch with real 30A
switching capacity
Accessories
1/30 6499 49 Terminal cover for MaxiRex 4 and 5
1/10 6499 48 IP53 plastic box
Ekinoxe
TM

Next generation of
Distribution Boards
Refer p. 177-187
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 145
0499 86
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 149-155)
230 VA, 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - ± 10%
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Analogue 24 hrs time switch
With 3 position changeover switch
Suitable for DIN rail mounting and surface mounting
With manual override switch
With 72 X 72 mm display
Pack Cat. nos. EconoRex
EconoRex MQT
Front panel mounting
(with 100 hrs. running reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Voltage Frequency
1/30 0499 86 230 V 50/60 Hz
Accessories
1 0044 07 Accessories for EconoRex BQTAP
DIN rail 4 adaptor
Rex-Analogue time switches
for DIN rail mounting
MicroRex - 1 module
0037 40
230 VA, 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - ± 10%
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Modular analogue 24 hrs time switch
With 3 position changeover switch
Suitable for DIN rail mounting
With manual override switch
With quartz controlled motor
Pack Cat. nos. MicroRex QT11
(with 100 hrs. running reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Number of
Voltage Frequency 17.5 modules
1/100 0037 40 230 V 50/60 Hz 1
Rex-Analogue time switches
for front panel and wall installation
EconoRex
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 146
Rex-Analogue time switches
for DIN rail mounting
MicroRex - 3 modules
Rex - digital time switches
AstroRex
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 149-155)
230 VA, 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance - ± 10%
Conforms to IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1
Modular analogue 24 hrs and 7 days time switch
With 3 position changeover switch
Suitable for DIN rail mounting
With manual override switch
With quartz controlled motor
Pack Cat. nos. MicroRex QT31
(with 100 hrs. running reserve)
24 hrs. programme
Number of
Voltage Frequency 17.5 modules
1/30 0037 53 230 V 50/60 Hz 3
MicroRex QW31
(with 100 hrs. running reserve)
7 days programme
Number of 17.5
Voltage Frequency modules
1/30 0037 55 230 V 50/60 Hz 3
0037 53
0047 64
º aooording to vDE 631-1 and 631-2-7, íEC 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7,
EN 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7
º witn toxt basod programming oonoopt
º Solootablo languagos: Englisn, Gorman, Fronon, ítalian, Spanisn and
Dutch
º íast programming duo to solootion oí pro-sot groups oí days Mo-Su,
and individual selection of days
º oasy programming witn PC using Logrand soítwaro and data koy
º a program oonsists oí an ON and OFF timo and tnoir assignmont to
certain days
º Baokup on data koy possiblo
º witn additional íuotions:
- holiday program (permanently ON or OFF)
- 1 hour-test-outputs are switched ON for 1 hour
- hour counter for max. 65535 hours.
º baokgroundlignting íor display and buttons
º running rosorvo oí 6 yoars íor dato and timo
º programs aro storod in a EEPPOM
º programs aro snown as a wookly matrix on tno display
º automatio summor-/wintortimo onango (daylignt saving)
º Prooision ± 0,2 sec/day
º manual switoning
º load soalablo oovor, ovon witn insortod data koy
º Caloulation oí sunriso and sunsot by programming dato, timo and looal
coordinates.
º No lignt sonsor noodod¹
º To savo onorgy, a switoning oíí at nignt is programmablo.
º Tno switoning On and OFF timos oan bo ad|ustod asymotrioaly
for ± 120 minutes (offset).
º Tno oontrol input onablos tno aotivation oí tno timo switon irrospootivo to
tno program. (NOT D22 Astro¹)
Pack Cat. nos. AstroRex D21
weekly time switch, 1 channel
1 changeover (SPDT) 250 V/50 Hz,
16 AA cos ϕ=1
min. switoning timo: 1 min.
switoning stom: 1 min.
Number of
Voltage Frequency 17.5 modules
1 0047 64 230 V 50/60 Hz 2
AstroRex D22
weekly time switch, 2 channels
2 changeover (SOPDT) 250 V/50 Hz, 16 AA cos ϕ=1
min. switoning timo: 1 min.
switoning stom: 1 min.
Number of
Voltage Frequency 17.5 modules
1 0047 67 230 V 50/60 Hz 2
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 147
Easy control of light based on the calculation of
sunrise and sundown, with no need of installing a
light sensor !
>>>
LIGHT CONTROL
Rex
astronomical
time switches
18 h 20 22 24 02 04 06 08 10
Illumination all the night
Night disconnection
Night disconnection using the control contact
(+/- = switch-on and switch-off time can be postponed up to +/- 120
minutes)
Astronomical time switches
AstroRex D21
■ Technical data
General information
º Starting : After connection of the supply voltage, the clock starts to
run with last selected function. The relay position is determined by
the currently active program.
º Backup battery
- Background lighting switched off.
- Data key READ/WRITE only via the menu.
'S' = A control i/p signal is superimposed on all program commands
(OR circuit), while the control signal is applied, the output is
switched ‘ON’ when the control signal is switched ‘OFF’, the
output is switched ‘OFF’ after a delay time. Unless an ‘ON’
command is applied by a program (0 min.... 23 hrs-5 min)
Overview
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 148
Rex digital time switches
AlphaRex
º Aooording to vDE 631-1 and 631-2-7, íEC 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7, EN 60 703-1 and 60 730-2-7
º Witn toxt basod programming oonoopt
º Solootablo languagos: Englisn, Gorman, Fronon, ítalian, Spanisn and Duton
º Fast programming duo to solootion oí pro-sot days Mo-Su, Mo-Fr, Sa-Su and individual solootion oí days
º Easy programming witn PC using Logrand soítwaro and data koy
º A program oonsists oí an ON and OFF timo and tnoir assignmont to oortain days
º Baokup on data koy possiblo
º Witn additional oomíort íunotions:
- holiday program
- random function
- pulse function (only 1 channel) with pulse duration of 1 sec up to 59 min, 59 sec. and 84 start times
- hour counter for max. 65 535 hours
º Baokground lignting íor display and buttons
º Punning rosorvo oí 6 yoars íor dato and timo
º Programs aro storod in a EEPPOM
º Programs aro snown as a wookly matrix on tno display
º Automatio summor/wintor timo onango (daylignt saving)
º Prooision ±0.2 soo/day
º Manual switoning
º Soalablo oovor, ovon witn insortod data koy
0047 61 0047 72 0047 73
Pack Cat. nos. AlphaRex
1 0047 61 AlphaRex D21
weekly time switch, 1 channel

Voltage Frequency
Number of
17.5 modules
230 V 50/60 Hz 2
- 1 changeover (SPDT) 250 V/50 Hz 16 AA cos ϕ = 1
- 56 programs
- min. switoning timo: 1 min.
- switoning stop: 1 min.
1 0047 71 AlphaRex D22
weekly time switch, 2 channels

Voltage Frequency
Number of
17.5 modules
230 V 50/60 Hz 2
- 2 changeover (SPDT) 250 V/50 Hz 16 AA co s ϕ = 1
- 56 programs (28 per channel)
- min. switoning timo: 1 min.
- switoning stop: 1 min.
Pack Cat. nos. Accessories
1 0047 72 Data key
- With the data key, it is possible to transfer
programs into the time switch
Select the data key function on "READ" on the time
switch
- The data key can be programmed on PC
- Using the data key function "WRITE", programs can
be transferred to data key, it allows to easily copy
program from one time switch to another one. It can
also be used as a backup
- One data key allows to save 1 complete time switch
program (56 ON/OFF)
1 0047 73 USB-adapter
- to read and write data keys on PC
- software include
- connection via USB port
- systom roquiromonts: Windows
®
2000
- Windows
®
ME, Windows
®
XP and Windows
®
98
second edition, 10 MB free disc space
- serial adapter on demand
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 149-155)
149
Rex digital time switches
AlphaRex
■ Brief description of the programming possibilities
Text based programming
The AlphaRex uses clear text to guide you through the options and the
programming. Every step is clearly displayed and the selected
function is flashing. The integrated background lighting for display
and buttons allows easy programming even at bad lighting conditions.
Selection language
Using the "MENU" button, allows to select the requested language.
Default language is English.
Time, date, summer/winter time
The actual time (CET) and date have been pre-set in the factory.
Default summer/wintertime is EU. Changes can be made by choosing
"MENU" and "SET".
Programming
A program consists of an ON and OFF time and the assigned day(s).
Before setting the ON and OFF times, the requested days have to be
selected. MONDAY-SUNDAY, MONDAY-FRIDAY, SATURDAY-
SUNDAY OR INDIVIDUAL. The INDIVIDUAL mode allows to select
every single day of the week. It is also possible to program over
midnight.
Relay function
With "MENU" and "FUNCTION" it is possible to change the relay
position. By default it is "AUTO", the time switch switches at the
programmod timos. Additional solootions aro: ¹CONST ON¹ CONST
OFF" and "EXTRA". With choosing "EXTRA" the stored program will be
inversed. When the next programmed switching time has been
reached, the time switch returns to normal mode.
Holiday
Selection the "HOLIDAY" function allows to set the start-and end-date
of the holidays and has to be activated by selecting "ACTIVE", or
deactivate it by selecting "PASSIVE". When the "HOLIDAY" function is
activated, the stored program will be ignored during the selected days
and replaced by "CONST ON" or "CONST OFF". When holiday is over,
the AlphaRex returns to default mode.
ª Data key
When the time switch is connected to tension, the data key activated
automatically the "DATA KEY" menu with the options "READ" and
"WRITE".
¹WPíTE¹: programs storod in tno timo switon will bo oopiod into tno
data key. Eventually stored programs on the data key will be over-
written.
¹PEAD¹: programs storod on tno data koy will bo oopiod into tno timo
switch. Eventually stored programs on the time switch will be
overwritten.
It is only possible to save 1 "time switch program" which consist of
max. 56 ON/OFF (1 channel.) or max. 84 ON (1 channel pulse) or max.
2 x 28 ON/OFF (2 channel) on the time switch and the data key.
When inserting the data key without the time switch being connected to
tension, the "DATA KEY" menu will not appear automatically, but has to
be selected manually.
ª Programming on the PC
Next to the easy and text based programming directly on the time
switch, it is also possible to do it on your PC by using the Legrand
software and to transfer the program with the data key to the time
switch. To save the PC-created programs on the data key, the USB
adapter has to be installed.
Systom roquiromonts: USB-port, Windows
®
98 sooond odition,
Window
®
2000, Window
®
ME or Windows
®
XP, 10MB free disc space.
ª Reset
Pressing simultaneously on all 4 buttons for more than 2 seconds, will
causes a deletion of all stored data. Language, time/date, summer-
winter time and programs have to be re-installed.
ª Random function
To stimulate your presence with turning lights ON and OFF on different
times everyday. Just setup a normal program, activate the ‘Random’
function and from now on all ON and OFF times will vary randomly for
±30 minutes.
General information
º Starting : After applying the supply voltage, the time switch starts
automatically with the last selected function. The relay position is set
by the current program.
º Battery backup
- Backlighting not active.
- Data key READ/WRITE only via the menu.
Overview
D21 - 1-channel with pulse function
150
Rex time switches
Type MaxiRex
4QTB 4QWB 4QT 5QW
Catalogue no. 6499 14 6499 36 6499 15 6499 39
Voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
Frequency 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz
No. of channels 1 1 1 1
Motor quartz controlled quartz controlled quartz controlled quartz controlled
Switching dial 24 hrs 7 days 24 hrs 7 days
Switching capacity for
Resistive Cos ϕ = 1 20 A 20 A 20 A 20 A
Incandescent lamps 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A
Inductive cos ϕ = 0.6 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Contact SPST
Running reserve 500 hrs 500 hrs 500 hrs 500 hrs
Minimum switching time 10 min 1 hr 10 min 1 hr
Minimum setting interval 20 min 2 hr 20 min 2 hr
Switching accuracy ± 10 min ± 1 hr ± 10 min ± 1 hr
IP rating IP 53 IP 53 IP 30 IP 30
Operating temperature - 10
0
C to + 50
0
C - 10
0
C to + 50
0
C - 10
0
C to + 50
0
C - 10
0
C to + 50
0
C
Analogue time switch
Type MaxiRex EconoRex MicroRex
QT MQT QT11 QT31 QW31
Catalogue no. 6499 64 0499 86 0037 40 0037 53 0037 55
Voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
Frequency 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz
No. of channels 1 1 1 1 1
Motor quartz controlled quartz controlled quartz controlled quartz controlled quartz controlled
Switching dial 24 hrs 24 hrs 24 hrs 24 hrs 7 days
Switching capacity for
Resistive Cos ϕ = 1 30 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A
Incandescent lamps 1800 W 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A
Inductive cos ϕ = 0.6 20 A 8 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
Contact SPST SPDT SPST SPDT
Running reserve 100 hrs 100 hrs 100 hrs 100 hrs 100 hrs
Minimum switching time 10 min 15 min 15 min 15 min 2 hrs
Minimum setting interval 20 min 10 min 30 min 30 min 4 hrs
Switching accuracy ± 30 min ± 15 min ± 5 min ± 5 min ± 30 min
IP rating IP 30 IP 30 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Operating temperature - 10
0
C to + 55
0
C - 10
0
C to + 55
0
C - 10
0
C to + 55
0
C - 10
0
C to + 55
0
C - 10
0
C to + 55
0
C
Type AlphaRex AstroRex
D21 D22 D21 D22
Catalogue no. 0047 61 0047 71 0047 64 0047 67
Voltage 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC
Frequency 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz 50 / 60 hz
No. of channels 1 2 1 2
Type 24 hrs / 7 days 24 hrs / 7 days 24 hrs 24 hrs
Switching capacity for
Resistive Cos ϕ = 1 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A
Incandescent lamps 8 A 8 A 10 A 10 A
Inductive Cos ϕ = 0.6 10 A 10 A 4 A 4 A
Contact 1 SPDT 2 SPDT 1 SPDT 2 SPDT
Running reserve 6 yrs 6 yrs 6 yrs 6 yrs
Minimum switching time 1 min
(1)
1 min 1 min 1 min
Minimum setting interval 1 min 1 min 1 min 1 min
Switching accuracy ± 0.2 sec / day ± 0.2 sec / day ± 0.2 sec / day ± 0.2 sec / day
IP rating IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Operating temperature - 20
0
C to + 55
0
C - 20
0
C to + 55
0
C - 20
0
C to + 55
0
C - 20
0
C to + 55
0
C
No of module (17.5 mm) 2 2 2 2
(1)
Impulse version 1 sec.
Digital time switch
■ Technical data
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
151
Rex time switches
Nominal output (VDE) Allowed load at 230 VA, 50 Hz
Consumption I Cos ϕ Output Class Incandescent Fluorescent cos ϕ
at 230 VA = 1 halogen lamps lamps duo = 0.6
50 Hz (230VA) circuit
Cat.no. Watt A * ) IP A A A
DIN rail mounting
0037 40 0.38 16 1 S μ 20 4 14 12
0037 53 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 14 12
0037 55 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 14 12
0047 61 1 16 1 W μ 20 8 - 10
0047 71 1 16 1 W μ 20 8 - 10
0047 64 1 16 1 W μ 20 10 - 4
0047 67 1 16 1 W μ 20 10 - 4
Surface and facia mounting
6499 15 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 14 12
0497 55 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 14 12
6499 14 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 14 12
0497 57 0.38 16 1W μ 20 4 14 12
6499 39 0.38 10 1 W μ 20 4 8 7
6499 36 0.38 16 1 W μ 20 4 8 8
*) W = changeover contact
S = normal open
μ = distance between contacts 3 mm
Hint : Loads givon íor 230 vA / 50 Hz and contact life time ≥ 5 years
v Staircase time switches and timing relays ≥ 1,00,000 changeovers,
corresponding at ca. 27 changeovers / day.
v Time switches ≥ 10,000 changeovers, corresponding at ca. 5
changeovers / day.
Allowed loads for time switches
■ Technical data
ª MaxiRex
Cat. no. 6499 15, 6499 14, 6499 36
ª MaxiRex
Cat. no. 6499 39




■ Wiring diagram
ª MaxiRex
Cat. no. 6499 64
POWER
POWER
L N L N
LOAD
L
N
Wiring diagram
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
152
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
EconoRex MQT
Cat. no. 0499 86
MicroRex QT11
Cat. no. 0037 40
MicroRex QT31
Cat. no. 0037 53 and 0037 55
Rex time switches
■ Wiring diagram
AlphaRex D21
Cat. no. 0047 61
AlphaRex D22
Cat. no. 0047 71
AstroRex D22
Cat. no. 0047 67
AstroRex D21
Cat. no. 0047 64
Menu selection, one step back, pressing >1s = back to main display
MENU
Confirmation of selection and parameters
OK
Solootion in tno monu, ad|usting paramotor and solootion oí tno
channel (2 channel version only)
– +
'S' = A control i/p signal is superimposed on all program commands
(OR circuit), while the control signal is applied, the output is
switched ‘ON’ when the control signal is switched ‘OFF’, the
output is switched ‘OFF’ after a delay time. Unless an ‘ON’
command is applied by a program (0 min.... 23 hrs-5 min)
153
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Rex time switches
MaxiRex 4QTB and MaxiRex 4QWB
Cat. no. 6499 14 A and 6499 36 A
MaxiRex 4QT and MaxiRex 5QW
Cat. no. 6499 15 and 6499 39 with terminal cover
1
2
0
70
■ Dimensions
MaxiRex QT
Cat. no. 6499 64
Rex modular time switches
Catalogue no. Description A B C D E
0037 40 MicroRex QT11 17.5 86 60 44 45
0037 53 MicroRex QT31 53 90 60 44 45
0037 55 Micro Rex QW31 53 90 60 44 45
0047 61 AlphaRex D21 36 83 60 44 45
0047 71 AlphaRex D22 36 83 60 44 45
0047 64 AstroRex D21 36 83 60 44 45
0047 67 AstroRex D22 36 83 60 44 45
EconoRex
Cat. no. 0499 86
72
28
34
5
4
6
6
7
2
POWER
19
18
17
1 6
1 5
1 4
1 2 1 1
1
2
3
4
6
7
8 9 1 0
20
21 22 23
24
1 3
5
12
3
6
9
70
1
2
0
1
4
4
,
5
1
5
0
,
6
51
1
7
1
,
2
49
100,6
119,5
72,4
40,7
6
1
0
6
,
2
154
Rex time switches
■ Technical data
Installation
6
6
,
4
Door mounting with support 0498 32
Mounting
EconoRex MQT
Front panel and wall installation
Fixing
3
8

Wall mounting
R
3
6
8

+
0
,
7
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
155
Lexic time switches
for the use of time switches and staircase switches
Mode of loading : Conduct : Rule :
Load ohmic Starting current is permanent current i = i0 Nominal current according to the label (IN)
Electronical ballast for :
→ 12 V halogen lamps i / io = 2 1...2 times starting current
→ Fluo lamps (EvG,s) Curront is limitod olootronioally
Without any problems. (until IN x 0.8)

→ Incandescent lamps Starting current (i / i0 = 10...15) 10...15 times starting current
→ Halogon lamps (230 v, 50 Hz) Groat load oí inoandosoont lamps or load oí
halogen lamps. (see tabloid)
Uso a oontaotor¹ (írom íN x 0,4)


→ Compact fluorescent lamps Starting current (i / i0 = 16) 16 times starting current critical
witn ballast Uso a oontaotor¹ (írom íN x 0,03)
→ Fluorescent lamps
(with electrical ballast)

Fluo lamps:
→ Inductive, duo, Course of current with fluo tubes (i / i0 = 3) 3 times starting current (see tabloid)
serial compensated Without any problems (until IN x 0,7)


Gas discharge lamp in shunt compensation:
→ Fluo lamps 20...40 times starting current
→ Mercury vapour lamps The shunt compensation is very problematic
→ Metal halogen vapour lamps for all switching contacts.
→ Sodium vapour lamps
Parallol oapaoitors :
time - switches max. 4,7 μF
Course of current on capacitor - load. staircase - switches max. 7,0 μF
(i / i0 = 20...40) Uso a oontaotor¹

Transformer:
→ Halogen lamp transformer Conduct similar to shunt compensation 20...30 times starting current max. 1 / 10 of the
→ Separation transformer nominal load is permissible.
Uso a oontaotor¹

Motor load: (with starting capacitor)
→ Ventilator Course of current on motor load. 10...50 times starting current
→ Pump (i / i0 = 10...50) Different drives, max. 1 / 10 of the nominal load
→ Compressor is permissible.
Uso a oontaotor¹
approx.1/3s
10
3-5min
1/2-2 cycles
(1/120-1/30s)
0.2-0.5s
The type of load substantially affects its lifespan. In time switches and staircase lighting timers only the current at the start is critical.
Failure through a closed contact is not a problem because of the small number of operations. (inductive load cos ϕ = < 0.6)
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 156
Lexic
Rex-time lag switch
Lexic
Rex-time lag switch
■ Technical data
Rex800
■ Dimensions
■ Wiring diagram
Rex800
3-wire connection
Rex801
4-wire connection
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 156-157)
Programming
Short duration: When push button is pressed for
less than 2 seconds, light will remain ON for pre-
set period, eg. 2 minutes
Long duration: When push button is pressed for
more than 2 seconds, light will remain ON for 1
hour, eg. during maintenance or housekeeping
Premature switching OFF
< 2
sec.
Push button
< 2
sec.
Delay time = 1h
Time
Switching exit /
illumination
Delay time
0.5 - 12 min.
Can be reactivated
Switching contact: 1 make contact μ, 16 A
Pack Cat. nos. Time lag switch
Rex800 multi
10/100 0047 02 Time lag switch 0.5 sec - 12 min. 1
230 V~
Rex800 multi
Multi-fuctionlal staircase timer:
º standard stairoaso timor
º stairoaso timor witn pro-warning íuotion
º stairoaso timor witn long timo íunotion (1n)
º stairoaso timor witn oarly warning and long timo
fuction
º disoonnootablo timo rolais
º disoonnootablo timo rolais witn oarly warn íunotion
º olootronio rolais
lighting time switch 0,5-12 min.
for all driving voltages from 8-230 V/AC DC
3-/4-wire connection, 16A/230V~, 50/60 Hz,
2000 W lamp load resistance/Halogen bulbs 230 V,
1000 VA fluorescent lamps, serial compensation
120 VA fluorescent lamps, parallel compensation
Parallel compensation: C <= 100μF at the maximum
maximum length of trip lines: 100 m
Function diagram
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
Dimensions in mm, 1 inch = 25.4mm
0047 02
157
Rex - time lag switch
Rex800 multi
0,5...12 min.
ON
OFF
B/S-/S+
0,5...12 min. 5s 20 s
0,3 s
ON
OFF
B/S-/S+
0,3 s
0,5...12 min.
ON
OFF
B/S-/S+
> 2 s
1 h
> 2 s < 2 s
B/S-/S+
> 2s < 2s
0,5...12 min. 5s 20s 1h 5s 20s
0,3 s 0,3 s
ON
OFF
> 2s
0,3 s 0,3 s
8 - 230 V ≅
230 V~
L
N
N B
L 4
S- S+
230 V~
L
N
8 - 230 V ≅
N B
L 4
S- S+
A
0,5...12 min.
ON
OFF
B/S-/S+
E
5s 20 s
0,3 s
ON
OFF
0,5...12 min.
B/S-/S+
0,3 s
5s 20 s
F
ON
OFF
B/S-/S+
G
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
F
E
G
0,5 - 12 min
0,5 - 12 min
0,5 - 12 min
0,5 - 12 min
0,5 - 12 min
0,5 - 12 min
230V~
L
N
230V~
L
N
S- S+
8V 230V ≅
S- S+
8V 230V ≅
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
B/S-/S+
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1h
1h
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF A
B
C
D
F
E
G
■ Wiring diagram
Rex - time lag switch
Cat. nos. 0047 02
■ Selectable functions
3-wire connection 4-wire connection
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Attention: standard setting is
fuction B
Functions E and F can not be used in
nousos witn ílats¹
158
Lexic
multifunctional time delay relay
Lexic
multifunctional time delay relay
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0047 44
Characteristics
Distribution voltage botwoon A1 A2 : 12 v to 230 v AC / DC
Tolerance -10 % to +10 %
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Control voltage equal to distribution voltage
Time domain 0.1 seconds up to 100 hours
Power draw 230 V AC / DC = 1.4 W, 12 V AC / DC = 0.5 W
Repeating accuracy ± 0.2 %
Setting accuracy ± 5 % at 25
0
C
Control impulse 50 ms
Delay time max. 100 ms
Bridging time in case of voltage cutoff 200 ms
Breaking capacity 8 A (4) 250 V
Bulbs 2 A 250 V
Electrical lifetime 10
5
hysteresis at 2000 W cos ϕ = 1
Mechanical lifetime 10
7
hysteresis
Length of trip line max. 20 m
Ambient temperature - 20
0
C… + 60
0
C
Storing temperature - 30
0
C… + 70
0
C
Cross section for connection single wire 1… 4 mm
2
,
multiwire 1.5… 2.5 mm
2
■ Technical data
■ Dimensions
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 158-160)
For controlling the switching ON and / or OFF of
equipment (lighting, ventilation, control systems,
signalling systems) for preset periods
from 0.1 s to 100 hours
Supply voltago: 12 v - 230 v AC/DC ±10%
Output: 8 A - 250 v AC (oos ϕ = 1) per change over
switch
For protection against transient
voltage surges
Lexic VSP (p. 139-143)
Dimensions in mm, 1 inch = 25.4mm
Pack Cat. nos. Time delay relay
Rex801
1 0047 44 With 10 functions 1
ON/OFF delay
Flasher (impulse starting)
Flasher (off-time starting)
Passing contact
Additive ON delay
Additive fleeting ON
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
Control input Y1
Contact
Control input Y1
Contact
Control input Y1
Contact
Control input Y1
Contact
Control input Y1
Contact
Control input Y1
Contact
159
Lexic
multifunctional time delay relay (continued)
Connection
In case the time switch is connected to the mains supply, the
connection to protective low voltage is not allowed and vice versa,
i.e. in case the time switch is connected to protective low voltage, the
connection to the mains supply is not allowed.
Indicator light
(On: in oaso oí oontaot
15-18 being closed)
Key parts
Function selection
A – with delayed response time
B – with delayed response time, additive
C – with delayed release time
D – with delayed response and release time
E – time relay with flashing indicator, starting with impulse
F – time relay with flashing indicator, starting with break
G pulso snapor
H – wiping contact relay
K – wipe contact flick contactor
L – wipe contact flick contactor, additive
Adjustment of delay time
1 ad|ustmont oí dolay toloranoo
2 prooiso ad|ustmont oí dolay timo
The position of the delay selector switch 1 multiplied by the
potontiomotor ad|ustmont 2 = dolay timo T.
Examplo: 1 - 10 sooonds x 4 = 4 sooonds
function selection
ad|ustmont oí dolay timo
ad|ustmont oí timo domain
control
■ Technical data
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Lexic dimmer (p. 163)
Remote control dimmer
160
Lexic
multifunctional time delay relay
Function A
Time relay with delayed response time
When feeding the control voltage, a certain
period of time begins to pass, and at the end
of this time period the make contact changes
from 15-16 to 15-18. After an interruption, the
time period begins to pass again.
Function D
Time relay with delayed response and
release time
When feeding the control voltage, a certain
period of time begins to pass, and at the end
of this time period the make contact changes
from 15-16 to 15-18. If the control voltage is
interrupted then, a further time lapse starts
which is as long as the first one. At its end the
make contact returns to neutral position 15-16.
After an interruption of the delayed response
time, the period of time begins to pass again.
Function E
Time relay with flashing indicator,
starting with impulse
As long as the control voltage is fed, the make
contact changes between 15-16 and 15-18.
When feeding the control voltage, the make
contact immediately changes to 15-18.
Function F
Time relay with flashing indicator,
starting with break
As long as the control voltage is fed, the
make contact changes between 15-16 and
15-18. When feeding the control voltage, the
make contact remains at 15-16 for the time
being.
Function G
Pulse shaper
When feeding the control voltage, a certain
period of time begins to pass, and at the end
of this time period the make contact changes
from 15-16 to 15-18.
Function L
Function H
Wiping contact relay
When feeding the control voltage, a certain
period of time begins to pass, and at the end
of this time period the make contact changes
from 15-16 to 15-18. In case of cutting off the
control voltage during the wiping time, the
make contact immediately returns to 15-16,
and the remaining time is deleted.
Wipe contact flick contactor, additive
When the distribution voltage A1-A2 is
connected and the control voltage is fed, the
make contact changes from 15-16 to 15-18. If
the sum of control voltage interruptions is
oqual to tno ad|ustod timo, tno mako oontaot
will open and can only be closed after a
voltage cutoff.
Function K
Wipe contact flick contactor
When feeding the control voltage, the make
contact changes from 15-16 to 15-18 and
returns after the wiping time has passed. In
case of cutting off the control voltage during
the wiping time, the make contact immediately
returns to 15-16, and the remaining time is
deleted.
Function B
Time relay with delayed response time,
additive
If the sum of control voltage interruptions is
oqual to tno ad|ustod timo, tno mako oontaot
will close. The make contact remains closed
until the distribution voltage is disconnected.
Function C
Time relay with delayed release time
When feeding the control voltage, the make
contact changes from 15-16 to 15-18. By
interrupting the control voltage, a certain
period of time begins to pass, and at the end
of this time period the make contact returns to
the neutral position 15-16.
■ Technical data
Safety instructions
v The product may only be installed and mounted by an expert
v The electrical safety can only be guaranteed on condition that
the product and all accessories supplied are installed in the
according product specific environment and that the EMC
regulations are kept.
v In case of any intervention in the product, Legrand accept no
liability.
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
161
Lexic
power contactors
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0040 69 0040 78
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 162)
Conform to IEC 61095
Label holder
Manual ON and OFF on front face (use screw driver)
ON and OFF indicator
Pack Cat. nos. Power contactors with 230 VA coil
Double pole - 250 VA
230 VA coil
I max Type of Number of
contact 17.5 mm
modules
1/42 0041 28 25 A 2 N/O 1

1/42 0041 29 25 A 2 N/C 1

1/42 0040 68 40 A 2 N/O 2
Triple pole – 400 VA
230 VA coil
1/12 0040 69 40 A 3 N/O 3
1/12 0040 77 63 A 3 N/C 3
Four pole – 400 VA
230 VA coil
1/12 0040 70 40 A 4 N/O 3
1/12 0040 78 63 A 4 N/O 3
1/12 0040 79 63 A 4 N/C 3
Auxiliary devices for contactors
Auxiliary changeover switch
Fitted on left hand side of contactor
Used to signal the position status of the contacts on
the product to which it is connected.
I max Voltage Changeover Number
switch of 17.5 mm
modules
1/42 0040 85 5 A 250 VA N/C + N/O 0.5
1/42 0041 85 5 A 250 VA N/C + N/O 0.5
For cat nos.0041 28 & 0041 29 use 0041 85
>>>
LEXIC POWER CONTACTORS
Modular power
management
solutions
>
Time switches
- Din channel mounting
- Analogue, digital and astronomical versions
- 24 hrs. and 7 days programmes
>
Contactors
- Din channel mounting
- Current rating 20 A to 63 A
- 2 pole / 3 pole / 4 pole
162
Lexic
power contactors
(1) For a service life of 10 years with 200 day's annual use
(2) Power unit (W), to multiply by 2 (e.g. 2 x 18 W)
Install a spacing unit every two contactors (Cat.No 0044 40 or 0044 41)
Contactor rating 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C
Ie = 16 A 16 A 14 A 12 A 10 A
Ie = 20 A 20 A 18 A 16 A 14 A
Ie = 40 A 40 A 36 A 32 A 29 A
Ie = 63 A 63 A 57 A 50 A 46 A
ª Recommendations
Derating of contactors mounted in modular boxes
if the internal temperature is > 40 °C
■ Contactors performance
(1)
1 - Lighting
Maximum numbor oí lamps por pnaso aooording to tno oirouit:
º 230 v± singlo pnaso: valuos in tno tablo
º 400 v± 3-phase + neutral (connection between phase and
noutral): valuos in tno tablo por pnaso (multiply by 3)
º 230 v± 3-pnaso witnout noutral (oonnootion botwoon pnaso):
values in the table divided by 3
- Incandescent lamps - Tungsten and 230 V halogen filament
Power unit 7 W 10 W 18 W 26 W
16 A 52 47 42 27
20 A 56 51 43 28
40 A 105 94 68 53
63 A 128 113 88 79
Compact fluorescent with integrated power supply
Power unit 7 W 11 W 15 W 20 W 23 W
16 A 98 82 62 51 41
20 A 102 85 63 52 42
40 A 125 106 94 71 56
63 A 146 128 113 88 78
- Fluorescent tubes - Compact fluorescent without compensation
2 - Motors - Maximum (kW)
3 - Heating -
Maximum power according to the number of operations per day (kW)
Simple and double
With electronic ballast
Power unit 70 W 150 W 250 W 330 W 400 W 1000 W
16 A 9 5 3 3 2 -
Without 20 A 10 6 3 3 2 1
compensation 40 A 22 15 9 8 6 2
63 A 30 19 11 9 7 3
16 A 6 6 3 2 2 1
With 20 A 8 8 3 2 2 1
compensation 40 A 20 20 8 8 7 3
63 A 25 25 11 10 9 5
- Discharge lamps
Sodium vapour high pressure or metal iodide
Mercury vapour high pressure
Power unit 18 W 36 W 58 W
16 A 32 28 17

Single
20 A 35 30 18
40 A 64 35 27
63 A 79 46 31
16 A 16 14 8

Double
(2) 20 A 17 15 9
40 A 32 18 14
63 A 40 22 15
<
<
Operations per day 16 A 20 A 40 A 63 A
230 V single phase supply
50 3.5 4.5 9 14
75 3 3.5 7.5 12
100 2.5 3 6 9.5
250 1.5 2 4 6
500 1 1 2.5 4.5
400 V 3-phase supply
50 10 13 26 41
75 9 11 22 35
100 7 9 17 26
250 3 4 8 13
500 2 3 6 9
Power unit 40 W 60 W 75 W 100 W 150 W 200 W 300 W 500 W 1 000 W
16 A 40 32 27 21 13 11 8 4 2
20 A 47 37 30 23 15 12 8 5 2
40 A 118 87 72 52 36 26 18 11 7
63 A 156 115 96 71 48 35 25 15 8
Halogen lamps with 12 V ferromagnetic transformer
Operating characteristics of contactor
Cat. no. 0041 28 0041 29 0040 68 0040 77 0040 79
Power circuit
Rated operating current (Ie)
- at AC 7a 20 A 20 A 40 A 40 A 63 A
- at AC 7b
Nominal Voltage (Un) 250 V 250 V 250 V 400 V 400 V
Rated operating voltage (Ui) 250 V 250 V 250 V 400 V 400 V
Rated impulse withstand 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
voltage (U imp)
Rated operating voltage (Ue)
- across the poles (between 250 V 250 V 250 V 400 V 400 V
upstream & downstream of a
contact)
- phase to phase 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
( between 2 contacts)
Rated breaking and making
capacity - At AC7a 1.5 x Ie 1.5 x Ie 1.5 x Ie 1.5 x Ie 1.5 x Ie
- At AC7b 8 x Ie 8 x Ie 8 x Ie 8 x Ie 8 x Ie
Dissipated power per contact 1.5 VA
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Isolating distance complies with standard NF EN 61095, i.e. > 3mm
Degree of pollution 2
(as per IEC 61095)
Short circuit protection 20 A 20 A 40 A 40 A 63 A
by Lexic MCB
Control circuit
Rated voltage (Uc) 230 V
Operating voltage from 0.85 Uc to 1.1 Uc
Control circuit/power 4 kV
circuit insulation voltage
Max. Speed 1200 actuations per hour
Coil consumption - Inrush (VA) 12 VA 13 VA 14 VA 20 VA 21 VA
- Hold (VA) 3.2 VA 3.2 VA 3.2 VA 6.2 VA 6.2 VA
State change time 50 ms
Endurance
Number of off load actuations
using handle 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Number of off load actuations 2,000,00 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000
using electrical control
Number of actuations at Ie in 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000
AC7a : 100 000
Others
Terminal capacity - Rigid 1x4 mm
2
or 2 x 2.5 mm
2
1 x 25 mm
2
or 2 x 16 mm
2
- Flexible 1x4 mm
2
or 2 x 2.5 mm
2
1 x 25 mm
2
or 2 x 16 mm
2
Operating temperature - 5
0
C to + 40
0
C
Storage temperature - 20
0
C to + 70
0
C
Add on accessories
- Auxiliary changeover switch v v v v v
■ Technical characteristics
Power unit 20 W 50 W 75 W 100 W 150 W
16 A 16 11 9 7 4
20 A 19 12 10 8 5
40 A 45 29 25 20 15
63 A 64 42 34 28 19
Power unit 15 W 18 W 20 W 36 W 40 W 58 W 65 W 115 W 140 W
16 A 24 24 24 22 22 15 15 8 8
Non 20 A 28 28 28 26 26 17 17 10 10
compensated 40 A 75 75 75 65 65 40 40 22 22
63 A 105 105 105 93 93 58 58 33 33
16 A 16 16 16 16 16 11 11 6 6
Parallel 20 A 18 18 18 18 18 13 13 6 6
compensated 40 A 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 14 14
63 A 60 60 60 60 60 43 43 20 20
16 A - 32 32 18 18 11 11 7 7
Serial 20 A - 38 38 21 21 13 13 9 9
compensated
(2)
40 A - 85 85 45 45 29 29 18 18
63 A - 120 120 65 65 40 40 24 24
Power unit 50 W 80 W 125 W 250 W 400 W 700 W 1000 W
16 A 11 9 7 3 1 - -
Without 20 A 12 10 8 3 2 1 -
compensation 40 A 36 27 19 10 7 4 3
63 A 52 39 27 14 10 6 4
16 A 9 7 5 3 1 - -
With 20 A 10 8 6 3 2 1 -
compensation 40 A 25 21 14 7 4 3 2
63 A 30 25 16 9 5 3 2
16 A 20 A 40 A 63 A
230 V single phase motor with capacitor 0.9 1.1 2.5 4
400 V 3-phase motor 2.7 3.3 7.5 12
Lexic
Remote control dimmer
.
163
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pod oataloguo numbors : Now produots
■ Dimmer for incandescent and halogen lamps
Cat. No. 0036 71
0036 71
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 163)
Max. 100 m
Double
push button
Double
push button
L
Bus line for control peripherals
Maximum length of the bus line : 300 m
Recommended cable : SYT shielded
➊ Incandescent lamps
➋ Halogen lamps 230 V
➌ Fluorescent lamps Ø 26 or 36 mm
➍ Halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer
➎ Halogen lamps with electronic transformer
➏ Fluocompact lamps with separated electronic ballast 1-10 V
0036 71
Max. 1-000 W
yes yes no yes yes no
Min. 40 W
Cat.No
➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ ➏
Ø-26-/-Ø-36
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
Pack Cat. nos. Dimmers
DIN rail mounting
1 0036 71 For incandescent and halogen lamps 6
230 VA, ELV halogen lamps with
ferromagnetic or electronic transformers
Can be controlled with simple non
illuminated double push-buttons or BUS
peripheral
■ Compatible load
Lexic
Remote control dimmer
0044 54 0044 53
Dimensions (p. 170)
Supplied in push-button position
Can be converted to control switches
Accept insertion of supply busbars
Conform to standard IEC 60669-1
AC 12 according to IEC 60947-5-1
Nominal rating : 20 A
Patod voltago : 250 v
Powor dissipation : 2 kW por polo
Nominal íroquonoy : 50/60 Hz
Torminal oapaoity - Pigid : 4 mm
2
Floxiblo : 4mm
2
Dogroo oí protootion : íP20
Pack Cat. nos. Single functions
20 A - 250 VA
Number of
17.5mm modules
10/100 0044 53 1 N/O 1

10/60 0044 54 1 N/C 1

10/60 0044 55 2 N/O 1
Dual functions
Number of
17.5mm modules
10/100 0044 63 1 N/O + green 1
indicator
(1)
10/60 0044 64 1 N/C + red 1
indicator
(1)
(1)
supplied with E10 lamps 230 VA
164
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0043 82
Dimensions (p. 170)
Lexic
change over switches
Lexic
push-buttons and control switches
Pack Cat. nos. Changeover switches
Two-way - 250 VA
Number of
Nominal rating (A) 17.5 modules
10/100 0043 82 20 1
Double two-way - 400 VA
5/50 0043 83 20 2
Double two-way with centre off - 400 VA
5/50 0043 86 20 2
Four Pole two-way centre off - 400 VA
2/20 6040 22 40 4
250 V± - 50/60 Hz
Conform to IEC 60669-1
Powor dissipation : 1.5 W por polo
AC 22 as per IEC 60947-3
Torminal oapaoity - Pigid : 4 mm
2

Floxiblo : 4 mm
2

Dogroo oí protootion : íP20
165
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0044 85 0044 86 0044 84
Dimensions (p. 170)
Supplied with diffuser and lamp E-10 - 230 VA
Replaceable diffuser and lamp
Allow supply busbar to be inserted
Pack Cat. nos. Single indicators 250 VA
10/100 0044 83 Groon 1
10/100 0044 84 Red 1
10/100 0044 85 Orange 1
10/100 0044 86 Blue 1
Replacement lamps E-10 - 1.2 W
10/200 0044 36 230 V neon
Number of
17.5 mm modules
Lexic
indicators
Lexic
ammeter and voltmeter
0046 02 0046 00 0046 63
Dimensions (p. 170)
Technical data (p. 166-169)
Pack Cat. nos. Ammeters
Analogue ammeter
Measures the intensity of the current circulating
in an electrical circuit in Amperes (A)
Direct connection
1/12 0046 02 To alternating or direct current
Pango : 0-30 A 4
Connected using a 5 A current
transformer (CT)
1/12 0046 00 The meter is fitted with an appropriate 4
dial for the intensity of the current being
measured
Measuring dials for ammeter cat. no 0046 00
2/84 0046 10 0-50 A
2/84 0046 13 0-100 A
2/84 0046 15 0-200 A
2/84 0046 17 0-300 A
2/84 0046 18 0-400 A
2/84 0046 20 0-600 A
2/84 0046 21 0-800 A
2/84 0046 22 0-1-000 A
2/84 0046 23 0-1-200 A
Voltmeters
Analogue voltmeter
Used to measure the AC or DC voltage
(V) in an electrical circuit
1/12 0046 60 Range 0-500 V 4
Digital ammeter / voltmeter
Display A, kA, V
1 0046 63 Measures the current or the voltage 4
of the circuit depending on the connection
made
- Ammotor modo: oonnootod via a 0 - 5 A
current transformer (CT)
Poading rango ad|ustod aooording to CT
used (100, 400, 600 or 1-000 A)
voltago: 230 v± - 50/60 Hz
Soalo: 0 - 4-000 A
- voltmotor modo: moasuros tno AC
or DC voltago oí an olootrioal oirouit,
scale 0 - 500 V
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
Number of
17.5 mm
modules
A
166
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Lexic
selector switch and current transformer
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
■ Technical data
Ammeter
Analogue Digital
Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic via shunt
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision ± 1.5 % ± 1% to + 1 digit
Operating temperature – 10
0
C to + 40
0
C – 10
0
C to + 40
0
C
Storage temperature – 20
0
C to + 80
0
C – 20
0
C to + 70
0
C
Consumption :
º voltago oirouit - 4.5 vA
º moasuromont oirouit 1.1 vA 1 vA
Connection Direct Via CT -
Size 6 mm
2
4 mm
2
2 x 2.5 mm
2
Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
Analogue Digital
Type of measurement Ferromagnetic Electronic integration
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Precision ± 1.5 % ± 1% to ± 1 digit
Operating temperature – 10
0
C to + 40
0
C – 10
0
C to + 40
0
C
Storage temperature – 20
0
C to + 80
0
C – 20
0
C to + 70
0
C
Consumption 3 VA 4.5 VA
Connection size 2 x 2.5 mm
2
2 x 2.5 mm
2

Conformity to standards EN 61010-1 EN 61010-1
Voltmeter
Current transformers (CT)
Index of protection IP 20
Operating frequency 50/60 Hz
Connootion sizo : oago torminals 2 x 2.5 mm
2
clips 6.3 x 0.8
Operating temperature - 10
0
C to + 60
0
C
Storage temperature - 20
0
C to + 70
0
C
Conformity to standards IEC 60044-1
0046 52
Pack Cat. nos. Selector switches
For manual switching of circuits being measured
4-position ammeter selector switch
1/20 0046 50 For measuring currents in a 3-phase
circuit using only one ammeter with a
current transformer (3 modules)
4-position voltmeter selector switch
1/20 0046 52 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages
of a 3-phase circuit without neutral using
only one voltmeter (3 modules)
7-position voltmeter selector switch
1/20 0046 53 For measuring phase-to-phase voltages
and phase-neutral voltages of a 3-phase
circuit with neutral (3 modules)
Current transformers (CT)
Used with ammeters or electricity meters
Supply a current of 0 to 5 A to the secondary
which is proportional to the primary current
Fix to plate or rail EN 50022
Transformation ratio Precision in % Power in VA
1/12 0046 31 50/5 3 1.25
1/12 0046 34 100/5 1 2.5
1/12 0046 36 200/5 1 5.5
1/12 0047 75 300/5 1 11
1/12 0046 38 400/5 1 12
1/12 0047 76 600/5 1 12
1/12 0047 77 800/5 1 15
1/12 0047 78 1000/5 1 20
1/12 0047 79 1250/5 1 15
L2
L1
3
L2L N
L1L2 N
3 1
L1
L2
L3
0
L3L1 L1L2
L2L3
0
0047 79
■ Current transformers (CT)
Dimensions
Lexic
ammeter, voltmeter and current transformer
Opening Opening Fixing
for cable for bar centres
max. Ø (mm) w. x th. (mm) on plate (mm)
CT single-phase
CT 50/5
100/5 Ø 21 16 x 12.5 on rail EN 50 022
200/5

20.5 x 12.5
CT 300/5 Ø 23 25.5 x 11.5 50 x 45
30.5 x 10.5
CT 400/5 Ø 35 40.5 x 10.5 54 x 45
CT 600/5
800/5 - 32 x 65
on bar
1-000/5
CT 1-250/5 - 34 x 84 on bar
6
0
9
4
42 56
45
5
4
45
1
0
7
46 77
90
4
0
9
4
90
4
7
.5
6
5
30 44
87
5
8
1
1
6
96
167
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Lexic
ammeter
Analogue ammeter
0046 00
Installation
0046 10 0-50 A
0046 13 0-100 A
0046 15 0-200 A
0046 17 0-300 A
0046 18 0-400 A
0046 20 0-600 A
0046 21 0-800 A
0046 22 0-1000 A
0046 23 0-1200 A
0046 30 50/5 A
0046 23 100/5 A
0046 35 200/5 A
0046 37 300/5 A
0046 38 400/5 A
0046 40 600/5 A
0046 41 800/5 A
0046 42 1000/5 A
0046 43 1200/5 A
■ Technical data
0-30 A Analogue ammeter
0046 02
Single phase
Three phase
Three phase
Analogue ammeter
0046 00
Single phase
Connection
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
IMAX : 5 A
IMAX : 30 A
IMAX : 30 A



168
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx Lexic
ammeter and voltmeter
Three - phase
Witn 4 position switon oat. no. 0046 52 : Moasuromont botwoon
phases in three phase circuit.
Three-phase
Witn 7 position switon oat. no. 0046 53 : Moasuromont botwoon pnasos
and between phase and neutral in a three-phase + neutral circuit.
2 A
L
N
L
N
230 V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
A
2 A
2 A
L
N
L
N
230 V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
V
A
V
Single phase
Digital ammeter / voltmeter
0046 63
Connection
Single phase
Analogue voltmeter
0046 60
Connection
■ Technical data
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
169
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Lexic
ammeter and voltmeter
A
V
230 V
COMM A V SUPPLY
L1
L2
L3
N
11 7 3
2 4 10
L e gr a n d
0046 50
L
N
2A
L3 L1
L2
0
230 V
A
Three phase
Digital ammeter / voltmeter
0046 63
Connection
■ Technical data
Select the desired measure (V or A) by pressing
repeatedly on the button.If“A”is selected,press
repeatedly on the button to choose the desired rating
(see table below).When the selection display is
cleared,your selection has been saved.
ª DispIay
ª Marking
170
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
Lexic
modular din-rail products
Products A B C D E F G
SP SPN DP TP TPN FP
Lexic MCBs (0.5 to 63A) 70 17.7 35.6 35.6 53.4 71.2 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic MCBs (80 - 125A) 70 26.7 - 53.4 80.1 - 106.8 60 83 44 76 89
Lexic Isolators 70 - - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCCB - type AC (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCCB - type AC (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
Lexic RCCB - type A - S (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCCB - type A - S (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
Lexic RCCB - type Hpi (DP) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCCB - type Hpi (FP) 71.5 - - - - - 71.2 60 83 44 77.5 94
Lexic RCBO - type AC 70 - - 71.2 - - 142.4 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCBO - type AC (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Lexic RCBO - type Hpi (DP 2 mod.) 70 - - 35.6 - - - 60 83 44 76 94
Auxiliary contacts cat. no. 0073 50/51/52/53 70 8.7 60 83 44 76 83
Auxiliary contacts cat. no. 0073 54 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Shunt trip cat. no. 0073 60/61 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Minimum voltage trip cat. no. 0037 54 70 17.7 60 83 44 76 83
Remote control for MCB / RCBO 74 54 74 83 44 80.5 89
Lexic MPCB 82.5 44.5 72.2 89 44 87.3 91
Lexic VSP 60 17.7 - 35.6 53.4 - 71.2 - 86 44 70 -
Lexic changeover switch cat. no. 0043 82 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic changeover switch cat. no. 0043 83/86 68 35.6 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic push button cum switch 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 94
Lexic indicators 68 17.7 60 83 44 74 -
Lexic dimmer 66 72 60 88 44 72 90
Lexic contactors 20 A 62 17.8 60 83 44 67.5 -
Lexic contactors 40 A (2 mod.) 60 35.6 61 80 44 67 -
Lexic contactors 40 A / 63 A (3 mod.) 60 54 61 80 44 67 -
Lexic ammeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic voltmeter 60 70 60 83 44 66 -
Lexic selector switch 60 52.5 69 74 44.5 74 -
■ Dimensions
171
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Loadster
circuit breakers upto 60 A
L43105RO L43205RO
Dimensions (p. 172)
Technical data (p. 173)
Conforms to IEC 60947-2
Breaking capacity upto 3 kA
Surface mounting
Pack Cat. nos. Single pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/55 L43001RO 0.5
1/55 L43003RO 1
1/55 L43004RO 2
1/55 L43005RO 2.5
1/55 L43105RO 5
1/55 L43107RO 7.5
1/55 L43110RO 10
1/55 L43112RO 12.5
1/55 L43115RO 15
1/55 L43120RO 20
1/55 L43125RO 25
1/55 L43130RO 30
1/55 L43135RO 35
1/55 L43140RO 40
1/55 L43150RO 50
1/55 L43160RO 60
Double pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/24 L43205RO 5
1/24 L43210RO 10
1/24 L43215RO 15
1/24 L43220RO 20
1/24 L43225RO 25
1/24 L43230RO 30
1/24 L43235RO 35
1/24 L43240RO 40
1/24 L43250RO 50
1/24 L43260RO 60





Noto: Broaking oapaoity íor ourront rating 0.5 A to 2.5 A
is 1500 A
Breaking capacity for current rating 5 A to 60 A
is 3000 A
L43305RO L43420RO
Dimensions (p. 172)
Technical data (p. 173)
Conforms to IEC 60947-2
Breaking capacity 3 kA
Surface mounting
Pack Cat. nos. Triple pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/16 L43305RO 5
1/16 L43310RO 10
1/16 L43315RO 15
1/16 L43320RO 20
1/16 L43325RO 25
1/16 L43330RO 30
1/16 L43335RO 35
1/16 L43340RO 40
1/16 L43350RO 50
1/16 L43360RO 60
Four pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/12 L43405RO 5
1/12 L43410RO 10
1/12 L43415RO 15
1/12 L43420RO 20
1/12 L43425RO 25
1/12 L43430RO 30
1/12 L43435RO 35
1/12 L43440RO 40
1/12 L43450RO 50
1/12 L43460RO 60
172
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Loadster Isolators Loadster
isolators
Side view of single pole Loadster

Side view of multiple pole Loadsters
■ Dimensions
Dimensions in mm,
1 inch = 25.4mm
L43299IO
Dimensions (p. 172)
Pack Cat. nos. Single pole + Neutral 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/16 L43098IO 30
1/16 L43099IO 60
1/16 L43100IO 100
Triple pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/16 L43298IO 30
1/16 L43299IO 60
1/16 L43300IO 100
Four pole 240/415 VA
Nominal rating (A)
1/12 L43398IO 30
1/12 L43399IO 60
1/12 L43400IO 100
173
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Loadster MCBs
Percent rated current (15-30 amps.)
Percent rated current (0.5/2.5 amps.)
■ Technical data
Tripping characteristics at reference ambient temperature 40
0
C
Percent rated current (35-60 amps.)
Percent rated current (5/10 amps.)
174
P. 189
SPN DBs
P. 194
TPN DBs,
DPX 125 MCCB and
DPX 250 ER MCCB DBs
P. 198
Metal one way
enclosures
P. 180
SPN DBs
P. 182
VTPN DBs
P. 185
Metra Plug and
Socket DBs
Distribution
Solutions
with
Ekinoxe
TM
Dimensions
of Distribution
boards
Distribution boards
for Lexic products,
175
P. 190
TPN DBs and
ETPN DBs
P. 191
TPN DBs,
7 Segment DBs and
7 Segment MCCB DBs
P. 192
TPN DBs and
Phase
selector DBs
P. 196-197
Metra plug and
socket DBs for
Lexic
P. 192
TPN DBs -
VTPN DBs
P. 195
Flexy DBs for
Lexic
P. 195-196
Ekinoxe TX
DBs for Lexic
P. 197
P17 Tempra
plug and socket
DBs
P. 200
Plastic one way
enclosures
P. 181
7 segment
MCCB DBs
P.180
ETPN DBs
P. 181
7 segment
DBs
P. 182
Phase selector
DBs
P. 183
DPX 125 MCCB
DBs
P. 183
DPX 250 ER
MCCB DBs
P. 184
Flexy DBs
P. 184
Ekinoxe TX DBs
P. 185
P17 Tempra
Plug and Socket
DBs
P. 186
Metal One Way
Enclosures
P. 186
Cable End Box,
Meter Box, PPI Kit &
Accessories
176
Wide range with multiple applications
With Ekinoxe, you have a variety of distribution boards that think ‘Safety First’. Combined
perfectly with great aesthetics, that suit any decor, Ekinoxe is ready for use in residences, offices,
commercial and industrial complexes.
SPN IP43 DB with Metal Door ETPN IP43 DB with Acrylic Door VTPN IP20 DB
VTPN MCCB IP20 DB Flexy IP43 DB with Acrylic Door Phase Selector IP20 DB
7 Segment MCCB DB Metra Plug & Socket DB Flexy IP20 DB with Cable End Box
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 177
Flexy IP43 DB with Metal Door
VTPN MCCB DB with Meter Box
P17 Tempra Plug & Socket DB
Ekinoxe
TM
Ekinoxe has been designed to provide a new
dimension of protection in homes, offices and
industries. With a stylish colour, elegant curves
and distinctive finish. Ekinoxe blends in perfectly
with any interior decor.
One-Look:
A completely integrated
design gives Ekinoxe a
compact,
streamlined look.
Smart colour:
A stylish never before
colour in DBs gives
Ekinoxe a unique look that
blends perfectly with any
decor. For consistency,
the box and shield are of
the same colour.
colour : RAL 7035
fine textured
Beautifully Designed
Distribution Board
For the most elegant-
looking, eyecatching
Distribution Boards, look
no further than Ekinoxe.
E-Curves:
Elegantly designed curved
outlines with a professional
matt finish, make Ekinoxe
an eyecatching creation.
178
... Safe
Compact
Convenience
New compact and
fully shrouded VTPN
Busbar assembly
ensures streamlined
dimensions and
complete safety.
Busbar and neutral links are
shrouded. Thus, there’s no
chance of accidental contact with
live parts, and no possibility of
shock during use.
Protect Plus for Busbars Safe Shroud for
Neutral Links
InstallEase
The Pan Assembly
ensures that the entire
internal assembly can be
stored safely when not
in use. Moreover MCBs/
RCDs/MCCBs can be
conveniently assembled
on the din rail and the
entire pan assembly
can be simply fixed onto
the DB
Visual anti insertion
facility
While mounting, DBs
can be under- or over
flushed. To avoid this, two
markers are provided
on the boxes. The lower
marks the level upto
which an IP 20 DB should
be flushed, while the
upper one is the flush
level for an
IP 42 / IP 54 DB
Door-Reverse
For more convenience,
the door can be
reversed at the place of
installation.
Add on metering block
Ammeter/voltmeter, if
required alongwith VTPN
MCCB DBs, can
be fitted onto the
Metering Box.
This box in turn, can be
fitted on
the top of the VTPN
MCCB DBs.
DustGuard
The Masking Sheet,
when fitted onto the
box, will prevent cement
from entering the box
during plastering. Thus
keeping internal
components safe.
Keylock Convertible
The DBs come with an
ergonomically designed
lock. In future, if the lock
has to be converted to a
panel lock, it can be done
at site simply by replacing
the normal lock. Panel
locks are sold as an
accessory (refer p. 185.)
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 179
Ekinoxe
TM
Unique Feature for total protection ensuring
attention to every details.
IK
IP
Superior withstanding capacity of
busbars:
Busbars of Ekinoxe DBs usually
have a withstanding capacity of 10
KA. However, the busbar of DPX
MCCB DBs have a withstanding
capacity of 36 KA.
ERDA Certified
Degree of protection
IP measures the protection against ingress of solid
and liquid particles (Refer table on page 188).
Ekinoxe is available with IP 20, IP 43 and IP 54
degree of protection.
ERDA Certified.
IK measures protection against mechanical
impact. (Refer table on page 188).
Ekinoxe is the first range of DBs in India to have IK
08 for IP 20 DBs, and IK 09 for IP 42 and IP 54 DBs.
ERDA Certified
CornerSafe
Corner shields, with their smooth edges
ensures the most vulnerable part of the
DBs, are protected, against physical
damages like bending, peeling of paint, etc.
and prevents rusting.
DoorSe cure
Door earthing makes
the entire Ekinoxe DB totally shockproof.
Door and shield
independent
During maintenace jobs,
just the shied can be
removed - not the entire
door - so the plaster is
not affected.
Cable End Box:
Cable end boxes also
have a provision for
mounting terminal
blocks. Hence, they can
also be used as terminal
block enclosure.
180 180
6077 00 6077 20
6077 10 6077 30
6077 07 6077 26
6077 15 6077 35
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting.
Witn 100 A ooppor busbar
º Witn noutral bar, oartn bar and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installation
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 & íP54 DBs
Dimensions (p. 189)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08

Nos. oí
modulos
1 6077 00 4 Way 4
1 6077 01 8 way 8
1 6077 02 12 way 12
1 6077 03 16 way 16
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 10 4 Way 4
1 6077 11 8 Way 8
1 6077 12 12 Way 12
1 6077 13 16 Way 16
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with acrylic door
1 6077 20 4 Way 4
1 6077 21 8 Way 8
1 6077 22 12 way 12
1 6077 23 16 Way 16
IP 54 -
#
IK 09
1 6077 30 4 Way 4
1 6077 31 8 Way 8
1 6077 32 12 Way 12
1 6077 33 16 Way 16
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 100 A ooppor busbar íor oaon pnaso
º Witn noutral bar, oartn bar and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installation
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 & íP 54 DBs
º Witn provision íor FP MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as inoomor and
SP MCBs as outgoing
º Suppliod witn wiro sot
º Can bo oonvortod to PPí DB at sito by using oonvorsion kit.
Poíor Pg.188 íor a roady rooonor tablo
Dimensions (p. 190)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6077 05 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 06 6 way 8+18
1 6077 07 8 way 8+24
1 6077 08 12 way 8+36
1 6077 09 16 way 8+48
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 15 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 16 6 way 8+18
1 6077 17 8 way 8+24
1 6077 18 12 way 8+36
1 6077 19 16 way 8+48
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with ac rylic door
1 6077 25 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 26 6 way 8+18
1 6077 27 8 way 8+24
1 6077 28 12 way 8+36
1 6077 29 16 way 8+48
IP 54 -
#
IK 09
1 6077 35 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 36 6 way 8+18
1 6077 37 8 way 8+24
1 6077 38 12 way 8+36
1 6077 39 16 way 8+48
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
Ekinoxe SPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - ETPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
181 181
6078 25 6078 35
6078 46 6077 5 6
º As por íS 8623
º DBs witn pnaso sogrogation and soporation botwoon inoomor and
outgoings
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 100 A ooppor busbar íor oaon pnaso
º Witn noutral bar, oartn bar and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Witn provision íor DPX 125 MCCB and ELM (undornoatn) MCCB as
inoomor, D P MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as subinoomor and SP MCBs
as outgoing
º Suppliod witn wiro sot
Dimensions (p. 191)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 45 4 Way DPX 125+12+12
1 6078 46 6 way DPX 125+12+18
1 6078 47 8 way DPX 125+12+24
1 6078 48 12 way DPX 125+12+36
IP 42 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 55 4 Way DPX 125+12+12
1 6078 56 6 Way DPX 125+12+18
1 6078 57 8 Way DPX 125+12+24
1 6078 58 12 Way DPX 125+12+36
Protection against overload,
shortcircuit and earth leakage

Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
6014 55 G
refer pg. 124
º As por íS 8623
º DBs witn pnaso sogrogation and soporation botwoon inoomor and
outgoings
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 100 A ooppor busbar íor oaon pnaso
º Witn noutral bar, oartn bar and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Witn provision íor FP MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as inoomor,
DP MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as subin oomor and SP MCBs as
outgoing
º Suppliod witn wiro sot
Dimensions (p. 191)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 25 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 26 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 27 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6078 28 12 Way 8+12+36
IP 42 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 35 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6078 36 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6078 37 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6078 38 12 Way 8+12+36
IP 20 protection
1 6014 50 G 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6014 51 G 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6014 52 G 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6014 53 G 12 Way 8+12+36
IP 42 protection – metal door
1 6014 54 G 4 Way 8+12+12
1 6014 55 G 6 Way 8+12+18
1 6014 56 G 8 Way 8+12+24
1 6014 57 G 12 Way 8+12+36
Capaoity oí
17.5 mm modulo
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - 7 segment DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - 7 segment
MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
182 182
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 200 A ooppor busbar
º Witn 2 noutral bars, 2 oartn bars and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installatio n
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 & íP 54 DBs
º Witn provision íor FP MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as inoomor and
SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Dimensions (p. 193)
6078 66 6078 7 6
6077 41 6077 61
6077 51 6077 71
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6077 40 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 41 8 way 8+24
1 6077 42 12 way 8+36
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 50 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 51 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 52 12 Way 8+36
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with acrylic door
1 6077 60 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 61 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 62 12 way 8+36
IP 54 -
#
IK 09
1 6077 70 4 Way 8+12
1 6077 71 8 Way 8+24
1 6077 72 12 Way 8+36
º As por íS 8623
º Witn inbuilt 3 nos. oí 63A pnaso solootor switonos and 3 nos
piano switonos
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 100 A ooppor busbar íor oaon pnaso
º Witn noutral bar, oartn bar and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Witn provision íor FP MCB/ísolator/PCCB/PCBO as inoomor and
SP MCBs as outgoing
º Suppliod witn wiro sot
Dimensions (p. 192)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 65 4 Way 8+12
1 6078 66 6 way 8+18
1 6078 67 8 way 8+24
1 6078 68 12 way 8+36
IP 42 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 75 4 Way 8+12
1 6078 76 6 Way 8+18
1 6078 77 8 Way 8+24
1 6078 78 12 Way 8+36
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - phase selector DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - VTPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCB0
183 183
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
Most compact range of MCCBs
in India
DPX MCCBs (p. 56)
6077 81 6077 91 6078 01 6078 12 6078 22 6078 32
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 250 A ooppor busbar
º Witn 2 noutral bars, 2 oartn bars and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bars
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installation
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 & íP 54 DBs
º Witn provision íor DPX 125 MCCB and ELM (undornoatn) MCCB
as inoomor and SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Dimensions (p. 194)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6077 80 4 Way DPX 125+12
1 6077 81 8 way DPX 125+24
1 6077 82 12 way DPX 125+36
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 90 4 Way DPX 125+12
1 6077 91 8 Way DPX 125+24
1 6077 92 12 Way DPX 125+36
IP 54 -
#
IK 09
1 6078 00 4 Way DPX 125+12
1 6078 01 8 Way DPX 125+24
1 6078 02 12 way DPX 125+36
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Witn 250 A ooppor busbar
º Witn 2 noutral bars, 2 oartn bars and oablo tios íor oablo managomont
º Fully insulatod busbar and noutral bar
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installation
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 & íP 54 DBs
º Witn provision íor DPX 250 EP MCCB and ELM (undornoatn) MCCB
as inoomor and SP / TP MCBs as outgoing
Dimensions (p. 194)
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 10 4 Way DPX 250 EP+12
1 6078 11 8 way DPX 250 EP+24
1 6078 12 12 way DPX 250 EP+36
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6078 20 4 Way DPX 250 EP+12
1 6078 21 8 Way DPX 250 EP+24
1 6078 22 12 Way DPX 250 EP+36
IP 54 -
#
IK 09
1 6078 30 4 Way DPX 250 EP+12
1 6078 31 8 Way DPX 250 EP+24
1 6078 32 12 way DPX 250 EP+36
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - DPX 125 MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB
Ekinoxe TPN DBs - DPX 250 ER
MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB
184 184
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Comploto íloxibility to organiso tno distribution as por tno sito
roquiromonts.
º Busbars to bo solootod as por distribution roquiromont
º Witn noutral bars and oartn bars
º Fully snroudod noutral bars
º Door oartning
º Cornor snoilds íor bottor protootion
º Pan assombly íor oaso oí installation
º Masking snoot
º Povorsiblo doors íor íP 43 DBs
Dimensions (p. 195)
6077 46 6077 47
Paok Cat. nos. IP 20 -
#
IK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6077 45 2 row oí 26
13 modulos
1 6077 55 3 row oí 39
13 modulos
1 6077 65 4 row oí 52
13 modulos
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with metal door
1 6077 46 2 row oí 26
13 modulos
1 6077 56 3 row oí 39
13 modulos
1 6077 66 4 row oí 52
13 modulos
IP 43 -
#
IK 09 with acrylic door
1 6077 47 2 row oí 26
13 modulos
1 6077 57 3 row oí 39
13 modulos
1 6077 67 4 row oí 52
13 modulos
6070 54 6070 53 6070 52 6070 51
Dimensions (p. 195)
Installation (p. 196)
Paok Cat. nos. Surface - mounting distribution boxes
IP 30
Class íí 0 protootion
Coníorm to standard íEC 60 439-3
Suppliod witn íP 20 torminal blooks
1 6070 51 1 row oí 18 modulos
1 6070 52 2 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 53 3 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 54 4 rows oí 18 modulos
Doors - White RAL 9010
1 6070 76 For distribution box oat. no 6070 51
1 6070 77 For distribution box oat. no 6070 52
1 6070 78 For distribution box oat. no 6070 53
1 6070 79 For distribution box oat. no 6070 54
Doors - Transparent
1 6070 71 For distribution box oat. no 6070 51
1 6070 72 For distribution box oat. no 6070 52
1 6070 73 For distribution box oat. no 6070 53
1 6070 74 For distribution box oat. no 6070 54
Flush - mounting distribution boxes
IP 40
Class íí 0 protootion
Coníorm to íEC 60 439-3
Suppliod witn íP 20 torminal blooks
With white door RAL 9010
1 6070 66 2 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 67 3 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 68 4 rows oí 18 modulos
With transparent doors
1 6070 62 2 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 63 3 rows oí 18 modulos
1 6070 64 4 rows oí 18 modulos
6077 65
Ekinoxe Flexy DBs
for Lexic modular products
Ekinoxe TX DBs
for Lexic products
185
Ekinoxe Metra plug and socket DBs
for Lexic MCBs, RCCBs & RCBOs
Ekinoxe P17 Tempra plug and
socket DBs
for Lexic MCBs/RCCBs/RCBOs
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo . Loxio Cirouit broakors to bo ordorod soporatoly
Dimensions (p. 196-197)
º As por íS 8623
º Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
º Suitablo íor protootion oí applianoos liko
AC/Goysor oto.
º Suppliod witn noutral links
º Witn provision íor MCBs/PCCBs/PCBOs
º
#
íK 08
Dimensions (p. 197)
Paok Cat. nos.
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 70 16A 2P+E-DP 2
1 6078 73 32A 2P+E-DP 2
1 6078 71 32A 3P+E-FP 8
1 6078 72 32A 3P+N+E-FP 8
1 6078 80 63A 3P+N+E-FP 8
Paok Cat. nos. For Lexic MCBs
As por íS 8623
Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
Suitablo íor protootion oí applianoos liko
AC/Goysor oto
Suppliod witn noutral links
Witn provision íor SP MCB

#
íK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 40 10 A SP, 2P + E 1
1 6078 41 20 A SP, 2P + E 1
1 6078 43 20 A DP, 2P + E 2
1 6078 50 20 A TP, 3P + E 3
1 6078 51 32 A TP, 3P + E 3
For Lexic RCCBs and RCBOs
As por íS 8623
Suitablo íor Flusn mounting and Suríaoo mounting
Suitablo íor protootion oí applianoos liko
AC/Goysor oto
Suppliod witn noutral links
Witn provision íor SP / DP PCCBs/PCBOs

#
íK 08
Nos. oí
modulos
1 6078 60 20A DP PCBO, 2P + E 4
1 6078 61 20A FP PCBO, 2P + E 8
1 6078 62 32A FP PCBO, 3P + E 8
6078 40 6078 60 6078 61 6078 71 6078 80
186
Metal & Plastic one way enclosures
for Lexic MCBs/RCCBs/RCBOs/DRX MCCBs/DPX MCCBs
Ekinoxe Cable End Box
6078 81 6078 82 6078 84
6078 85
6078 83
Bold catalogue numbers aro produots normally availablo witn Logrand (índia) stookists. Cat. nos. that are not bold dolivory witnin 4 - 8 wooks írom tno dato oí ordor.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory paoking. Ordors to bo plaood by Logrand (índia) stookists in multiplos oí tno samo.
Pod oataloguo numbors : now produots
#
íK - Poíor pg. 188 íor roady rooonor tablo .
0013 56 0013 58
6077 43
6077 44
º Usoíul íor kooping oxtra oablos
º Possiblo to mount on tno top or bottom oí tno DB
º Provison íor mounting torminal blooks
º Can bo usod as a torminal box adaptor also
Dimensions (p. 201)
Paok Cat. nos. For IP 20 DBs
1 6077 43 For SPN 4 way DB
1 6077 53 For SPN 8 way DB
1 6077 63 For SPN 12 way DB
1 6077 73 For SPN 16 way DB
1 6077 83 For ETPN 4 way DB
1 6077 73 For ETPN 6 way DB
1 6077 93 For ETPN 8 way DB
1 6078 03 For ETPN 12 way DB
1 6078 03 For ETPN 16 way DB
1 6077 63 For all vTPN DB
1 6078 13 For all DPX MCCB DB
1 6077 63 For all Floxy DBs
For IP 43 DBs
1 6077 44 For SPN 4 way DB
1 6077 54 For SPN 8 way DB
1 6077 64 For SPN 12 way DB
1 6077 74 For SPN 16 way DB
1 6077 84 For ETPN 4 way DB
1 6077 74 For ETPN 6 way DB
1 6077 94 For ETPN 8 way DB
1 6078 04 For ETPN 12 way DB
1 6078 04 For ETPN 16 way DB
1 6077 64 For all vTPN DB
1 6078 14 For all DPX MCCB DBs
1 6077 64 For all Floxy DBs
º As por íS 8623
º For indopondont mounting oí MCBs/PCCBs/PCBOs
º Witn provision íor MCBs/PCCBs/PCBOs
º
#
íK 08
Dimensions (p. 198-200)
Paok Cat. nos. Metal one way enclosures
1 6078 81 SP Enolosuro 1
1 6078 82 DP Enolosuro 2
1 6078 83 TP Enolosuro 3
1 6078 84 FP Enolosuro 4
1 6078 85 FP PCBO 8
Enolosuro
Plastic one way enclosures
For independent mounting of
RCD / MCB / Isolator
1 0013 56 For 2 polos 2
1 0013 57 For 4 polos 4
1 0013 58 For 6 polos 6
Metal enclosures for MCCB poles
1 6079 00 DPX 125 3 & 4
1 6079 01 DPX 160 3 & 4
1 6079 02 DPX 250 EP 3 & 4
1 6079 03 DPX 250 3 & 4
1 6079 04 DPX 630 4
1 6079 05 DPX 100 3
1 6079 06 DPX 100 4
íor oablo ond box oí íP 42 DBs, oontaot Logrand (índia) Stookist
Capaoity oí
17.5 mm
modulos
Nos. oí
modulos
6079 05
187
Ekinoxe DBs
meter box,
per phase isolation kit & panel locks
Supply busbars - insulated
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
#
IK - Refer pg. 188 for ready reconer table .
6077 75 6077 76
Dimensions (p. 195)
Blanking plates
10 6014 70 G Blanking plates
Per phase Isolation Kit
To be used for converting ETPN DB
to per phase Isolation DB

1 6078 90 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 4 way DB
1 6078 91 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 6 way DB
1 6078 92 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 8 way DB
1 6078 93 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 12 way DB
1 6078 94 PPI convertion kit for ETPN 16 way DB
Panel locks

1 6078 95 Panel lock for IP 43 SPN DBs
1 6078 96 Panel lock for IP 54 SPN DBs
1 6078 97 Panel lock for IP 43 ETPN, VTPN,
DPX MCCB & Flexy DBs
1 6078 98 Panel lock for IP 54 ETPN, VTPN,
DPX MCCB & Flexy DBs
Pack Cat. nos. Meter box
Suitable for mounting Lexic
metering products
Possible to mount on the top of the DB
Provsion for mounting Ammeter/
Voltmeter/Ammeter
Selector Switch/
Voltmeter Selector Switch

#
IK 08
1 6077 75 For all DPX MCCB IP 20 DB
1 6077 76 For all DPX MCCB IP 43 DBs
1 6077 77 For all DPX MCCB IP 54 DBs
6070 02 6070 12
6078 95 6014 70 G 6070 22 6070 23
Pack Cat. nos. Pin type supply busbars
100 A copper busbars with insulated sleeve
SP I/C and SP O/G
Max. no. of devices Number of
connected 17.5 mm modules
1 0049 26 13 13
1 0049 37 57 57
SPN I/C and SPN O/G
1 0049 38 6 12
1 0049 39 28 56
TPN I/C and SPN O/G
3/30 0049 40 5 12
10 0049 41 27 56
TP I/C and TP O/G
1 0049 42 4 12
1 0049 43 19 57
FP I/C and FP O/G
3/30 0049 44 3 12
10 0049 45 14 56
Fork type supply busbars
100 A copper busbars with
insulated sleeve
SP I/C and SP O/G

1 0049 11 12 12
1 0049 12 57 57
SPN I/C and SPN O/G
1 0049 13 6 12
1 0049 14 28 56
TPN I/C and SPN O/G
3/30 0049 15 5 12
10 0049 16 27 56
TP I/C and TP O/G
1 0049 17 4 12
1 0049 18 19 57
FP I/C and FP O/G
3/30 0049 19 3 12
10 0049 20 14 56
Accessories for fork and pin type busbars
6 0049 89 End caps for SP
6 0049 90 End caps for DP & TP
20/840 0049 91 End caps for FP
188
Ekinoxe DBs
for Converting ETPN DB to PPI DB
PPI DB IP 20 - IK 08
No. of Combine No. of
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12
607705 607890
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18
607706 607891
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24
607707 607892
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36
607708 607893
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48
607709 607894
PPI DB IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
No. of Combine No. of
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12
607715 607890
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18
607716 607891
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24
607717 607892
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36
607718 607893
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48
607719 607894
PPI DB IP 54 - IK 09
No. of Combine No. of
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12
607735 607890
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18
607736 607891
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24
607737 607892
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36
607738 607893
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48
607739 607894
PPI DB IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
No. of Combine No. of
ways ETPN DB PPI Kit modules
4 way 4 way 4 way kit 8+12
607725 607890
6 way 6 way 6 way kit 8+18
607726 607891
8 way 8 way 8 way kit 8+24
607727 607892
12 way 12 way 12 way kit 8+36
607728 607893
16 way 16 way 16 way kit 8+48
607729 607894
Protection against mechanical impact: protection index - IK
According to standard:
IEC 62262, BS EN 62262 and NF EN 62262
™I]^hiVWaZXVcWZjhZYidVhXZgiV^ci]ZgZh^hiVcXZd[VegdYjXiid
an impact given in Joules from the IK code
(graduated from 00 to 10)
It can also be used to ascertain the correspondence with the old IP
code 3rd digit and the corresponding external "Ag" conditions
IK
Index of protection
IP*** index of protection of enclosures of electrical
equipment in accordance with standards IEC 529, BS 5490,
DIN 400 50 and NF C 20-010
Up to 1000 V± and 1500 V= (standard UTE C 20 010)
IPXX
The contents of all the above charts are for guidance only, if you have any doubt as to the interpretation of the information contained therein, please refer either to the
standard itself or contact Legrand. (I) Pvt. Ltd.
In accordance with our policy of continuous improvement, Legrand reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice. All information given here is
correct at the time of going to press.
AG1
2
1
5
0.7
10
0.35
0.5
20
0.2
Tests IK
Impact energy
(in Joules)
0
0.15
IK 01
IK 02
IK 00
IK 03
IK 07
IK 06
IK 04
IK 05
IK 08
IK 09
IK 10
75 mm
0.2 kg
100 mm
0.2 kg
175 mm
0.2 kg
250 mm
0.2 kg
350 mm
0.2 kg
200 mm
0.5 kg
400 mm
0.5 kg
295 mm
1.7 kg
200 mm
5 kg
5 kg
400 mm
“AG” of
NF C 15-100
AG2
AG3
AG4
1st figure-:
protection against solid bodies
Ø 50 mm
Ø 12,5 mm
Ø 2,5 mm
Ø 1 mm

Protootod against
solid bodios largor
tnan 50 mm
(og-: aooidontal
oontaot witn tno nand)
Protootod against
solid bodios largor
tnan 12 mm
(og-: íingor)
Protootod against
solid bodios largor
tnan 2.5 mm
(og-: tools, wiros)
Protootod against
solid bodios largor
tnan 1 mm
(og-: íino tools and
small wiros)
Complotoly
protootod
against dust
Protootod against
dust (no narmíul
doposit)
1
2
3
4
5
6
IP
No protootion
tests
0
2nd figure-:
protection against liquids
6
0

Protootod against
vortioally-íalling drops
oí wator
(oondonsation)
Protootod against
drops oí wator íalling
at up to 15° írom tno
vortioal
Protootod against
drops oí rain wator
at up to 60° írom tno
vortioal
Protootod against
pro|ootions oí wator
írom all dirootions
Protootod against
|ots oí wator oí similar
íoroo to noavy soas
Protootod against
|ots oí wator írom all
dirootions
1
2
3
4
5
6
IP
No protootion
tests
0
1
5
c
m
m
in
i
1
m
Protootod against
tno oííoots oí
immorsion
7
m
Protootod against
prolongod oííoots
oí immorsion
undor prossuro
8
189
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C D Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 10 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 11 8 290 310 190 100 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 12 12 380 400 165 125 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 13 16 450 470 235 125 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16W íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16W íP43 DB
Cat. no. No. of A B C D
ways
6077 30 4 218 238 318 100
6077 31 8 290 310 390 100
6077 32 12 380 400 480 125
6077 33 16 450 470 550 125
■ Dimensions
IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
IP 54 - IK 09
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C D Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 20 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 21 8 290 310 190 100 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 22 12 380 400 165 125 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 23 16 450 470 235 125 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16W íP43 DB witn aorylio door
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
SPN 4/8/12/16W íP54 DB
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C D Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 00 4 218 238 118 100 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 01 8 290 310 190 100 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 3 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 02 12 380 400 165 125 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 03 16 450 470 235 125 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
SPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
190
TPN DBs - ETPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
■ Dimensions
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
IP 54 - IK 09
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 25 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 26 6 450 470 330 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 27 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 28 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 29 16 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6077 35 4 415 435 515
6077 36 6 450 470 550
6077 37 8 595 615 695
6077 38 12 740 760 840
6077 39 16 740 760 840
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
ETPN 4/6/8/12/16W íP43 DB witn aorylio door
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
ETPN 4/6/8/12/16W íP43 DB
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 05 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 06 6 450 470 330 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 07 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 08 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 09 16 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 15 4 415 435 295 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 16 6 450 470 330 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 17 8 595 615 380 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 8 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
ETPN 4/6/8/12/16W íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
ETPN 4/6/8/12/16W íP20 DB
IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
8.8
1
1
9
A
B
= C =
4
0
0
4
0
0
3
8
0
=
2
9
0
=
1
0
1
2
5
1
5
6
BOX MOUNTING DETAIL

1
3
±
0
.5 Ø
3
9
Ø
27
1
3
.
5
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
ETPN 12/16W íP 43 DB witn motal door.
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 18 12 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 19 16 740 760 450 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 10nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
TPN DBs - 7 segment MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
TPN DBs - 7 segment DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
191
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
6
7
0
=

5
6
0

=
= B =
A
5
7
5
8
7
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
7
7
1
5
= C =
=

5
6
0

=
6
7
0
B
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
Cat. no. No. of A B
ways
6078 25 4 535 425
6078 26 6 570 460
6078 27 8 625 515
6078 28 12 700 590
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6078 35 4 535 582 425
6078 36 6 570 617 460
6078 37 8 625 672 515
6078 38 12 700 747 590
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
7 oomp Loxio MCB/PCD 4/6/8/12W íP43 DB
Box oloar doptn = 110mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
7 oomp Loxio MCB/PCD 4/6/8/12W íP42 DB
6
7
0
=

5
6
0

=
= B =
A
5 7
5
8
7
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
7
7
1
5
7
5
1
1
0
1
1
5
B
O
X
D
E
P
T
H
= C =
=

5
6
0

=
6
7
0
B
A
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
Cat. no. No. of A B
ways
6078 45 4 535 425
6078 46 6 570 460
6078 47 8 625 515
6078 48 12 700 590
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6078 55 4 535 582 425
6078 56 6 570 617 460
6078 57 8 625 672 515
6078 58 12 700 747 590
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
7 oomp Loxio MCB/PCD 4/6/8/12W íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 110mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
7 oomp Loxio MCB/PCD 4/6/8/12W íP20 DB
TPN DBs
common for Lexic MCB / Isolator / RCD and
Loadkontakt / Loadstop
TPN DBs - Phase selector DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
192
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
1
0
8
6
8
7
6
B
O
X
D
E
P
T
H
=

4
2
0

=
5
1
9
= B =
A
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
7
5
7
4
1
5
5
6
=

4
3
0

=
5
2
9
= B =
A
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
IP 42 - IK 09 with metal door
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
■ Dimensions
Box oloar doptn = 86mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Pnaso solootor 4/6/8/12W íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 155mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Pnaso solootor 4/6/8/12W íP42 DB
7 Segment DBs - IP 20
Cat. no. No. of A B
ways
6014 50 G 4 491 376
6014 51 G 6 596 481
6014 52 G 8 701 586
6014 53 G 12 911 796
7 Segment DBs - IP 42 - metal door
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6014 54 G 4 491 538 376
6014 55 G 6 596 643 481
6014 56 G 8 701 748 586
6014 57 G 12 911 958 796
Top Bottom
Cat. no.
No. oí
ways
A B C
Ø 32
Knookout
Ø 25
Knookout
Ø 32
Knookout
Ø 25
Knookout
6078 75 4 394 294 442 1 no. 4 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 76 6 430 330 478 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 77 8 466 366 514 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 78 12 538 438 586 1 no. 7 nos. 1 no. 7 nos.
Top Bottom
Cat. no.
No. oí
ways
A B
Ø 32
Knookout
Ø 25
Knookout
Ø 32
Knookout
Ø 25
Knookout
6078 65 4 394 294 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 66 6 430 330 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos.
6078 67 8 466 366 1 no. 6 nos. 1 no. 6 nos.
6078 68 12 538 438 1 no. 7 nos. 1 no. 7 nos.
193
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
193
B
400
6
8
0
1
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
7
5
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
400
1
1
3
7
5
6
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
9
5
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 40 4 450 470 360 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 41 8 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 42 12 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 50 4 450 470 360 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 51 8 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 52 12 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
vTPN 4/8/12W íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
vTPN 4/8/12W íP43 DB
B
400
1
1
3
7
5
6
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
9
5
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
400
1
1
5
7
5
5
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
380
480
9
6
■ Dimensions
IP 43 - 09 with acrylic door
IP 54 - IK 09
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 60 4 450 470 360 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 61 8 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 62 12 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6077 70 4 450 470 360
6077 71 8 560 580 470
6077 72 12 690 710 600
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
vTPN 4/8/12W íP43 DB witn aorylio door
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
vTPN 4/8/12W íP54 DB
TPN DBs - VTPN DBs
for Lexic MCB, Isolator, RCCB and RCBO
TPN DBs - DPX 125 MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB
TPN DBs - DPX 250 ER MCCB DBs
for Lexic MCB
194
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
B
470
9
6
6
1
5
=
C
=
A
= 330 =
450
1
0
1
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
470
9
6
1
3
6
5
1
5
2
5
=
C
=
A
= 450 =
550
1
1
8
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
IP 54 - IK 09
Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock
out out
6078 10 4 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 11 8 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 12 12 1100 1120 1010 1 no. 4 nos.
Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock
out out
6078 20 4 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 21 8 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
6078 22 12 1100 1120 1010 1 no. 4 nos.
B
470
9
6
1
3
4
6
1
5
2
5
=
C
=
A
= 330 =
450
1
1
6
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP20 250ER MCCB DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP43 250ER MCCB DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP54 250ER MCCB DB
Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock
out out
6077 80 4 770 790 680 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 81 8 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 82 12 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25
ways Knock Knock
out out
6077 90 4 770 790 680 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 91 8 880 900 790 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 92 12 990 1010 900 1 no. 4 nos.
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6078 00 4 770 790 680
6078 01 8 880 900 790
6078 02 12 990 1010 900
B
470
9
6
6
1
5
=

C

=
A
= 330 =
450
1
0
1
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
470
9
6
1
3
4
6
1
5
2
5
=
C
= A
= 330 =
450
1
1
6
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
470
9
6
1
3
6
5
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
450
= 550 =
1
1
8
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
IP 54 - IK 09
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP20 125A MCCB DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP43 125A MCCB DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
VTPN 4/8/12W IP54 125A MCCB DB
Cat. no. No. of A B C
ways
6078 30 4 880 900 790
6078 31 8 990 1010 900
6078 32 12 1100 1120 1010
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 24.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Flush mounting
■ Dimensions
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Surface mounting
A B
1 row 460 402
2 row 610 552
3 row 760 702
A B C
1 row 425 310 117
2 row 425 460 117
3 row 425 610 117
4 row 425 760 117
Flexy DBs Ekinoxe TX DBs
for Lexic products
195
■ Dimensions
IP 20 - IK 08
IP 43 - IK 09 with metal door
IP 43 - IK 09 with acrylic door
B
400
7
5
1
1
3
6
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
9
5
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
B
400
7
5 1
1
3
6
1
5
2
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
9
5
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 45 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 55 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 65 4 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 46 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 56 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 66 4 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
Top Bottom Sides
Cat. no. No. of A B C Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 25
rows Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock Knock
out out out out out out
6077 47 2 380 400 290 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 2 nos.
6077 57 3 560 580 470 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
6077 67 4 690 710 600 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 5 nos. 1 no. 4 nos.
B
400
7
5
6
1
5
=

C

=
A
= 260 =
380
8
0
MOUNTING HOLE DETAILS
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
13M 2P/3P/4P íP20 DB
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
13M 2P/3P/4P íP43 DB
Box oloar doptn = 75mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
13M 2P/3P/4P íP43 DB witn aorylio door
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Flush mounting
■ Dimensions
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Surface mounting
A B
1 row 460 402
2 row 610 552
3 row 760 702
A B C
1 row 425 310 117
2 row 425 460 117
3 row 425 610 117
4 row 425 760 117
Ekinoxe TX DBs
for Lexic products
Metra plug and socket DBs
for Lexic MCBs
196
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 50 20A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.
6078 51 32A TP MCB 1 nos. 1 nos.
■ Dimensions
SP MCB
TP MCB
Box oloar doptn = 58mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Motra 10A/20A SP MCB P&S DB
Box oloar doptn = 58mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Motra 20A/32A TP MCB P&S DB
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Flush mounting
■ Installations
Ekinoxe TX DBs - Surface mounting
ínstallation oí onassis and torminal blook support
º Pomoval oí onassis only
1
2
º Pomoval oí onassis witn torminal blooks
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 40 10A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
6078 41 20A SP MCB 2 nos. 2 nos.
Metra plug and socket DBs
for Lexic RCCBs and RCBOs
P17 Tempra plug and socket DBs
for Lexic MCBs / RCCBs / RCBOs
197
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
■ Dimensions
DP RCBO
FP RCBO
Top Bottom Side
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock Knock
out out out
6078 61 20A FP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
6078 62 32A FP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
Top Bottom Side
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock Knock
out out out
6078 60 20A DP RCBO 1 no 1 no 1 no
Box clear depth = 58mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra 20A DP RCBO P&S DB
Box clear depth = 58mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra 20A/32A FP RCBO P&S DB
■ Dimensions
16A DP
32A FP
63A FP
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 70 16A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos
6078 73 32A 2P+E DP 2 nos 2 nos
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 71 32A 3P+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
6078 72 32A 3P+N+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 80 63A 3P+N+E 8P 2 nos 2 nos
Box clear depth = 58mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Tempra 16A (2P + E) P&S DB
Box clear depth = 70mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Tempra 32A (3P + E & 3P + N + E) P&S DB
Box clear depth = 120mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Tempra 63A (3P + N + E) P&S DB
■ Dimensions
SP/DP MCB
TP/FP MCB
FP RCBO
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 81 SP MCB 1 no 1 no
6078 82 DP MCB 1 no 1 no
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 85 FP PCBO 3 nos 3 nos
Top Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways Ø 25 Ø 25
Knock Knock
out out
6078 83 TP MCB 1 no 1 no
6078 84 FP MCB 1 no 1 no
Box oloar doptn = 58mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Enolosuro SP/DP MCB
Box oloar doptn = 58mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Enolosuro TP/FP MCB
Box oloar doptn = 58mm (Exoluding MTG Holo Embossing)
Enolosuro FP PCBO
Metal one way enclosures
for Lexic MCBs / RCCBs / RCBOs
198
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
Metal one way enclosures
for DRX / DPX MCCBs
2
4
0
0
2
9
0
3
8
4
3 1
7
4
6
5
245
165
60
265
2 3 1
5
4
4
7
4
4
9
0
3
8
0
285 78 265
185
DPX 125A FP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 125A FP DPX MCCB
5 Sproador Link
2
265
4
0
0
2
9
0
60 245
165
3
8
4
3 1
5
4
DRX 100A FP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 100A FP DPX MCCB
5 Sproador Link
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 100A TP DPX MCCB
5 Noutral Link
6 Bakolito Pnaso Barrior
7 Sproador Link
■ Dimensions
DRX 100A TP
199 199
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
2 3 1
6
5
7
4
4
7
4
185
265 78 285
4
9
0
3
8
0
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 125A TP DPX MCCB
5 Noutral Link
6 Bakolito Pnaso Barrior
7 Sproador Link
2 3
1
7
6
5 4
6
0
4
370
107 350
270
6
2
0
5
1
0
DPX 160A TP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 160A TP DPX MCCB
5 Noutral Link
6 Bakolito Pnaso Barrior
7 Sproador Link
2
3
1
5
4
6
2
0
5
1
0
6
0
4
370
78 350
270
DPX 160A FP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 160A FP DPX MCCB
5 Sproador Link
2 3
1
6
8
5
7
4
7
0
4
295
375
167
395
7
2
0
6
1
0
DPX 250A TP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 250A TP DPX MCCB
5 Noutral Link
6 Bakolito Pnaso Barrior
7 Sproador Link
8 Potary Handlo
2 3
1
5
4
6
7
0
4
295
375
167
395
7
2
0
6
1
0
DPX 250A FP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 250A FP DPX MCCB
5 Sproador Link
6 Potary Handlo
2 3
1
5
4
7
0
4
285
365 107
385
7
2
0
6
1
0
DPX 250ER FP
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 125A FP DPX MCCB
7 Sproador Link
Metal one way enclosures
for DPX MCCBs
■ Dimensions
DPX 125A TP
200
Plastic one way enclosure
common for Lexic / Loadkontakt / Loadstop
Overall dimensions
0013 58
Mounting dimensions
0013 58
Slot details
0013 58
■ Dimensions for plastic enclosure
Overall dimensions
0013 56
Mounting dimensions
0013 56
Overall dimensions
0013 57
Mounting dimensions
0013 57
All dimonsions aro in mm
1 inon = 25.4mm
Aoouraoy oí dimonsions = ± 2mm
DRX 630A FP
1
0
2
0
2 3 1
5
4
9
1
0
470
167 370
1
0
0
4
450
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 630A FP DPX MCCB
5 Sproador Link
6 Potary Handlo
2
6
5
3
1
7
4
285
365
107
385
7
2
0
6
1
0
7
0
4
No. Dosoription
1 Box
2 Sniold
3 Cornor Piooo
4 250EP TP DPX MCCB
5 Noutral Link
6 Bakolito Pnaso Barrior
7 Sproador Link
Metal one way enclosures
for DRX / DPX MCCBs
■ Dimensions
DPX 250ER TP
201
Meter Box
■ Dimensions
IP 20
IP 43
IP 54
Cat. no No. of ways
6077 75 17
Cat. no No. of ways
6077 76 17
Cat. no No. of ways
6077 77 17
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra Box VTPN 125A/250ER MCCB IP20 DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra Box VTPN 125A/250ER MCCB IP43 DB
Box clear depth = 96mm (Excluding MTG Hole Embossing)
Metra Box VTPN 125A/250ER MCCB IP54 DB
All dimensions are in mm
1 inch = 25.4mm
Accuracy of dimensions = ± 2mm
Cable End Box
■ Dimensions
IP 20
IP 43
Box Clear Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways A B C D Depth Ø 32 Ø 25
(Excluding MTG Knock Knock
Hole Embossing out out
E
6077 43 SPN 4 218 238 118 80 75 1 no. 2 nos
6077 53 SPN 8 290 310 190 80 75 1 no. 3 nos
SPN 12
6077 63 VTPN 4/8/12 MCB 380 400 165 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
13M2R/13M3R/13M4R
6077 73 SPN16/ETPN 6 450 470 235 80 75 1 no. 6 nos
6077 83 ETPN 4 415 435 295 80 75 1 no. 5 nos
6077 93 ETPN8 595 615 380 80 75 1 no. 8 nos
6078 03 ETPN 12/16 740 760 525 80 75 1 no. 10 nos
VTPN 4/812
6078 13 125A/250ER MCCB 450 470 235 101 96 - -
Box Clear Bottom
Cat. no. No. of ways A B C D Depth Ø 32 Ø 25
(Excluding MTG Knock Knock
Hole Embossing out out
E
6077 44 SPN 4 218 238 118 95 75 1 no. 2 nos
6077 54 SPN 8 290 310 190 95 75 1 no. 3 nos
SPN 12
6077 64 VTPN 4/812 MCB 380 400 165 95 75 1 no. 5 nos
13M2R/13M3R/13M4R
6077 74 SPN 16/ETPN 6 450 470 235 95 75 1 no. 6 nos
6077 84 ETPN 4 415 435 295 95 75 1 no. 5 nos
6077 94 ETPN 8 595 615 380 95 75 1 no. 8 nos
6078 04 ETPN 12/16 740 760 525 95 75 1 no. 10 nos
VTPN 4/812
6078 14 125A/250ER MCCB 450 470 235 116 96 - -
Cable End box IP20
Cable End box IP43
202
Arteor
TM
wiring
devices
P. 208
Mechanical
switches
P. 262-265
Cover plates
selection
charts
P. 214
Electronic switches,
dimmers, lighting
environment controller
(loads selection charts)
P. 223
Indian,
Indian + Euro-US
and British standard
socket outlets
Arteor
TM

Home Automation -
Radio/Zigbee
technology
P. 266
Presentation
of Radio/Zigbee
®
technology
P. 272
Presentation
of BUS/SCS
technology
P. 279
Actuators,
dimmers
max. loads
(selection chart)
P. 287
Sound distribution
Arteor
TM

Home Automation -
BUS/SCS
technology
Home networks
P. 294
Presentation
of Home networks
P. 230
Ancillary
mechanisms,
cable outlets,
blanking plates
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with
Arteor
TM
203
P. 211
Push-buttons,
roller blinds
control
P. 212
Dimmers,
Fan controllers
P. 215
Automatic
switches,
Time delay switch
visual indication
P. 222
RCBO, MCB
detectors
P. 226
Ethernet
switches,
Wi-Fi,
access point
P. 224
Television,
telephone and
data sockets
P. 227
Adaptors for
data sockets,
USB sockets,
loudspeaker sockets
P. 210
Electronic
switches
P. 217-221
Hotel
equipment
P. 216
Access control,
clockcon switch
P. 228
Audio
and video
sockets
P. 268
Lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
P. 269
Touch
plates
P. 269
Other
functions
P. 269
Switches,
dimmers
max. loads
(selection chart)
P. 274
Lighting control
and automation
mechanisms
P. 280
Temperature
control
P. 276
Actuators,
BUS power
supplies
accessories
P. 286
Intruder alarm
installation
P. 278
Lighting control
installation
P. 275
Key covers
P. 283
Temperature
control
installation
P. 284
Intruder alarm
P. 289
Sound
distribution
installation
P. 293
Door entry
systems
installation
P. 291
Door entry systems
P. 290
House
management
system
1 2 3 4 5
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
P. 298
Structured wiring
audio technical
characteristics
P. 296
Home networks
structured wiring
P. 254-261
Cover plates
P. 234-253
Technical data
P. 232-233
DLP trunking plate,
floor boxes and
pop-up boxes
P. 230
surface mounting
boxes, flush boxes,
plexo 55 and
adapter IP55
P. 213
Lighting
environment
controller
204
Fan regulator 1-way switch -
3 gang
Switch & socket Skirting light
Leading \ trailing
edge dimmer
Time delay switch Automatic
switch
RJ45
Wiring Accessories
Video display
Door Entry System
Lighting touch
control
Scenario control Dimmer Dimmer control
1.2” Touch screen
Home Automation
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 205
NEUTRAL
White Pearl Alu
Graphite
TATTOO
Edition 1
MIRROR
Mirror Black Mirror White
Mirror Taupe Mirror Red
GRAPHIC
Formal Casual
BRUSHED METAL
Stainless Steel Gold Brass
WOOD
Wenge Style Light Oak
LEATHER
Club Galuchat
SIGNATURE
Woven Metal
Arteor™ offers a wide choice of
ergonomics and finishes to satisfy the
most demanding customers. All
stand-alone control functions are
available in two shapes of rockers –
round or square – and in two colours –
white or magnesium.
DESIGN OPTIONS FOR CONTROL FUNCTIONS
The timeless design of Arteor
TM

features clearly hi-tech characteristics
understandable anywhere in the world.
Minimalist and sober, its carefully
crafted design is inspired by the most
modern technological devices, such as
flat screens and digital photo frames,
creating the impression that the product
is floating on the wall.
DESIGN FOR A GLOBAL LIFESTYLE
A rich choice of finishes
Arteor
TM
Flow of energies
The range reaches from wiring devices, through
innovative radio automation solutions up to
fully networked home automation in a unique
aesthetics.
206
For switches with LED
lamps, life of LED is 50000
burning hours.
Consumes power (0.76 W)
next to NIL.
1
2
1 Finger-proof terminals for
IP 20 protection against
accidental contact.
2 Captive "never to loose
screws".
Sockets are shuttered for
child's safety against electric
shocks.
1 Tunnel terminals preventing
screwdrivers from slipping.
2 Laser marking on mechanisms.
Arrow showing the correct
orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997.
1
3
2
Sockets with ISI mark,
conforming to IS 1293.
Fan regulator with ISI mark,
conforming to IS 11037.
Fully shrouded internal
mechanism under the rocker
preventing visibility of sparks.
1 Metal frame providing solid support to base. Bi-material
frame - electrical safety IP20.
2 Screw caps can be closed once the support frame is
installed, ensuring total insulation.
1
2
Mechanisms compatible with DLP trunking systems, columns, floor boxes and VDI installations.
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 207
Plates are supplied with special
protective cover. This ensures
protection of the product against
dust and paint during the
completion of site work.
Protective cover should be
removed only once site work is
fully completed.
SAFETY DURING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS
Arteor™ is a modular range offering
maximum flexibility in terms of
installation and configuration.
Possibility of weather proofing
mechanisms using Plexo IP 55
and IP 66 boxes.
1
1 Stripping templates on
sockets for stripping off
exact length of insulation.
2x2 way switch - 3 controls possible in 2 module plate. In
round and square design possible.
Unique features that makes Arteor
TM

an ideal choice
Arteor
TM
208
Arteor
TM
mechanical switches - square version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 6 AX - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 00 5736 00 1-way switch
20/200 5734 02 5736 02 2-way switch
20/200 5734 01 5736 01 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
20/200 5734 03 5736 03 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
20/200 5738 00 1-way switch red rocker plate
Switches 10 AX - 230 VA
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 50 5736 50 1-way switch
10/100 5734 51 5736 51 2-way switch
10/100 5720 37 5725 37 Switch with indicator
label holder
10/100 5720 38 5725 38 Intermidate switch
1 module mechanism
20/200 5738 01 1-way switch red rocker plate
Switches 20 AX - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 10 5736 10 1-way switch
20/200 5720 63 5725 63 1-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
20/200 5734 11 5736 11 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
5/40 5738 02 Double pole switch red rocker plate
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 20 AX - 230 VA (continued)
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 52 5736 52 1-way switch
10/100 5720 42 5725 42 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
10/100 5720 43 5725 43 1-way switch - 3 gang
10/100 5720 44 5725 44 2 x 2-way switch + 1-way switch
3 gang
10/100 5734 54 5736 54 1-way double pole switch with
indicator
Red LED supplied
10/100 5720 49 5725 49 2-way double pole switch with
indicator & water heater reading
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Red
Red
White Magnesium
Red
Switches 32 A - 230 VA
Two module mechanism
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 12 5736 12 1-way double pole switch with
indicator
Red indicator supplied
Switches 40 A - 230 VA
Monobloc mechanical switches
1/5/20 5735 30 5737 30 1-way double pole switch with
indicator
Red indicator supplied
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5734 01 5738 01 5736 11 5725 44 5720 43 5734 50
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
White Magnesium
Switch 25 A - 230 VA

20/200 5734 17 5736 17 1 module 22.5 X 45 mm
1 way switch with indicator
209
Arteor
TM
mechanical switches - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 6 AX - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5733 00 5733 50 1-way switch - left module
20/200 5733 05 5733 55 2-way switch - left module
20/200 5733 12 5733 62 1-way switch - middle module
20/200 5733 01 5733 51 1-way switch - right module
20/200 5733 06 5733 56 2-way switch - right module
20/200 5733 02 5733 52 1-way switch with indicator
left module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 03 5733 53 1-way switch with indicator
middle module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 04 5733 54 1-way switch with indicator
right module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 07 5733 57 2-way switch with indicator
left module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 08 5733 58 2-way switch with indicator
right module
Red LED supplied
White Magnesium
5733 51 5733 50 5733 62 5733 40 5730 72 5733 92
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Switches 20 AX - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5733 20 5733 70 1-way switch - left module
20/200 5733 21 5733 71 1-way switch - right module
20/200 5730 21 5731 21 1-way switch - middle module
20/200 5730 24 5731 24 2-way switch - middle module
20/200 5730 27 5731 27 2-way switch with indicator
middle module
20/200 5720 64 5725 64 1-way switch with indicator
left module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5720 65 5725 65 1-way switch with indicator
right module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 22 5733 72 2-way switch with indicator
left module
Red LED supplied
20/200 5733 23 5733 73 2-way switch with indicator
right module
Red LED supplied
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 40 5733 90 1-way switch
10/100 5730 71 5731 71 2-way switch with indicator
Red LED supplied
10/100 5730 72 5731 72 1-way switch - 3 gang
10/100 5730 73 5731 73 2 x 2-way switch +
1-way switch 3 gang
10/100 5733 42 5733 92 1-way double pole switch
with indicator
Red LED supplied
Switch 32 A - 230 VA
Two module mechanism
10/100 5733 26 5733 76 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Double pole switch with indicator
1-way
Red indicator supplied
210
Arteor
TM
electronic switches - square version
Arteor
TM
electronic switches - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Loads selection chart (p. 214), Technical data (p. 234-235)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Loads selection chart (p. 214), Technical data (p. 234-235)
Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Without neutral
1/10 5740 04 5740 54 2-way switch
400 W
1/10 5740 02

5740 52 2-way switch
2 x 400 W with LED locator
With Magnesium push control
Supplied with support frame
With neutral
With Magnesium push control
1/10 5740 03 5740 53 2-way switch
1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5740 00 5740 50 2-way switch
2 x 1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5740 01 5740 51 2-way switch
3 x 1000 W with LED locator
Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA
1/10 5720 51 5734 55 For controlling light sources by
simply passing the hand in front
of the switch
Up to 5 sensitive switches can
be combined to control the same lighting
circuit
Supplied with LED indicator light
2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Micropush switches - 100/240 VA
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Without neutral
1/10 5743 04 5743 54 2-way switch
400 W
1/10 5743 02 5743 52 2-way switch
2 x 400 W with LED locator
With Magnesium circular push
control
Supplied with support frame
With neutral
With Magnesium circular push control
1/10 5743 03 5743 53 2-way switch
1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5743 00 5743 50 2-way switch
2 x 1000 W with LED locator
1/10 5743 01 5743 51 2-way switch
3 x 1000 W with LED locator
Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA
1/10 5725 51 5736 55 For controlling light sources by
simply passing the hand in front
of the switch
Up to 5 sensitive switches can be
combined to control the same lighting
circuit
Supplied with LED indicator light
2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5740 03 5740 01 5734 55 5743 00 5743 51 5736 55
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
211
Arteor
TM
push-buttons, roller blinds control - round version
Arteor
TM
push-buttons, roller blinds control - square version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 235)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 237)
Pack Cat.Nos Push-buttons 6 A - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 04 5736 04 1-way push-button
20/200 5734 05 5736 05 1-way push-button with indicator
Equipped with blue LED
20/200 5734 13 5736 13 1-way push-button
with bell symbol
20/200 5734 14 5736 14 Push-button with indicator and
bell symbol
Equipped with blue LED
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 59 5736 59 1-way push-button with
bell symbol
10/100 5734 60 5736 60 Push-button with indicator and
bell symbol
Equipped with blue LED
Pack Cat.Nos Push-buttons 6 A - 230 VA
Single module mechanisms
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5733 09 5733 59 1-way push-button - left module
20/200 5733 10 5733 60 1-way push-button - middle module
20/200 5733 11 5733 61 1-way push-button - right module
20/200 5733 30 5733 80 1-way push-button with bell symbol
- left module
20/200 5733 31 5733 81 1-way push-button with bell symbol
- right module
Two module mechanisms
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5733 46 5733 96 1-way push-button with bell symbol
10/100 5733 47 5733 97 Push-button with indicator and bell
symbol
Equipped with blue LED
White Magnesium White Magnesium
5734 13 5736 14 5733 59 5733 60 5733 61 5736 59 5722 20
Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Switches
Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor (mechanism
with fixed positions)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 20 5737 20 Round version
Electric roller blinds control - 230 VA
Switches
Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor (mechanism
with fixed positions)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5722 20 5727 20 Square version
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
212
Arteor
TM
dimmers - round version, fan regulators
Arteor
TM
dimmers - square version, fan regulators
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Loads selection chart (p. 214), Technical data (p. 237-239)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Loads selection chart (p. 214), Technical data (p. 237-239)
5722 11 5740 56 5740 58
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers
1/10 5722 11 5727 11 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W
Push-button dimmer
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Leading/trailing edge dimmers
1/10 5740 07 5740 57 2 x 400 W
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium push control
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Supplied with support frame
1/10 5740 06 5740 56 600 W
Push-button dimmer
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Universal dimmers
1/10 5740 08 5740 58 With neutral, 3-wire - 300 W
Can be used with compact
fluorescent lamps
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium push control
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 2-module support frame
Light dimmer 60-400 W
1/10/100 5734 62 5736 62 60-400 W - 240 V±
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen
lamps
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Rotary Dimmer
1/10 5735 01 5737 01 R-I Touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts with LED Graphite
3 module
Pack Cat.Nos Dimmers 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Resistive/inductive loads touch dimmers
1/10 5743 05 5743 55 Without neutral, 2-wire - 600 W
Push-button dimmer
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Leading/trailing edge dimmers
1/10 5743 07 5743 57 2 x 400 W
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium circular push
control
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Supplied with support frame
1/10 5743 06 5743 56 600 W
Push-button dimmer
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 3-module
support frame Cat.No 5760 01
Universal dimmers
1/10 5743 08 5743 58 With neutral, 3-wire - 300 W
Can be used with compact
fluorescent lamps
Push-button dimmer
With Magnesium circular push control
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
To be mounted on 2-module support frame
Light Dimmer 60-400W
1/10/100 5730 66 5733 66 60-400 W - 240 V±
With "OFF" and gradual dimming
For incandescent and halogen
lamps
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Rotary Dimmer
5/60 5722 40 5727 40 R-I touch dimmer without neutral
1000 watts with LED Graphite
3 module
Accessories
1/10 5760 01 Support frame square for 3
modules
For dimmers Cat.Nos 5722 11 /
5727 11, 5740 06 / 5740 56,
5743 05 / 5743 55, 5743 06 /
5743 56
White Magnesium
5743 55 5743 07
White Magnesium
Fan controllers
Single module fan step regulator
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/5/50 5734 16 5736 16 100 W
4 steps (for 42" fans)
Two module fan step regulator
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/10/100 5734 63 5736 63 100 W
5 steps (for 42" fans)
1/10/100 5734 69 5736 69 120 W
5 steps
For 48" and 56" fans
White Magnesium
Fan controllers
Two module fan step regulator
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/10/100 5730 03 5731 03 100 W
5 steps (for 42" fans)
1/10/100 5730 69 5731 69 120 W
5 steps
For 48" and 56" fans
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
213
Arteor
TM
lighting environment controller
Arteor
TM
lighting environment controller
Loads selection chart (p. 214)
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting environment controller
1/4 5740 10
(1)
5740 60
(2)
Main controller
3 x 1000 W
Particularly suitable
for controlling lighting
environments in conference
rooms, meeting rooms,
restaurants, showrooms, etc.
Possible applications:
- control of 3 lighting circuits in one room
- control of lighting environments by
dimming polychromatic lamps (red/green/
blue or warm white / cold white)
Sources supported per circuit:
- 1000 W for incandescent and halogen
230 VA,
- 1000 VA for fluorescent tubes with 0-10 V
ballast,
- 1000 VA for ELV halogen lamps with
ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
The cumulative load of the 3 circuits must
not exceed 2200 W
DALI input ballast and 0-10 V ballasts can
be controlled
Controls on front face:
- 6 push-buttons for on/off/dimming control
of each of the 3 lighting circuits
- 3 sets of 5 LEDs displaying the current
level of each circuit
- 4 push-buttons for memorisation and
control of lighting environments
(1) Supplied with White plate
(2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate
White Magnesium
■ Lighting environment controller
Wiring principle
With 0-10 V ballasts
A B
C D
L
L
N
3 2 1 N
Choice of scenes:
(factory configuration)
A: 100 % C: OFF
B: 66 % D: 33 %
Manual setting on each of 3
channels:
light dimming / switching ON/OFF
By controlling the RGB proportions, you can create scenes favouring
warm or cold colours or scenes with dominant colours
The possibilities and results are identical using LED (lights) piloted by
0-10 V ballast
Possibility to mix channels with different types of lamps
(example: 1 channel for 0-10 V ballast, 2 channels with incandescent
lamp dimmer)
5740 60
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
214
Arteor
TM
loads selection chart
■ Electronic switches, dimmers, lighting environment controller max. loads
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat.Nos
Incandescent lamp Halogen lamp
ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic transformer
ELV halogen with
electronic transformer
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 04/54
5743 04/54
200 W 400 W 200 W 400 W 200 VA 400 VA 200 VA 400 VA
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x
500 W
2 x
1000 W
2 x
500 W
2 x
1000 W
2 x
250 VA
2 x
500 VA
2 x
250 VA
2 x
500 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x
500 W
3 x
1000 W
3 x
500 W
3 x
1000 W
3 x
250 VA
3 x
500 VA
3 x
250 VA
3 x
500 VA
5740 02/52
5743 02/52
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
500 W 1000 W 500 W 1000 W 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
Dimmers
5740 06/56
5743 06/56
300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 225 VA 450 VA 300 VA 600 VA
5722 11
5727 11
5743 05/55
300 W 600 W 300 W 600 W 300 VA 600 VA
5740 08/58
5743 08/58
150 W 300 W 150 W 300 W 150 VA 300 VA 150 VA 300 VA
5740 07/57
5743 07/57
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 W
2 x
400 W
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
2 x
200 VA
2 x
400 VA
5740 10/60 1100 W 2200 W 1100 W 2200 W 1100 VA 2200 VA 1100 VA 2200 VA
Cat.Nos
Ballasts 0-10 V Ballasts DALI Reducer motor for shutters
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
50 VA 100 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x 50 VA 2 x 100 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x 50 VA 3 x 100 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
50 VA 100 VA
Dimmers 5740 10/60
1100 VA
50 mA
2200 VA
50 mA
60 ballast 60 ballast
Universal
Cat.Nos
Fluorescent tube Compact fluorescent lamp LED
110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V 110 V 230 V
Micropush
switches
5740 03/53
5743 03/53
250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
5740 00/50
5743 00/50
2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 500 VA
5740 01/51
5743 01/51
3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 500 VA
Sensitive
switches
5720 51
5734 55
5725 51
5736 55
250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA 250 VA 500 VA
Dimmers
5740 08/58
5743 08/58
80 VA 160 VA 80 VA 160 VA
215
Arteor
TM
automatic switches, single pole latching relays,
time delay switch and visual indication
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 240)
Pack Cat.Nos Automatic switches - 100/240 VA
IR detection
Adjustable detection distance from 3 to 10 m
Horizontal detection angle: 180°
Adjustable luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux
Time delay adjustable from 1 s to 16 min
Cycle repeated as long as movement is
detected
Possible remote manual control with N/C
push-button
Integrated self-protection against overloads
and short-circuits
Installation in box min. depth 40 mm
recommended
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
With neutral, 3-wire - 1000 W
1/20 5720 53 5740 61 Operates:
- up to 1000 W incandescent and
halogen lamps
- up to 500 VA ELV halogen
lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
transformer, fluorescent tubes and compact
fluorescent lamps
Without neutral, 2-wire - 400 W
1/20 5720 52 5740 62 Operates:
- up to 400 W incandescent and
halogen lamps
- up to 400 VA ELV halogen
lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic
transformer
White Magnesium
5740 62 5720 55 5720 53 5724 52
Arteor
TM
visual indication (continued)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 240)
Single pole latching relays
1/20 5722 27 5727 27 10 A - 250 VA - 50/60 Hz
With integrated push-button
Intensity 0.04 A
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5722 26 5724 53
Illuminated lighting unit
10/100 5724 52 230 V - 1 W
Supplied with 4 coloured labels
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White
Overdoor lighting units
Supplied with diffusers and LED
2 modules: 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5724 53 Red diffuser
10/100 5722 23 White diffuser
White
Lamps
5/50 5738 06 LED 230 V for locator switch - blue
5/50 5738 05 LED 230 V for indicator switch - red
Skirting lights
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
For installation close to obstacles
Standard
1/5/25 5734 64 5735 64 With white LED
With motion detector 100-240 V
1/20 5722 26 5727 26 With IR detection cell and LED
On detection of any movement,
it automatically creates an
illuminated pathway
The function is equipped with an audible
signal that can be disengaged
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Miniature emergency lighting unit
1/20 5722 22 Illuminates automatically upon
power failure
Unclips from frame to become
portable
Can be permanently attached to frame
LEDs indicating mains and charging status
White
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Time delay switch
Interference suppression conforming to
standard EN 55022
1/20 5720 55 5740 84 For timer control of a circuit with
the following loads:
- 1000 W incandescent and
halogen 230 VA
- 2300 W resistive (heating)
- 400 VA fluorescent and ELV halogen
Adjustable from 25 s to 15 min
It is possible to install a number of timer
switches in parallel on the same circuit
2-wire installation in box min. depth 40 mm
With integrated LED
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
216
Arteor
TM
clockcon switch
Arteor
TM
access control
Pack Cat.Nos Clockcon switch
1/5 5720 62 5725 62 3 modules, 2 wire method switch
for load of incondescent lamp,
halogen lamp, a rapid flourescent
lamp, Glow starter flourescent
lamp, Electronic flourescent lamp
with capacitor for flourescent
lamps.
Rated voltage : 220VAC, 50/60H2
Rated load : 2 wire method,
2 gang 30-200W
(Each circuit)
Operating Type : Infrared signal
Operating Distence : 6 m.
Dimension : 75x120x48 (mm)
Load : Incondescent
Flourescent lamp
with Capacitor
Halogen lamp
(1) Supplied with White plate
(2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate
Pack Cat.Nos Access control
5 vertical modules
IP 40 - IK 04
Power supply: 12 V=
Equipped with 2 LEDs red/green and
1 buzzer. Can be used in stand-alone mode
or with door controller (Cat.No 0767 04, or
other control panel using Wiegand protocol)
Permanent backup memory
Key code switch
1/10 5722 52
(1)
5727 52
(2)
12 V= - 47 mA
99 users in stand-alone mode
10000 users with door controller
Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
1 door potential free changeover
contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
1 push-button potential free
contact
Built-in Wiegand protocol interface
Stand-alone Biometric reader
1/10 5722 50
(1)
5727 50
(2)
12 V= - 145 mA
999 users in stand-alone mode
or with Legrand door controller
Cat.No 0767 04 (consult us)
1 door potential free changeover
contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable
from 1 sec to 255 sec
1 push-button potential free input
Built-in back-lighted LCD for
clear instruction display
White Magnesium
5722 52 5727 50 5720 62
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
217
5737 85 5737 22 5737 35 5733 82 5732 95 5732 34
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment – round version
lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment – square version
lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 237)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 237)
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking
Master controls
10/100 5732 84 5737 84 Master switch
2-way double pole
20 AX - 250 V± for general control:
all ON / all OFF
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 86 5737 86 Master push-button
2-way - 6 A - 250 V± for general
control: all ON/ all OFF
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Controls for bed lights
5/50 5732 94 5737 94 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
5/50 5732 96 5737 96 2 x 2-way push button
6 A - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Controls for desk and entrance lights
5/50 5733 82 5738 82 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
5/50 5733 84 5738 84 2 x 2-way push button
6 A - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V±
10/100 5732 22 5737 22 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
(mechanism with fixed positions)
Roller blinds marking
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 24 5737 24 Double push-button - 6 A
For control via automatic box (N/O
mechanism)
Roller blinds marking
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Electric roller blinds control with
specific marking - 250 V±
10/100 5732 23 5737 23 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
(mechanism with fixed positions)
Roller blinds marking
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 25 5737 25 Double push-button - 6 A
For control via automatic box (N/O
mechanism)
Roller blinds marking
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Curtain control with specific
marking - 250 V±
10/100 5732 34 5737 34 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
(mechanism with fixed positions)
Curtain marking
2 modules 45x 45 mm
10/100 5732 36 5737 36 Double push-button - 6 A
For control via automatic box (N/O
mechanism)
Curtain marking
2 modules 45 x 45mm
Curtain control with specific
marking - 250 V±
10/100 5732 35 5737 35 Double switch - 10 A
For direct control of a motor
(mechanism with fixed positions)
Curtain marking
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 37 5737 37 Double push-button - 6 A
For control via automatic box (N/O
mechanism)
Curtain marking
2 modules 45 x 45mm
White Magnesium
White Magnesium White Magnesium
White Magnesium White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Lighting control with specific marking
Master controls
10/100 5732 85 5737 85 Master switch
2-way double pole
20 AX - 250 V± for general control:
all ON / all OFF
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
10/100 5732 87 5737 87 Master push-button
2-way - 6 A - 250 V± for general
control: all ON/ all OFF
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Controls for bed lights
5/50 5732 95 5737 95 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
5/50 5732 97 5737 97 2 x 2-way push button
6 A - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Controls for desk and entrance lights
5/50 5733 83 5738 83 2 x 2-way switch
10 AX - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
5/50 5733 85 5738 85 2 x 2-way push button
6 A - 250 V±
2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5732 84
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
218
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment
key fob switches, shaver sockets
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment
BUS and Radio scenario controllers
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 243)
5745 91 5727 30 5721 53 5745 87
Complete home automation
solutions (see p. 274 to 297)
Pack Cat.Nos Scenario controllers with specific
marking
Radio controls
4-scenes micropush control
Surface mounting, no wiring needed
For BUS or radio installations
Mechanisms equipped with White or Black
round cover plate and Magnesium circular
push control for 4 scenarios
Supplied with support frames and
batteries
To be equipped with plates (p. 254 to 261)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1 5740 87 5745 87 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
1 5740 88 5745 88 "wake up / sleep / open curtains /
close curtains" marking
Touch plates for radio controls
4-scenes touch plate
British standard fixing centres
1 5740 90 5745 90 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
marking
Can replace standard rocker plates
and plates on 4-scenes radio
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 87, 5745 87
1 5740 93 5745 93 "wake up / sleep / open curtains /
close curtains" marking
Can replace standard rocker plate
and plates on 4-scenes radio
controllers Cat.Nos 5740 88, 5745 88
BUS controls
1 5740 89 5745 89 4-scenes touch control for the
activation of 4 scenarios:
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax"
2 modules mechanisms
For British standard flush-mounting
boxes
1 5740 91 5745 91 6-scenes touch control for the
activation of 6 scenarios:
"wake up / sleep / TV / relax /
open curtains / close curtains"
3 modules mechanisms
For British, Italian and American flush-
mounting boxes
1 5722 35 5727 35 Keycard switches RFID with BUS
White Black
Accessories
Sheet with stickers with symbols for
different scenarios for hotel rooms
1/100 5740 92 Dark colour
1/100 5745 92 White colour
Key fob
10/50 5722 59 5727 59 Key fob
Enables use of key fob switches
in hotels with key locks
Supplied complete with a label holder
for individual hotel identification
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Key fob switches
For energizing a circuit by inserting a key
fob Cat.Nos 5722 59 and 5727 59 or a
smart card (access card for a hotel room)
Example of use: hotel room power supply
only when guest is present
Time-delay of approx. 30 sec. after card
removal
To be equipped with single pole latching
relay Cat.Nos 5722 27 and 5727 27 (p. 215)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 30 5727 30 Key fob switch 230 V
1/20 5722 53 5727 53 Arteor
TM
keycard switch RFID
White Magnesium
Shaver sockets
Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24
For use with European, British, American,
Australian 2-pin plugs
Screwless live and neutral terminals
Double wound isolating transformer
Automatic self-resetting overload feature
Plug insertion operates micro-switch which
energises transformer
To be equipped with BS 2 gang - 3 modules
plates (p. 118-119)
For flush-mounting boxes, use BS 2 gang
box depth 48 mm, US type, italian type
boxes depth 48 mm
Power supply: 230 V - 50/60 Hz
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
1 5721 53 5726 53 230 V / 120-230 V
With earth connector
White Magnesium
120V
230V
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
219
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment - square and round version
call indicators
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment
call confirmation, buzzers and chimes
5725 67 5734 61 5725 74 5736 43
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 243)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262- 265)
Pack Cat.Nos Hotel bedroom call indicators
Enables the resident to inform hotel staff of
the room status
Two settings are possible:
- Do not disturb
- Please clean the room
1 + 1 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Indicator
Indicator lamp and bell push
Installed in the corridor, display calls
Supplied with LED
5/50 5734 61 5736 61 Square version
5/40 5720 67 5725 67 Round version
Internal control unit
Allows the user to select the desired setting
Supplied with LED
10/100 5734 58 5736 58 Square version
5/50 5720 74 5725 74 Round version
Pack Cat.Nos Bell push call indicator and register
20/200 5734 15 5736 15 230 V
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Accessories
5/50 5736 06 Set of labels
Buzzers
20/200 5734 42 5736 42 230 V
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Electronic chime
1/10/100 5734 43 5736 43 230/240 VAC - 50 Hz
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Tone level: 70 dB at 1 m
Can be controlled by push-buttons
Can be associated to movement detectors
Cat.Nos 5720 53, 5740 61
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
220
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 244-248)
Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets
RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6
20/200 5734 28 5736 28 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 74 5736 74 UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
USB sockets
1/20 5722 75 5727 75 Used to bring connections closer to
the user
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk)
Connection via screw terminals cross-section
1 mm²
Recommended cable: USB A max. cable
lenght 5 m
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
2 x female RCA
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 For the stereo audio connection
of any DVD drive, camera, video
recorder, etc. type peripheral
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
3 x female RCA
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 For the composite video and stereo
audio connection of a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, video
conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
YUV
1/20 5722 71 5727 71

For analog high definition connection
of a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen,
video projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable: 3 x 3 mm mini-
coaxial (max. cable length 25 m) or 3 x
RG59 coaxial (max. cable length 50 m)
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female 3.5 mm jack
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm
2

shielded audio pair
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets (continued)
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
amplifier is recommended)
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
HDMI
1/20 5722 81 5727 81

For digital high definition audio and
video connection of a PC monitor,
plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
1/40 5744 01 5744 51 1-gang
Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD
drive, camera, video recorder,
videoconferencing, etc
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5727 75 5722 72 5727 73 5722 74 5722 79 5722 81 5744 01
Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 88 5727 88 Square version
White Magnesium
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment – square version
data, audio and video sockets
5722 88
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
221
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
hotel equipment – round version
data, audio and video sockets
More television, telephone,
data, audio and video
sockets
see p. 224-228
5732 74 5737 73 5727 85 5745 01 5722 89 5728 24
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 244-248)
Pack Cat.Nos Data, audio and video sockets
RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6
10/100 5723 24 5728 24 Rapid connection socket, no tool
required
UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
USB sockets
1/20 5732 74 5737 74 Used to bring connections closer to
the user
For connecting USB devices
(scanner-printer, external hard disk)
Connection via screw terminals cross-section
1 mm²
Recommended cable: USB A max. cable
lenght 5 m
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
2 x female RCA
1/20 5732 72 5737 72 For the stereo audio connection
of any DVD drive, camera, video
recorder, etc. type peripheral
Recommended cable: 1 shielded
audio pair
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
3 x female RCA
1/20 5732 73 5737 73 For the composite video and stereo
audio connection of a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, video
conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets (continued)
HDMI
1/20 5722 85 5727 85 For digital high definition audio
and video connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video
projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN)
1/20 5745 01 5745 51 1-gang
Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD
drive, camera, video recorder,
videoconferencing, etc
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm

1/20 5722 89 5727 89 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
222
White
Arteor
TM
detectors
Arteor
TM
RCBO, MCB
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 249)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 250)
Pack Cat.Nos Water leak detectors
1 5740 15 5740 65 Indicates with a LED the
presence of a conducting liquid
The height at which the sensor is
intstalled determines the level of
flooding
Consumption:
- 0.1 mA in stand-by mode
- 25 mA in alarm mode
Supplied with sensor and 2 m length cable
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Gas detectors
Indicates the presence of a gas via a LED
and audible alarm signal 85 dB at 1 m
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
LPG/Propane/Butane gas detectors
1 5740 14 5740 64 Consumption max. 2 W in alarm
mode
Methane gas detectors
1 5740 13 5740 63 Consumption max. 2 W in alarm
mode
Accessories
To be associated to the detector
2-wire connection
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Transformers
1 5740 35 5740 85 230 V - 12 V
Actuators
1 5740 36 5740 86 For technical alarms
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5740 64 5740 36 5740 15
Pack Cat.Nos RCBO
1 5734 85 Single pole + Neutral - 30 mA
16 A - 230 VA
The RCBO is used to protect people
(premises with a conductive
floor, presence of water, etc...) against direct contact
with live parts or leakages to earth
With test button
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White
5734 85 5723 61
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
White
Voltage Surge Protector
20/200 5734 40 Surge Filter - 230 VA
1 module
10/100 5734 48 Surge Filter - 230 VA
2 module
Thermal magnetic proximity MCB
1 5723 61 Single pole + Neutral - 230 VA 16 A
Used for local protection of part in a circuit
(e.g. 2P+E socket) against overloads and
short-circuits
Used in addition to the main protection as it is
both close to the user and discriminating vis-à-vis
the main protection, and can therefore be reset
immediately
The proximity MCB can also be used as a local
consumption limiter (depending on its rating)
Breaking capacity: 3000 A
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
223
Arteor
TM
socket outlets, modular units socket outlets
5734 71 5734 89 5734 72 5721 04 5736 70
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers: New products
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262 to 265)
Indian standard socket outlets
6 A / 16 A
3 pin combined (2P + Earth)
Shuttered for child safety
10/100 5734 71 5736 71 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/50 5734 67 5736 67 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
6 A - 240 V
20/200 5738 08 2P+E tamperproof
Used to identify a mains circuit
(e.g. inverter) and avoid connection
of unnecessary equipment which may
cause interference on the circuit
Plugs to be fitted with tamperproof insert
Cat.No 5738 09
1/20/100 5738 09 Tamperproof insert for Indian
standard 6A socket outlets
Red
White Magnesium
Multistandard socket outlets
Shuttered for child safety
6/10/13 A - 2/3 pin for 250 V AC
15 A for 127 V type - 2 pin
10/100 5734 73 5736 73 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/50 5737 79 5739 79 Double socket
4 modules 90 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Indian and Euro-US combined
socket outlets
6 A - 10 A - 230 V and 15 A - 127 V
20/200 5734 70 5736 70 2P+E
Shuttered for child safety
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
Pack Cat.Nos Modular units socket outlets
Shuttered for child safety
Use 2 or 3 modules cover plates
(p. 254 to 261)
13 A
Conform to BS 1363 Part 2
10/100 5734 72 5736 72 2P+E
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
15 / 16 A
Socket 2P+E
10/100 5721 04 5726 04 Euro - US
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
16 A
5/50 5735 10 5737 10 2P+E switched
Conform to IS1293
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
25 A
10/100 5734 66 5736 66 Socket
3 pin combined (2P + Earth)
Shuttered for child safety
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
5/50 5738 10 2P+E switched - dedicated non
standard pin
3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm
Red
White Magnesium
Round multistandard socket outlets
Shuttered for child safety
6/10/13 A - 2/3 pin for 250 V AC
15 A for 127 V type - 2 pin
10/100 5734 89 5736 89 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
224
Arteor
TM
television and telephone sockets
Arteor
TM
power units and power strips prewired
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 257)
Pack Cat.Nos Television sockets
TV sockets
20/200 5734 25 5736 25 TV single Co-Axial socket
(Ø9.52 mm female)
0-860 MHz
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
RJ 11 sockets
Equipped with modular Jack connector
with 1/4 turn terminal for fast connection
(possible looping)
RJ 11
20/200 5734 26 5736 26 Single RJ11 with label holder
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 27 5736 27 Double RJ11
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
5734 27 5734 25
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
White Magnesium
5735 42
Technical data (p. 250)
White Magnesium
Power strips prewired
1/10 5737 80 5739 80 Set of
3 multistandard
sockets with one
pre-wired 20 A,
1-way switch with
indicator
White version
supplied with
support frame
and White plate, Magnesium version
supplied without support frame, to be
equipped with 8-module plate
White Magnesium
Energy plugs
1/10/100 5738 86 5738 87 6A Plug
1/10/100 5738 88 5738 89 16A Plug
1/10/100 5738 07 5738 90 25A Plug
Pack Cat.Nos Power units
1/5 5735 42 5737 42 16 A, AC and Geyser
White version supplied with
support frame and White
plate, Magnesium version
supplied without support
frame, to be equipped with
4-module plate
4 modules 90 x 45 mm
1/5 5721 54 5726 54 32 A, AC and Geyser,
with cable output
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
225
Arteor
TM
rear pluggable data sockets and wiring splitter
Arteor
TM
10 Giga, Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e data sockets
5736 76 5736 28 5723 36 5728 35 5734 75 5723 31 5728 32 5734 32
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 257)
Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers
Connectors with self-stripping terminals
Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error
Multidirectionnal cable entry
Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 - tool-less system
Rapid connection sockets, no tool required
10 Giga
Supports 10 G base-T applications up to
100 m in a channel conforming to ISO/IEC
TIA TSB 155 and IEEE 802.3an
10/100 5734 32 5728 06 STP/FTP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
metal
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Cat. 6
10/100 5734 77 5736 77 STP - 9 contacts, shielded folded
metal
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 34 5736 34 STP - 9 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 76 5736 76 FTP - 9 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 28 5736 28 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 74 5736 74 UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Cat. 5e
20/200 5734 30 5736 30 FTP - 9 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
20/200 5734 29 5736 29 UTP - 8 contacts
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 75 5736 75 UTP - 8 contacts
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Rear pluggable RJ 45 sockets
Used to create Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e links in
accordance with standards
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Cat. 6
10/100 5723 31 5728 31 UTP
10/100 5723 33 5728 33 FTP
Cat. 5e
10/100 5723 30 5728 30 UTP
10/100 5723 32 5728 32 FTP
Telephone/Ethernet wiring splitter
Provide increased security against theft
and damage to double connectors
Provide a rate of 10/100 Mbps
Multidirectionnal cable entry
Can be installed in all supports min. depth
35 mm
Telephone and Ethernet applications
marked on the protective cap
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5723 36 5728 36 FTP double connector
9 contacts
10/100 5723 35 5728 35 UTP double connector
8 contacts
Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and
EIA/TIA 568
Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbers
Connectors with self-stripping terminals
Possibility of re-wiring in the event of error
Multidirectionnal cable entry
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
226
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
ethernet switches, Wi-Fi access points
Arteor
TM
ethernet switches, Wi-Fi access points
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Ethernet 10/100 base T switches
Possible to extend an existing network by
simply replacing an RJ 45 socket
Voltage power indicator on the front panel
Secure access to the Reset function
Conforming to standards IEEE 802.3
(Ethernet) and EN 500 81/82-2 (EMC
requirements)
Require the use of Ethernet 10/100 base T
network cards on the peripherals for 10/100
Mbps data exchanges
Equipped with 6 front ports + 1 RJ 45
connector on the side for wiring and
carrying out testing of the link
No tool required for connection
Port status display integrated in the RJ 45
connectors
Support of the total fowarding capacity on
all ports
Integrated marker-holder for identification
of the switch
Marking of ports from 1 to 6
6 modules 135 x 45 mm
Non-manageable
1/10 5720 83 5728 83 230 V supply
1/10 5720 84 5728 84 PoE supply (802.3 af)
Manageable
1/10 5720 85 5728 85 230 V supply
■ Installation principle
■ Arteor Wi-Fi access points
A 802.11 a and b/g solution
Radio communication standard 802.11 b/g 802.11 a
Power over Ethernet standard 802.3 af

Frequency band
between 2.40
5 GHz
and 2.48 GHz
Number of available channels 13 8
Max. data rate 54 Mbps 54 Mbps
■ Advantages of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point
- Possibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g
Provides a max. data rate of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous mode
- Very high security level: encryption (WPA2 - 802.11i) and
authentication (802.1x)
- Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another
without breaking the link)
- Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video and
finally data) in accordance with standard 802.11e
- Easy to configure and make secure with the quick configuration node
NEW: Guest access to offer a free access for the guest and keep
independent and secure the main Wi-Fi network
■ Installation
In all supports that can take an Arteor mechanism (ducting, columns,
flush-mouting boxes, floor boxes, etc)
Do not place access points behind an obstacle that would limit the
radiation of the antenna
Access points are connected in the same way as RJ 45 sockets
■ Sizing
- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement
- Provide 1 access point per 100 m
2
for global coverage and
a maximum gross speed
- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for an office used by
visitors
Wi-Fi access point
Come in addition to a new or existing
LCS structured cabling, to meet the
requirements for mobility in the building
(meeting rooms for example)
Identical connection to the LCS RJ 45 socket
Remote management via a web interface
Allow the configuration and the exploitation
of the Wi-Fi access point by the network
administrator. Security via WPA2 encryption
(802.11i) and/or authentication (802.11x)
Guest access to offer free access to the
guests and keep independent and secure
the main Wi-Fi network
Supply via Power over Ethernet (standard
802.3 af)
4 modules 90 x 45 mm
1/10 5723 76 5728 76 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
dual-band dual-radio
Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
Equipped with an RJ 45 socket on the front
panel
1/10 5723 77 5728 77 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g
dual-band dual-radio
Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each
frequency (802.11a and 802.11g)
1/10 5723 78 5728 78 Standard 802.11 b/g
Data rate: 54 Mbps max.
■ Legrand services
To guide you in setting up your VDI sites:
- Help with sizing the installation
- On site assistance for integrating products and making important
installations secure
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Patch panel
230 V
Ethernet Switch
230 V
Power injectors
Cat. Nos 0327 17/ 37/ 38/ 39
5720 83
5723 76
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
227
Arteor
TM
adaptors for USB sockets
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos USB female sockets
Used to bring connections closer to the user
For connecting USB devices (scanner-
printer, external hard disk)
Connection via screw terminals cross-section
1 mm²
Max. cable lenght : 5 m
Recommended cable: USB A
1/20 5722 75 5727 75 Square version
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5732 74 5737 74 Round version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Arteor
TM
attenuator, loudspeaker sockets
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 253)
Loudspeaker sockets
10/100 5727 70 4 mm
2
terminals
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5727 80 4 mm
2
terminals
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Attenuator
1 5722 84 5727 84 100 V - 25 W
Allow to adjust power to 25 W from
a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
3-pole XLR sockets
For the stereo connection of any
peripheral, microphone, mixing console
Recommended microphone cable:
1 x 0.22 mm
2
shielded audio pair
Recommended speaker cable: 1 x 1.5 mm
2

audio pair (will take 2.5 mm
2
)
Max. cable length: 50 m (beyond this an
audio amplifier is recommended)
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 83 5727 83 Neutrik female
1/20 5722 77 5727 77

Neutrik male
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
5722 83 5727 70 5722 84 5727 75
White Magnesium
Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
228
Arteor
TM
audio and video sockets
5722 72 5722 74 5727 71 5727 85 5722 76 5727 79 5722 82 5722 88 5737 73
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Technical data (p. 244-248)
Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets
2 x female RCA
For the stereo audio connection of any
DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc.
type peripheral
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair
1/20 5722 72 5727 72 Square version
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5732 72 5737 72 Round version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
3 x female RCA
For the composite video and stereo audio
connection of a DVD drive, camera, video
recorder, video conference equipment etc.
Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio
pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
1/20 5722 73 5727 73 Square version
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5732 73 5737 73 Round version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Female 3.5 mm jack - square version
For stereo audio connection from a
portable source
Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm
2

shielded audio pair
1/20 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 78 5727 78 Solder connection
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
YUV - square version
For analog high definition connection of
a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen, video
projector, graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable: 3 x 3 mm mini-coaxial
(max. cable length 25 m) or 3 x RG59
coaxial (max. cable length 50 m)
1/20 5722 71 5727 71 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Audio and video sockets (continued)
HDMI
For digital high definition audio and video
connection of a PC monitor, plasma
screen, video projector, graphic paintbox,
etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 80
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 81 5727 81 Square version
1/20 5722 85 5727 85 Round version
S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)
1-gang
Provides the YC video link for any
peripheral device such as a DVD drive,
camera, video recorder, videoconferencing,
etc.
1/20 5744 01 5744 51 Square version
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
1/20 5745 01 5745 51 Round version
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Female BNC 75
1/20 5722 76 5727 76

For the composite video connection
of any DVD drive, camera, video
recorder, etc.
Recommended cable: RG59 coaxial
Max. cable length: 10 m
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female HD 15
For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC
monitor, plasma screen, video projector,
graphic paintbox, etc.
Recommended cable Cat.No 0327 81
Max. cable lenght 25 m (beyond this a VGA
amplifier is recommended)
1/20 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 79 5727 79 Solder connection
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
1/20 5722 88 5727 88 Square version
1/20 5722 89 5727 89 Round version
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
229
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
HD 15 amplifier + Jack kit, equipment cords
Arteor
TM
audio and video sockets
■ Installation of audio and video sockets in a meeting room
■ Installation of audio and video sockets for Home Cinema
Cat. 6 cable (Cat.No 0327 56)
HD 15 + 3.5 mm Jack cord (Cat.No 0517 22)
Depending on the size and configuration of your meeting room, it is
recommended to link the system 5723 70 to an audio amplification
device
5722 80 5722 80
5722 80
5722 73
5722 80
5722 80
5722 81
6 x 5722 73
5722 81
HDMI cable (Cat.No 0327 80)
HDMI cord
Audio cable
5723 76
5723 70
5723 70
0517 20 0517 22
0779 30
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos HD 15 amplifier + Jack kit
1 5723 70 5728 70 Used to connect audio/video terminals at a
distance of more than 20 m
The video link is via an HD 15 connector
(resolution up to UXGA), and the audio link
via a 3.5 mm jack
Comprises:
- One 4-module Arteor transmitter supplied
with cover plate equipped with an HD 15
connector and a 3.5 mm jack
- One 4-module Arteor receiver equipped
with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm
jack
- One 4-module Arteor power supply to be
connected on the mains then linked to the
receiver
The transmitter and receiver are supplied
with an RJ 45 LCS jack for tool-free
connection
The link between the transmitter and
receiver is via a network cable
(Cat.No 0327 56) (consult us)
White Magnesium
Equipment cords
For connecting a socket to a terminal
HDMI cord
1 0517 20 Length 10 m
For connecting an HDMI socket to the
audio/video terminal (plasma screen, DVD
drive, Home Cinema, games console, etc)
For use at more than 10 m, use the HDMI
Booster Cat.No 0779 30
HD 15 cord + 3.5 mm Jack cord
1 0517 22 Length 2 m
For connecting an HD 15 video socket
and a 3.5 mm audio jack to a terminal (PC,
video projector)
HDMI booster
1 0779 30 Used to extend an HDMI connection
Consists of 2 female connectors and
used as an addition to the HDMI cord (for
example cord Cat.No 0517 20)
Does not need an external power supply
Cables
For connecting 2 sockets
HDMI cable
1 0327 80 Length 20 m
For connecting HDMI sockets at a distance
of up to 10 m
VGA cable
1 0327 81 Length 20 m
For connecting full pin HD 15 sockets at a
distance of up to 20 m
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
230
Arteor
TM
ancillary mechanisms, modular support
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Cable outlets
Square version mechanisms
5/50 5734 80 45 A cable outlet - BS 1 gang
Supplied with cover plate
For flush mounting back box min.
depth 45 mm
Cord outlets
Square version mechanisms
20/200 5734 33 Cord outlet with Ø8 mm entry
1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5734 79 Cord outlet
2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Blank modules
Square version
20/200 5734 49 5736 49 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
10/100 5723 44 5728 44 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Round version
10/100 5730 87 5731 87 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
White Magnesium
White
White
Arteor
TM
surface mounting boxes
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Surface mounting boxes
10/50 5734 91 For 1 / 2 modules
38 mm depth
5/35 5735 20 For 3 modules
38 mm depth
5/25 5735 70 For 4 modules
38 mm depth
Supplied with partition walls
(suitable for shaver socket)
1/10 5735 71 6 modules
38 mm depth
Supplied with partition walls
1/10 5723 94 For 8 modules
38 mm depth
2/10 5735 74 For 2 x 4 modules
38 mm depth
2/10 5735 72 For 2 x 6 & 2 x 8 modules
38 mm depth
Supplied with partition walls
2/8 5735 73 For 3 x 6 modules
38 mm depth
Supplied with partition walls
Modular support
10/100 5760 50 For mounting 2-module
mechanisms on Din rail
Blanking cover plates
Indian standard
10/100 5758 10 92 x 92 mm
For one gang box
5735 70 5731 87 5736 49 5734 80
Panel mounting supports
For 1 to 3 mm thick panels
10/100 5760 15 For 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm
Clips into a 28 x 53.5 mm aperture
10/100 5760 16 For 2 modules 45 x 45 mm
Clips into a 58 x 53.5 mm aperture
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
231
Arteor
TM
flush boxes
Plexo boxes
plexo 55
Pack Cat.Nos IP 55 modular Plexo 55
Can accept Arteor
TM
mechanism (2 module)
Suitable for hotel kitchens, food stores, laboratories,
clean rooms.
Adaptor
10/100 0695 80 Grey/white with smoked cover.
Fits on box
cat. no. 0696 51, 0696 72, 0696 80
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - grey
10/100 0696 51 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors
with Arteor
TM
using special cable gland
which can be cut as per requirement
2 module 45 x 45 mm
5/50 0696 72 2 x 2 module, 2 entries
5/25 0696 80 3 x 2 module, 3 entries
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - white
10/100 0696 89 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors with
Arteor
TM
using special cable gland which
can be cut as per requirement.
Plexo adaptor with box for IP 66
1 6846 38 3 modules with transparent lid
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
Sliding clamp for
vertical adjustment
6890 11
6890 12
Pack Cat.Nos Flush boxes
Factory made metal sheet enclosure
Top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit
entry from any direction.
Possible to break open knockout without any special
tool.
40 6890 07 For 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
40 6890 08 For 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0
40 6890 09 For 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0
40 6890 10 For 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
40 6890 42 For 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0

20 6890 31 For 8 modules 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
(2 row x 4)
10 6890 11 For 12 modules 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
(2 row x 6) &
16 modules (2 row x 8)
10 6890 12 For 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
(3 row x 6) &
24 modules (3 row x 8)
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
0696 51
0696 72 6846 38
0695 80
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
232
Plexo boxes
plexo boxes and adapter IP55
DLP trunking plate
IP55 box and adaptor with membrane
Allows operation of switches without opening cover
Grey colour box made from ABS
Adaptor material polycarbonate, membrane material PVC
Pack Cat.Nos IP 55 box Plexo 55
Adaptor for flush mounting
20 6806 33 Adaptor for flush mounting - 100 x 122 x 28
3 module
10 6806 11 Box with adapter - 1 module 76 x 76 x 65
10 6806 12 Box with adapter - 2 module 76 x 76 x 65
10 6806 13 Box with adapter - 3 module 76 x 100 x 65
5 6806 14 Box with adapter - 4 module 76 x 132 x 65
5 6806 19 Box with adapter IP55 - 132 x 132 x 65
8 module verticle (4+4 modules)
6806 13
6806 33 6806 19
6806 12
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover

20 0109 21 2 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
50/50 0109 31 3 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
10 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
5 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
5 0109 81 8 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 82 8 modules - for 85 mm cover
10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0109 41
0109 42
0109 21
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
233
Floor boxes and underfloor boxes
for raised or concrete floors
Pop-up boxes
for raised floor and furniture
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0896 26 0896 21
0896 30
Pack Cat.Nos Floor boxes with height reduced to 65 mm
Conform to standard NF EN 60 670
For technical space ≥ 65 mm
For renovation with reduced height technical floor or
for concrete floor
Supplied with reversible stainless steel cover or
cover for carpet or parquet
Mounting boxes (for vertical wiring device
positioning):
- supplied with blanking plates requiring sufficient
space between the sockets if angled plugs are used
- to be equipped with 2 module Arteor
TM
socket
outlets
- takes marking labels
- ensures perfect cable separation
Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open
position during connection
10 modules to be equipped
For installing 4x2 modules Arteor
TM
and 2x1 module
Arteor
TM
1 0896 20 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 21 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
16 modules to be equipped
For installing 8x2 modules Arteor
TM
1 0896 25 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 26 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
Plastic underfloor boxes
For integration of floor boxes in concrete floor
installations
Power supply by flexible conduits Ø16, 20 and 25 mm
Supplied with polystyrene for easy installation (see
opposite)
1 0896 30 For integration of floor boxes
12 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 10 modules
1 0896 32 For integration of floor boxes
24 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 16 modules
6503 50 FITTED WITH
ARTEOR
TM
MODULES
6503 00
Pack Cat.Nos Pop-up boxes
1 6503 00 Aluminium floor adaptor - 3 modules
1 6503 49 Aluminium floor adaptor 3 + 3 modules
1 6503 50 Brass floor adaptor - 3 modules
Flush mounting boxes
1 6503 31 Plastic floor box for 6503 49
1 6503 32 Metallic floor box for 6503 49
Use 2 nos of 6503 32 for one 6503 49
1 6503 90 Plastic floor box for 6503 00/6503 50
6503 49
6503 00
234
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
50 m maxi
X
1
X
2 1 2
X
1
X
2 1 2
5 maximum
in parallel.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
1000 W max. 1000 W max.
■ Technical data
Micro push switch 2 x 1000 W
Cat. no. 5740 00 / 50, 5743 00 / 50
Arteor
TM
micropush switch
Micro push switch 3 x 1000 W
Cat. no. 5740 01 / 51, 5743 01 / 51
1 2 3
1000 W max. 1000 W max. 1000 W max.
Caution :
When installed in combination these products must be protected by
the same protection circuit.
235
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
+
+ +
50 m max. 50 m max.
Arteor
TM
micropush switch
ᕣ ᕤ
+
+ +
50 m max. 50 m max.
■ Technical data
RLC micro switch 2 x 400 W
Cat. no. 5740 02 / 52, 5743 02 / 52
O
N
1
2
3
4
O
N
1
2
3
4
236
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Connection
Number of terminals: 4
Terminal type: with screws
Terminal capacities: 2 x 1.5 mm
2
ou 1 x 2.5 mm
2
Tool: flat-blade screwdriver 3.5 mm
Connection of one switching point
Connection of several sensitive control points (5 max.)
N L X ≠
L
N
on/off
X L
L
≠ N
N
on/off
X L ≠ N
■ Technical data
Sensitive switch
Cat. no. 5720 51, 5725 51, 5734 55, 5736 55
Arteor
TM
sensitive switch
■ Electrical characteristics
Self-extinguishing: 650°C / 30s
Voltage: 100 - 240V
Frequency: 50/60Hz
Max. power
ቢ - Incandescent lamp
ባ - Halogen lamp
ቤ - ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
ብ - Fluorescent tube
ቦ - Compact fluorescent lamp
ቧ - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
ቨ - Fan drive
ቩ - Auxiliary radiator
ቪ - Contactor
Climatic characteristics
Storage temperatures: - 10° C to + 70° C
Operating temperatures: - 5° C to + 35° C
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA
100 V 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA
ቦ ቧ ቨ ቩ ቪ
500 VA 500 VA 100 VA 1000 W I max. < 2 A
250 VA 250 VA 50 VA 500 W I max. < 1 A
237
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
< 2 s
> 2 s
L 8
m
m
100 m maxi
Arteor
TM
dimmers
Arteor
TM
electric roller blind control
L
L
N
N
· Control system boxes
L
L
N
N
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
10 A - 250 V ~ 50/60 Hz
Connection of several lighting point
By combining NO pushbutton (without locator): two-way switch
function with light dimming from all light control points.
(*) Use only transformers which are intended for use with an electronic switch (with protection).
L 8
m
m
240 Vac
Max. 600 W 600 W 600 VA
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA
100 Vac
Max. 300 W 300 W 300 VA
Min. 20 W 20 W 20 VA
■ Technical data
Electric roller blind control
Cat. no. 5722 20, 5727 20,
5732 20 / 22 / 23 / 24 / 25 / 34 / 35 / 36 / 37
5737 20 / 22 / 23 / 24 / 25 / 34 / 35 / 36 / 37
■ Technical data
Dimmer switch
Cat. no. 5722 11, 5727 11, 5743 05 / 55
Connection of one lighting point
(
*
)
238
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
dimmers
■ Technical data
RLC dimmer 2 x 400 W
Cat. no. 5740 07 / 57, 5743 07 / 57
4
3
2
1
O
N
50 m max. 50 m max.
≠ +

≠ +
50 m max.
4
3
2
1
O
N
50 m max.

> 2 s < 2 s
ᕣ ᕤ

239
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
automatic switches, single pole latching relays
Arteor
TM
dimmers
Mounting with offset pushbutton (closing-type):
Mounting with several combined switches:
Cat. Nos. 5720 52 / 5740 62 (without neutral)
Connect the neutral on Cat. no. 5720 53 / 5740 61
Connect the neutral on Cat. no. 5720 53 / 5740 61.
Only possible with incandescent loads.
Comply with the minimum load: 40 W multiplied by the number of
inputs.
Comply with the maximum load: 400 W
Cat. no. 5720 53 / 5740 61 (with neutral)
N
L
L N $
N
L
L N $
N
L
L $ L $ L $
400 W
max.
N
L
L N $ L N $ L N $
1000 W
max.
■ Technical data
Universal dimmer with neutral
Cat. no. 5740 08 / 58, 5743 08 / 58
■ Technical data
Automatic switches
Cat. no. 5720 52 / 53, 5740 61 / 62
Connection
terminal type: Cage-type connector
Terminal capacity: 2 x 1.5 mm
2
or 1 x 2.5 mm
2
Screwdriver: Flat-blade 3.5 mm
Mounting with a switch
Light dimmer
Cat. no. 5734 62, 5736 62
Rotary Dimmer
Cat. no. 5722 40 / 5727 40, 5735 01 / 5737 01
Wiring
· 1 way connection (sketch 1)
· Double-way connection (sketch 2)
· ín extra low voltage halogen with ferromagnetic transfers (sketch 3)
L
L
N




Important : There is a switch of rated voltage on the upper right
corner of the base and it is set on the position 230V,
when the rated voltage is 127V, the switch should be set
on the position 127V
240
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
automatic switches, single pole latching relays
■ Technical data
Automatic switches
Cat. no. 5720 52 / 53, 5740 61 / 62
Operation
Horizontal detection
Range adjusted to 3 m:
Vertical detection
Range adjusted to 3 m
Range adjusted to 10 m:
Range adjusted to 10 m
Precautions for use
0.5 m
1.3 m
1.5 m
3 m
4 m
5 m
10 m
1.5 m
1.2 m
1.5 m
3 m
1.2 m
5 m
10 m
Electrical characteristics
Self-extinguishing: 650°C / 30 s
Voltage: 100-240 V
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Powers: Cat. no. 5720 52 / 5740 62
Powers: Cat. no. 5720 53 / 5740 61

ቢ - Incandescent lamp
ባ - Halogen lamp
ቤ - ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer
ብ - Fluorescent tube
ቦ - Compact fluorescent lamp
ቧ - Compact fluorescent lamp with separate transformer
ቨ - Fan drive
ቩ - Contactor
ቪ - ELV halogen lamp with ferromagnetic transformer
ቫ - ELV halogen lamp with electronic transformer
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ ቦ ቧ ቨ ቩ
240 V 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 100 VA
1 max.
< 2 A
100 V 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 50 VA
1 max.
< 1 A
ቢ ባ ቪ ቫ
240 V
Max.. 400 W 400 W 400 VA 400 VA
Min.. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
100 V
Max. 200 W 200 W 200 VA 200 VA
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 VA 40 VA
Single pole latching relays
Cat. no. 5722 27 / 5727 27
230 V~
L
N
· Load
241
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
miniature emergency lighting unit
Arteor
TM
skirting light with indicator + detector
Installation precautions
NL
L
N
> 2.5 Lux.
< 2.5 Lux.
30’’
=
Status indicator
Mains ON
Mains OFF
(or lamp
disconnected)
■ Technical data
Miniature emergency lighting unit
Cat. no. 5722 22
Connection
■ Technical data
Skirting light with indicator + detector
Cat. no. 5722 26 / 5727 26
Battery replacement
Installation
Locking on to support
Note : Re-charges only when set to position I. In position O, the batteries will not re-charge.
Switch Set to I Set to O
Mains
Present Green LED on Ped LED on
Absent
(or light unplugged) Light on LED and lights off
242
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
skirting light with indicator + detector
Arteor
TM
time delay switch, key code switch
6
0.30
6
2
1
0.30
0.30
IR
3
3
1.2
6
2
6
1
1,20
2
1.2
IR
(+) 12V
(-) 0V
1.5 mm
2
60 m
1.5 mm
2
60 m
1.5 mm
2
30 m
04795 / 04792
40898
N
T R C - + Led D1 D0
N
L
N
■ Technical data
Time delay switch
Cat no. 5720 55 / 5740 84
Number of terminals: 2
Terminal type: with screws
Stripping: 6 mm
Terminal capacities: 1 x 2.5mm
2
flexible or rigid
Screwdriver: 3.5 mm flat-blade
■ Technical data
Skirting light with indicator + detector
Cat. no. 5722 26 / 5727 26
Key code switch
Cat. no. 5722 52 / 5727 52
243
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
230 V±
12 V=
2
2 2
Way Out
Push-button
Power supply
(ex: 047 95 ...)
Door release 3749 00
or magnetic lock 767 07
Access control readers
5722 50/51/52
Centralized
230 V±
12 V=
Power supply
(ex: 047 95 ...)
Cat.No 0767 04
Door controller
(2 doors max. per unit)
Door release 3749 00
or magnetic lock 767 07
Local area
network
5
2
2
Access control readers
5722 50/51/52
230 V±
12 V=
Power supply
(ex: 047 95 ...)
Cat.No 0767 04
Door controller
Door release 3749 00
or magnetic lock 767 07
5
2
2
Access control readers
5722 50/51/52
Up to 128 door controllers
■ Technical data
Biometric reader
Cat. no. 5722 50, 5727 50
Stand-alone
Arteor
TM
biometric reader, key fob switches
5722 30 - 5727 30
Arteor
TM
hotel bedroom call indicator and internal control unit
Operation
1- Instruction : «Do not disturb»
Wiring
L L
1
2
L
1
2
L
N
A B C D E
2- Instruction : «Please clean up»
3- No call
■ Technical data
Hotel bedroom call indicator
Cat. no. 5720 67 / 74 - 5725 67 / 74, 5734 58 / 61 - 5736 58 / 61
Description
Key fob switches
Cat. no. 5722 30 / 5727 30
Note : If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
«don’t disturb» call
Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP
BIP
Green
Red
Call indicator
A B
Call control
Blue Red
STOP
Option
Buzzer
E
Bedroom
BIP

Corridor


Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP



BIP

Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP

BIP

Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP


244
■ Technical data
2 x female RCA
Cat. no. 5722 72 / 5727 72 / 5732 72 / 5737 72
3 x female RCA
Cat. no. 5722 73 / 5727 73 / 5732 73 / 5737 73
1 2 3 4
1 - Right
2 -
3 - Left
4 -
1 2 3 4 5 6
{
1 - Right
2 -
3 - Left
4 -
5 - Video
6 -
0.5 mm
2
max.
35 mm min. 20 m maxi
x 1
x 1 x 2

30 ᕡ
30

6

x 2 x 4

30
6

30

Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets
245
1 mm
2
max.
35 mm min.
ᕡ ᕢ
HD 15 socket
Cat. no. 5722 82 / 5727 82
x 16
x 4

50


0327 81


■ Technical data
Female 3.5 mm Jack
Cat. no. 5722 74 - 5727 74

1 2 3
L R
Left Right

30

6
30
20 m maxi

Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets
246
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets
■ Technical data
HD 15 socket
Cat. no. 5722 82 / 5727 82
5 1
15 11
1
6
2
7
3
8
9
14
10
13
11
12
4
5
15
10 6
Terminal strip marking (Connector marking)
VGA FULL PIN
1 Video rec (red)
6 Red (general + ground)
2 Video green (green)
7 Green shield (green ground)
3 Video blue (blue)
8 Blue shield (blue ground)
9 White
14 Green (SV)
10 Blue (ground SH-SV)
13 Grey (SH)
11 Brown (ID Bit 0)
12 Yellow (ID Bit 1)
4 Orange (ID Bit 2)
15 Black (ID Bit 3)
5 Red (Gnd)
VGA R V B SH SV
1 Video rec (red)
2 Video green (green)
3 Video blue (blue)
13 Video white (SH)
14 Video yellow (SV)
6 Red + generale shield (generale + ground)
7 Green shield (green ground)
8 Blue shield (blue ground)
10 Yellow + white shield (masse SH-SV)
HD 15 socket
Cat. no. 5722 82 / 5727 82

35

ᕥ ᕦ

5


35 mm mini

5

247
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets
■ Technical data
HDMI socket
Cat. no. 5722 81 / 5727 81
x 20
x 5

50 mm





0327 80
HDMI socket
Cat. no. 5722 81 / 5727 81
3 mm

ቢ ባ


5 mm




5 mm




248
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
■ Technical data
HDMI socket (continued)
Arteor
TM
data, audio and video sockets
1 - TMDS Data 2+
2 - TMDS Data 2
3 - TMDS Data 2-
4 - TMDS Data 1+
5 - TMDS Data 1
6 - TMDS Data 1-
7 - TMDS Data 0+
8 - TMDS Data 0
9 - TMDS Data 0-
10 - TMDS Clock+
11 - TMDS Clock
12 - TMDS Clock-
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
18
19 20
17
13 - CEC
14 -
15 - SCL
16 - SDA
17 - Ground
18 - + 5v
19 - HPD
20 - general (grounding) strand
USB socket
Cat. no. 5722 75 / 5727 75 / 5732 74 / 5737 74
35 mm mini
1 - Vbus (5V)
2 - D-
3 - D+
4 -
5 -
1 2 3 4 5
USB socket
Cat. no. 5722 75 / 5727 75 / 5732 74 / 5737 74

30
6

ᕣ ᕤ
5 m maxi
1 mm
2
max.
35 mm min.
ᕡ ᕢ
6 5 4 3 2 1
Y U/CB V/CR
YUV socket
Cat. no. 5722 71 / 5727 71

30
6

30
ᕣ ᕤ
20 m maxi
0.5 mm
2
max.
35 mm min.
ᕡ ᕢ
249
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
RCBO
Arteor
TM
detectors
· Load
■ Technical data
RCBO
Cat. no. 5734 85
■ Technical data
Water leak detectors
Cat. no. 5740 15 / 65
Installation
Gas detectors for LPG/Propane/Butane
Cat. no. 5740 14 / 5740 64
Installation distance
20 - 40 cm
max 8m
min 1m
Typical diagram of Installation
To the manual reset solenoid valve
Good operation is only guaranteed with power supplies item
5740 35 - 5740 36
Good operation is only guaranteed with power supplies item
5740 35 - 5740 36
250
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Typical diagram of Installation
Good operation is only guaranteed with power supplies item
5740 35 - 5740 36
To the manual reset solenoid valve
20 - 40 cm
max 8m
min 1m
ᕥ ᕤ
ᕢ ᕡ


Diameter :
- ø mini 4 mm
- ø maxi 16,5 mm
Section :
- mini 3 x 4 mm
2
- maxi 3 x 10 mm
2

Mini 4 mm
2

Maxi 10 mm
2

■ Technical data
Gas detectors for Methane gas
Cat. no. 5740 13 / 63
Installation distance
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
detectors
Arteor
TM
power units
■ Technical data
Power units
Cat. no. 5721 54 - 5726 54
251
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
television and telephone sockets
Arteor
TM
RJ 45
A B
13 mm
13 mm
13 mm maxi
■ Technical data
Television sockets
Cat. no. 5734 25 / 5736 25
■ Technical data
RJ 45
Cat. no. 5734 29 / 28 / 5736 29 / 28
RJ 11
Cat. no. 5734 26 / 5736 26


U/UTP F/UTP
SF/UTP

ᕢ ᕣ

ᕡ ᕢ ᕣ
252
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
RJ 45 (continued)
■ Technical data
RJ 45
Cat. no. 5734 29 / 28 / 5736 29 / 28
Wiring Diagram
ᕡ ᕢ
ᕣ ᕤ




A
B
0327 60
1
3
6
1
3
6
13 m
m
m
axi
FTP


253
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Arteor
TM
attenuator
Min.
Max.
Amplifier
+
-
+
-
.................................................................
100 V line
1 2 n
+
1 2 3 4 5
+
-
1 2 3 4 5
+ + ..................+ 25 W 1 2 n
Amplifier
■ Technical data
Attenuator
Cat. no. 5722 84 / 5727 84
Principle
254
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square and round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 00 1 module 92 x 92
10/100 5757 10 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5757 20 3 modules 129 x 92
5/50 5757 30 4 modules 157 x 92
5/30 5757 40 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5757 50 8 modules 252.5 x 92
2/20 5757 60 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
2/16 5757 70 2 x 6 modules 237.5 x 178
2/16 5757 80 2 x 8 modules 237.5 x 178
2/12 5757 90 3 x 6 modules 237.5 x 246
2/12 5758 00 3 x 8 modules 237.5 x 246
1/5 5750 70 3 modules for shaver socket
White
5757 10 5759 10 5757 40 5759 30
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
White
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
10/100 5759 00 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5759 10 3 modules 129 x 92
5/50 5759 20 4 modules 157 x 92
5/30 5759 30 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5765 80 8 modules 252.5 x 92
2/20 5759 40 2 x 4 modules 157 x 178
2/16 5759 50 2 x 6 modules 237.5 x 178
255
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
10/100 5757 01 5757 02 1 module 92 x 92
10/100 5757 11 5757 12 2 modules 92 x 92
10/100 5757 21 5757 22 3 modules 129 x 92
5/50 5757 31 5757 32 4 modules 157 x 92
5/30 5757 41 5757 42 6 modules 237.5 x 92
5/30 5757 51 5757 52 8 modules 252.5 x 92
2/20 5757 61 5757 62 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
2/16 5757 71 5757 72 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
2/16 5757 81 5757 82 2 x 8 237.5 x 178
modules
2/12 5757 91 5757 92 3 x 6 237.5 x 246
modules
2/12 5758 01 5758 02 3 x 8 237.5 x 246
modules
1/5 5750 71 5750 72 3 modules for shaver socket
Pack Cat.Nos Neutral - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
10/100 5759 01 5759 02 2 92 x 92
modules
10/100 5759 11 5759 12 3 129 x 92
modules
5/50 5759 21 5759 22 4 157 x 92
modules
5/30 5759 31 5759 32 6 237.5 x 92
modules
5/30 5765 81 5765 82 8 252.5 x 92
modules
2/20 5759 41 5759 42 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
2/16 5759 51 5759 52 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square and round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pearl Alu Graphite Pearl Alu Graphite
5757 21 5757 22 5759 11 5759 12 5759 22
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
256
Edition 1
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square version
Arteor
TM
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5763 18 5763 58 5763 28
Pack Cat.Nos Tattoo
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5762 98 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 18 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 38 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 58 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 88 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 08 8 modules 252.5 x 92
5/50 5761 68 3 modules for shaver socket
Pack Cat.Nos Tattoo
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5763 08 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 28 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 48 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 68 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 98 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Edition 1
5763 68
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
257
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square version
Arteor
TM
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5757 13 5757 24 5759 04 5759 03 5759 13 5757 14
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5757 04 5757 03 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5757 14 5757 13 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5757 24 5757 23 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5757 34 5757 33 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5757 44 5757 43 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5757 54 5757 53 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/10 5757 64 5757 63 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
1/8 5757 74 5757 73 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
1/5 5750 74 5750 73 3 modules for shaver socket
Special plates
1 5764 94 5764 93 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
1 5765 04 5765 03 For 10" 309 x 233
multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 34 5765 33 For central unit for 165 x 176
- intruder alarm
- temperature control
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5759 04 5759 03 2 92 x 92
modules
1/20 5759 14 5759 13 3 129 x 92
modules
1/20 5759 24 5759 23 4 157 x 92
modules
1/5 5759 34 5759 33 6 237.5 x 92
modules
1/5 5765 84 5765 83 8 252.5 x 92
modules
1/10 5759 44 5759 43 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
1/8 5759 54 5759 53 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
Mirror Mirror
White Black
Mirror Mirror
White Black
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
258
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square and round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5763 36 5763 25 5763 31 5763 21 5763 32
Pack Cat.Nos Mirror - Square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5762 96 5762 95 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 16 5763 15 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 36 5763 35 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 56 5763 55 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 86 5763 85 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 06 5764 05 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5761 66 5761 65 3 modules for shaver socket
Mirror - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5763 06 5763 05 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 26 5763 25 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 46 5763 45 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 66 5763 65 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 96 5763 95 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Mirror Mirror
Red Taupe
Mirror Mirror
Red Taupe
Pack Cat.Nos Graphic - square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5762 91 5762 92 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 11 5763 12 2 modules 92 x 92
1/5/20 5763 31 5763 32 3 modules 129 x 92
1/5/20 5763 51 5763 52 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 81 5763 82 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 01 5764 02 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5761 61 5761 62 3 modules for shaver socket
Graphic - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5763 01 5763 02 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 21 5763 22 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 41 5763 42 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 61 5763 62 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 91 5763 92 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Casual Formal
Casual Formal
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
259
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square version
Arteor
TM
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5763 30 5763 20 5757 26 5759 16
Pack Cat.Nos Brushed Metal
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5762 90 5757 06 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 10 5757 16 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 30 5757 26 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 50 5757 36 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 80 5757 46 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 00 5757 56 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/10 5757 66 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
1/8 5757 76 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
1/5 5761 60 5750 76 3 modules for shaver socket
Special plates
1 5764 90 5764 96 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
1 5765 00 5765 06 For 10" 309 x 233
multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 30 5765 36 For central unit for 165 x 176
- intruder alarm
- temperature control
Pack Cat.Nos Brushed Metal
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5763 00 5759 06 2 92 x 92
modules
1/20 5763 20 5759 16 3 129 x 92
modules
1/20 5763 40 5759 26 4 157 x 92
modules
1/5 5763 60 5759 36 6 237.5 x 92
modules
1/5 5763 90 5765 86 8 252.5 x 92
modules
1/10 5759 46 2 x 4 157 x 178
modules
1/8 5759 56 2 x 6 237.5 x 178
modules
Gold Stainless
brass steel
Gold Stainless
brass steel
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
260
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square and round version
Pack Cat.Nos Wood - square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5757 05 5762 99 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5757 15 5763 19 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5757 25 5763 39 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5757 35 5763 59 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5765 75 5763 89 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5765 95 5764 09 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5750 75 5761 99 3 modules for shaver socket
Wood - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5759 05 5763 09 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5759 15 5763 29 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5759 25 5763 49 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5759 35 5763 69 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5765 85 5763 99 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Wenge Light
style Oak
Wenge Light
style Oak
Pack Cat.Nos Leather - square version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5762 93 5762 94 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 13 5763 14 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 33 5763 34 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 53 5763 54 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 83 5763 84 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 03 5764 04 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5761 63 5761 64 3 modules for shaver socket
Club Galuchat
5757 25 5763 99 5763 33 5763 44
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Leather - round version
Supplied with support frames
Dimensions
Indian standard in mm
1/5/30 5763 03 5763 04 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 23 5763 24 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 43 5763 44 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 63 5763 64 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 93 5763 94 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Club Galuchat
261
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square version
Arteor
TM
cover plates - round version
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Signature
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5762 97 1 module 92 x 92
1/5/30 5763 17 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 37 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 57 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 87 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5764 07 8 modules 252.5 x 92
1/5 5761 67 3 modules for shaver socket
Special plates
1 5764 97 For video internal 127 x 127
display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
and 3.5" touch screen
1 5765 07 For 10" 309 x 233
multimedia
touch screen
1 5765 27 For central unit for 165 x 176
- intruder alarm
- temperature control
Pack Cat.Nos Signature
Indian standard
Dimensions
Supplied with support frames in mm
1/5/30 5763 07 2 modules 92 x 92
1/20 5763 27 3 modules 129 x 92
1/20 5763 47 4 modules 157 x 92
1/5 5763 67 6 modules 237.5 x 92
1/5 5763 97 8 modules 252.5 x 92
Woven
Metal
Woven
Metal
5763 27 5763 87 5763 47 5763 37
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
262
Modules
Plates
+
Support
frames
COVER PLATES
Neutral Tattoo Mirror
White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror
white
Mirror
black
INDIAN STANDARD
1 module 5757 00 5757 01 5757 02 5762 98 5757 04 5757 03
2 modules 5757 10 5757 11 5757 12 5763 18 5757 14 5757 13
3 modules 5757 20 5757 21 5757 22 5763 38 5757 24 5757 23
3 modules for
shaver sockets
(1)
5750 70 5750 71 5750 72 5761 68 5750 74 5750 73
4 modules 5757 30 5757 31 5757 32 5763 58 5757 34 5757 33
6 modules 5757 40 5757 41 5757 42 5763 88 5757 44 5757 43
8 modules 5757 50 5757 51 5757 52 5764 08 5757 54 5757 53
2 x 4 modules 5757 60 5757 61 5757 62 - 5757 64 5757 63
2 x 6 modules 5757 70 5757 71 5757 72 - 5757 74 5757 73
2 x 8 modules 5757 80 5757 81 5757 82 - - -
3 x 6 modules 5757 90 5757 91 5757 92 - - -
3 x 8 modules 5758 00 5758 01 5758 02 - - -
SPECIAL PLATES
Video internal display unit 2.5",
BUS alarm module
3.5" touch screen
(1)
- - - - 5764 94 5764 93
10" multimedia
touch screen
(1)
- - - - 5765 04 5765 03
Central unit for:
- temperature control
- intruder alarm
(1)
- - - - 5765 34 5765 33
(1) Support frame supplied with mechanism
Arteor
TM
cover plates - square version
263
COVER PLATES
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Casual Formal Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
metal
5762 96 5762 95 5762 91 5762 92 5757 06 5762 90 5757 05 5762 99 5762 93 5762 94 5762 97
5763 16 5763 15 5763 11 5763 12 5757 16 5763 10 5757 15 5763 19 5763 13 5763 14 5763 17
5763 36 5763 35 5763 31 5763 32 5757 26 5763 30 5757 25 5763 39 5763 33 5763 34 5763 37
5761 66 5761 65 5761 61 5761 62 5750 76 5761 60 5750 75 5761 69 5761 63 5761 64 5761 67
5763 56 5763 55 5763 51 5763 52 5757 36 5763 50 5757 35 5763 59 5763 53 5763 54 5763 57
5763 86 5763 85 5763 81 5763 82 5757 46 5763 80 5765 75 5763 89 5763 83 5763 84 5763 87
5764 06 5764 05 5764 01 5764 02 5757 56 5764 00 5765 95 5764 09 5764 03 5764 04 5764 07
- - - - 5757 66 - - - - - -
- - - - 5757 76 - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - 5764 96 5764 90 - - - - 5764 97
- - - - 5765 06 5765 00 - - - - 5765 07
- - - - 5765 36 5765 30 - - - - 5765 27
264
Modules
Plates
+
Support
frames
COVER PLATES
Neutral Tattoo Mirror
White Pearl alu Graphite Edition 1 Mirror
white
Mirror
black
INDIAN STANDARD
2 modules 5759 00 5759 01 5759 02 5763 08 5759 04 5759 03
3 modules 5759 10 5759 11 5759 12 5763 28 5759 14 5759 13
4 modules 5759 20 5759 21 5759 22 5763 48 5759 24 5759 23
6 modules 5759 30 5759 31 5759 32 5763 68 5759 34 5759 33
8 modules 5765 80 5765 81 5765 82 5763 98 5765 84 5765 83
2 x 4 modules 5759 40 5759 41 5759 42 - 5759 44 5759 43
2 x 6 modules 5759 50 5759 51 5759 52 - 5759 54 5759 53
Arteor
TM
cover plates - round version
265
COVER PLATES
Mirror Graphic Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature
Mirror
red
Mirror
taupe
Casual Formal Stainless
steel
Gold
brass
Wenge
style
Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven
metal
5763 06 5763 05 5763 01 5763 02 5759 06 5763 00 5759 05 5763 09 5763 03 5763 04 5763 07
5763 26 5763 25 5763 21 5763 22 5759 16 5763 20 5759 15 5763 29 5763 23 5763 24 5763 27
5763 46 5763 45 5763 41 5763 42 5759 26 5763 40 5759 25 5763 49 5763 43 5763 44 5763 47
5763 66 5763 65 5763 61 5763 62 5759 36 5763 60 5759 35 5763 69 5763 63 5763 64 5763 67
5763 96 5763 95 5763 91 5763 92 5765 86 5763 90 5765 85 5763 99 5763 93 5763 94 5763 97
- - - - 5759 46 - - - - - -
- - - - 5759 56 - - - - - -
* ZigBee
®
Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
Dimming control
Dimming control
with touch plate
Dimmer
or
WIRING DIAGRAM
A
A
A
N L
N
A B
+
From dimmer
SCENARIO
CONTROL
4 SCENARIOS CONTROL
(See p. 268)
For lighting, roller blinds…
RECEIVER DIMMER SWITCH
(See p. 268)
Indicates the light intensity via LEDs
LIGHTING CONTROL
Indicates lighting control
Indicates roller blinds control
A
B
266
B
B
N L
N
Motor
ROLLER BLIND
CONTROL
INDIVIDUAL RECEIVER
ROLLER BLINDS SWITCH
(See p. 268)
Controls any type of electric roller
blind motor
TECHNICAL
DETECTORS
(See p. 269)
Give a warning if
there is a water,
town gas or
methane leak
TECHNICAL ALARM
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 267
Arteor
TM
Home Automation -
Radio/Zigbee
®*

technology
The standard for radio (wireless) solutions, ideal
for refurbishment, small new installations and
increasing the number of control points, without
damaging the walls.
INTERACTIVITY OF FUNCTIONS
ZigBee
®
radio technology is an international low consumption
radio communication standard. Operating at a frequency of
2.4 GHz, it can be used, via transmitters (wireless) and
receivers, to control lighting, roller blinds, as well as technical
alarms. It can also control scenarios, and allows bidirectional
communication between devices. It can be used in addition to
the BUS system.
268
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
®
lighting control and automation
Pack Cat.Nos Control mechanisms (receivers)
100-240 V
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
min. depth 40 mm


2 modules to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
White Black Switches without neutral
1 5738 12 5738 13 1 gang switch
300 W - with blue LED status
indicator supplied
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Switches with neutral
1 5738 22 5738 23 1 gang switch
2500 W with blue LED status
indicator supplied
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
1 5738 24 5738 25 2 gang switch
2 x 1000 W with blue LED status
indicator supplied
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
1 5738 26 5738 27 3 gang switch
3 x 1000 W with blue LED status
indicator supplied
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Roller blinds switches
1 5738 40 5738 41 Switch with preset function
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Leading/trailing edge dimmers without
neutral
1 5738 16 5738 17 300 W - with blue LEDs bargraph
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
1 5738 20 5738 21 600 W - with blue LEDs bargraph
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Universal dimmers with neutral
1 5738 28 5738 29 300 W
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Dimmers 0-10 V
1 5738 32 5738 33 For fluorescent lamps 1000 W
with 0-10 V ballasts
To be mounted on 2-module
support frame
Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 269)
Scenario controllers with specific
marking for hotels (see p. 218)
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Switches and dimmers max. loads selection chart (p. 270)
ZigBee
®
: Certified product
Manufacturer Specific Profile
Scenario controllers
Surface-mounting (no wiring needed)
Supplied with batteries and support frames
2 modules

White
Black For BUS or radio installations
1 5738 48 5738 49 4 push-buttons to control
4 scenarios (1 scenario can
control several functions:
shutters, lighting...)
Mobile scenario controllers
Pocket remote controller
1 5738 70 4 push-buttons to control
4 scenarios (1 scenario can
control several functions:
shutters, lighting...)
Can be used with all radio flush-mounting
control mechanisms
IR/RF remote control
1 0882 32 4 push-buttons to control
4 scenarios and general ON/OFF
Pack Cat.Nos Remote control transmitters
Surface-mounting (no wiring needed)
Supplied with batteries and support frames
2 modules
White Black Switch transmitters
1 5738 34 5738 35 For 1 gang switch
1 5738 36 5738 37 For 2 gang switch
Dimmer transmitters
1 5738 38 5738 39 For dimmer
Roller blinds switch transmitters
1 5738 42 5738 43 For roller blinds switch
5738 25
5738 40 5738 20 5738 37 5738 49 5738 70
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
269
Pack Cat.Nos Touch plates for switch receivers
and transmitters
Indian standard fixing centres
White Black
1 5737 50 5737 51 For 1 gang mechanism
1 5737 54 5737 55 For 2 gang mechanism
1 5737 64 5737 65 For 3 gang mechanism
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
®
other functions
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
®
lighting control and automation touch plates
White or Black touch plates to replace standard rocker plates and plates
Technical characteristics (p. 271) Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
ZigBee
®
: Certified product
Manufacturer Specific Profile
5737 54 5737 58 5737 91 5738 73 5738 57
Touch plates for dimmer receivers
and transmitters
Indian standard fixing centres
White Black
1 5737 58 5737 59 For 1 gang mechanism
Touch plates for roller blinds switch
receivers and transmitters
White Black
1 5737 68 5737 69 Indian standard fixing centres
For 1 gang mechanism
Touch plates for scenario controllers

White Black

1 5737 90 5737 91 Indian standard fixing centres
DIN mounted Zigbee options
1 0035 89 Individual roller blind controller
1 0035 90 Micromodule switch
1 0035 91 Open WebNet/Zigbee gateway
1 0035 92 RF Zigbee transmeter with auxiliary input
Movement detector
1 0035 93 Wireless movement detection
surface mounted
Pack Cat.Nos Other Arteor
TM
functions
Mechanisms equipped with White or Black
cover plates and Magnesium circle for
control, to be equipped with 2-module
cover plates (p. 254-261)
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes


min. depth 40 mm

White Black
"Water-heater" switches
1 5738 46 5738 47 DP switch 20 A 2 modues with
"Water-heater" marking
Technical alarms
2 modules
1 5738 72 5738 73 Actuator 100-240 VA - 10 A
1 5738 74 5738 75 Transceiver
Gateways SCS/ZigBee
®

2 modules
1 5738 56 5738 57 Allow the extension of a BUS/SCS
system with ZigBee
®
devices
Weatherproof switches 230 VA
Can be controlled with switch transmitters
Mechanisms supplied with black rocker
plates
Surface-mounting
1 5738 58 Switch with neutral 2500 W
1 5738 60 Switch with neutral 2 x 2500 W
Control mechanisms 100-240 VA
For installation in false ceiling
Can be controlled with transmitters
Mechanisms supplied complete
1 5738 62 Switch 2500 W
1 5738 64 Leading/trailing edge dimmer
600 W
1 5738 66 Dimmer for ballasts 0-10 V
For fluorescent lamps 1000 W
5738 66
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
270
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
®
switches and dimmers max. loads selection charts
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat.Nos
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with
0-10 V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
5738 12/13 150 W 150 W 150 VA 150 VA
5738 22/23 1250 W 1250 W 1250 VA 1250 VA 625 VA 625 VA 625 VA 125 VA
5738 24/25 2 x 500 W 2 x 500 W 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 250 VA 2 x 50 VA
5738 26/27 3 x 500 W 3 x 500 W 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 250 VA 3 x 50 VA
5738 40/41 500 VA
5738 62 1250 W 1250 W 1250 VA 1250 VA 625 VA 625 VA 625 VA 125 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
5738 16/17 150 W 150 W 150 VA 150 VA
5738 20/21 300 W 300 W 225 VA 300 VA
5738 28/29 150 W 150 W 150 VA 150 VA 80 VA 80 VA
5738 32/33 500 VA
5738 66 500 VA
5738 64 300 W 300 W 225 VA 300 VA
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat.Nos
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with
0-10 V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
S
5738 12/13 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5738 22/23 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 250 VA
5738 24/25 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 100 VA
5738 26/27 3 x 1000 W 3 x 1000 W 3 x 1000 VA 3 x 1000 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 100 VA
5738 40/41 500 VA
5738 62 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 250 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
5738 16/17 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA
5738 20/21 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
5738 28/29 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA 160 VA 160 VA
5738 32/33 1000 VA
5738 66 1000 VA
5738 64 600 W 600 W 450 VA 600 VA
■ Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 110 V
■ Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V
ZigBee
®
: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
271
Arteor
TM
Radio/ZigBee
®
touch plates
■ Transformation into touch plates version of standard control mechanisms (receivers) and remote control transmitters
equipped with rocker plates
■ Selection chart for association of touch plates
Function
Touch plates Associate mechanism
Colour BS fixing centres
Control mechanism
(receiver)
Remote control
transmitter
Touch control switch
1 gang
White 5737 50
5738 12
5738 13
5738 22
5738 23
5738 34
5738 35
Black 5737 51
Touch control switch
2 gang
White 5737 54
5738 24
5738 25
5738 36
5738 37
Black 5737 55
Touch control switch
3 gang
White 5737 64
5738 26
5738 27
Black 5737 65
Touch control dimmer
1 gang
White 5737 58
5738 16
5738 17
5738 20
5738 21
5738 28
5738 29
5738 38
5738 39
Black 5737 59
Touch control roller
blinds switch
1 gang
White 5737 68
5738 40
5738 41
5738 42
5738 43
Black 5737 69
4 scenarios touch
control
White 5737 90
5738 48
5738 49
Black 5737 91
1
2
3
Control mechanism (receiver) with Indian standard support frame (not supplied)
ZigBee
®
: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile
A B
A
A
A
B
N
230 V
A
Touch Screen
BUS line
BUS line
27 V
A
Video display
BUS line
A
230 V
A
From actuators
BUS line
Indicates lighting control
Indicates roller blinds control
A
B
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
Consumer unit Room
BUS line 27 V
Actuators
A
Power
supply
Touch screen

DIN-RAIL ACTUATORS AND HOUSE MANAGEMENT

DIN RAIL ACTUA-
TORS
(See p. 276)
To be associated
to load and control
mechanisms
TOUCH SCREEN
(See p. 290)
Activation of 4
scenarios, of
temperature, of
sound distribu-
tion functions
AMPLIFIER
(See p. 287)
SOUND DISTRIBUTION
AUDIO AND VIDEO DOOR ENTRY
SYSTEM
(See p. 291)
Controls opening, with the
possibility of intercommunication
with other units
VIDEO DOOR ENTRY
SYSTEM
SCENARIO CONTROL
(See p. 274)
For activation
of 4 scenarios
SCENARIO CONTROL
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
CENTRAL UNIT FOR
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
(See p. 280)
Can manage up to
99 zones
272
B
M
B
BUS line
M
Motor
INTRUDER ALARM
(See p. 284)
Can manage up
to 72 detectors
INTRUDER ALARM
ROLLER BLINDS
CONTROL
ROLLER BLIND CONTROL
(See p. 274)
Controls any type
of electric roller blinds
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 273
Arteor
TM

Home Automation -
BUS/SCS technology
With 2 dedicated wires, for creating scenarios that
incorporate all the functions for large living areas:
lighting, automation, video door entry system, etc.
MULTIPLICATION OF FUNCTIONS WITHOUT
ANY SPACE CONSTRAINTS.
Legrand BUS/SCS technology can manage various different
functions at the same time via 2-wire extra low voltage cables.
It enables a number of functions which can be integrated
through scenarios and designed to adapt the user’s
environment as required.
274
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation control mechanisms
5739 00 5739 02 5739 04 5739 05 5739 74
Pack Cat.Nos Touch control mechanisms
Equipped with White or Black touch plates
Basic functions
Control for the activation of 1 single
actuator for single or double loads, or 2
actuators for single load, or independent
White Black double loads for lighting and shutters
1 5739 08 5739 09 2 module mechanisms
For Indian standard
flush-mounting boxes
Basic and special functions
Control for the activation of 4 scenarios,
soft-start and soft-stop of dimmers, sound
distribution functions
1 5739 04 5739 05 2 module mechanisms
Can control up to 4 scenarios
For Indian standard
flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 12 5739 13 3 module mechanisms
Can control up to 6 scenarios
For Indian
flush-mounting boxes
Touch screens


Equipped with White or Magnesium
surround, to be equipped with cover

White Magnesium
plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2’’ touch screen for activation
of 4 scenarios or temperature,
or sound distribution functions
To be equipped with 2 module
plates
Scenario controllers with specific
marking for hotels (see p. 218)
Pack Cat.Nos Micropush control mechanisms
Basic functions
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
1 5739 61 Actuator & free control
To be equipped with round version key
covers (p. 275) and cover plates
(p. 254-261)
1 5739 74 2 module mechanism
Control for the activation of
1 actuator for single or double
loads, or 2 actuators for single
load, or independent double loads for
lighting and shutters
1 5739 75 3 module mechanism
Control for the activation of 3
actuators for single or double
loads, or 2 actuators for single
load or independent double loads
Basic and special functions
To be equipped with round version key
covers (p. 275) and cover plates
(p. 254-261)
1 5739 87 2 module mechanism
Control for the activation of
4 scenarios, soft-start and
soft-stop of dimmers, sound
distribution functions and activation
of devices installed on different BUS
branches
Scenario controller
Equipped with White or Magnesium round
version rocker plates, to be equipped with

White Magnesium
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 02 5739 03 2 module mechanisms
Control for the activation of
4 scenarios stored in the DIN
scenario module Cat.No 0035 51
(p. 277)
IR receivers
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with

White Magnesium
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 00 5739 01 To be associated with remote
control Cat.No 0882 32
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Mobile scenario controller
Advanced IR remote controller
1 0882 32 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios
(1 scenario can control several functions:
shutters, lighting...)
To be used in association with IR receiver
Cat.Nos 5739 00/01
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
275
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation key covers
White or Magnesium round version key covers
5739 64 5743 87 5739 68 5743 65
5739 70
5743 61 5743 68 5743 63 5743 71 5743 76
5743 91
5743 72
5743 92 5743 88 5739 73
5743 79 5743 75
5743 85 5743 82 5743 81
Pack Cat.Nos 2 module key covers
For micropush control mechanisms

White Magnesium

5 5743 86 5743 87 Regulation symbol
5 5743 88 5743 89 GEN marking
5 5743 90 5743 91 Dimmer symbol
5 5743 92 5743 93 Light symbol
5 5743 80 5743 81 GEN/ON/OFF marking
5 5743 82 5743 83 ON/OFF marking
5 5743 84 5743 85 Up/down symbol
5 5739 70 5739 71 2 functions without marking
Special key covers
For 3 module micropush control
White Magnesium mechanisms
5 5739 72 5739 73 Central rectangular key cover
for Cat.No 5739 75
ON
OFF
GEN
ON
OFF
GEN
ON
OFF
Pack Cat.Nos 1 module key covers
For micropush control mechanisms

White Magnesium
Regulation symbol
5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting
5 5743 60 5743 61 Right-hand side mounting
Light symbol
5 5743 65 5743 67 Any mounting
Dimmer symbol
5 5743 69 5743 71 Left-hand side mounting
5 5743 68 5743 70 Right-hand side mounting
GEN/ON/OFF marking
5 5743 73 5743 75 Left-hand side mounting
5 5743 72 5743 74 Right-hand side mounting
ON/OFF marking
5 5743 77 5743 79 Left-hand side mounting
5 5743 76 5743 78 Right-hand side mounting
Up/down symbol
5 5743 62 5743 63 Any mounting
Without marking
5 5739 68 5739 69 2 functions
ON
OFF
GEN
ON
OFF
ON
GEN
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
276
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation
Pack Cat.Nos DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
N/O contact
To be associated to loads and control mechanisms
(p. 274)
1 0038 41 1-output relay for controlling 1 circuit
Maximum load:
16 A resistive load
2 DIN modules
1 0038 42 2-output relay for controlling 2 circuits
Maximum load per circuit:
6 A resistive load or incandescent lamps
1 x 500 VA for roller blinds with end stops
2 DIN modules
1 0038 44 4-output relay for controlling 4 circuits
Maximum load per circuit:
6 A resistive load
2 DIN modules
1 0026 00 Relay with 1 x 16 A outputs
1 0026 01 Relay with 2 x 16 A outputs
1 0026 02 Relay with 4 x 16 A outputs
6 DIN modules
Contact interfaces
Allow the connection between traditional wiring
devices such as switches, time delay switches
or external sensors and BUS installation to control
2 actuators for single function or 1 actuator for
double functions
2 independent contacts
1 0035 53 2 DIN modules
1 5739 96 Basic modularity
To be installed in flush-mounting box
DIN rail dimmers
To be associated to loads and control mechanisms
(p. 274) for dimming control
Leading edge dimmers
1 0036 52 Maximum load: 60 - 1000 W / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules
Trailing edge dimmers
1 0036 53 Maximum load: 0.25 to 1.7 A / 230 VA - 50 Hz
4 DIN modules
Leading/trailing edge dimmers
1 0026 21 1-output - 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Maximum load: 1000 W
6 DIN modules
1 0026 22 2-output - 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz
Maximum load: 400 W
6 DIN modules
For electronic ballast 0-10V
1 0036 56 Maximum load: 500 VA
2 DIN modules
1 0026 11 1-output
Maximum load: 1000 VA
Max. inrush current: 50 mA
6 DIN modules
SCS / DALI interface
1 0026 31 Allows the communication between SCS installation
and lighting devices controlled by DALI protocol
6 DIN modules
RJ adaptor
10 0488 72 For connecting Cat.Nos 0026 02/21/22/11 to the BUS
Technical characteristics (p. 279)
Pack Cat.Nos BUS power supplies
1 0035 60 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
Maximum consumption: 300 mA
Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
8 DIN modules
1 0035 67 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
Maximum current supplied: 600 mA
0036 52 0026 22 0038 42 0026 02
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
277
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
accessories for automation
SCS cables
2-wire cable for BUS system
Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 0492 31 Length 100 m
1 0492 32 Length 500 m
Virtual configuration
Virtual configuration software
1 0492 90 Comprising:
1 CD with software for PC
0035 51 0035 52 0035 62
Technical characteristics (p. 278)
Pack Cat.Nos Additional DIN devices
Memory module for actuators
1 0035 52 Restores the last state of an actuator in case of a
power failure
2 DIN modules
Scenario module
1 0035 51 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different
functions
Up to 16 scenarios
2 DIN modules
SCS-SCS gateway (extension)
1 0035 62 Allows the extension of the installation or the
integration between different functions
Suitable for larger installations
2 DIN modules
0261 45 0492 13 0492 19
Pack Cat.Nos Plug-in jumpers for all devices
10 0492 00 0
10 0492 01 1
10 0492 02 2
10 0492 03 3
10 0492 04 4
10 0492 05 5
10 0492 06 6
10 0492 07 7
10 0492 08 8
10 0492 09 9
5 0492 10 GEN
5 0492 11 GR
5 0492 12 AMB
5 0492 13 AUX
5 0492 14 ON
5 0492 15 OFF
5 0492 16 O/I
5 0492 17 PUL
5 0492 18 SLA
5 0492 19 CEN
5 0492 20 ↑↓
5 0492 21 ↑↓M
1 0492 37 Kit with: AUX, GEN, GR, AMB, ON, OFF, O/I, PUL,
SLA,CEN, ↑↓, ↑↓M
1 0261 45 Kit with "0 to 9" jumpers (10 pieces of each figure)
Additional devices
USB cable
1 0492 34 Programming cable
BUS spare clamp
10 0492 22 Used to connect the various system components
(controls, dimmers, etc) to the BUS line
Software
1 0492 49 M H visual software
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
278
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
lighting control and automation
■ System principle
The Lighting Control system allows the management of different functions in a simultaneous and integrated way
All the components of the Lighting Control system are interconnected via an electronic circuit that can be programmed: the BUS
The information is exchanged through the 2 wire BUS cable at low voltage (27 V= )
There are two types of devices in the system:
- the controls units, which are connected only to the BUS cable and
- the actuators, connected both, to the BUS cable and to the 230VA power line for managing the connected load
When the Lighting Control system devices are configured properly, it is possible to manage the load as follows:
- control for a single load
- control for one or more load groups;
- simultaneous management of all loads
It is also possible to carry out special functions, which can hardly be achieved with conventional electrical systems
These functions are called scenarios
One scenario is a set of simultaneous control of multiple groups of loads, used in order to modify the environment according to the user’s needs
An example of a scenario can be represented by the simultaneous activation of lights, which can be set by the user after getting inside the
building by using one single control device or by using the Touch Screen menu
■ Installation principle
Consumer unit
Power supply
Scenario controller
Cat.No 5739 02
or 5739 03
Scenario module
Cat.No 0035 51
Touch control mechanism
Cat.No 5739 04 or 5739 05
Touch screen
Cat.No 5739 16
or 5739 17
2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 0492 31
Din rail
leading/trailing
edge dimmer
Cat.No 0026 22
Din rail
actuator
Cat.No 0038 41
Zone 1 :
Kitchen
Zone 2 :
Dining room
Zone 3 :
Shutter control
Scenario controllers
can manage
zone 1, 2 and 3
Din rail
actuator
Cat.No 0038 42
Cat.No 0035 60
230 VA
1
1
2 3
1 2 3
2 3
Control units
Actuators
Loads
Lighting
source
Lighting
source
Roller
blinds,
shutters
279
■ Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 110 V
■ Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 230 V
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat.Nos
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with 0-10
V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
A
C
T
U
A
T
O
R
S
0038 41 1750 W 1750 W 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA 500 VA
0038 42 1150 W 1150 W 250 VA 125 VA 125 VA 125 VA 250 VA
0038 44 700 W 700 W 250 VA 35 VA 35 VA 35 VA 250 VA
0026 02 4 x 500 W 4 x 500 W 4 x 250 VA 4 x 250 VA 4 x 250 VA 4 x 250 VA 4 x 250 VA 4 x 50 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
0036 56 10 x 27 VA 10 x 27 VA
0026 11 500 VA - 50 mA
0026 21 500 W 500 W 250 VA 250 VA
0026 22 2 x 200 W 2 x 200 W 2 x 175 VA 2 x 200 VA
Universal
Leading edge Trailing edge
Cat.Nos
Incandescent
lamp
Halogen lamp ELV halogen with
ferromagnetic
transformer
ELV halogen
with electronic
transformer
Fluorescent
tube
Compact
fluorescent
lamp
LED Fluorescent
lamps with
0-10 V ballast
Reducer
motor for
shutter
A
C
T
U
A
T
O
R
S
0038 41 3500 W 3500 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA
0038 42 2300 W 2300 W 500 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 500 VA
0038 44 1400 W 1400 W 500 VA 70 VA 70 VA 70 VA 500 VA
0026 02 4 x 1000 W 4 x 1000 W 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 100 VA
D
I
M
M
E
R
S
0036 56 10 x 55 VA 10 x 55 VA
0026 11 1000 VA - 50 mA
0026 21 1000 W 1000 W 500 VA 500 VA
0026 22 2 x 400 W 2 x 400 W 2 x 250 VA 2 x 400 VA
0036 52 1000 W 1000 W 1000 VA
0036 53 400 VA
280
Pack Cat.Nos Central units for temperature
control
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version keypad cover plates, to be
equipped with special plates (p. 262-263)


Supplied with support frame, flush-mounting
box and 7.2 V battery Cat.No 0675 18
1 5739 18 5739 19 Temperature control central unit
Can manage up to 99 zones
Probes
To control the room temperature of heating
and cooling system
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
To be installed in flush-mounting boxes
White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms 22.5 x 45 mm
1 5739 20 5739 21 Temperature setting range:
from 3 °C to 40 °C
1 5739 22 5739 23 Temperature setting range:
from 3 °C to 40 °C with knob for
adjustment of +/- 3 °C relative to
the set temperature and for the
modality selection
1 5739 24 5739 25 Temperature setting range:
from 3 °C to 40 °C with manual/
automatic speed selection for
fan-coil
SCS cables
2-wire cable for BUS system
Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 0492 31 Length 100 m
1 0492 32 Length 500 m
Power supplies
1 0035 60 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
Maximum consumption: 300 mA
Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A
8 DIN modules
Battery for temperature control central unit
1 0675 18 7.2 V battery for central unit
Plug-in jumpers (p. 277)
Touch screens
Equipped with White or Magnesium
surround, to be equipped with 2-module
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation
of 4 scenarios or temperature,
or sound distribution functions
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA
50/60 Hz
Actuator with 2 independent relays
1 0035 79 For single and double loads:
6 A resistive,
3 A motorised valves and pumps
2 DIN modules
Actuator with 4 independent relays
1 0035 80 For single, double or mixed loads:
6 A resistive,
3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils
2 DIN modules
5739 19 5739 20 5739 23 5739 16 5739 24
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
energy management
281
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
energy management (continued)
0035 54 0035 56
Bus meter with memory 3-inputs for toroids
1 0035 55 Device for the measurement of electric
power on three lines, by connecting three
toroids to the appropriate inputs. The data
collected and processed can be viewed on
the Touch Screens.
Version for fastening on DIN rail - 1 module.
The device is supplied with 1 toroid.
Power supply from 27 V BUS.
Additional toroid
1 0035 56 Additional toroid for bus meter with 3 inputs for toroids
item F520 , and actuator with current sensor, item F522,
for the measurement of the earth leakage current.
Cable length 400 mm. The toroid has no direction of
installation.
Pack Cat.Nos Pulse counter interface
1 0035 54 Device for the detection of data from meters (water,
gas, etc.) with pulse output. The measured values
can be displayed onthe Touch Screen.
Basic module version, for hidden installation.
Power supply from 27 V BUS.
Pack Cat.Nos Central unit for load management
1 0035 57 Central unit for the management and control
of the actuators of the load management
system, to prevent the risk of trips of the
electric meter.
The central unit manages up to 63 loads
maximum, with a power of 1.5 to 18 kW, and
a tolerance of up to +/- 20%.
The data measured can be displayed on the
Touch Screens.
Version for fastening on DIN rail - 1 module.
The device is supplied with 1 toroid.
Power supply from 27 V BUS.
Actuator din module 16 A with current sensor
1 0035 58 Actuator with integrated current sensor for
the measurement of the consumptions of the
controlled load. 1 relay for single load,
resistive, 16 A, or 10 A for incandescent
lamps and 4 A for fluorescent lamps or
ferromagnetic transformers. Zero crossing
bistable relay intended for the load control
Automation and/or Management functions.
Version for installation on 1 DIN rail module
with forcing key.
Earth leakage current diagnostic by
connecting the additional toroid, item 3523.
Power supply from 27 V BUS.

for example: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
282
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
energy management (continued)
5739 91 0883 01
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat.Nos Load management panel


White Magnesium
1 5739 85 5739 91
Air conditioning unit interface
1 0883 01
Device that enables displaying the status
of the loads controlled by the load central
unit item 035 57 and force their operation
independently from the central unit itself.
Air conditioning unit interface with IR
transmitter. Device used for learning and
reproducing the IR signals of air conditioning
units remote controls. It can be controlled
using Touch Screen and Multimedia Touch
Screen.
Basic mechanism, to facilitate installation
behind the air conditioning unit.
IR cable length 2 m, 27 V BUS power supply.
Pack Cat.Nos Base din module Actuator 16 A
1 0035 59 Actuator with relay – for single
loads: 16 A resistive or 10 A for
incandescent lamps and 4 A for
fluorescent lamps or ferromagnetic
transformers – Zero crossing bistable relay
intended for the load control Automation
and/or Management functions.
Version for installation on 1 DIN rail module
with forcing key.
Power supply from 27 V BUS.
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
for example XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
283
Consumer unit
Power supply
Probe Zone 1
Cat.No 5739 22
or 5739 23
Probe Zone 2
Cat.No 5739 22
or 5739 23
Probe Zone 99
Cat.No 5739 22
or 5739 23
Central unit
Cat.No 5739 18
or 5739 19
can manage
up to 99 zones
2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 0492 31
Actuator with 2
independent relays
Cat.No 0035 79
Zone 1
Actuator with 4
independent relays
Cat.No 0035 80
Cat.No 0035 60
230 VA
1
1
1 2 99
2
Control units
Actuators
Loads
Heating
Zone 2
2
Heating
■ Installation principle
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
energy management
for example: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
284
5739 41 5739 44 5739 34 5739 38
Pack Cat.Nos Central units for intruder alarm
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version keypad cover plates, to be
equipped with special plates (p. 262-263)
Supplied with support frame and flush-
mounting box
1 5739 34 5739 35 Central unit with PSTN
integrated telephone dialing
device
Allows manual activation/
deactivation of the system
Can manage up to 72 detectors
Detectors
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
2 module mechanisms
IR detectors
Volumetric presence detector with passive
infrared rays
Alarm signal LED with memory
8 meters range, 14 bands divided over
3 levels
Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm
White Magnesium channel
1 5739 36 5739 37 Fixed IR detector
Angular opening 105°
1 5739 38 5739 39 Adjustable IR detector
Angular opening can be divided
from 105°to 0°
Swivel lens on 2 axes
Double technology detectors (IR and MW)
1 5739 40 5739 41 Volumetric presence detector
made up of two sensors: one
infrared to detect hot bodies
(IR) and one with microwaves to
detect movements (MW)
The alarm is only triggered when both
detection technologies are activated
Keypads
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
White Magnesium version cover plates
1 5739 44 5739 45 Alarm activation/deactivation
keypad via numeric code
2 module mechanism
To be equipped with 2 module
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 46 5739 47 Display activation/deactivation
keypad via numeric code
Allows the visualization of
information and manages
other functions such as
independent management of zones
To be equipped with special plates
(p. 262-263)
Supplied with support frame, flush-mounting
box and battery 7.2 V Cat.No 0675 18
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Relay actuators
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
To be installed in flush-mounting box
White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms
1 5739 42 5739 43 Relay actuator module
With multiple configuration with
output via relay-contacts
NO/NC, 24 V 0.4 A cos ϕ 0.4
To be used to repeat the alarm, activate
an external device, repeat the system state
and signal when battery is flat
Transponder readers
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms
1 5739 48 5739 49 Transponder reader which
activates/deactivates the system
with the transponder (badge)
Able to store up to 30 transponders
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
intruder alarm
5739 48
285
Pack Cat.Nos Transponders
3 0035 75 Key card transponder to activate/deactivate the
system
5 0675 17 Proximity card, 125 kHz technology, used to activate/
deactivate the alarm. Supplied complete with label
Sounders
Indoor sounder
1 5739 84 Can be installed in flush-mounting box
Cat.Nos 0893 79 and 0892 79
To be equipped with 6 V battery Cat.No 0675 16
Sound intensity 90 dB(A) at 3 meters
Protected against pulling off and tamperproof
Outdoor sounder
1 0844 24 Self-powered, self-protected against opening
Emits a loud noise: 100 dB at 1 m
Flashing light: 30 flashes a minute
Use battery Cat.No. 0433 41 (fitted inside the siren)
Opening detector interfaces
Allow other brands sensors management through
N/C contacts
1 0675 13 To be used to connect 2 opening detectors such as
Cat.Nos 0431 00/01 or technical detectors
Can be installed in a flush-mounting box depth 50
mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate
1 0035 73 2 DIN modules
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Peripheral opening detectors
For use in conjunction with interface Cat.No 0675 13
or 0035 73
Magnetic opening detectors
10 0431 00 Surface-mounting magnetic detector
1 spring blade switch to be fixed on the door frame
1 moving magnet to be fixed on the door leaf
For use with mini-trunking 20 x 12.5 mm
Cat.No 0300 08
10 0431 01 Flush-mounting magnetic detector
For surveillance of non-magnetic doors
Dimens.: Ø8 mm - length: 30 mm
1 0431 08 Magnetic detector for garage door
1 foot to be fixed on the floor
1 magnet to be fixed on the door
Supplied with 1 connection cable with steel casing
Glass break detector
1 0431 10 Detection over a radius of 1.5 m
Ultrasound detection created by the glass breaking
Glued on the door (adhesive supplied)
Tread mat
1 0431 12 Placed under object to be protected or under carpet
and mat placed on the access path
Detection devices for use in conjunction
with interface Cat.No 0675 13
Flood sensor
1 0675 14 In conjunction with a switch for local
acknowledgement
Accessories
Batteries
1 0675 16 6 V - 0.55 Ah for indoor siren
1 0675 18 7.2 V battery for central unit
1 0433 41 12 V - 7 Ah battery for outdoor sounder
Power supply
1 0634 36 For installation in the consumer unit, self-protected
against opening of the cabinet
Output current: 1 A
Output voltage: 24.5 V=
8 DIN modules
SCS cable
2 wire cable for BUS system
Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20
1 0492 31 Length 100 m
Tamper-proof device
10 0035 72 Rod for self-monitoring against pulling off
Flush-mounting boxes
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
0675 13 0431 00 0431 01 5739 84
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
intruder alarm (continued)
for example XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
286
■ System principle
The burglar alarm system permits to protect the home from the intrusion through the protection of ambiances and perimeters
The system is composed by a flush-mounted central unit with integrated dialler, IR detectors and perimeter sensors
All the devices are connected with a low voltage (27 V) twisted pair not polarized
Through the dialler it's possible to be informed in case of alarms and also control the system with the telephone (arm/disarm) and check in each
moment the status
On the central unit it's possible to arm/disarm and change the active areas through code number or badge transponder
Up to 50 different user IDs
Limitation in terms of accessible areas and time slot can be assigned to each user
200 events are stored in the central unit to know exactly what happened on the system
The system can manage also technical alarm (example: gas, flooding) with the possibility to be informed locally through indoor sounder and with
automatic closure of valves
■ Installation principle
Consumer unit
Power supply
Detectors
Cat.No 5739 36/38/40
or 5739 37/39/41
Outdoor sounder
Cat.No 0844 24
2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 0492 31
Cat.No. 0035 60
230 VA
Control units
Indoor sounder
Cat.No 5739 84
Central unit
Cat.No 5739 34
or 5739 35
Detectors
Cat.No 0431 00
Opening detector
interface
Cat.No 0675 13
Detectors
Cat.No 0431 00
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
intruder alarm
287
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Pack Cat.Nos Amplifiers
Flush-mounting amplifier
1 5739 76 16 W - 2 modules
To be equipped with round version
key cover and cover plates
(p. 254-261)
DIN rail amplifiers
1 0035 85 16 W - 100/240 VA
4 DIN modules


1-module key covers

White Magnesium
For flush-mounting amplifier Cat.No 5739 76
5 5739 66 5739 67 Right-hand side mounting with marking
5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting with marking
Audio/video signal distribution devices
1 0035 84 Multi-channel matrix with
cross-connection, mixing
switch functions for distribution
of the stereo sound source
signal and audio/video signals
8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video
system and others for stereo sound source)
8 outputs
10 DIN modules
1 5739 98 Audio/video node for mixing
audio/video sources (max. 4
sources)
6 DIN modules
DIN RDS radio sources
1 0035 87 RDS stereo radio tuner with
coaxial connector for external
aerial antenna
Supplied with depth compensator
for DIN rail
4 DIN modules
1 5739 89 RDS stereo radio tuner
Supplied with depth compensator
for DIN rail
4 DIN modules
DIN stereo control sources
1 0035 86 For stereo sources
IR remote control possible
RCA/RCA and jack cables to
connect to IR transmitters
4 DIN modules
Pack Cat.Nos Touch screens
Equipped with White or Magnesium
surround, to be equipped with 2-module
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation
of 4 scenarios or temperature,
or sound distribution functions
Flush-mounting boxes
For loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 77
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
5739 76 5739 67 5739 26 5739 29 5739 16
Loudspeakers
White Magnesium Flush-mounting
1 5739 28 5739 29 8 ohms - 100 W
To be installed in flush-mounting box min.
depth 80 mm
1 5739 77 16 ohms - 12 W
To be installed in flush-mounting box
Cat.Nos 0893 79 or 0892 79
Surface-mounting
1 5739 30 8 ohms - 40 W
1 5739 78 8 ohms 140 W
False ceiling mounting
1 5739 81 8 ohms - 100 W
Ø 240 mm
1 5739 82 8 ohms - 20 W
Ø 100 mm
1 5739 83 8 ohms - 50 W
Dimensions: 600 x 600 mm (equal to false
ceiling panel)
RCA inputs
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plate, to be equipped with
White Magnesium cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 26 5739 27 For connecting a stereo source
to the system
2-module mechanism
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution
288
BUS cable
For sound distribution and video door entry system
1 5739 99 200 m
Insulator
1 5739 88 Adapts the signal coming from
external sound sources to the
sound distribution system
Pack Cat.Nos Connectors
Equipped with White or Magnesium square
version cover plates, to be equipped with
cover plates (p. 254-261)
White Magnesium 1 module mechanism
1 5739 32 5739 33 8 contact connector to link
interface Cat.No 0035 86
to the BUS
Attenuator
1 0035 89 To be connected at the end of the line of
the outputs of audio/video node and
multi-channel matrix
Sound output
1 5740 44 Sound output for touch screen 3.5" and 10"
(p. 290)
Work as a source for sound distribution
system
BUS cord
5 5740 45 600 mm
Pack Cat.Nos Power supplies
1 0634 35 Power supply unit for sound system
Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage
27 V=
maximum consumption 1 A
8 DIN modules
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5739 32 5739 88 0634 35
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution (continued)
for example XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
289
Consumer unit
Power supply
Hi-Fi chain
Cat.No 0035 60
DIN RDS
radio source
Cat.No 0035 87
RCA input
Cat.No 5739 26
or 5739 27
Amplifer
Cat.No 5739 76
+ key cover
Cat.No 5739 66
+ 5739 64
Loudspeaker
Cat.No 5739 28
or 5739 29
Loudspeaker
Cat.No 5739 28
or 5739 29
Loudspeaker
Cat.No 5739 28
or 5739 29
Audio/Video node
Cat.No 5739 98
DIN rail amplifer
Cat.No 0035 85
Attenuator
Cat.No 0035 89
Attenuator
Cat.No 0035 89
230 VA
Control units
■ Installation principle
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
sound distribution
290
Remote management
Web server gateway TCP-IP
1 5739 92 Allows the communication
between a BUS/SCS
installation and a TCP/IP
network
10 DIN modules
Interface with other systems
1 5739 93 Gateway open - Konnex
Allows communication/
compatibility with EIB/KNX
installation and products
6 DIN modules
Flush-mounting boxes
For 3.5" touch screen Cat.No 5739 60
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
5739 16 5739 60
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
house system management
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
5739 63
Pack Cat.Nos Local management
1.2" touch screens
Equipped with White or Magnesium
surround, to be equipped with 2-module
cover plates (p. 254-261)
1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation
of 4 scenarios or temperature,
or sound distribution functions
3.5" touch screen
Supplied with support frame and with White
and Magnesium surround, to be equipped
with special plates (p. 262-263)
1 5739 60 3.5’’ touch screen to
control all BUS
functions: lighting,
temperature, intruder
alarm and sound
distribution
To be installed in
flush-mounting box
Cat.Nos 0892 79 or 0893 79
10" multimedia touch screens
Equipped with White or Magnesium cover
plate, to be equipped with 2-module
support frames special plates (p. 262-263)
1 5739 62 5739 63 10" touch screen
for the control
of the house:
all BUS
functions,
door entry
system,
multimedia
(web, radio,
webcam...)
Surface-
mounting
Pack Cat.Nos Other devices
Multimedia interface
1 5739 94 For management of:
BUS functions, door entry system,
via TV or VGA monitor
To send signals on sound distribution
system from a DVD player, MP3 or Hi-Fi
For management of multimedia contents (ex. playlist)
Supplied with remote control device
Supervision software
1 0492 49 Can be used in order to tune up the system's
functions through a computer, and to follow them on
real time basis
Scenario scheduler
1 0035 65 Allows setting up of up to 300 scenarios
with pre-set conditions (time and logical type)
6 DIN modules
Scenario scheduler power supply
1 0035 64 Provide power for Web server and
scenario scheduler Cat.No 0035 65
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
291
Cover plates selection chart (p. 262-265)
Power supplies
1 0634 35 Power supply unit for sound system
Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=
maximum consumption 1 A
8 DIN modules
BUS alarm module
White Magnesium
1 5739 54 5739 55 8 alarm sensor inputs
Signalling of alarm on a video
internal unit or a concierge
switchboard
Equipped with support frame
and with White or Magnesium cover plates,
to be equipped with special plates
(p. 262-263)
To be installed in flush-mounting box
Cat.Nos 0893 79 or 0892 79
Pack Cat.Nos Optional cameras
For outdoor use
1 5739 86 2-wire colour camera

White Magnesium For flush-mounting
1 5739 52 5739 53 2-wire colour camera with
swiveling lens
Automatic adjustment of focus
and brightness
Built-in microphone
Equipped with White or Magnesium cover
plates, to be equipped with plates +
support frames (p. 254-261)
To be installed in flush-mounting box
2 modules
Video/audio street panels
Street panel
1 5740 40 Electronic module including:
speaker phone module, motorised
camera and colour display
Possible access via integrated
proximity card reader
Supplied with programming and
configuration software
Cover plate
1 5740 41 Vandalproof steel finish cover
plate and support frame
With key for assembly
Flush-mounting box
1 5740 42 Vandalproof flush-mounting box
Flush-mounting boxes
For video display unit Cat.Nos 5739 50/51
2 0893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules
2 0892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules
5739 52 5739 54
(1) Supplied with White plate
(2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate
Pack Cat.Nos Video internal display units
Equipped with support frame and with
White or Magnesium cover plates
1 5739 50 5739 51 Hands-free internal unit
2.5" LCD colour display
Possible integration in BUS
system
To be equipped with special
plates (p. 262-263)
To be installed in flush-mounting box
Cat.Nos 0893 79 or 0892 79
Audio internal units
White Magnesium
1 5740 11
(1)
5743 11
(2)
Equipped with:
- microphone,
- loudspeaker
- 2 hang-up push-buttons
- 1 door release push-button
- 2 auxiliary push-buttons
for other functions
Volume adjustment for communication and
call tone, and with bell cut-off indicator
Allows intercom between several rooms
Supplied complete with special flush-mounting
box, cover plate and plate
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
2-wire
door entry systems
5739 50
292
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems
2-wire video adaptor
1 0634 34 Video adaptor
Use one adaptor per power supply
2 DIN modules
Video signal distributor
1 0634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for Legrand intercom
module for up to 5 units
Interface for auxiliary control
1 0634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands
Allows the connections of auxiliary functions such as
lighting, automatic door opening...
4 DIN modules
Intercommunication module for up to 5 units
1 0634 38 Intercommunication units. Max. capacity: 5 gangs
4 DIN modules
Door release
1 0634 33 Door release relay C/O volt-free contact: max 24 V=
8 A resistive
4 A inductive
2 DIN modules
Extension interface
1 0634 39 Extension interface increase system limits in
distances and number of internal and external units
0634 34 0634 31
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories for video door entry systems
Video3ignal converter
1 5740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2-wire bus for
12 V= CCTV cameras: the CCTV camera is directly
supplied via a terminal
2-wire/IP interface
1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2-wire
support
Virtual switchboard software
1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing
entryphone and video entryphone calls
The software (for Windows operating systems) can
be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to
receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and
outside
Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision,
day and night functions and the ability to display the
alarms present in the various apartments
- Operating systems supported: Microsoft Windows
XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista
- Software required: NET Framework 2.0 or later
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Arteor
TM
2-wire (continued)
video door entry systems
293
■ Video door entry system
Dimensions of audio internal units Cat.Nos 5740 11 and 5743 11
230 V
12 V=
250 mA
max. 30
45 40.2
1
1
3

■ Audio door entry system
Wiring diagram with 1 street panel and 1 audio internal unit
Cat.No 5740 11 or 5743 11
Installation distances for audio door entry systems
Audio internal
unit
Power supply Street panel Door release
0.28 mm
2
140 m 200 m 30 m
340 m
0.50 mm
2
210 m 290 m 50 m
500 m
1 mm
2
420 m 580 m 100 m
1000 m
Dimensions of video internal display units Cat.Nos 5739 50/51
Installation distances for video
151.5
1
5
1
.
5
33.2
230V
Video internal
unit
Power supply Street panel
> 0.2 mm
2
50 m 50 m
50 m (total max. distance)
PT278 (28 mm
2
)
90 m 115 m
150 m (total max. distance)
SYT 6/10-SYT 5/10
(0,5 mm
2
)
60 m 80 m
140 m (total max. distance)
SYT 9/10-SYT 8/10
(1 mm
2
)
200 m 200 m
200 m (total max. distance)
Arteor
TM
BUS/SCS
door entry systems
294
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 295
(See p. 296)
Enclosures to be equipped
with audio, video, data
or telephone modules
(See p. 297)
SOUND
DISTRIBUTION FROM
A CENTRAL SOURCE
TO LOUDSPEAKERS
THROUGHOUT THE HOUSE
(See p. 224)
Distribution of TV,
VRC, DVD and HD signals
from a central point to
every TV set in the house
(See p. 224)
For multiple
telephone and fax-lines
into the house. With a
simple “plug and play”
connection, add new
phone lines as and when
required
(See p. 225)
Access high-speed
internet and computer
networks throughout
the house. Share printers
scanners and any other
connected peripherals
CABINETS TO BE EQUIPPED

KEYPAD VOLUME CONTROL

TV SOCKETS

TELEPHONE SOCKETS

DATA SOCKETS

Keypad volume control RCA local audio source input
Home networks:
music, video,
data everywhere
in the house
With Legrand home networks users can enjoy
distributed audio and video around the house
as well as access to computer and telephone
networks wherever needed.
With this flexibility, rooms blend seamlessly into one, yet each
with the capacity for independent control, allowing users to
see, hear and interact with whatever they want, wherever
they want. Users enjoy their favourite CDs, MP3, radio station
or even the audio signal from TV, at anywhere in the house.
Legrand home networks will distribute sound from a central
source to speakers throughout the home.
296
Arteor
TM
home networks
structured wiring
6338 01 + 6338 23 (telephone module
6338 26 (data module -
switch)
6338 28 (video module)
6338 02
6338 21
6339 93
6338 53
Pack Cat.Nos Enclosures
Enclosures to be equipped with audio, video, data
or telephone modules
1 6338 01 Capacity: 3 single size modules or 1 double size and
1 single size module
Dimensions: 295 x 115 x 100 mm
1 6338 02 Capacity: 10 modules (single or double size modules
can be integrated)
Dimensions: 500 x 355 x 95 mm
Enclosure 20" with screw on cover
Modules
Advanced audio modules
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 21 Single source - 4 zone audio distribution
module
Size: single module
1 6338 53 4 sources, 8-zone audio distribution
module
High quality stereo music in 8 rooms
Passes infrared remote control signals
24 V - 60 W
Size: double module
Advanced audio modules - surface-mounting
1 6338 22 RCA - single source input
IR engine
Input gain control
For surface-mounting
1 6338 48 RCA - triple source input
IR engine
Input gain control
For surface-mounting
Video modules
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 27 1 x 4 bi-directional passive
splitter/combiner
Size: single module
1 6338 28 1 x 8 bi-directional passive video
splitter/combiner
Size: single module
1 6338 29 2 x 2 enhanced bi-directional
video amplification
Size: single module
Pack Cat.Nos Modules (continued)
Video modules (continued)
1 6338 30 1 x 4 LNB satellite diplexer
Size: single module
1 6339 93 SMATV distribution over RJ 45
(5 - 2400 MHz)
Size: 2 single modules
Equipped with power supply
and line amplifier
1 0516 93 RJ 45 - IEC patch cord for TV network
Length: 2 m
Data modules
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 25 4 port router/switch (10/100 Mbits)
De-select routing function mechanical
switch
12 - 15 V 300 mA
3.5 - 4.5 W
Size: double module
1 6338 26 10/100 Base-T auto-sensing switch
5 port - Auto-configuring
Provides connectivity for a local
area network
12 - 15 V 300 mA
3.5 - 4.5 W
Size: single module
1 6338 33 Patch cord (RJ 45 - RJ 45)
Telephone module
To be installed inside enclosures
1 6338 23 4 x 12 telephone module
High performance RJ 45 telecom
distribution
Provides flexibility and convenience
Size: single module
6338 27 6338 25
Installation principle (p. 298-299)
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
297
Arteor
TM
home networks
structured wiring (continued)
5727 93 + 5757 21
5727 94 + 5757 21 6338 50 6338 51 6338 45
6338 99
Installation principle (p. 298-299)
Pack Cat.Nos Power supplies
1 6338 32 Multi voltage power distribution module
Distributes:
- 15 V= to up to 4 locations
- 12 V= to up to 2 locations
- 5 V= to up to 1 location
Supplied with 24" power cord jumpers
1 6338 40 15 V= power supply
Includes a BS cord alimentation
1 6338 41 24 V= power supply
Includes a BS cord alimentation
For audio modules Cat.Nos 6338 21/53
Loudspeakers
High efficiency speakers with low distorsion
1 6338 43 6·5" inch in-ceiling round speaker (pair)
1 6338 44 Dual voice coil stereo speaker
6·5" inch in-ceiling round speaker
1 6338 45 Outdoor speakers pair - 90 dB
Black
Also suitable for moisture rich
environments such as bathrooms
or saunas
Controls
1 6338 46 Dual IR mouse emitter
Used to control audio sources via audio distribution
system
To be connected on single or triple source input
Cat.Nos 6338 22/48
To be used with universal IR receiver
Cat.No 6338 47
1 6338 47 Universal IR receiver for remote control
Cat.No 6338 50
To be used with dual IR mouse emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
1 6338 50 Universal learning remote control
Control all distributed audio keypads
at the same time from anywhere
in the house
Pack Cat.Nos Keypad volume control distributed
audio
1 5722 93 5727 93 Mechanisms equipped with White
or Magnesium square cover plates
To be equipped with cover plaes
(p. 110 to 117)
3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Built-in IR receiver
RCA local source inputs
Allows user to plug in devices like portable
audio players and computer audio outputs
1 5722 94 5727 94 Mechanisms equipped with White
or Magnesium square cover plates
To be equipped with cover plates
(p. 86 to 95)
3 modules 22.5 x 45 mm
Accessories
Bracket
1 6338 73 3-module mounting bracket
Allows mounting of 3 single size modules
Horizontal or vertical mounting
RJ 45 patch panels
1 6339 91 4-way - Cat.5e RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
1 6339 92 4-way - Cat.6 RJ 45 bloc unit/UTP
Installation tools
1 6338 99 EZ crimp tool
10 6338 51 EZ RJ 45 connectors
TV and data sockets (p. 224-225)
White Magnesium
White Magnesium
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
298
Arteor
TM
home networks
structured wiring - audio
■ Installation principle for distributed audio system: 4 source input - 8 zones
You can listen to any one of four audio sources in up to 8 differents locations at the same time
Technical characteristics
- Hight-quality stereo music in 8 rooms
- Select from four unique music sources in every room
- Amplified keypad volume controller
- Local source inputs allows different music in three rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Expandable up to 32 locations
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Local source input in desired room (local listening)
- Loudspeakers in each room
- 4 sources 8-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single and/or triple source input devices Cat.Nos 6338 22 and/or 6338 48 in living room
■ RJ 45 plug wiring installation
Plug your cable with connector
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
- Cut/cross alll wires
- Insert it into EZ RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51
- Clip wires in RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51
- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat.No 6338 99
Audio Sources
(Entertainment Room)
Dual IR
Mouse Emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
Single Source Input
Cat.No 6338 22
Triple Source Input
Cat.No 6338 48
Four Sources 8-zone
distribution module
Cat.No 6338 53
Portable
MP3 Player
(Not included)
Portable
CD Player
(Not included)
RCA Local
Source Input
Keypad Volume
Controller
Keypad Volume
Controller
RCA Local
Source Input
Keypad Volume
Controller
Keypad Volume
Controller
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
24 V 2.5 A
Power Supply
Universal
IR Receiver
Cat.No 6338 47
Universal
Remote control
Cat.No 6338 50
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
Brown
Brown White
Orange
Blue White
Blue
Orange White
Green
Green White
Locking clip
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TIA 568 A wiring standard
299
Arteor
TM
home networks
structured wiring - audio (continued)
■ Installation principle for audio distribution system: single source input - 4 zones
You can listen to the same audio sources in up to 4 differents locations at the same time
Technical characteristics
- Hight-quality stereo music in 4 rooms
- Infrared remote control for easy sound management
- Amplified keypad volume controller
Composition of the installation
- Keypad volume controller in each room
- Loudspeakers for each room
- Single sources 4-zone distribution module in enclosure
- Single source input device Cat.No 6338 22 in the living room
■ RJ 45 plug wiring installation
Plug your cable with connector
- Strip your cable and untwist the pairs
- Cut/cross alll wires
- Insert it into EZ RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51
- Clip wires in RJ 45 connector Cat.No 6338 51
- Crimp connector with EZ crimp tool Cat.No 6338 99
Brown
Brown White
Orange
Blue White
Blue
Orange White
Green
Green White
Locking clip
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TIA 568 A wiring standard
(Existing homeowner equipment)
Dual IR Mouse Emitter
Cat.No 6338 46
Single Source Input
Cat.No 6338 22
Single Source 4-zone
distribution module
Cat.No 6338 21
Portable
CD Player
(Not included)
RCA Local
Source Input
RJ 45
Socket
Keypad
volume controller
Keypad
volume controller
Keypad
volume controller
Keypad
volume controller 6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
6.5" In-Ceiling
Loudspeakers
Universal
Remote control
Cat.No 6338 50
24 V 25 A
Power Supply
RCA cable
Cat. 5e cable
Loudspeaker cable
300
P. 322
Selection chart for
metal flush and
plastic surface
boxes
P. 311
Bell indicator,
buzzer and detector
- white
P. 313
Volume controller
and protectors -
white
P. 308
Switches and
accessories - white
P. 317
Dimmer and
regulators - black
P. 323
Dimmers
P. 329
TV socket,
connectors and
sockets
P. 319
Audio & video
connector - black
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with
Myrius
TM
NEW IN 2012
Technical data
Myrius
TM
wiring devices
Remote unit
(white)
(p. 317)
Skirting light
(black)
(p. 317)
301
P. 311
Emergency light
and triangular
bulkhead indicators
P. 310
Power units,
Dimmer and
regulators - white
P. 312
TV socket,
connector and
sockets - white
P. 313
Audio & video
connector - white
P. 312
"Do not distrub"
indicator and
internal control unit
- white
P. 312
Key fob switch,
key fob and shaver
socket - white
P. 314
Anti-bacterial
switches & Myrius
accessories - white
P. 317
Bell indicator,
buzzer and detector
- black
P. 318
Key fob switch,
key fob and shaver
socket - black
P. 319
Myrius accessories
- black
P. 318
"Do not distrub"
indicator and
internal control unit
- black
P. 320-321
Flush mounting
boxes and Plastic
plates
P. 318
TV socket,
connector and
sockets - black
P. 321
Surface mounting
boxes
P. 324
Emergency light
and bell indicator
P. 325
Buzzer
P. 325-326
Infrared sensor
P. 327
Remote control
switch and key fob
switch
P. 335
Protector and
accessories
P. 330-334
Connectors and
controllers
P. 309
Push buttons -
white
P. 319
Volume controller
and protectors -
black
P. 314-315
Switches and
accessories -
black
P. 315
Push buttons -
black
P. 316
Energy sockets
and power units
- black
P. 309
Energy sockets
Motor starter
(black)
(p. 313)
Anti-bacterial
(p. 314)
302
Solutions for home
Fan regulator
Switch (Light Marking)
TV socket
Socket
Rotary dimmer
Switch (Fan Marking)
Solutions for smart home
Skirting light
Solutions for offices
Pre-wired power strip
Double RJ 11 socket AV connector Microphone connector
Solutions for hotels
Volume controller
Key fob switch
Multistandard socket
TV/SAT/FM socket Do Not Disturb switch
Dimmer Motion sensor
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 303
Flat, sleek & smooth , Myrius with its curved edges gives a distinct and
appealing look. Its minimalistic design in a classic black and white shade
makes it look absolutely stunning & desirable.
More Aesthetics
Bell push RJ 11 socket
Remote control switch for fan and light
Projector connector RJ 45 socket
Shaver socket
NEW
Myrius
TM
More is On
The Myrius range starts from the basic wiring
devices like a switch, socket and goes upto a wide
range of innovative products like a remote control
switch that can control 4 lights and one fan to
Motion sensors, Skirting light , Motor starters &
Voltage surge protectors.
304 304
1 Tunnel terminals preventing
screwdrivers from slipping.
2 Laser marking on
mechanisms.
Arrow showing the correct
orientation of the mechanism.
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997
Sockets with ISI mark,
conforming to IS 1293.
Fan regular with ISI mark,
conforming to IS 11037
For switches with LED lamps,
life of LED is 50000 buring hours.
Consumes 0.76 W.
Sockets are shuttered for child's
safety against electric shocks.
Stripping templates on sockets
for stripping off exact length of
insulation.
1 Finger proof terminals for
IP20 protection against
accidental contact.
2 Captive 'never to loose
screws'.
1
2
1
2
3
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 305
Fully shrouded internal
mechanism under the rocker
preventing visibility of sparks.
NEW
Myrius
TM
More is On
Product features
Myrius is a modular range
offering maximum flexibility
in terms of installation
306
4 x 2 module plate with mechanisms
6A switch - 1 way
Universal socket
Fan regulator
RJ45 socket 6/16A socket + 16A switch
Switch + socket
Bell push
Telephone socket
6A switch - 2 way
TV socket
Multistandard socket
6/16A socket
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 307
BTS Certificate
available on request.
Myrius anti-bacterial products offer anti-bacterial protection. The
composition of the product contains Ag+ ions which eliminates the
proliferation of bacteria on contact with the surface of the product.
It has a smooth and straight product design that facilitates in
reducing the dust accumulation. It is self disinfecting throughout
its lifespan.
>
Extremely useful in agri-food premises, healthcare environments
& premises with high risk in terms of people’s fragility.
>
Special protection for the health and hygine market in the
form of an equipotential socket for connection of hospital beds
and trolleys to medical apparatus, to avoid all risk of potential
difference during the medical care.
NEW
Myrius
Anti-bacterial
More for your wellness
Look for this symbol
to identify the
anti-bacterial range
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
308
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322) Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - white
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - white
6730 00 6730 09 6730 06 6730 16 6730 15 6730 13
Pack Cat. nos. Switches
6 to 16 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws
6 A - 230 VA
20/200 6730 00 6 A Switch 1W 1
20/200 6730 01 6 A Switch 2W 1
20/200 6730 02 6 A Switch 1W 1
with indicator
20/200 6730 03 6 A Switch 1W 1
with "Light" marking
20/200 6730 04 6 A Switch 1W 1
with "Fan" marking
10 A - 230 VA
10/100 6730 05 10 A Switch 1W 2
10/100 6730 06 10 A Switch 2W 2
10/100 6730 17 10 A Intermediate 2
Switch
10/100 6730 07 10 A Switch 1W 2
with indicator
16 A - 230 VA
20/200 6730 08 16 A Switch 1 Way 1
20/200 6730 09 16 A Switch 2 Way 1
20/200 6730 10 16 A Switch 1 Way 1
with indicator
N
E
W
Number of
modules
Pack Cat. nos. Switches
20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws
20 A - 230 VA
20/200 6730 11 20 A 1W Switch 1
10/100 6730 12 20 A DP 1W Switch 2

10/100 6730 13 20 A DP 1W Switch 2
with indicator
10/100 6730 14 20 A 2W Switch 2
25 A - 230 VA
20/200 6730 15 25 A SP 1W Switch 1
with indicator
32 A - 230 VA
10/100 6730 16 32 A DP Switch 2
with indicator
Number of
modules
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
309
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - white
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
6730 20 6730 23
Pack Cat. nos.
Number of
modules
Push buttons
20/200 6730 18 6 A push button SP 1
20/200 6730 19 6 A push button SP 1
with indicator
20/200 6730 20 6 A Bell push 1
20/200 6730 21 6 A Bell push 1
with indicator
10/100 6730 22 6 A Bell push 2
10/100 6730 23 6 A Bell push 2
with indicator
Accessories for switches
with indicator
5/50 6732 44 Lamp for switches /
push buttons
Myrius
TM
energy sockets - white
6730 41 6730 42
Pack Cat. nos. Socket - 230 VA
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition.
Stripping template provided on sockets.
20/200 6730 41 6/16 A 2 Pin Euro 1
US socket
5/50 6730 42 16 A 3 Pin 3
switched socket
10/100 6730 43 Multistandard Socket 2
20/200 6730 44 6 A 5 Pin 2
Universal Socket
5/50 6730 83 6/16 A Socket 3
10/100 6730 45 6/16 A Socket 2
10/100 6730 46 6/16 A - Euro Socket 2
10/100 6730 47 25 A Socket 2
Number of
modules
6730 44 6730 47
N
E
W
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
310
Myrius
TM
power units - white
6730 74
Pack Cat. nos.
Number of
modules
6730 75
Power unit
1/10 6730 74 Power strip - 8
6A (2 nos.) +
16 A socket (1 no.) +
16 A switch with
indicator (1 no.)
1/10 6730 75 Power strip - 8
5 Pin 6A (3 nos.) +
16 A switch with
indicator (1 no.)
1/10 6730 76 Power strip - 8
multistd socket (3 nos.) +
16 A switch (1 no.)
Dimmer & regulator
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding
screwdriver
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws
1/5/50 6730 24 Rotary dimmer 400W 1
1/10 6730 25 Rotary dimmer 650W 3
1/10 6730 26 Compact fluorescent 2
Lamp dimmer
1/5/50 6730 27 Fan step regulator 100W 1
1/10/100 6730 29 Fan step regulator 100W 2
1/10/100 6730 28 Fan step regulator 120W 2
Pack Cat. nos.
Myrius
TM
dimmer & regulators - white
6730 24
6730 26
6730 29
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 323)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
N
E
W
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
311
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Emergency light
1/1 0785 12 Emergency light unit 2
Indicators
1/1 0785 73 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Blue
1/1 0785 71 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Colourless
1/1 0785 72 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Green
1/1 0785 70 Triangular bulkhead - 2
Red
Pack Cat. nos.
0785 71
Myrius
TM
emergency light & indicators - white
0785 12
Technical data (p. 324)
6730 33 6730 34
Myrius
TM
buzzer and detector - white
N
E
W
6730 36
Pack Cat. nos.
Technical data (p. 325-326)
Skirting light
1/5/25 6730 36 Skirting light 3
with white LED
Bell indicator
20/200 6730 33 Bell indicator - 240VA 1
Buzzer
20/200 6730 34 Buzzer - 230VA 1
sound level 72dB
at 1 meter distance
Sensor
1/10 6730 32 Infra red sensor - 300W 2
Remote unit
1/5/20 6730 73 Remote control switch 4
Controls 4 lights and
1 fan of a room
Regulates the fan with
10 speed levels.
Inbuilt night lamp on
product panel with
manual operation option
for all functions.
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
312
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Myrius
TM
access control - white
hospitality functions
Myrius
TM
sockets and connectors - white
N
E
W
6730 50 6730 51
6730 52 6730 53 6730 56 6730 37 6730 40
Pack Cat. nos. Key fob switch
1/10 6730 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate
supplied without key fob.
cat. no. 6730 38
1/10/100 6730 38 Only key fob for
switch above
"Do not distrub" indicator
and internal control unit
Enables the clients to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings:
º Do not disturb
º Cloan tno room
indicator (external unit)
10/100 6730 39 to be installed on the 1+1
corridor, displays the
status supply with lamps
"DND control unit" (internal unit)
10/100 6730 40 Allows the user to select 1+1
choose the options
supplied with lamps
Shaver socket
Accept European, British, American and Australian 2
pin plugs
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box
1/5/20 6730 49 220/240 V - 50/60 Hz Monobloc
with plate


Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Pack Cat. nos. TV socket
Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
cable network signals Ø 9.5 mm connector TV
female for co-axial cable
20/200 6730 50 TV socket 1
10/100 6730 51 TV / Sat / FM 2
6 shielded socket
0 - 2400 MHz
Data & voice
20/200 6730 52 RJ-11 Telephone socket 1
with transparent shutter
20/200 6730 53 RJ-11 Double telephone 1
Socket with shutter
20/200 6730 54 UTP Cat 5e information 1
outlets toolless system
20/200 6730 55 UTP Cat 6 1
10/100 6730 56 UTP Cat 6 2
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 328) Technical data (p. 329-334)
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
313
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Myrius
TM
connectors and controllers - white
Myrius
TM
protectors and accessories - white
N
E
W
Pack Cat. nos. Pack Cat. nos. Audio & video connector
1/10 6730 57 3 x female RCA 1
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference.
10/100 6730 58 3 pole XLR sockets 2
For stereo connection
of any peripheral,
microphone, mixing
console.
1/10 6730 59 Female HD 15 2
For VGA, XGA or VESA
connection of a
PC monitor, plasma
screen, video projector.
Sound (Volume controller)
1/10/100 6730 63 Suitable for 2
8 Ohms, 3 Watts (RNS)
speaker.
Motor starter
1/10/100 6730 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
1/10/100 6730 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
RCBO
1/1 6730 78 Single pole + Neutral - 2
30 mA, 16 A - 230 VA
The RCBO is used to
protect people
(premises with a conductive floor,
presence of water, etc...) against
direct contact with live parts or
leakages to earth
With test button
VSP
20/200 6730 70 Surge Filter (VSP)-230VA 1
Accessories
20/200 6730 60 Cable Outlet - 8mm 1
20/200 6730 61 Blanking Plate 1
10/100 6730 62 Blanking Plate 2
10/200 0802 90 Panel mounting support 1
10/200 0802 91 Panel mounting support 2
10/100 0802 99 Din rail mounting support 2
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
6730 57 6730 70
6730 60 6730 61 6730 62
6730 58
6730 59 6730 63
6730 31
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 330-334) Technical data (p. 335)
314
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Myrius
TM
anti-bacterial switches & accessories - white
Pack Cat. nos. Anti-bacterial
20/200 6730 84 6A switch 1W 1
20/200 6730 85 6A switch 2W 1
20/200 6730 86 6A bell push 1
20/200 6730 89 16A switch 1 way 1
20/200 6730 90 16A switch 2 way 1
1/10/100 6730 92 Fan regulator 120w 2
10/100 6730 93 Multistandard socket 2
20/200 6730 94 6A 5pin universal socket 2
5/50 6730 95 6/16A socket 3
1/10 0787 00 Equipotential socket 1
20/200 6730 98 TV socket 1
20/200 6730 99 RJ 11 telephone socket 1
20/200 6730 81 RJ 45 cat 6 UTP 1
20/200 6730 82 Blanking plate 1
20/200 6732 45 1 Module plate + frame 1
20/200 6732 46 2 Module plate + frame 2
10/100 6732 47 3 Module plate + frame 3
10/100 6732 48 4 Module plate + frame 4
5/50 6732 49 8 Module plate + frame (horizontal) 8
5/25 6732 50 8 Module plate + frame (4x2) 8
1/10 6732 52 16 Module plate + frame 16
Number of
modules
6730 84 6730 86 6730 81
6730 95 0787 00
BTS Certificate available on
request.
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - black
6731 01 6731 02 6731 05
Pack Cat. nos.
Switches
6 to 16 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws
6 A - 230 VA
20/200 6731 00 6 A Switch 1W 1
20/200 6731 01 6 A Switch 2W 1
20/200 6731 02 6 A Switch 1W 1
with indicator
20/200 6731 03 6 A Switch 1W 1
with "Light" marking
20/200 6731 04 6 A Switch 1W 1
with "Fan" marking
10A - 230 VA
10/100 6731 05 10 A Switch 1W 2
10/100 6731 06 10 A Switch 2W 2
10/100 6731 17 10 A Intermediate 2
Switch
10/100 6731 07 10 A Switch 1W 2
with indicator
16A - 230 VA
20/200 6731 08 16 A Switch 1 Way 1
20/200 6731 09 16 A Switch 2 Way 1
20/200 6731 10 16 A Switch 1 Way 1
with indicator
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
Number of
modules
N
E
W
315
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - black
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - black
Number of
modules
6731 21 6731 12 6731 22
Pack Cat. nos. Pack Cat. nos. Switches
20 to 32 A switches ISI marked as per the latest
IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws
20A - 230 VA
20/200 6731 11 20 A 1 W Switch 1
10/100 6731 12 20 A DP 1 W Switch 2

10/100 6731 13 20 A DP 1 W Switch 2
with indicator
10/100 6731 14 20 A 2W Switch 2
25A - 230 VA
20/200 6731 15 25 A SP 1W Switch 1
with indicator
32A - 230 VA
10/100 6731 16 32 A DP Switch 2
with indicator
Push buttons
20/200 6731 18 6 A push button SP 1
20/200 6731 19 6 A push button SP 1
with indicator
20/200 6731 20 6 A Bell push 1
20/200 6731 21 6 A Bell push 1
with indicator
10/100 6731 22 6 A Bell push 2
10/100 6731 23 6 A Bell push 2
with indicator
Accessories for switches
with indicator
5/50 6732 44 Lamp for switches /
push buttons
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
Number of
modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
N
E
W
6731 15
316
Myrius
TM
energy sockets - red
Myrius
TM
energy sockets - black
6731 41
6731 44 6731 45
6731 42
Pack Cat. nos. Socket
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition.
Stripping template provided on sockets.
20/200 6731 41 6/16 A 2 pin 1
Euro US socket
5/50 6731 42 16 A 3 pin 3
Switched socket
10/100 6731 43 Multistandard socket 2
20/200 6731 44 6 A 5 Pin 2
with Universal socket
5/50 6731 83 6/16 A Socket 3

10/100 6731 45 6/16 A Socket 2
10/100 6731 46 6/16A - Euro Socket 2

10/100 6731 47 25 A Socket 2
Number of
modules
N
E
W
Pack Cat. nos. Socket
Sockets ISI marked, as per latest IS1293:2005
Sockets delivered in unscrewed condition.
Stripping template provided on sockets.
5/50 6730 48 16 A Switched socket 3
Number of
modules
6730 48
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
317
Myrius
TM
dimmer and regulators - black
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
6731 25
6731 28 6731 27
Pack Cat. nos. Dimmers & regulators
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding
screwdriver
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws
1/5/50 6731 24 Rotary dimmer 400W 1
1/10 6731 25 Rotary dimmer 650W 3
1/10 6731 26 Compact Fluo 2
Lamp Dimmer
(Universal load)
1/5/50 6731 27 Fan step regulator 100W 1
1/10/100 6731 29 Fan step regulator 100W 2
1/10/100 6731 28 Fan step regulator 120W 2
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 323)
Myrius
TM
switches and accessories - black
6731 34
Pack Cat. nos. Skirting light
1/5/25 6731 36 Skirting Light 3
with white LED
Bell indicator
20/200 6731 33 Bell Indicator- 240VA 1
Buzzer
20/200 6731 34 Buzzer - 230VA 1
sound level 72dB
at 1 meter distance
Sensor
1/10 6731 32 Infra red Sensor - 300W 2
Remote unit
1/5/20 6731 73 Remote control switch 4
Controls 4 lights and
1 fan of a room
Regulates the fan with
10 speed levels.
Inbuilt night lamp on
product panel with
manual operation option
for all functions.
6731 36
6731 33 6731 32
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 324-326)
N
E
W
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
318
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Myrius
TM
access control - black
hospitality functions
6731 40
Technical data (p. 328)
Pack Cat. nos. Key fob switch
1/10 6731 37 15 A key fob switch Monobloc
with timedelay 30 sec. with plate
supplied without key fob.
cat. no. 6731 38
1/10 6730 38 Only key fob for
switch above

"Do not distrub" indicator
and internal control unit
Enables the clients to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings:
º Do not disturb
º Cloan tno room
Indicator (external unit)
10/100 6731 39 to be installed on the 1+1
corridor, displays the
status supply with lamps
"DND control unit" (internal unit)
10/100 6731 40 Allow the user to select 1+1
choose the options
supplied with lamps
Shaver socket
Accept European, British, American and Australian
2 pin plugs
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box
1/5/20 6731 49 220/240 V - 50/60 Hz Monobloc
with plate


Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Myrius
TM
sockets and connectors - black
Pack Cat. nos. TV socket
Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
cable network signals Ø 9.5 mm connector TV
female for co-axial cable
20/200 6731 50 TV Socket 1
10/100 6731 51 TV / Sat / FM 2
shielded sockets
0 - 2400 MHz
6731 50 6731 51
Technical data (p. 329-334)
Number of
modules
N
E
W
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
319
Number of
modules
Myrius
TM
sockets and connectors - black
Myrius
TM
connectors, controllers, protectors and accessories - black
N
E
W
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
6731 70
Motor starter
1/10/100 6731 30 16 A Motor Starter 2
1/10/100 6731 31 25 A Motor Starter 2
VSP
20/200 6731 70 Surge Filter (VSP)-230VA 1
Accessories
20/200 6731 60 Cable Outlet - 8mm 1
20/200 6731 61 Blanking Plate 1
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
6731 59 6731 63
Pack Cat. nos. Audio & video connector
1/10 6731 57 3 x female RCA 1
For composite video &
stereo, audio connection
of a DVD drive, camera,
video conference.
10/100 6731 58 3 pole XLR sockets 2
For stereo connection of
any peripheral,
microphone,
mixing console.
1/10 6731 59 Female HD 15 2
For VGA, XGA or VESA
connection of a
PC monitor, plasma
screen, video projector.
Sound (Volume controller)
1/10/100 6731 63 Suitable for 2
8 Ohms, 3 Watts (RNS)
speaker.
Rating : 11 steps + OFF
(Full rotation type)
Number of
modules
Technical data (p. 330-334)
Number of
modules
Pack Cat. nos. Data & voice
20/200 6731 52 RJ-11 Telephone Socket 1
with transparent shutter
20/200 6731 53 RJ-11 Double Telephone 1
Socket with shutter
20/200 6731 54 UTP Cat 5e 1
RJ 45 information outlets
20/200 6731 55 UTP Cat 6 1
10/100 6731 56 UTP Cat 6 2
6731 52 6731 53
Technical data (p. 329-334)
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
320
Myrius
TM
plastic plates - white
Myrius
TM
plastic plates - black
N
E
W
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Pack Cat. nos. Pack Cat. nos. White plates with frame
Superior finish, screwless curved look.
Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength.
Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction,
when flush box is tilted.
Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if
wall box is overflushed
20/200 6732 01 1 module 86 x 86
20/200 6732 02 2 modules 86 x 86
10/100 6732 03 3 modules 86 x 121
10/100 6732 04 4 modules 86 x 146
5/50 6732 06 6 modules 86 x 224
5/50 6732 08 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245
5/25 6732 09 8 modules (4x2) 172 x 146
1/10 6732 12 12 modules 172 x 224
1/10 6732 16 16 modules 172 x 227
1/10 6732 18 18 modules 240 x 224
Black plates with frame
Superior finish, screwless curved look.
Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength.
Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction,
when flush box is tilted.
Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if
wall box is overflushed
20/200 6732 21 1 module 86 x 86
20/200 6732 22 2 modules 86 x 86
10/100 6732 23 3 modules 86 x 121
10/100 6732 24 4 modules 86 x 146
5/50 6732 26 6 modules 86 x 224
5/50 6732 28 8 modules (Horizontal) 86 x 245
5/25 6732 29 8 modules (4x2) 172 x 146
1/10 6732 32 12 modules 172 x 224
1/10 6732 36 16 modules 172 x 227
1/10 6732 38 18 modules 240 x 224
6732 01 6732 21 6732 02 6732 22
6732 03 6732 23 6732 04 6732 24
Dimonsions (mm)
H x W x D
Dimonsions (mm)
H x W x D
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322) Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
321
Myrius
TM
flush mounting boxes
Myrius
TM
surface mounting boxes
N
E
W
Pack Cat. nos. Flush
mounting boxes
40 6890 07 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0

40 6890 08 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0
40 6890 09 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0
40 6890 10 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
40 6890 42 8 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
(specific)
20 6890 31 8 modules 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
(2 row x 4)
10 6890 11 12 (2 row x 6) 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
modules
16 (2 row x 8)
modules
Metal box
10 6890 12 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
(3 row x 6)
Metal box
6733 02 6733 04
Pack Cat. nos. Surface
mounting boxes
10/50 6733 02 1 module 86 x 86 x 45
5/35 6733 03 1+2 modules 86 x 121 x 45
5/25 6733 04 1+1+2 86 x 146 x 45
modules

1/10 6733 06 6x1 modules 86 x 224 x 45
1/5 6733 08 8x1 modules 86 x 245.2 x 45

1/5 6733 05 8 (2 row x 4) 172 x 146 x 45
modules

1/6 6890 21 Metal Surface box 172 x 224 x 50
12 (2 row x 6)
modules
16 (2 row x 8)
modules
1/4 6890 22 Metal Surface box 240 x 224 x 50
18 (3 row x 6)
modules
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
Sliding clamp for
vertical adjustment
6890 11
6890 12
Dimonsions (mm)
H x W x D
Dimonsions (mm)
H x W x D
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : new products.
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
Selection chart for boxes, mechanism and plates (p. 322)
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
322
All sizes are H x W x D in mm
BOXES COVER PLATES
Myrius
TM

Selection chart
selection of boxes, mechanisms and plates
MODULES METAL FLUSH BOXES PLASTIC SURFACE BOXES
White Black

H x W x D H x W x D
1 module 6890 07 6733 02 6732 01 6732 21
76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45 86 x 86 86 x 86
2 x 1 module 6890 07 6733 02 6732 02 6732 22
76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45 86 x 86 86 x 86
2 modules
1 + 2 modules 6890 08 6733 03 6732 03 6732 23
76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0 86 x 121 x 45 86 x 121 86 x 121
1 + 2 modules

3 modules

3 x 1 module
1 + 1 + 2 modules 6890 09 6733 04 6732 04 6732 24
76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0 86 x 146 x 45 86 x 146 86 x 146
1 + 3 modules

2 + 2 modules

4 x 1 module
6 x 1 module 6890 10 6733 06 6732 06 6732 26
76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 224 x 45 86 x 224 86 x 224
8 x 1 module 6890 42 6733 08 6732 08 6732 28
76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 245.2 x 45 86 x 245 86 x 245

8 (2 row x 4) modules 6890 31 6733 05 6732 09 6732 29
136.8 x 136.6 x 61 172 x 146 x 45 172 x 146 172 x 146

12 (2 row x 6) modules 6890 11 6890 21 6732 12 / 16 6732 32 / 36
16 (2 row x 8) 145.3 x 215 x 61.2 172 x 224 x 50 172 x 224 172 x 224
modules
18 (3 row x 6) 6890 12 6890 22 6732 18 6732 38
modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2 240 x 224 x 50 240 x 224 240 x 224

pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
323
Myrius
TM
rotary dimmers 650W
■ Technical data
Rotary dimmer
Cat. no. 6730 25 - 6731 25
Wiring diagram of 650W rotary dimmer
Characteristics
100 - 240
Vac
50Hz
2 x 2.5 mm
2
230 Vac
Max. 650 W 650 W 650 VA 390 VA
Min. 60 W 60 W 60 VA 60 VA
127 Vac
Max. 500 W 500 W 500 VA 300 VA
Min. 60 W 60 W 60 VA 60 VA
(*) Use only transformers which are inteded for use with an electronic switch.
Description
Important
Transformer losses should be taken into account in the power
calculation.
Transformers should be loaded to more than 60 % of their capacity.
If the wiring diagrams are not complied with,or if the values shown in
the table are exceeded (voltage, power,temperature, frequency), or
if the power is too low and causes the light to blink,the fitting could
be severly damaged.
Important
There is a switch for the rated voltage on the upper right corner of
the base.
It must be set in the position corresponding to the used voltage.
-On 230 V if the rated voltage used is 230 V, or
-On 127 V if the rated voltage used is 127 V.
1-way connection (sketch 1)
Double-way connection (sketch 2)
For extra low voltage halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers
(sketch 3)
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician.
Incorrect installation and use can lead to risk of electric shock or
fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, aítor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt
where specifically required to do so by the instructions.All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorized opening or repair completely cancels all liabilities
and the rights to replacement and guarantees. Use only Legrand
accessories.
324
■ Technical data
Emergency lights
Cat. no. 0785 12
Connection
Myrius
TM
emergency light
Myrius
TM
emergency light
Myrius
TM
bell indicator
■ Technical data
Bell indicator
Cat. no. 6730 33 / 6731 33
A
B
+
– –
-
-
+
+
OFF
B
C
A
2 x BYD
2/3 AAA
2,4V - 0,2 Ah
IP 44
5
0
m
m
IP 44
24 h
IP 44
IP 44
x
x
. x
x
x
2
0
0
7
·Date
·Datum
·Date
·Datum
·Fecha
IP 44
IP 44
IP 44
1 h
< 1 h
IP 44
IP 44
OFF
OK
OK


Volume controller
Cat. no. 6730 63 / 6731 63
Bell call indicator
Cat. no. 6730 33 / 6731 33
L
N
S1 S2 A2
A1
REG
LOAD
Audio
Amplifier Speaker
IP 20 2 Lumen 1 hr
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
325
Myrius
TM
buzzer
Operation
1- Instruction : «Do not disturb»
Wiring
L L
1
2
L
1
2
L
N
A B C D E
2- Instruction : «Please clean up»
3- No call
■ Technical data
Buzzer
Cat. no. 6730 38 / 39, 6731 39 / 40, 6730 34 / 6731 34
Description
Note : If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
«don’t disturb» call
Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP
BIP
Green
Red
Call indicator
A B
Call control
Blue Red
STOP
Option
Buzzer
E
Bedroom
BIP

Corridor


Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP



BIP

Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP

BIP

Please clean up Don't disturb
STOP


Myrius
TM
infrared sensor - 300W
■ Technical data
Automatic switch
Cat. no. 6730 32 - 6731 32
Mounting with a switch
Mounting with offset push button
Mounting with a several combined switch
100 - 240
Vac
50Hz
1 x 2.5 mm
2
2 x 2.5 mm
2
240 Vac
Max. 400 W 400 W 400 W 400 W
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W
100 Vac
Max. 200 W 200 W 200 W 200 W
Min. 40 W 40 W 40 W 40 W
(*) Use only transformers which are intended for use with an electronic switch.
326
Myrius
TM
infrared sensor - 300W (continued)
Settings
Operation
Precautions of use
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product's specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, altor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt wnoro
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must beopened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trainod and approvod by LEGPAND. Any unautnorisod oponing or
repair completely cancels all liabilities and the rights to replacement
and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
■ Technical data
Automatic switch
Cat. no. 6730 32 - 6731 32
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
327
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx Myrius
TM
remote control switch
■ Technical data
Remote control switch
Cat. no. 6730 73 - 6731 73
Wiring Diagram
Description
Infrared receiver and controller unit.
Replacement of old battery
Battery type
Button Cell - CR 2032 3V
Infrared remote transmitter
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, altor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt wnoro
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
1. Incandescent bulbs.
2. Halogen lamp 230V~
3. Low voltage halogen lamps.
4. Fluorescent tube light.
5. 120 Watts Ceiling Fan (OFF + 10 Variable speed steps)
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ ቦ
240 Vac
50Hz
Max.
1 x 2.5
mm
2
400 VA 200 VA 200 VA 150 VA 120W
Utilization
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
328
Myrius
TM
key fob switch
■ Technical data
Key fob switch
Cat. no. 6730 37 - 6731 37
Utilization
ቢ ባ ቤ ብ
230 V
50 Hz
Max. 1800 W 800 W 400 VA 800 VA
Important
For load higher than indicated in the above table, use a contactor.
1. 1800W incandescent or halogen with ferromagnetic transformer
2. 800W inductive (motor)
3. 400VA compensated fluorescent
4. 800VA fluorescent with electronic ballast
Disassembly
Wiring diagram of key fob switch
Operation
Inserting card turns power on
Removing card turns power off after an approx. 30s delay
Characteristics
pour exemple XXXXXXxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
329
Myrius
TM
TV/SAT/FM socket
■ Technical data
TV/SAT/FM socket
Cat. no. 6730 51 - 6731 51
Wiring diagram
TV/SAT/FM socket
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, altor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt
where specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.


pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
330
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Myrius
TM
RJ 11
■ Technical data
RJ 11
Cat. no. 6730 52 - 6731 52
Wiring diagram
Myrius
TM
RJ 45
■ Technical data
RJ 45
Cat. no. 6730 54 - 6731 54 /
6730 55 - 6731 55, 6730 56-6731 56
UTP
Cat 5e 6730 54 - 6731 54
Cat 6 6730 55 - 6731 55 6730 56 - 6731 56
U/UTP
SF/UTP
F/UTP

ᕢ ᕣ

ᕡ ᕢ ᕣ
ᕡ ᕡ
331
Myrius
TM
RJ 45 (continued)
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, altor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt wnoro
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel
trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all liabilities
and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.
■ Technical data
Wiring Diagram
ᕡ ᕢ
ᕣ ᕤ





332
Myrius
TM
audio video connector
■ Technical data
AV connector
Cat. no. 6730 57 - 6731 57
Wiring diagram
ᕡ ᕢ
ᕣ ᕤ
AV connector
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation
and use can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, altor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt
where specifically required to do so by the instructions,
All Legrand products must be opened and repaired exclusively by
personnel trained and approved by Legrand.
Any unauthorised opening or repair completely cancels all
liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Use only Legrand brand accessories.

ᕢ ᕣ
333
Myrius
TM
audio video connector (continued)
■ Technical data
AV connector
Cat. no. 6730 59 - 6731 59
Wiring diagram of projector connector
ᕡ ᕣ

ᕢ ᕤ
ᕡ ᕣ ᕢ

ᕥ ᕦ
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
334
Projector connector

·
»
¿
´

·
»
Terminal block legend
(Connector legend)
VGA FULL PIN
1 Red coax (red)
6 Red braid (red ground)
2 Green coax (green)
7 Green braid (green ground)
3 Blue coax (blue)
8 Blue braid (blue ground)
9 White
14 Green (VS)
10 Blue (HS-VS ground)
13 Grey (HS)
11 Brown (ID Bit 0)
12 Yellow (ID Bit 1)
4 Orange (ID Bit 2)
15 Black (ID Bit 3)
5 Red (Gnd)
General ground
VGA RGB HS VS
1 Red coax (red)
6 Red braid (red ground)
2 Green coax (green)
7 Green braid (green ground)
3 Blue coax (blue)
8 Blue braid (blue ground)
14 Yellow coax (VS)
10 Yellow braid + white (HS-VS ground)
13 White coax (HS)
General ground
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed in line with installation rules,
preferably by a qualified electrician. Incorrect installation and use
can lead to risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up, dismantlo, aítor or modiíy tno dovioo oxoopt wnoro
specifically required to do so by the instructions. All Legrand
products must
be opened and repaired exclusively by personnel trained and
approved by Legrand. Any unauthorized opening or repair
completely cancels all liabilities and
the rights to replacement and guarantees. Use only Legrand
accessories.
Projector connector
Myrius
TM
audio video connector (continued)
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
335
Myrius
TM
VSP
Ì
!
Safety Instructions
This product should be installed preferably by a qualified electrician.
Incorrect installation and use can entail risk of electric shock or fire.
Before carrying out the installation, read the instructions and take
account of the product’s specific mounting location.
Do not opon up tno dovioo. All Logrand produots must bo oxolusivoly
opened and repaired by personnel trained and approved by
LEGPAND. Any unautnorisod oponing or ropair oomplotoly oanools
all liabilities and the rights to replacement and guarantees.
Only use genuine accessories.
■ Technical data
VSP
Cat. no. 6730 70 - 6731 70
Installation Method
Operation
230 V~
Up 1 kV
Uc
(L/N - L/PE)
(N - PE)
250 V~max
230 V~
In (8/20) 2 kA
Icc max. 2,5 kA
I
L
10A
I max (8/20). 4 kA
Make sure the power supply is disconnected before any
intervention. Strictly comply with instructions for installation and use.
Ì
!
Green indicator lamp
Operationalprotection
Recommendation
Pogularly onook tnat tno groon LED is on.
-Wnon LED is oíí, onango tno produot
Myrius
TM
RCBO
· Load
■ Technical data
RCBO
Cat. no. 6730 78
336
DPX MCCBs DMX³ ACBs DRX MCCBs
Time Switch Ekinoxe Distribution Boards
Arteor Wiring Devices Myrius Wiring Devices Mosaic Wiring Devices
LCS
2
Movement Detector Video Door Phone
Lexic RCDs
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 337
Lexic MCBs
Mylinc Wiring Devices
Global specialist
in electrical and
digital building
infrastructures
A world of infinite possibilities
DLP Trunking System
Plugs & Sockets
338
P. 347
Mosaic
accessories
P. 344
Key fob switch
and key fob
P. 342
Switches and
accessories
P. 353
Switches and
accessories
Technical data
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with
Mosiac
TM
Mosaic
TM
wiring devices
339
P. 343
Skirting
light and
accessories
P. 343
Buzzers
P. 345
Energy
sockets
P. 345-347
TV sockets,
telephone plugs
and sockets,
RJ 11 sockets
P. 350
Metal flush and
plastic surface
boxes
P. 342
Push
buttons
P. 344
“Do not disturb”
indicator and
internal control unit
P. 349
Plates -
white and
black
P. 345
Shaver
sockets
P. 346
RJ 11 sockets,
accessories
P. 343
Dimmers,
fan regulators and
accessories
P. 351
Plexo 55 boxes,
adaptors and
mounting frames
P. 355-356
VDI information
outlets
P. 347
T.V. socket
P. 354
“Do not disturb”
indicator and
key kode switch
340
Fully shrouded internal
mechanism under the rocker
preventing visibility of sparks
1 Finger-proof terminals for
IP 20 protection against
accidental contact
2 Captive "never to loose
screws"
1
2
30 mm long screws for
adjustment in case the boxes
are overflushed
TV sockets
1 Sockets flushed on the
plate
2 Firm grip due to spring
action resulting in perfect
contact
1
2
1 Cable grip
2 Silver plated screw
terminal
1
2
Protection against overload
and short circuit by internal
thermal relay limiting the
available power to 20 VA.
With in-built transformer
enhancing the safety of the
user.
Shaver sockets
Possibility of weather proofing
mechanisms using Plexo IP 55
and IP 66 boxes
1 Stripping template on
sockets for stripping off
exact length of insulation
2 In 6/16 A 3-pin combined
sockets, barrier between
terminals preventing
accidental contact of phase
to neutral and phase to
earth wires
1
2
Sockets are shuttered for
child's safety against electric
shocks
2
1 Metal frame providing
solid support to base
2 Plate made from highest
quality polycarbonate
3 For switches with neon
lamp, life of neon lamp is
25000 hours
1
3
1 Tunnel terminals preventing
screwdrivers from slipping
2 Laser marking on
mechanisms. Arrow showing
the correct orientation of the
mechanism
3 The latest IS 3854 : 1997
3
2
1
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 341
No visible screws after
installation
RJ 11 telephone sockets
1 Label holder
2 Shutter for protection from
dust
1
2
Stepless device aiding gradual
increase and decrease of
illumination levels
Mosaic™
unique features
Mosaic has articulate answer to blend beautifully
with any decor. French designs and fascinating
finishes are destined to create the ambience you
desire, aesthetically. So be it your office, hotel or
home Mosaic has the wide range to add to your
lifestyle.
3 steps in plate
for perfect
alignment with
wall
Sturdy, easy
to fix and easy
to remove
clippage
Superior finish
design with curves.
No screws visible
after installation
Horizontal
adjustments
of frame
Vertical
adjustments
of frame
Clic Clac
[
1
]
FLUSH BOXES
[
2
]
3D SYSTEMS
[
3
]
CLI C & CLAC
[
4
]
MATCHI NG WI TH
EVERYENVI RONMENT
Knockouts on
all 5 sides of
the boxes
342
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
switches and accessories
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
DP switches - push buttons
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6745 01
front view
6745 01
back view
6745 02
front view
6745 02
back view
Technical Data (p. 352)
6 to 20 A switches ISI marked as per the latest IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw driver
Captive screws
Possible to remove mechanism from front without opening frame
* Preferred voltage for IS 3854 is 230 VA and for IS 1293 is 240 VA
Pack Cat. nos. Switches
6 A - *230 VA
20/200 6745 01 6 A one - way SP switch 1
20/200 6745 03 6 A two - way SP switch 1
20/200 6745 02 6 A one - way SP switch with 1
indicator
20/200 6745 04 6 A two - way SP switch with 1
indicator / locator
(1)
10 A - *230 VA
10/100 6740 10 10 A one - way SP switch 2
10/100 6740 11 10 A two - way SP switch 2
10/100 6740 21* 10 A Intermediate switch 2
16 A - *230 VA
20/200 6745 05 16 A one - way SP switch 1
20/200 6745 07 16 A two - way SP switch 1
20/200 6745 06 16 A one - way SP switch with 1
indicator / locator
(1)
20 A - *230 VA
20/200 6740 35 20 A one - way SP switch 1
Double pole 20 A
10/100 6740 51 20 A one - way DP switch with 2
indicator / locator
(1)
supplied
without lamp cat. no. 6745 99
Accessory for switches with indicator
Lamps for switches with indicator
Neon lamp has 25000 hours burning life
5/50 6745 99 230 VA - 1.7 mA
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
6745 08 6745 27 6745 26
Pack Cat. nos. Switches
32 & 40 A switches ISI Marked as per IS 3854 : 1997
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding screw
driver
Captive screws
Possible to remove mechanism from front without
opening frame
Switches 32 A and 40 A - *230 VA
5/50 6745 09 32 A one - way double pole switch with
indicator suitable for 1/2 module flush box

5/50 6745 08 40 A one - way double pole switch with
indicator suitable for 1/2 module flush box
Push buttons 6 A - *230 VA
20/200 6745 25 6 A one - way SP push button 1
20/200 6745 27 6 A one - way SP bell push 1
20/200 6745 26 6 A one - way SP push button
with indicator / locator
(1)
1
10/100 6745 28 6 A one - way SP bell push 2
with indicator / locator
(1)


20/200 6745 29 6 A one - way SP bell push 2
with indicator
Bell Call Indicator & Registor - 6A
20/200 6745 20 Bell call indicator with 1
registor - 6A - one way
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
343
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
dimmers and fan regulators
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6745 36 6745 35
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
control units, buzzer & skirting light
* When operated by infrared sensor, use cat. no. 0744 27 only.
0747 56 6745 23
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. nos. Dimmers and fan regulators
230 VA - 50 Hz
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding
screwdriver
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws
Dimmer with “OFF” and gradual
dimming
1/10/100 6745 36 º 60 to 400 W inoandosoont 2
and halogen lamp 240 VA
Fan regulator
1/10/100 6745 35 º 100 W 2
º Humíroo
º 0 to 5 stops
1/10/100 6745 34 º Hoavy duty íor 56 inon ían
º 120 Watts
º Humíroo
º 0 to 5 stops
Pack Cat. nos. Buzzer
10/100 0747 56 230 VA 1
Sound level 72 dB at
1 meter distance
For lighting functions
Skirting light
1/5/25 6745 23 *Skirting light with white LED 3
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
344
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
energy and access control
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
signalling and control
Technical Data (p. 353)
Pack Cat. nos. Energy saving key fob switch - 230 VA
For switching on a circuit by inserting a key fob
cat. no. 6745 98
Power requirement : 230 VA
Example of use: hotel room where power
is switched on only when guest is present
1/10 6745 39 20 A DP key fob switch 2
supplied without key fob.
cat. no. 6745 98
10/100 6745 98 Only key fob for switch above
Supplied complete with a label
holder for individual hotel
room number identification
Key fob switch
For energizing a circuit by inserting a key
fob cat. no. 0898 06 or a smart card
(e.g. access card for a hotel room)
Example of use: hotel room power supply
only when guest is present
Powor roquiromont: 230 v± - 50/60 Hz
Time-delay of approx. 30 sec. after card
removal
Used in conjunction with a contactor
cat. no 0040 49
1 0744 45 Key fob switch 2

10 0898 06 Key fob
Enables use of key fob switch
cat. no 0744 45 in hotels with
key locks
Supplied complete with a label
holder for individual hotel
identification
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
6745 39 + 6745 98
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
0744 45
15
Technical Data (p. 353)
Pack Cat. nos. “Do not disturb” indicator and internal
control unit
Enables the client to inform hotel staff
of the room status
Two settings are possible-:
º Do not disturb
º Ploaso oloan tno room
Indicator lamp
5/50 0744 47 Installed in the corridor, 1 + 1
displays calls
Supplied with lamps
cat. nos. 0899 16/17
Internal control unit
5/50 0744 48 Allows the user to select 1 + 1
the desired setting
Supplied with lamps
cat. nos. 0899 06/07
0744 47 0744 48
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
345
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
energy sockets, switched sockets and energy plugs
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
Euro-US and British standard sockets
shaver sockets, power strip (prewired)
6745 15 6745 16
0741 20 6745 13
Pack Cat. nos. Indian standard sockets

20/200 6745 13 6 A - 2/3 pin combined, 2
Shuttered for child safety.
20/200 6745 14 6 A - 3 pin (2 P + Earth) 2
ISI marked as per
IS 1293 : 1988.
Shuttered for child safety.
10/100 6745 16 6/10/13A - 250V AC 2
Multistandard socket
5/50 6745 15* 6 A / 16 A - 3 pin combined 3
(2 P + Earth)
ISI marked as per
IS 1293 : 1988.
Switched sockets
5/50 6741 20 16 A - 3 pin (2 P + Earth) 3
Switched socket


5/50 6741 21 16 A - 3 pin (2 P + Earth) 3
Switched socket (Red colour)
Dedicated for clean power


*(Tested upto 25A)
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. nos. Power strips prewired
1/10 6745 48 3nos 6A Socket controlled by
16 A switch 8
1/10 6745 49 2 nos 6A socket & 1no. 6/16A socket
controlled by16 A switch 8
1/10 6745 50 3nos 6/10/13A socket multistandard
socket controlled by 16 A switch 8
Dual voltage output 115 and
230 VA shaver sockets
Accept European, British, American and Australian 2
pin plugs
In-built thermal protection, disconnects supply
above 20 VA
Supplied complete with screw caps with inbuilt IP24
protection transformer enhancing safety.
Fits on 4 module Flush box
1 6132 80 220/240 V - 50/60 Hz
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
6132 80
6745 48
6745 50
6745 49
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
346
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
telephone sockets
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
information outlets for voice, data and image
Pack Cat. nos. Telephone plug and socket
20/200 6745 21 RJ11 telephone socket 1
with shutter
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Conforms to the standards ISO 11801 ed 2.0, EN 50173 and EIA / TIA 568
Quick connection without tool
Identification of the contacts as per 568 A or B by both, colour code and
numbers
Connection - 2 pairs at a time
Possibility to reconnect in the event of error
Rotary levers with closing click
Multi-directional arrival of the cable, allows the installation in a shallow
depth, only 34 mm for UTP and FTP
Pack Cat. nos. RJ 45 information outlets - toolless (cat. 6)
10/100 0742 80 UTP cat. 6 toolless 1
10/100 0742 81 UTP cat. 6 toolless 2
RJ 45 information outlets - toolless (cat. 5e)

10/100 0742 85 UTP cat. 5e toolless 1
10/100 0742 86 UTP cat. 5e toolless 2
Number of
modules
Number of
modules
Technical Data (p. 355)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6745 21
(Front view)
6745 21
(Rear view)
0742 80 0742 81 0742 86
347
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
TV socket
accessories
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat. nos. Switches - 6 A - 230 V AC
20/200 6759 01 6A - One way - SP - Switch 1
20/200 6759 03 6A - Two way - SP - Switch 1
20/200 6759 02 6A - One way - SP - Switch with indicator 1
20/200 6759 04 6A - Two way - SP - Switch with indicator 1
Switches - 10 A - 230 V AC
10/100 6759 10 10 A - One way - SP- Switch 1
10/100 6759 11 Switch - 10A - two Way - SP 2
Switches – 16 A - 230 V AC
20/200 6759 05 16 A - One way - SP - Switch 1
20/200 6759 07 16 A - Two way - SP - Switch 1
20/200 6759 06 16 A - One way - SP - Switch with
indicator / locator 1
Switches – 20 A - 230 V AC
20/200 6759 45 20A - One way - SP - Switch 1
10/100 6759 61 20A - One way- DP - Switch with 2
indicator/locator
Switches – 32 A/40 A - 230 V AC
5/50 6759 09 32A - One way - DP - Switch with 1/2
indicator
5/50 6759 08 40A - One way - DP - Switch with 1/2
indicator
Push button – 6 A - 230 V AC
20/200 6759 25 6A - One way - SP - Puch button 1
20/200 6759 26 6A - One way - SP - Push button with
indicator 1
20/200 6759 27 6A - One way - SP - Bell push 1
10/100 6759 28 6A - One way - SP - Bell push with indicator 2
20/200 6759 29 6A - One way - SP - Bell push with 1
indicator
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. nos. TV socket
Compatible with reception of antenna, satellite and
cable network signals Ø 9.5 mm connector TV
female for co-axial cable
TV sockets (Ø 9/9.5 female)
20/200 6745 17 With screw terminal and grip 1
for co-axial cable
5 to 862 MHz.
Blanking plate
20/200 6745 91 One module blanking plate 1
22.5 x 45 mm
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Trunking with segregated
compartments to run data
and power cable
DLP trunking (p. 368)
6759 01 6759 06 6759 10 6745 17
(Front view)
6745 17
(Rear view)
0743 98 6745 91
348
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
dimmers and fan regulators
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
sockets
6759 80 6759 36
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6759 15
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Number of
modules
22.5 x 45 mm
Pack Cat. nos. Dimmers and fan regulators
240 VA - 50 Hz
Finger proof terminals with tunnel for guiding
screwdriver
Stripping template for stripping exact length of
insulation
ISI marked as per IS11037:1984
Captive screws
Dimmer with “OFF” and gradual
dimming
1/10/100 6759 36 º 60 to 400 W inoandosoont 2
and halogen lamp 240 VA
Fan regulator
1/10/100 6759 35 º 100 W 2
º Humíroo
º 0 to 5 stops
1/10/100 6759 34 º Hoavy duty íor 56 inon ían
º 120 Watts
º Humíroo
º 0 to 5 stops
Buzzer
1/5/25 6759 50 Buzzer – 230 V AC 1
Skirting Light
1/5/25 6759 23 Skirting Light with white LED 3
Hotel key fob switch and key fob
1/10 6759 39 Hotol koy íob switon - 20 A-250v AC - 1/2
without key fob
10/100 6759 98 Key fob for above
Pack Cat. nos. “Do Not Disturb” indicator
and internal
5/50 6759 47 DND & make my room indicator with bellpush 1+1
5/50 6759 48 Internal control unit for DND & make my room 1+1
Indian standard sockets
20/200 6759 13 Socket shuttered - 6 A -
2/3 pin combined 2
20/200 6759 14 Socket shuttered - 6 A - 3 pin 2
5/50 6759 15* Socket shuttered -
6/16 A - 3 pin combined - 3
10/100 6759 16 Socket shuttered - 6/10/13A -
2/3 pin - 230 V AC
Multistandard 2
TV sockets
20/200 6759 17 TV socket co-axial - 1
RJ 11 telephone sockets
20/200 6759 21 Telephone socket - RJ 11 -Jack 1
RJ 45 UTP
Information Outlets - Toolless
20/200 6759 80 UTP cat. 6 toolless 1
10/100 6759 81 UTP cat. 6 toolless 2
20/200 6759 85 UTP cat. 5e toolless 1
10/100 6759 86 UTP cat. 5e toolless 2
Cable outlet
20/200 6759 99 Cable outlet - 8mm 1
20/200 6759 91 Blanking Plate 1

*(Tested upto 25A)
349
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Important note : Fixing holes are in oblong shape for horizontal
adjustments of ± 5 mm. e.g. for 1 module 60.3 ± 5mm
6745 51 6745 52 6745 53 6745 56 6759 58
Mosaic
TM
plates
plastic plates
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat. nos. Mosaic white cover plates

20/200 6745 51 For 1 module (square) 86 x 86

20/200 6745 52 For 2 modules (square) 86 x 86

10/100 6745 53 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6745 54 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6745 56 For 6 modules 86 x 224
5/50 6745 57 For 8 modules 86 x 245
(for specific box)
fits on metal flush
box 689042
5/50 6745 58 For 8 modules 86 x 224

5/25 6745 92 For 8 modules 172 x 146
(2 row x 4)


10 6745 59 For 12 modules 172 x 224
(2 row x 6)

10 6745 60 For 18 modules 240 x 224
(3 row x 6)
Pack Cat. nos. Mosaic black cover plates

20/200 6759 51 For 1 module (square) 86 x 86

20/200 6759 52 For 2 modules (square) 86 x 86

10/100 6759 53 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6759 54 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6759 56 For 6 modules 86 x 224
5/50 6759 57 For 8 modules 86 x 245
(for specific box)
fits on metal flush
box 689042
5/50 6759 58 For 8 modules 86 x 224

5/25 6759 92 For 8 modules 172 x 146
(2 row x 4)


10 6759 59 For 12 modules 172 x 224
(2 row x 6)

10 6759 60 For 18 modules 240 x 224
(3 row x 6)
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Superior finish, screwless curved look.
Supported by metal frame behind for solid strength. Possible to adjust in horizontal or vertical direction, when flush box is tilted.
Supplied with 30 mm long screws for perfect fixing if wall box is overflushed.
350
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
boxes
flush boxes
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
Sliding clamp for
vertical adjustment
6890 11
6890 12
Pack Cat. nos. Flush boxes
Factory made metal sheet enclosure
Top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit
entry from any direction.
Possible to break open knockout without any special
tool.
40 6890 07 1/2 modules 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
40 6890 08 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0
40 6890 09 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0
40 6890 10 6/8 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
40 6890 42 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0
for 674557 Plate
20 6890 31 8 modules (2 row x 4) 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
10 6890 11 12 modules (2 row x 6) 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
10 6890 12 18 modules (3 row x 6) 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Mosaic
TM
boxes
surface boxes
Pack Cat. nos. Surface boxes
Factory made enclosure
Offwhite shade
Top, bottom and back wall knockout for conduit entry
/ casing caping.
Possible to break open knockout without any special
tool.
10/50 6733 02 1/2 modules 86 x 86 x 45
5/35 6733 03 3 modules 86 x 121 x 45
5/25 6733 04 4 modules 86 x 146 x 45
1/10 6733 06 6/8 modules 86 x 224 x 45
1/5 6733 05 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146 x 45
1/6 6890 21 Metal surface box 172 x 224 x 50
12 modules (2 row x 6)
1/4 6890 22 Metal surface box 240 x 224 x 50
18 modules (3 row x 6)
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
6890 21 6890 22
6733 03 6733 04
351
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mosaic
TM
boxes
plexo boxes and adapter IP55
Pack Cat. nos. IP 55 box Plexo 55
IP55 box and adaptor with membrane
Allows operation of switches without opening cover
Grey colour box made from ABS
Adaptor material polycarbonate, membrane material
PVC
Adaptor for flush mounting
1/20 6806 33 Adaptor for flush mounting - 100 x 122 x 28
3 module
1/10 6806 11 Box with adapter - 1 module 76 x 76 x 65
1/10 6806 12 Box with adapter - 2 module 76 x 76 x 65
1/10 6806 13 Box with adapter - 3 module 76 x 100 x 65
1/5 6806 14 Box with adapter - 4 module 76 x 132 x 65
1/5 6806 19 Box with adapter IP55 - 132 x 132 x 65
8 module verticle (4+4 modules)
6806 13
6806 33
6806 19
6806 12
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
Pack Cat. nos. IP 55 modular Plexo 55
Can accept 2 Mosaic modules
Suitable for hotel kitchens, food stores, laboratories,
clean rooms.
Adaptor
10/100 0695 80 Grey/white with smoked cover.
Fits on box
cat. no. 0696 51, 0696 72, 0696 80

IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - grey
10/100 0696 51 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors with
Mosaic using special cable gland which
can be cut as per requirement.
5/50 0696 72 2 gang horizontal 2 entries
5/25 0696 80 3 gang horizontal 3 entries
IP 55 - IK 07 boxes - white
10/100 0696 89 Can receive Plexo 55 adaptors with
Mosaic using special cable gland which
can be cut as per requirement.
Mosaic adaptor with box for IP 66
1 6846 38 3 modules with transparent lid

Mosaic
TM
boxes
plexo 55
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
0696 51
0696 72 6846 38
0695 80
352
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Locator wiring
In this wiring, Neon lamp is always illuminated showing the switch
location in a dark area.
■ Technical data
(1)
Wiring diagram of locator / indicator :
Indicator wiring
In this wiring,
Neon lamp lits up only when the switch is made ON, indicating that
electric supply is ON.
Double pole switches with indicator cat. nos. 6740 51
Lamp selection table
Lamp for
Voltage indicator
230 VA 6745 99
Installation on 2 module mechanisms cat. nos. 6740 51
Insert lamp in this aperture
and connect wiring
Possible to install a second
lamp to increase the light
level
Supplied with 1 module mechanisms cat. nos. 6745 02 / 04 / 06
Circuit diagram - Intermediate switch cat. nos. 6740 21
For replacement, remove the
existing lamp and insert the
lamp cat. no. 6745 99 and
connect the wiring
6740 21
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
switches and accessories
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
353
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
energy and access control
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
signalling and control
“Do not disturb” indicator and internal control unit
Description
■ Technical data ■ Technical data
Connection
Please do not disturb
Instruction : Please clean up
No call
If both buttons are pressed simultaneously, priority is given to the
“Do not disturb” call
■ Wiring diagram of key fob switch
■ Key code switch
Connection
Inserting key fob Cat.no 0898 06 or an access card supplies power to
a room, only when the occupant is present
Hotel type access cards (credit card format)
can also be used with the key fob switch
■ Outline diagram
N
N
L
L
Key fob switch
Lexic modular contactor,
Cat.no 0040 49
354
0000000000000000000000000000000000000xxxxxxxx
■ Technical data
RJ 45 socket with toolless connection
UTP
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
RJ 45 sockets


U/UTP F/UTP
SF/UTP

ᕢ ᕣ

ᕡ ᕢ ᕣ
Wiring Diagram





354
355
Mosaic
TM
mechanisms
RJ 45 sockets
■ Technical data
Wiring Diagram

A
B
0327 60
1
3
6
1
3
6
13 m
m
m
axi
FTP
ᕦ ᕦ


356
All sizos aro H x W x D in mm
BOXES
Mosaic
TM

Mosaic
TM
selection chart for selection of
boxes, mechanisms and plates


H x W x D H x W x D
1 module 6890 07 6733 02
76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45
2 x 1 module 6890 07 6733 02
76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0 86 x 86 x 45
2 modules
1 + 2 modules 6890 08 6733 03
76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0 86 x 121 x 45
1 + 2 modules

3 modules

3 x 1 module
1 + 1 + 2 modules 6890 09 6733 04
76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0 86 x 146 x 45
1 + 3 modules

2 + 2 modules

4 x 1 module
6 x 1 module 6890 10 6733 06
76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 224 x 45
8 x 1 module 6890 10 6733 06
76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0 86 x 224 x 45

6890 42
76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0

8 (2 row x 4) modules 6890 31 6733 05
136.8 x 136.6 x 61 172 x 146 x 45


12 (2 row x 6) modules 6890 11 6890 21
145.3 x 215 x 61.2 172 x 224 x 50

18 (3 row x 6) modules 6890 12 6890 22
213.3 x 215 x 61.2 240 x 224 x 50

MODULES METAL FLUSH BOXES PLASTIC SURFACE BOXES
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 357
www.legrand.co.in
Click to
discover us
Legrand (India) - provides all information regarding the groups philosophy, products, organisation etc.
Products and solutions - complete information about our range of products for residential, commercial and
industrial markets.
Downloads - download catalogues and brochures.
358
P. 366
White modular
surrounds
P. 362
Switches and
accessories
Wiring
Devices
Solutions
with
Mylinc
TM
Mylinc
TM
wiring devices
359
P. 364
White modular
plates
P. 363
TV and RJ11
telephone sockets
and accessories
P. 367
Surface boxes
P. 367
Flush boxes
P. 362
Dimmers and
regulators
P. 363
Energy sockets and
power unit
360
Smart in Design
Screwless finish &
rounded corners
Shockproof sockets-childsafe Linc-Loc
TM
Stripping template CE marking Laser marking
ISI marking Top orientation arrow
Smart in colours
Superior finish, screwless, bounded corners, dust proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame behind,
with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal adjustment facility.
Grey Pearl Bronze Wood
361
1 lac operations
Finger-proof
terminals for IP 20
protection against
accidental contact
361 GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 361
Mylinc
TM
A touch of little
genius
Mylinc
TM
is a complete range of modular wiring
accessories. Switches and sockets designed and
made in India, keeping everyone’s requirements in
mind. Whether it’s safety, reliability, convenience
or beauty; Mylinc
TM
offers it all.
INSTALLATION IN 5 EASY STEPS
Mylinc™ installation on the metal flush box.
Click the switch mechanism on the frame,
with the top arrow indicating the right
direction.
Install the switch frame assembly onto the
flush mounting box.
Finally clip-on the aesthetically elegant
plate for screwless appearance.
Ready to use the beautiful Mylinc™ Switch.
362
Mylinc
TM
mechanisms
dimmers and fan regulators
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Mylinc
TM
mechanisms
switches and accessories
Pack Cat. nos. Switches
6 A - *230V A

20/200 6755 01 6 A one-way SP switch 1
20/200 6755 02 6 A two-way SP switch 1
20/200 6755 03 6 A one-way SP switch with 1
indicator
16 A - *230V A
20/200 6755 11 16 A one-way SP switch 1
20/200 6755 12 16 A two-way SP switch 1
20/200 6755 13 16 A one-way SP switch with 1
indicator
Switches 32 A - *230V A
10/100 6755 26 32 A one- way douple pole 2
switch with indicator
Push Buttons 6 A - *230V A

20/200 6755 04 6 A one-way SP bell push 1

10/100 6755 06 6 A one-way SP bell push 2
with indicator

Bell Call Indicator & Registor
20/200 6755 07 Bell call Indicator with 1
registor - 6 A
Lighting Modules
for night Lamp….
neon light for 25000 hrs.
20/200 6755 95 Indiactor Light red 1
20/200 6755 96 Indicator Light orange 1
1/5/25 6755 97 Skirting light with white LED 3








Note for 230 volt AC from Mosaic pages

6755 01
6755 95
6755 26
Number of
modules
Switches are ISI marked as per the latest IS 3854:1997
Silver plated screw terminals
Linc-Loc
TM
Inter locking mechanisms for perfect alignment.
Laser marking.
6755 03
6755 97
6755 30
6755 35 6755 31
Number of
modules
Conforming to IS 11037
Pack Cat. nos. Dimmers and fan regulators
Dimmer with off and gradual dimming

1/10/100 6755 30 Fan regulator 2
100 W, Humfree, 0-4 steps
1/5/50 6755 31 For regulator 1
100W, Humfree, 0-4 step
1/10/100 6755 35 Rotative dimmer 2
60-250 W for light
1/5/50 6755 33 Rotative dimmer 1
60 - 400W
Buzzer
20/200 6755 40 Buzzer 1
DND & MMR
Indicator lamp
10/50 6755 56 DND & MMR external unit bell push 1+1+1
10/100 6755 57 Mylinc internal control unit for 2
DND & MMR
Key Fob
1/10 6755 60 Key fob switch M
1 6730 38 Only key fob for switch above
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same. 363
Mylinc
TM
mechanisms
energy sockets
power unit
Mylinc
TM
mechanisms
low voltage sockets,
TV socket, RJ11 telephone socket and
accessories
6755 55
6755 58
6755 50
Pack Cat. nos. Energy sockets
10/100 6755 50 6 A - 2/3 pin combined 2
10/100 6755 51 6 A - 3 pin 2
10/100 6755 52 Universal socket 2
6 A - 2/3 pin combined
20/200 6755 53 Euro-us-socket 1
6/16A - 2 pin
10/100 6755 55 6/16 A - 3 pin combined 2
Multistandard socket
10/100 6755 54 6/10/13 A 2/3 pin for 230 V AC 2
application
Power unit
5/25 6755 58 Power Unit for 2 Ton A.C 4
and 3.5 KW Geyser
Number of
modules
Conforming to IS 1293 : 1988
Shuttered for Child Safety
Shutter opens only with phase and neutral
insertion simultaneously.
Pack Cat. nos. Sockets
Compatible with reception of antenna,
satellite and cable network signals.
Ø 9.5 mm connector TV female for
co-axial cable

20/200 6755 46 TV Socket 1

20/200 6755 41 RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1

20/100 6755 44 Double RJ 11 Telephone Socket 1

20/200 6755 45 RJ 45 Cat 6 computer socket 1

20/200 6755 47 RJ 45 Cat 5e computer socket 1
Accessories
20/200 6755 91 Cable Outlet Straight -- Ø 8 mm 1

20/200 6755 90 Blanking Plate 1

20/200 6755 92 Spare 12 Screws with nuts
Number of
modules
6755 53 6755 46
6755 91 6755 45
6755 41 6755 44
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : New products 364
Mylinc
TM
plates
modular white plates
Mylinc
TM
plates
modular colour plates
6756 04 6755 69
6755 61 6755 62 6756 02
Pack Cat. nos. White plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners
dust proof, solid strength.
Supported by plastic frame behind with flexible wall
alignment.
Horizontal adjustment facility.
White plates
20/200 6755 61 For 1 module (square) 86 x 86

20/200 6755 62 For 2 modules (square) 86 x 86

10/100 6755 63 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6755 64 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6755 66 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224


5/50 6755 67 For 8 modules (2 column x 4) 86 x 245

5/25 6755 68 For 8 modules (2 row x 4) 172 x 146

5/50 6755 69 For 9 modules (3 column x 3) 86 x 288

10 6755 72 For 12 modules 172 x 224
(2 row x 2 column x 3)
10 6755 73 For 16 modules 172 x 245
(for specific box)
10 6755 78 For 18 modules 240 x 224
(3 row x 2 column x 3)
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Pack Cat. nos. Modular colour Plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility.
Pearl finish
10/100 6756 00 For 1 module 86 x 86

10/100 6756 01 For 2 modules 86 x 86

10/100 6756 02 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6756 03 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6756 04 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 146

5/50 6756 05 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 06 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 07 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/25 6756 08 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 09 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Mylinc
TM
plates
modular colour plates
365
6756 14 6756 24
6756 22 6756 12
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat. nos. Modular colour Plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility.
Bronze finish
10/100 6756 10 For 1 module 86 x 86
10/100 6756 11 For 2 modules 86 x 86

10/100 6756 12 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6756 13 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6756 14 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224

5/50 6756 15 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 16 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 17 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/25 6756 18 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 19 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Pack Cat. nos. Modular colour Plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility.
Grey finish
10/100 6756 20 For 1 module 86 x 86
10/100 6756 21 For 2 modules 86 x 86

10/100 6756 22 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6756 23 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6756 24 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224

5/50 6756 25 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 26 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 27 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/25 6756 28 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 29 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Mylinc
TM
surrounds
white modular surrounds
Mylinc
TM
plates
modular colour plates
366
6755 89
6755 81 6755 82
6756 34
Pack Cat. nos. White surrounds
Superior finish, screwless appearance
rounded corners, dust proof, for acrylic or hylem
sheet or partition wall
White surrounds

20/200 6755 81 For 1 module 61 x 34.4

20/200 6755 82 For 2 modules 61 x 58

10/100 6755 83 For 3 modules 61 x 81.6

10/100 6755 84 For 4 modules 61 x 105.2

10/100 6755 86 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 61 x 162.5

10/100 6755 89 For 9 modules (3 column x 3) 61 x 243.5
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Pack Cat. nos. Modular colour Plates
Superior finish, screwless, rounded corners dust
proof, solid strength. Supported by plastic frame
behind with flexible wall alignment. Horizontal
adjustment facility.
Wood finish
10/100 6756 30 For 1 module 86 x 86

10/100 6756 31 For 2 modules 86 x 86

10/100 6756 32 For 3 modules 86 x 121

10/100 6756 33 For 4 modules 86 x 146

5/50 6756 34 For 6 modules (2 column x 3) 86 x 224

5/50 6756 35 For 8 modules 86 x 245
5/25 6756 36 For 4 x 2 modules 172 x 146
5/50 6756 37 For 9 modules 86 x 228
5/25 6756 38 For 12 modules 172 x 224
5/25 6756 39 For 18 modules 240 x 224
Dimensions
(mm)
H x W
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
6756 32
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
Mylinc
TM
boxes
flush boxes
6890 07 6890 09
6890 10
Sliding clamp for
vertical adjustment
6890 11 6890 12
Pack Cat. nos. Flush boxes for Mylinc
TM
Plate
Factory made metal sheet enclosure
top, bottom, side and back wall knockout for conduit
entry from any direction.
Possible to break open knockout without any special
tool.
40 6890 07 1 or 2 module 76.5 x 76.5 x 51.0
40 6890 08 3 modules 76.5 x 99.7 x 51.0
40 6890 09 4 modules 76.5 x 136.8 x 51.0
40 6890 10 6 modules 76.5 x 214.2 x 51.0
40 6890 42 8 modules 77.3 x 232.8 x 51.0
20 6890 31 8 modules (2 rows x 4) 136.8 x 136.6 x 61
20 6890 29 9 modules 77.3 x 279.3 x 51.2
10 6890 11 12 modules 145.3 x 215 x 61.2
10 6890 13 16 modules 232.8 x 147.4 x 61.2
10 6890 12 18 modules 213.3 x 215 x 61.2
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
Mylinc
TM
boxes
surface boxes
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : New products 367
Pack Cat. nos. Surface boxes for Mylinc
TM
Plate
Factory made enclosure
offwhite shade
top, bottom and back wall knockout for conduit
entry / casing caping.
Possible to break open knockout without any special
tool.
10/50 6733 02 1/2 modules 86 x 86 x 45
5/35 6733 03 3 modules 86 x 121 x 45
5/25 6733 04 4 modules 86 x 146 x 45
1/10 6733 06 6 modules 86 x 224 x 45

1/5 6733 08 8 modules 86 x 245.2 x 45
1/5 6733 05 8 modules (2 rows x 4) 172 x 146 x 45

1/5 6740 99 9 modules 86 x 288 x 45
1/6 6890 21 Metal surface box 172 x 224 x 50
12 module (2 row x 6)
1/4 6890 22 Metal surface box 240 x 224 x 50
18 module (3 row x 6)
Dimensions (mm)
H x W x D
6890 21 6890 22
6733 03 6733 04
368
P. 397
Floor boxes
& Under floor
boxes
P. 373
DLP U-PVC
adaptable trunking
system
P. 374-375
Selection chart
for DLP trunking
system
DLP
trunking
system
Technical data
Cable
Management
Solutions
with DLP
TM
369
P.390-391
Selection chart
for DLP aluminium
trunking systems
P. 399
Floor access
units
P. 398
Pop-up boxes
P. 398
Pop-up boxes
P. 399
Floor access
units
P. 376
DLP
mini-trunking
system
P. 397
Floor boxes
& Under floor
boxes
P. 392-394
DLP Aluminium
adaptable trunking
P. 376-385
DLP U-PVC
plastic adaptable
trunking system
P. 386-387
DLP
mini columns
370
DLP COLUMNS, SEMI
COLUMNS AND MINI
COLUMNS
- Perfect for quick upgrading of
office systems
- Allow power to be supplied
via the ceiling and/or via
the floor

DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM
U-PVC
- Used to distribute currents
as close as possible to the
workstation
- Ensure total separation
of currents, even where
electromagnetic
disturbance is present
- Available in white (2 m)
ALUMINIUM
- Full aluminium trunking system
- Used to distribute currents as close
as possible to the workstation
- Ensure total separation of currents,
even where electromagnetic
disturbance is present
- For use with Arteor
TM
wiring
accessories
FLOOR BOXES & POP-UP
BOXES
- Used to integrate Arteor
TM

sockets directly in the platform
floor
- Make currents available at the
foot of the workstation
- Suitable for 3 or 3+3 module
Arteor
TM
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 371
Cable management:
solution for
commercial
applications
All the electric installations require continuous
protection of conductors over the whole length,
especially at angles and at wiring accessory
penetration points. The DLP trunking system includes
accessories designed to simplify installation, from
fixing the trunking to mounting Arteor
TM
, for a perfect
finish all along the line.
LEGRAND ADVANTAGES
A complete offer
A vast range of fully integrated products
Allows installation of international standard wiring devices
1
2
3
ARTEOR
TM

WIRING ACCESSORIES
- The Arteor
TM
accessories are simple
to wire and clip into place. In this
installation no back boxes are
required as power and data are in
totally separate compartments.

DLP U-PVC Trunking systems
for cable distribution
■ Selection chart for DLP mini trunking
Length Finishing Accessories Junction Elements



WHITE 2 m End cap Internal angle External angle Flat angle Flat junction
32 x 12.5 0300 15 0312 03 0302 51 0302 51 0302 53 0302 54
32 x 16 0308 04 0312 07 0333 25 0333 25 0333 27 0333 30
32 x 20 0300 17 0312 09 0302 71 0302 71 0302 73 0302 74
■ Carrying capacity


Cat nos. without Maximum X-
Number of conductors
Cable Ø max.
partition section in mm
2
in mm
0300 15
285 19 12 10 4 2 x 10
32 x 12.5 mm
0308 04
330 25 16 15 7 13
32 x 16 mm
0300 17
500 34 22 19 11 18
32 x 20 mm
372
capacity of U-PVC DLP trunking systems
for installation
1
Cross-section in mm
2
(or diameter for ELV cables)
depending on number of conductors
Insulation resistance : all the DLP plastic range (including accessories) insulation resistance superior to 5 megohms
Normal

Cable
cross- 1 conductor 2 conductors 3 conductors 4 conductors 5 conductors

section

Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum Usable Maximum

of cores
cross-
Ø
cross-
Ø
cross-
Ø
cross-
Ø
cross-
Ø

(mm
2
) section (mm) section (mm) section (mm) section (mm) section (mm)
(mm
2
) (mm
2
) (mm
2
) (mm
2
) (mm
2
)
1.5 44 6.6 111 10.5 121 11.0 144 12.0 169 13.0
2.5 49 7.0 133 11.5 157 12.5 169 13.0 211 14.5
4 58 7.6 169 13.0 183 13.5 211 14.5 256 16.0
6 68 8.2 196 14.0 225 15.0 256 16.0 307 17.5
10 85 9.2 256 16.0 289 17.0 343 18.5 400 20.0
16 111 10.5 43 18.5 381 19.5 441 21.0 529 23.0
25 157 12.5 484 22.0 553 23.5 651 25.5 784 28.0
35 183 13.5 601 24.5 676 26.0 813 28.5 993 31.5
50 225 15.0 - - 841 29.0 1 057 32.5 - -
Example
A - Description :
º 2 oablos 3 x 1.5
2
º 4 oablos 4 x 2.5
2
º 10 oablos 4 x 4
2
B - Calculation of cumulative cable cross-sections :
See table
1

*K (íilling íaotor) = 1.10 Sootion = 3 028 x 1.10 = 3 330 mm
2
C - Trunking selection
See table
2

Theoretical cross- Pratical cross-
section (mm
2
) section (mm
2
)
2 cables 3 x 1.5
2
2 x 121 = 242
4 cables 4 x 2.5
2
4 x 169 = 676
10 cables 4 x 4
2
10 x 211 = 2 110
TOTAL 3 028 3 330*
CV : Cover

195 x 50


CV40 CV40 CV40 CV40 CV65 CV40 CV65 CV65 CV65 CV40 CV40 CV85 CV40 CV130 CV40 CV85 CV85 CV180

Trunking only
Cross-sootion 2000 1570 1570 2000 3020 1570 3020 3020 2580 2000 2000 3590 2000 6040 2000 4020 4020 8470
Max. Ø 28 28 28 28 43 28 43 43 42 28 28 42 28 2 x 42 28 43 43 3 x 42
With Arteor
TM
Cross-sootion 1480 1050 1050 1480 1470 1050 1470 1470 1030 1480 1480 1560 1480 - 1480 1990 1990 -
support Max. Ø 2 x 21 2 x 17 2 x 17 2 x 21 18 2 x 17 18 18 14 2 x 21 2 x 21 2 x 18 2 x 21 - 2 x 21 26 26 -
Cross-
section
(mm
2
)
Max. Ø
(mm
2
)
2
Capacity of trunking
80 x 50 105 x 50


CV65 CV40 CV40 CV85

Trunking only
Cross-sootion 3380 1930 1930 4330
Max. Ø 40 28 43 28

With Arteor
TM
support
Cross-sootion 1830 1410 1410 2300
Max. Ø 2 x 18 2 x 21 2 x 21 2 x 24
Cross-section (mm
2
)
Max. Ø (mm
2
)
150 x 50


CV40 CV40 CV40 CV65 CV65 CV40 CV85 CV130

Trunking only
Cross-sootion 2000 1570 2000 3020 3020 2000 4020 6470
Max. Ø 28 28 43 43 2x43 43 28 28

With Arteor
TM
support
Cross-sootion 1480 1050 1480 1470 1470 1480 1990 -
Max. Ø 24 2x17 24 18 18 24 26 -
Cross-section (mm
2
)
Max. Ø (mm
2
)
CV : Cover
373
374 374
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Trunking Covers Clip on partition Arteor
TM
frames






Number of Cover(s) Section Flexible Partitions Plastic Aluminium 1 module 2 module 3 module 4 module 6 module 8 module
compartments width (mm) separation

1 80 x 50 0105 21 0105 82 - - - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61 0109 81

0104 12

1 105 x 50 0105 22 0105 82 - - - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62 0109 82



0104 22 2 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - - -

1 150 x 50 0105 24 0105 82 - - - - - - -



2 0105 21 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61 0109 81
0104 32


2
0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62 0109 82




3 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 - - - - -

1 195 x 50 0105 26 0105 82 - - - - - - - -



2 0105 22 0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 - 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62 0109 82

0104 52

2
0105 82 0104 72 0111 06 0109 10 - - - - -



3
0105 82 0104 72 x 2 0111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 22 0109 32 0109 42 0109 62 0109 82



3
0105 82 104 72 x 2 111 06 x 2 0109 10 0109 21 0109 31 0109 41 0109 61 0109 81



4 0105 20 0105 82 0104 72 x 3 0111 06 x 3 0109 10 - - - - -

DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking systems for installations
base, covers, partitions, finishing accessories and mounting wiring accessories
Selection chart for Installation trunking, Accessories and Arteor
TM
0105 20
+
0105 22
0105 20
+
0105 24
0105 22
+
0105 20
0105 20
+
0105 21
Insulating unit for
Arteor
TM
modules


Section (mm)M Wall crossing Capacity change Partition junction Cable tie base 2/4/6/8 Module 3 Module Earth Link
80 x 50 and 105 x 50 0106 98 0106 87
0106 89 0308 81

0109 27 0109 37

0111 88
150 x 50 and 195 x 50 0106 99 0106 88
+
1 x 40 + 1 x 85
3 x 40
1 x 180
2 x 85
1 x 40 + 1 x 130
1 x 85 + 2 x 40
1 x 40 + 2 x 65
4 x 40
1 x 65
1 x 85
2 x 40
1 x 130
2 x 65
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Selection chart for Installation of trunking, Accessories and Arteor
TM
le
n
g
th
: 2
m
375 375
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
Cat. nos. Description Pack
LP*
Rs. /
Unit
108 00
+
108 04
106 82
+
106 86
108 02
+
108 00
108 00
+
108 01
108 04
+
108 00
108 00
+
108 02
108 01
+
108 00
Selection chart for Installation of trunking, Additional accessories
Cover Bases Internal angles 80
0
- 100
0
External angles 60
0
- 120

Flat angles Flat junction
Joint for Base End caps Angles Partition VDI Angles Partition VDI Angles VDI Angles Partition VDI Clips
covers joint junction access. junction access. access. junction access.
0108 01 0106 91 0107 22 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 67 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 - 0107 80 0106 22 - 0107 81 0107 85 0107 82 0107 32 - 0107 83 0106 82
0108 00 0106 91 0107 02 0106 02 0106 11 - 0106 22 0106 32 - - - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 04 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 - - 0106 22 - 0107 89 - 0107 32 - - 0106 86
0108 01 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0 106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 010742 0107 83 0106 82
0108 02 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 89 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 010682
0108 00 0106 91 0107 06 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 - 0107 89 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
0108 06 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 - 0106 22 - - 0107 92 - 0107 32 - - 0106 86
0108 02 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82
0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 0107 32 0107 42 0107 83

0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 0107 82 010732 0107 42 0107 83 0106 82

0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 2 0107 80 0106 22 0106 32 x 2 0107 81 0107 92 010782 0107 32 0107 42 010783 0106 82

0108 00 0106 91 0107 07 0106 02 0106 11 x 3 - 0106 22 0106 32 x 3 - 0107 92 - 0107 32 0107 42 - 0106 82
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
I Selection chart for DLP mini trunking
Length Finishing Accessories Junction Elements



WHITE 2 m End cap Internal angle External angle Flat angle Flat junction
32 x 12.5 0300 15 0312 03 0302 51 0302 51 0302 53 0302 54
32 x 16 0308 04 0312 07 0333 25 0333 25 0333 27 0333 30
32 x 20 0300 17 0312 09 0302 71 0302 71 0302 73 0302 74
DLP mini trunking systems
for cable distribution
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
376 376
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DLP U-PVC trunking system 32 x 12.5, 32 x 16 and 32 x 20
mini-trunking system
0300 15
Wiring capacity chart (p. 372)
Selection chart (p. 372)
White RAL 9010
Factory finish
Uniform grip and thickness throughout the length
System with independent cover
Conforms to NF C 68-104
Pack Cat. nos. Mini-trunking - 32 x 12.5 mm
80
(1)
0300 15 Without central partition
Length 2 m
Finishing accessories
20/400 0312 03 End cap right or left
10/100 0302 51 Changeable internal-external angle
10/100 0302 53 Changeable flat angle
10/200 0302 54 Flat junction
Mini-trunking - 32 x 16 mm
60
(1)
0308 04 Without central partition
Length 2 m
Pack Cat. nos. Finishing accessories
10/500 0312 07 End cap right or left
10/100 0333 25 Changeable internal-external angle
10/100 0333 27 Changeable flat angle
10/200 0333 30 Flat junction

Mini-trunking - 32 x 20 mm
50
(1)
0300 17 Without partition
Length 2 m
Finishing accessories
10/200 0312 09 End cap right or left
10/100 0302 71 Changeable internal-external angle
10/100 0302 73 Changeable flat angle
10/100 0302 74 Flat junction
(1)
Number of meters per pack
(1)
Number of meters per pack
32
1
2
.
5
32
2
0
32
1
6
End cap left
or right
Cat.No 0312 03
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0302 53
Changeable
internal external
angle
Cat.No 0302 51
Changeable
internal external
angle
Cat.No 0302 51
Flat junction
Cat.No 0302 54
DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking
installation made easy
With its new concept flexible lid, DLP stands apart from the rest... a more professional finish in less time
New internal and
external angle
Flexible angles, wall
crossing accessories,
capacity change, cables
retention using cable-tie
bases... The new DLP
trunking system for
installation, includes a
set of clever accessories
to improve installation
speed and efficiency.
Flat
junctions
Flat
angle
Internal
angle
External
angle
Arteor
TM
frames
Flexible
cover
Base Clips
Separation
partition
Clip-on
partition
Base
joint
Joint for
cover
End
caps
Smart in
Design
External angles adjustable
from 600-1200
Easy to install external
angles
External angles accepts flexible
continuous cover on to it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Installation of
internal angles
Internal angles adjustable
from 800-1000
Integrated accessories for
superior finish
Internal angles accepts flexible
continuous cover on it for professional
finish (no cutting required)
Perfect separation
between power and
data evan in the
angles
Ideal for VDI Separation junction for
external angle
VDI accessories ensures bending radius
required by the standards. Bending radius
should be 8 times the diameter of cable
Mounting of cover
and body joint
Cover joints in 2 parts
with captive links
Secured cover and base
joint for superior finish
Zip lock flexible cover
Isolating boxes
for Arteor
TM
mechanisms
Flat junction for tap-off to a
150, 195 or 220 width profile.
For tap-offs to a profile wider
than 105, use 2 base junctions
(3 to 220 trunking)
Tap-off from bottom compartment As well
as the base junction, insert the additional
junction. Cat.Nos 107 42/43 (depending on
the profile), between 2 partitions to tap off
the cables from the bottom compartment
Complete installation
for professional finish
Mounting of
Arteor
TM
Frames to combine with Arteor
TM

sockets with support for direct
mounting on trunking
Cable grip on mounting frame
minimize the stress on Arteor
TM

terminals
Pre marked cutouts for
drilling, threaded back
for better wall gripping
377
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
378 378
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 80 x 50
trunking and fittings
(1) Number of meters in pack
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring
accessories
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies
Supplied without cover
Length 2 m
20
(1)
0104 12 80 x 50 mm
Flexible cover
20
(1)
0105 21 Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles
Full cover width 65 mm
Length 2 m
Partitions
24
(1)
0105 82 Separation partition
for 80 x 50 trunking
Length 2 m
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases
during installation
For cover 65 mm width
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint
Angles and end caps
Internal and external angles
Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted

10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80° to 100°

10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60° to 120°
Selection table (p. 374-375)
Cable carrying capacity (p. 373)
80
5
0
le
n
g
th
: 2
m
Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Flat angle
10 0107 67 90
0
flat angle
End cap
10/50 0107 22 Left or right end cap

Junctions
10 0107 32 Flat junctions
5/25 0107 35 For specific size tap-off to 80 mm wide
branch

Accessories
Holding cables in place
50 0106 82 Clip

VDI accessories
5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
5/50 0107 81 For external angles
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
Additional accessories
5/25 0106 98 Wall crossing
40 0106 87 Capacity change
10/100 0106 88 Capacity change

5/50 0106 89 Partition junction
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Red catalogue numbers : New products
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 01
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 67
Changeable
external angle
Cat.No 0106 21
Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 35
379 379
DLP U-PVC trunking system and
accessories 80 x 50
mounting wiring accessories
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate

20 0109 21 2 modules
5/50 0109 31 3 modules
10/50 0109 41 4 modules
5/25 0109 61 6 modules
5/25 0109 81 8 modules


10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Legrand Lexic support
5 0109 25 2 modules
Arteor
TM
2 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 21
Arteor
TM

4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 41
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
NEW DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM
Flexible cover
>

Within its new concept of flexible cover,
DLP stand apart from the rest...
a more professional finish in less time
Flexible cover
This clips onto
the whole branch,
including in corners:
guaranteed to save
you time
L
E
G
R
A
N
D

IN
N
O
VA
T
IO
N
New accessories
- angled junction
- flat junction
- internal and
external angle
- flat angle
These accessories
have been optimised
to make the system
even easier to install
S
A
V
IN
G
T
IM
E
Installation
principles
Whether you choose fully assembled or
adaptable trunking, the DLP systems are quick
and simple to install and provide you with
discrete routing of your cables
380 380
DLP U-PVC trunking system and accessories 105 x 50
trunking and fittings
Selection table (p. 374-375)
Cable carrying capacity (p. 373)
(1) Number of meters in pack
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring
accessories
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies
Supplied without cover
Length 2 m
20
(1)
0104 22 105 x 50 mm
Flexible cover
Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles
20
(1)
0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm
20 0105 20 Two covers width 40 mm
Length 2 m
Partitions
24
(1)
0105 82 Separation partition
for 105 x 50 trunking
Length 2 m
48 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition
12 0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
Angles and end caps
Internal and external angles
Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted

10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80° to 100°

10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60° to 120°
Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Flat angle
10 0107 85 90
0
flat angle
End cap
20/100 0107 02 Left or right end cap
Junctions
10 0107 32 Flat angles
For tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch
5/25 0107 35 For 35 x 105 and 50 x 105 trunkings
For tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch equipped with
a 65 mm cover
5/25 0107 37 For 50 x 105 mm trunking
For tap-off to an 105 mm wide branch equipped with
an 85 mm cover
5/25 0107 36 For 35 x 105 and 50 x 105 trunkings
Partion junction
5/50 0106 11 For internal angles
5/50 0106 32 For external angles
5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Accessories
Holding cables in place
50 0106 82 Clip
VDI accessories
5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
5/50 0107 81 For external angles
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
105
5
0
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
le
n
g
th
: 2
m
Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 35
Changeable
external angle
Cat.No 0106 21
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 01
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 84
381 381
adaptable DLP trunking
105 x 50
Arteor
TM
4 modules
support
Cat.No 0109 42
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories
Additional accessories
5/25 0106 98 Wall crossing
40 0106 87 Capacity change
10/100 0106 88 Capacity change
5/50 0106 89 Partition junction
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Aluminium earthing link
Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover

20 0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/50 0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
10 0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
10 0109 82 8 modules - for 85 mm cover

10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 2/4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Legrand Lexic supports
5 0109 35 3 modules
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
FULLY ASSEMBLED
DLP TRUNKING
Save time
>

To combine with Arteor
TM
sockets with
support for direct mounting on trunking
>
For repetitive and standard installations
382 382
DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking system and accessories 150 x 50
trunking and fittings
Selection table (p. 374-375)
Cable carrying capacity (p. 373)
1 compartment
A
2 compartments
B
(1) Number of meters in pack
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring
accessories
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
- U-PVC trunking
Bodies
Supplied without cover
Length 2 m
20
(1)
0104 32 150 x 50 mm
Flexible cover
Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles
8 0105 24 Full cover width 130 mm
20 0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm
20 0105 21 Full cover width 65 mm
20 0105 20 Full cover width 40 mm
Length 2 m
Partitions
24
(1)
0105 82 Separation partition
for 105 x 50 trunking
Length 2 m
48 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition
12 0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation
10/100 0108 04 Cover joint for 130 mm width
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint for 65 mm width
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
Angles and end caps
Internal and external angles
Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted
10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80° to 100°
10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60° to 120°
Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Flat angle
5 0107 89 90
0
flat angle
End cap
10/50 0107 06 Left or right end cap

Junctions
10 0107 32 Flat angles
5/25 0107 35 To tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch
5/25 0107 37 To tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
equipped with a 65 mm cover
5/25 0107 36 To a tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
equipped with a 85 mm cover
Partion junction
5/50 0106 11 For internal angles
5/50 0106 32 For external angles
5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Accessories
Holding cables in place
50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm width cover
50 0106 82 Clip for 65 mm width cover
VDI accessories
5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
5/50 0107 81 For external angles
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
le
n
g
th
: 2
m
(1) Number of meters in pack
150
5
0
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 89
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 02
Changeable
external angle
Cat.No 0106 35
Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 36
383 383
adaptable DLP trunking 150 x 50
mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM

4 modules supports Cat.
No 0109 41
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories
Additional accessories
5/25 0106 98 Wall crossing
40 0106 87 Capacity change
10/100 0106 88 Capacity change
5/50 0106 89 Partition junction
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link
Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover

20 0109 21 2 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/50 0109 31 3 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
10/50 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/25 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover
10 0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/25 0109 81 8 modules - for 65 mm cover
10 0109 82 8 modules - for 85 mm cover

10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Legrand Lexic supports
5 0109 25 For 2 modules for 65 mm cover (2 comp.)
5 0109 65 For 6 modules for 130 mm cover (1 comp.)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
FULLY ASSEMBLED U-PVC
DLP TRUNKING
Segregation of
power and data
>
Possible to have separation by aluminium
clip-on partition, minimises the
interference on data cable
384 384
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
DLP U-PVC adaptable trunking system and accessories 195 x 50
trunking and fittings
1 compartment
A
2 compartments
B
3 compartments
C
Selection table (p. 374-375)
Cable carrying capacity (p. 373)
Pack Cat.Nos Trunking
Suitable for a wide range of requirements and
applications:
- Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to
the wiring space
- Installation: can be used with various ranges of wiring
accessories
- Flexible cover which continuous even on angles
- Adjustable internal and external angles
Bodies
Supplied without cover
Length 2 m
8 0104 52 195 x 50 mm
Flexible cover
Fits onto the whole branch including
in internal or external angles
8 0105 26 Full cover width 180 mm
20 0105 22 Full cover width 85 mm
8 0105 24 Full cover width 130 mm
20 0105 21 Full cover width 65 mm
20 0105 20 Full cover width 40 mm
Length 2 m
Partitions
24
(1)
0105 82 Separation partition
for 195 x 50 trunking
Length 2 m
48 0104 72 Plastic clip-on partition
12 0111 06 Aluminium clip-on partition
Joints
20/200 0106 91 Body joint
For aligning bases during installation
10/100 0108 06 Cover joint for 180 mm width
10/100 0108 02 Cover joint for 85 mm width
10/100 0108 04 Cover joint for 130 mm width
10/100 0108 01 Cover joint for 65 mm width
10/100 0108 00 Cover joint for 40 mm width
Angles and end caps
Internal and external angles
Include the 2 components for the top
and bottom of the trunking on which
the flexible cover is fitted

10/40 0106 02 Internal angle, adjustable from 80° to 100°
10/50 0106 22 External angle, adjustable from 60° to 120°
Pack Cat.Nos Angles and end caps (continued)
Flat angle
2 0107 92 90
0
flat angle
End cap
5/50 0107 07 Left or right end cap

Junctions
10 0107 32 Flat angles
5/25 0107 35 To tap-off to an 80 mm wide branch
5/25 0107 37 To tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
equipped with a 65 mm cover
5/25 0107 36 To a tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch
equipped with a 85 mm cover
Partion junction
5/50 0106 11 For internal angles
5/50 0106 32 For external angles

5/25 0107 42 For flat angles
Accessories
Holding cables in place
50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm width cover
50 0106 82 Clip for 40 mm width cover
VDI accessories
5/50 0107 80 For internal angles
5/50 0107 81 For external angles
5/50 0107 82 For flat angles
5/50 0107 83 For flat junctions
195
5
0
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Changeable
flat angle
Cat.No 0107 92
Changeable
internal angle
Cat.No 0106 02
Changeable
external angle
Cat.No 0106 35
Flat junction
Cat.No 0107 36
385 385
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
pour exemple : xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
adaptable DLP trunking 195 x 50
mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
4 modules supports
Cat.No 0109 41
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat.Nos Accessories
Additional accessories
5/25 0106 99 Wall crossing
40 0106 87 Capacity change
10/100 0106 88 Capacity change
5/50 0106 89 Partition junction
100/1000 0308 81 Cable tie base
20/500 0111 88 Earthing link
Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
Supplied with finishing plate
5/50 0109 10 1 modules - for 40 mm cover

20 0109 21 2 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 22 2 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/50 0109 31 3 modules - for 65 mm cover
0109 32 3 modules - for 85 mm cover
10/50 0109 41 4 modules - for 65 mm cover
20 0109 42 4 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/25 0109 61 6 modules - for 65 mm cover
10 0109 62 6 modules - for 85 mm cover
5/25 0109 81 8 modules - for 65 mm cover
10 0109 82 8 modules - for 85 mm cover

10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for mounting wiring accessories
Legrand Lexic supports
5 0109 25 For 2 modules for 65 mm cover (3 comp.)
5 0109 35 For 3 modules for 85 mm cover (2 comp.)
10/100 0109 27 Insulation unit for 2 modules (Arteor
TM
) can
be fitted together to create 4/6/8 module
supports
5/50 0109 37 Insulation unit for 3 modules (Arteor
TM
)
supports
Angled junction
Cat.No 0107 63
386 386 386
Pack Cat.Nos Columns
Comprising:
º An aluminium baso witn 4 oompartmonts
º An ad|ustablo noignt tolosoopio polo íor
installation between the false ceiling and the ceiling,
(length 1.10 m)
º Two íixing basos witn protootivo oovors
º Wnito PvC oovors PAL 9010
1 0307 03 Height 2.70 m. Can be adapted to a
ceiling height of 3.80 m
1 0307 07 Height 3.90 m. Can be adapted to a
ceiling height of 5 m
º For vortioal distribution oí ourronts witn tno oablo inlots oí nign and low ourront oablos in soparato oonduits
º Powor supply írom tno ooiling and/or tno íloor
º For wiring aooossory units
DLP columns and mini-column
4 compartments
Mini-column
Comprising:
º An aluminium baso witn 4 oompartmonts
º A íixing baso witn
protective cover
º 4 wnito PvC oovors PAL 9010
º An ond oovor
1 0307 42 Height 73 cm
Pack Cat.Nos Movable column
Comprising:
º An aluminium baso, longtn 2 m, 4 oompartmonts
º A Ø 60 mm íloxiblo snoatn, oapaoity 4 x Ø 20,
length 2 m
º 1 íoot, 12 kg, sizo: Ø 400 mm
º 4 wnito PvC oovors PAL 9010
Power supply from ceiling via a flexible sheath
Radius of movement of the column in relation to
power supply point: 1.5 m
Fix in false ceiling which must not be more than 3 m
high
1 0307 00 Height 2.00 m
Cat.No 0307 00
Cat.No 0307 03
Cat.No 0307 42
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
387 387
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
DLP columns and mini-column for example: xxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx
wiring accessories for DLP
columns and mini-column
Number of modules Cat.No of the Length L
(1)
Range or positions wiring accessory support of the required unit
2 modules (1 gang) 1 x 109 22 104 mm
2 x 2 modules 2 x 109 22 224 mm
3 x 2 modules 3 x 109 22 344 mm
4 x 2 modules 4 x 109 22 464 mm
3 modules 1 x 109 32 127 mm
Arteor
TM
4 modules (2 gang) 1 x 109 42 149 mm
2 x 4 modules 2 x 109 42 314 mm
6 modules (3 gang) 1 x 109 62 194 mm
2 x 6 modules 2 x 109 62 404 mm
8 modules (4 gang) 1 x 109 82 239 mm
2 x 8 modules 2 x 109 82 494 mm
■ Self-assembly wiring accessory units
To equip your columns, use a wiring accessory support unit
Work out how many sockets you need to install, choose one or more
wiring accessory supports and use the table below to calculate
the length of unit you need
Allow an additional 20 mm of each end of the unit for fitting
the end caps
2
0
2
0
L
(1) Length excluding dimensions of 2 x 20 mm end caps
0307 13 0307 14
Pack Cat.Nos Self-assembly wiring accessory units
For equipping the column with wiring accessories
Equipment to be provided for fitting the wiring
accessories:
º 1 wiring aooossory support unit, longtn 2 m
to be cut to length (see opposite)
º Wiring aooossory support(s)
º 2 ond oaps
Unit
18
(1)
0307 13 For mounting 60 mm fixing centres wiring
accessories, Lexic and Arteor
TM
Supplied with cable clamp
Length 2 m
10/50 0307 14 Set of 2 end caps
for above unit
Arteor
TM
supports
Clip-on supports which can be fitted side by side
For use with screw or automatic connection Arteor
TM

sockets for trunking systems and columns with
straight or or sloping screw recesses
Supplied with finishing plate
20 0109 22 2 modules
5/50 0109 32 3 modules
20 0109 42 4 modules
10 0109 62 6 modules
10 0109 82 8 modules
(1) Number of meters in pack
388 388
DLP aluminium columns
semicolumns and mini-columns
■ Mounting wiring accessory on modular boxes
Column can be installed by just one person
Installation
of telescopic pole
Installation of floor
base protective cover
Height maxi Height maxi
false in ceiling ceiling
0307 03
2.70 m 3.80 m
0307 35
0307 07
3.90 m 5.00 m
0307 36
Maximum heights of use
The aluminium unit with separation is suitable for current
separation and connection on 4 sides
Mounting wiring accessory on modular boxes
(unlimited number of mechanisms)
Result : a perfect finish Safe installation Install the box Clip on Arteor
TM
1
2
3
4
PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS I 389
Putting a stop to energy waste
Lighting management
solution
Sensors
PIR wall mounted sensor PIR ceiling mounted sensor Ultrasonic sensor Dual technology sensor
Energy
saving
Economic
saving
Lighting Management Strategies
Sustainable Development
Vacancy - based
control
Occupancy - based
control
Dimming control
Scheduled control
Daylight control
Code
compliance
Sustainable
building
practice
390
DLP aluminium adaptable trunking system
Selection chart
TRUNKINGS
2 x
2 x


Body
Rigid

Separation

covers partitions
Nos of Cover width Size
compartiments (mm) (mm)
50 x 105 0111 00 0111 11 0111 08
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 12 0111 08
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 13 0111 08
50 x 150 0111 02 0111 10 -
50 x 195 0111 04 0111 11 -
85
130
180
65 65
85 85
>>>
DLP TRUNKING SYSTEM
DLP
full aluminium :
excellent screening
and earthing properties
> Save time : multi-covers, removable
separation, angles ready to use…
> Ideal for VDI installations
■To complete already equipped
installations with DLP aluminium
trunking, use Cat.Nos
0307 10/11/20/21/26/25,
on request only
with aluminium adaptable
DLP trunking,
get better styling too !
DLP TRUNKING
SYSTEM ALUMINIUM
391
AND FITTINGS SUPPORTS FOR WIRING ACCESSORIES
Arteor
TM
supports
Division
End cap
Flat External Internal Flat Body Cover 2 3 4 6
partition angle angle angle junction joint joint modules modules modules modules
- 0111 58 0111 45 0112 32 0112 21 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
- 0111 60 0111 47 0112 34 0112 42 0112 51 0111 66 0111 64 - - - -
- 0111 61 0111 49 0112 36 0112 25 0112 51 0111 66 0111 65 - - - -
0111 06 0111 60 0111 47 0112 34 0112 42 0112 51 0111 66 0111 62 0112 02 0112 03 0112 04 0112 06
0111 06 0111 61 0111 49 0112 36 0112 25 0112 51 0111 66 0111 63 0112 12 0112 13 0112 14 0112 16
I Flexibility : multi-covers
I Removable separation
I Angles delivered pre-cut, ready to use
I Fast fixing device support
I Uniform colours for the entire installation
I Arteor
TM
wiring accessories go with
aluminium adaptable DLP trunking
SAVE TIME
392
DLP Aluminium adaptable trunking system 50 x 105
(1) Number of meters in pack
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Pack Cat.Nos Body
50 x 105
8
(1)
111 00 Supplied without cover
lenght 2 m
Cover and partition
16
(1)
0111 11 Full rigid cover 85 mm width
50 x 105
24
(1)
0111 08 Separation partition
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for Arteor
TM
for cover
85 mm width
20 0112 12 2 modules
5/50 0112 13 3 modules
20 0112 14 4 modules
10 0112 16 6 modules
Cabling accessories
50 0106 82 Clip
20/500 0111 88 Earth link
100/1000 0308 81 Base for cable ties
Wiring capacity chart (p. 396)
Selection table (p. 390-391)
105
5
0
105
6
5

50 x 105
Finishing accessories
20/100 0111 58 End cap
1/10 0112 43 Flat angle
1 0112 32 External angle
1/5 0112 21 Internal angle
1/10 0112 51 Flat jonction
20/200 0111 66 Body joint
10/100 0111 63 Cover joint
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 43
External angle
Cat.No 0112 32
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 21
393
DLP Aluminium adaptable trunking system 50 x 150
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Wiring capacity chart (p. 396)
Selection table (p. 390-391)
Pack Cat.Nos Body
50 x 150
4
(1)
0111 02 Supplied without cover
Allow fitting of partial covers
lenght 2 m
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for Arteor
TM
for cover
65 mm width
20 0112 02 2 modules
5 0112 03 3 modules
10 0112 04 4 modules
5 0112 06 6 modules
150
5
0
150
6
5
(1) Number of meters in pack
Finishing accessories
50 x 150
10/50 0111 60 End cap
1/5 0112 45 Flat angle
1 0112 34 External angle
1 0112 42 Internal angle
1/5 0112 51 Flat junction
20/400 0111 66 Body joint
10/100 0111 62 Cover joint for cover 65 mm
10/100 0111 64 Cover joint for cover 130 mm
Covers and partitions
16
(1)
0111 10 Partial rigid cover 65 mm width
8
(1)
0111 12 Full rigid cover 130 width
50 x 150
12
(1)
0111 06 Division partition for cover
65 mm width
24
(1)
0111 08 Separation partition
Supports for Arteor
TM
for cover
85 mm width
20 0112 12 2 modules
5/50 0112 13 3 modules
20 0112 14 4 modules
10 0112 16 6 modules
Cabling accessories
50 0106 82 Clip for 65 mm cover
50 0106 86 Clip for 130 mm cover
20/500 0111 88 Earth link
100/1000 0308 81 Base for cable ties
External angle
Cat.No 0112 34
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 42
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 45
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
394
DLP Aluminium adaptable trunking system 50 x 195
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
(1) Number of meters in pack
Wiring capacity chart (p. 396)
Selection table (p. 390-391)
Pack Cat.Nos Body
50 x 195
4
(1)
0111 04 Supplied without cover
Allow fitting of partial
covers lenght 2 m
Pack Cat.Nos Supports for Arteor
TM
for cover
85 mm width
20 0112 12 2 modules
5 0112 13 3 modules
20 0112 14 4 modules
10 0112 16 6 modules
Cabling accessories
50 0106 82 Clip for 85 mm cover
50 0106 86 Clip for 180 mm cover
20/500 0111 88 Earth link
100/1000 0308 81 Base for cable ties
Covers and partitions
16
(1)
0111 11 Partial rigid cover 85 mm width
8
(1)
0111 13 Full rigid cover 180 width
50 x 195
24
(1)
0111 08 Separation partition
12
(1)
0111 06 Division partition for cover
85 mm width

50 x 195
Finishing accessories
10/100 0111 61 End cap
1/5 0112 47 Flat angle
1 0112 36 External angle
1 0112 25 Internal angle
1/5 0112 51 Flat junction
20/400 0111 66 Body joint
10/100 0111 63 Cover joint for cover 85 mm
10/100 0111 65 Cover joint for cover 180 mm
195
5
0
195
6
5
External angle
Cat.No 0112 36
Internal angle
Cat.No 0112 25
Flat angle
Cat.No 0112 47
Flat junction
Cat.No 0112 51
Cat.Nos for 50 x 195 trunking
DLP Aluminium adaptable trunking system
wiring capacity chart
396
■ Choice of section
Choose your DLP trunking according to the calculated usable cross-section, the number of compartments and whether or not any wiring
accessory supports are used
■ Calculation of the usable cross-section
Simply add together the usable cross-sections of the conductors or cables you want to run in one compartment
50 x 105 50 x 150
Cross
section
(mm
2
)
Max.Ø
(mm
2
)
Cover 85 Cover 65 Cover 65 Cover 130
Cross-section 4 330 3 020 3 020 6 470
Max. Ø 28 43 2 x 43 28

With Arteor
TM Cross-section 2 300 1 470 1 470 -
support
Max. Ø 2 x 24 18 18 -
With 60 mm
Cross-section 1 660 - - 2 990
fixing centres
Max. Ø 2 x18 - - 2 x 30
With Lexic
Cross-section 2 460 1 810 1 810 3 230
support
Max. Ø 2 x 21 24 24 2 x 20
50 x 195
Cross
section
(mm
2
)
Max.Ø
(mm
2
)
Cover 85 Cover 85 Cover 180
Trunking only
Cross-section 5 350 5 350 111 60
Max. Ø 55 55 3 x 54
With Arteor
TM Cross-section 3 320 3 320 -
support
Max. Ø 33 33 -

With 60 mm
Cross-section 2 680 2 680 -
fixing centres
Max. Ø 24 24 -
With Lexic
Cross-section 3 480 3 480 -
support
Max. Ø 35 35 -

With Hypra
Cross-section - - -
support
Max. Ø - - -
The usable cross-sections in the table opposite are
theoretical, and correspond to the minimum
dimensions of the conductors. You must assign a
packing coefficient of 30% to get closer to the actual
conditions in installations
Type of conductor Usable Max. diameter
or cable (mm
2
) cross-section (mm
2
) (mm)
1.5 9.7 3.5
2.5 13.9 4.2
4 18.1 4.8
6 31.2 6.3
FTP
(1)
- 7
(1) Diameter on a Legrand category 6 4 pair FTP cable
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists. Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same..
Red catalogue numbers: New products
floor boxes and underfloor boxes
for raised or concrete floors
397
0896 26 0896 21
0896 30
■ Installation principles
Installation
■ Positioning wiring accessories
In floor boxes height 65 mm
■ Choice of plastic underfloor box according to the floor box
to be installed
A
B
18-48 75 65
105
A
A B
B
18-48
In floor boxes with adjustable
height 75 to 105 mm
Cat.Nos A (mm) B (mm)
0896 20/21 215 255
0896 25/26 310 255
0896 30 215 255
0896 32 255 255
A B
Pack Cat.nos. Floor boxes with height reduced to 65 mm
Conform to standard NF EN 60 670
For technical space ≥ 65 mm
For renovation with reduced height technical floor or
for concrete floor
Supplied with reversible stainless steel cover or
cover for carpet or parquet
Mounting boxes (for vertical wiring device
positioning):
- supplied with blanking plates requiring sufficient
space between the sockets if angled plugs are used
- to be equipped with 2 module Arteor
TM
socket
outlets
- takes marking labels
- ensures perfect cable separation
Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open
position during connection
10 modules to be equipped
For installing 4x2 modules Arteor
TM
and 2x1 module
Arteor
TM
1 0896 20 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 21 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
16 modules to be equipped
For installing 8x2 modules Arteor
TM
1 0896 25 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031
1 0896 26 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031
floor boxes and underfloor boxes
for raised or concrete floors
Plastic underfloor boxes
For integration of floor boxes in concrete floor
installations
Powor supply by íloxiblo oonduits Ø16, 20 and 25 mm
Supplied with polystyrene for easy installation (see
opposite)
1 0896 30 For integration of floor boxes
12 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 10 modules
1 0896 32 For integration of floor boxes
24 modules, or floor boxes with
reduced height 16 modules
Pop-up boxes
for raised floor and furniture
Pop-up boxes
for raised floor and furniture
398
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same..
■ Technical data
1st step :
Connect Arteor
TM
mechanisms, then clip mechanisms into receptacle
frame
2nd step :
Insert receptacle frame into mounting box and tighten screws.
6503 50 fitted with
Arteor
TM
modules
6503 00
Dimensions (p. 398)
Technical data (p. 398)
Pack Cat. nos. Pop-up boxes
1/12 6503 00 Aluminium floor adaptor - 3 modules
1/6 6503 49 Aluminium floor adaptor 3 + 3 modules
1/12 6503 50 Brass floor adaptor - 3 modules
Flush mounting boxes
10 6503 31 Plastic floor box for 6503 49
1/12 6503 32 Metallic floor box for 6503 49
Use 2 nos of 6503 32 for one 6503 49
1/20 6503 90 Plastic floor box for 6503 00/6503 50
6503 49 6503 00
.
Floor access unit
for raised floors
Floor access unit
for raised floors
399
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
Dimensions (p. 399)
Technical data (p. 399)
Pack Cat. nos. Access master box
Circular floor box that can be used as a simple
access to the floor void
IP 20 - IK 08
1/10 0893 07 Box made of 2 parts : aluminium and polyester with
nooprono |oint 3 Ø 20 mm outgoings
Dimonsions : Ø 145 mm x 60 mm doptn
Cut-out dimonsions : Ø 127 mm
Framo dimonsions : Ø 144 mm
The specially designed rubber jaws keep the cables
secure and prevents accidental disconnection
Cabling / conduit not supplied
3 piece GRP top, with removable section to allow passage of cables.
■ Technical data
25 mm < h < 50 mm
Cable from office multi-outlet extension
0893 07
1
1
400
Arteor
TM
&
Mosaic
TM
plates &
Flush boxes
P. 445-447
Arteor
TM
cover
plates
P. 410
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
patch panels,
connectors
P. 415
LCS
2
, cat. 6
cables & cords
P. 421
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
cables & cords
P. 426-427
LCS
2
,
Wi-Fi solution
Copper cabling
system
Fibre optic cabling
system
P. 428-429
LCS
2
,
fibre optic cables,
connectors
Audio & video
sockets
P. 434-435
Arteor
TM
audio &
video sockets, HD 15
amplifier
P. 436-438
19" LCS
2

enclosures &
enclosure bases
P. 444
LCS
2
wall mounting
cabinets
LCS
2
system
P. 406-409
Selection chart
for equipment &
enclosures
Enclosure &
cabinets
Structured
Cabling
Solutions
with LCS
2
401
P. 448
Mosaic
TM
Plates
P. 448
Flush boxes
P. 414
LCS
2
, cat. 6
patch panels,
connectors
P. 411
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
cables &
cords
P. 416
LCS
2
, cat. 6
zone distribution
boxes
P. 422
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
zone distribution
boxes
P. 430-432
LCS
2
, fibre optic
drawers, sockets,
zone distribution
boxes
P. 412
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
zone distribution
boxes
P. 417
LCS
2
, cat. 6
feed through
sockets, block kits
P. 423
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
RJ 45 sockets
P. 432-433
LCS
2
,
fibre optic patch
cords
P. 418-419
LCS
2
, cat. 6
RJ 45 sockets
P. 424-425
LCS
2
, modular panels,
blanking plates,
doubler sockets
P. 442
19" LCS
2

cabinets &
accessories
P. 413
LCS
2
, cat. 6A
RJ 45 sockets
P. 420
LCS
2
, cat. 5e
patch panels,
connectors
P. 426
LCS
2
,
telephone panels,
units & cables
P. 443
Linkeo 19" LCS
2

cabinets, 10" LCS
2

cabinets
P. 439
Altis enclosures
P. 440-441
Enclosure
equipments,
enclosure cable &
cord management
402
The new LCS
2
RJ 45 connector
is the core element contributing
to the performance of the
LCS
2
system, which obtains a
perfect connection within a few
seconds.
Copper Fibre Optic
The design of the new LCS
2

patch panels optimises the
mounting and maintenance.
Ensure total coherence of
LCS
2
cat. 6A, cat. 6 and cat. 5e
systems.
The new LCS
2
Fibre optic
drawer gives a better comfort in
installation and maintenance.
Legrand solutions, including
the rapid crimping connection
process and pre-fitted fibre
optic links on demand have
made a significant contribution
to placing fibre optics within the
reach of installers.
E t t l h
The new LCS
2
enclosures
facilitates managing the cables
and cords
The new LCS
2
wall-mounting
cabinets can be fitted anywhere
where maintaining aesthetic
quality is very important.
Complete accessibility not only
via the doors and panels, but
also thanks to the high pre-cuts
and low opening.
Enclosures & Cabinets
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 403
Workstations
With the new LCS
2
zone
distribution boxes connected
to the Arteor
TM
& Mosaic
TM
feed
through sockets, the result is
complete flexibility.
Network within reach.
On the wall with trunking, on
the ceiling with columns, on
the ground with floor boxes and
desktop multi-outlet extensions
or nearby with blocks and mini-
columns. They are suitable for
all work space configurations.
In the technical room, in a
false ceiling or in the floor
boxes and desktop multi-outlet
extensions, it is necessary to
identify the special networks at
a single glance. The Arteor
TM
/
Mosaic
TM
LCS
2
sockets has
coloured covers.
Wi-Fi access points can
be fitted anywhere where
unrestricted access to the
computer network is required.
LCS
2
From technical room to workstation
Complete systems with a 20-year guarantee. The new LCS
2
cat. 6A
(up to 500 mHz), cat. 6 (up to 250 mHz) and cat. 5e (up to 100 mHz)
systems have been designed as coherent entities to optimise their
performance. The systems are suitable for optical fibre cables as
well as copper cables.
The new LCS
2
systems integrate perfectly in the various other
Legrand solutions: DLP trunking system, cabling accessories,
cable management, etc.
404
OFFICES
MALLS
CAMPUS / INSTITUTIONS
HOTEL
DLP Trunking Cablofil
Access control Area distribution box RJ 45 socket
AVS socket DLP trunking system
RJ 45 sockets 45° Retractable RJ 45 socket
GLOBAL SPECIALIST IN ELECTRICAL AND DIGITAL BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURES I 405
LCS
2
End-to-end solution
With LCS
2
range, Legrand offers End-to-end solution for Offices,
Malls, Institutions, Hotels.
Cabling unit Fibre optic socket
Patch panel
RJ 45 with controlled
access
Wi-Fi access point
19” wall-mounting
cabinet
Patch cord
SELECT RJ 45 SOCKETS AND WI-FI ACCESS POINTS ARTEOR
TM
MOSAIC
TM
LCS
2
cat. 6A LCS
2
cat. 6 LCS
2
cat. 5e LCS
2
cat. 6A LCS
2
cat. 6 LCS
2
cat. 5e
1 module
STP
White 5734 32 5734 34 - 0765 73 0765 63 -
Magnesium 5728 06 5736 34 -
FTP
White - 5723 22 5734 30
Magnesium - 5728 22 5736 30
UTP
White - 5734 28 5734 29 - 0765 61 0765 51
Magnesium - 5736 28 5736 29
2 modules
STP
White - 5734 77 - 0765 76 0765 66 -
Magnesium - 5736 77 -
FTP
White - 5734 76 -
Magnesium - 5736 76 -
UTP
White - 5734 74 5734 75
Magnesium - 5736 74 5736 75 - 0765 64 0765 54
2 modules with
45° incline
UTP White - 0765 03 0765 01
2 modules with
controlled access
STP
White 5723 50 - - 0765 99 0765 96 -
Magnesium 5728 50 - -
UTP
White - 5723 53 -
Magnesium - 5728 53 - - 0765 94 0765 97
Sockets at 90°
STP White - 0765 93 -
UTP White - 0765 91 -
2 x RJ 45 sockets UTP White - 0765 44 0765 41
Green shutter
STP
White 5723 52 - - 0765 24 - -
Magnesium 5728 52 - -
FTP
White - 5723 55 -
Magnesium 5728 55 - - 0765 22 -
Orange shutter
STP
White 5723 51 - - 0765 25 - -
Magnesium 5728 51 - -
FTP
White - 5723 54 -
Magnesium - 5728 54 - - 0765 23 -
Copper
feedthroughs
UTP White - 0786 22 0786 20
Doubler sockets
Ethernet/Ethernet UTP 0765 38 0765 38 0765 38
Telephone/Ethernet UTP 0765 36 0765 36 0765 36
Telephone/telephone 0765 35 0765 35 0765 35
Manageable Wi-Fi
access points
With RJ 45 socket, dual-band and
dual-radio
0779 14 0779 14 0779 14
Dual-band and dual-radio 0779 13 0779 13 0779 13
406
selection chart for equipment and enclosures
configure your LCS
2
system
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
SELECT LCS
2
PANELS AND CONNECTOR UNITS
Patch panels 1U
Fitted with 24 connectors
STP 0335 73 0335 63 -
UTP - 0335 61 0335 51
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors
STP 0335 76 0335 66 -
UTP - 0335 64 0335 54
Blanking plate 0335 91 0335 91 0335 91
Patch panel 1 u
To be fitted with 4 units
0335 90 0335 90 0335 90
407
SELECT FIBRE OPTIC EQUIPMENT
Monomode Multimode
LC units
For 6 fibres 0335 13 0335 18
High density - For 12 fibres - 0335 19
SC units For 6 fibres 0335 12 0335 17
ST unit For 6 fibres - 0335 16
Copper/fibre optic converters
10/100 base T to 10/100 base SX - 0335 06
1000 base T to 1000 base SX/LX - 0335 07
Switch units 6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic port 0335 05 0335 05
Fibre optic enclosures 1 U - For 4 fibre optic units 0335 10 0335 10
Fibre optic cassettes for patch panel 0335 11 0335 11
SELECT 19" LCS
2
FEEDTHROUGH PANELS
Metal, 2 axes and quick-fixing
1 U 0465 22
2 U 0465 23
Plastic with brushes, snap on
1 U 0465 28
2 U 0465 29
Metal with brushes and quick-fixing
1 U 0465 30
2 U 0465 31
SELECT 19" LCS
2
Power Supply Units
5 x 2P+T sockets + switch
6339 10
5 x 2P+ sockets + MBC 6339 11
Replacement module for
surge suppressor 2 U
Replacement module 0775 41
Modular unit 2 U Takes 16 Mosaic
TM
modules 0332 79
DIN rail kit IP 2X - 2 U For Lexic modular devices 0465 45
SELECT PATCH CORDS AND RJ 45 USERS
SF/UTP Impedance 100 Ohms
1 m 0517 80 0517 52 -
2 m 0517 81 0517 53 -
3 m 0517 82 0517 54 -
5 m 0517 83 0517 55 -
F/UTP Impedance 100 Ohms
0.3 m - - 0516 91
0.6 m - - 0517 17
1 m - 0517 62 0516 40
2 m - 0517 63 0516 41
3 m - 0517 64 0516 42
5 m - 0517 65 0516 43
U/UTP Impedance 100 Ohms
1 m - 0517 72 -
2 m - 0517 73 -
3 m - 0517 74 -
5 m - 0517 75 -
SELECT COPPER CABLES (305 OR 500 M REELS)
S/FTP 4 pairs 500 m 0327 77 - -
SF/UTP
4 pairs 500 m - 0327 57 -
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 59 -
F/UTP
4 pairs
305 m - 0328 56 0327 52
500 m 0327 78 0327 56 0328 50
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0327 76 0327 74
U/UTP
4 pairs
305 m - 0327 54 0327 50
500 m - 0328 61 0328 53
2 x 4 pairs 500 m - 0328 63 0328 55
selection chart for equipment and enclosures
configure your LCS
2
system (continued)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
408
selection chart for equipment and enclosures
configure your LCS
2
system (continued)
SELECT 19" LCS
2
ENCLOSURES Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm Depth 1000 mm
24 U Width 600 mm 0463 00 - -
29 U Width 600 mm 0463 06 - -
33 U Width 600 mm 0463 12 - -
42 U
Width 600 mm 0463 18 0463 19 -
Width 800 mm 0463 21 0463 22 0463 23
47 U Width 800 mm - 0463 28 0463 29
SELECT 19" LCS
2
EXTENSION ENCLOSURES Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm
42 U
Width 600 mm 0463 30 -
Width 800 mm - 0463 33
SELECT 19" LCS
2
SERVER ENCLOSURES Depth 1000 mm
42 U
Width 600 mm 0463 85
Width 800 mm 0463 86
SELECT EQUIPMENT FOR 19" LCS
2
ENCLOSURES
For enclosure
depth 600 mm
For enclosure
depth 800 mm
For enclosure
depth 1000 mm
42 U cabling units 0463 34 0463 35 -
Base for cabling unit, trap height 100 mm 0464 64
(1)
0464 64
(1)
-
Joining kits 0463 37 0463 38 0463 39
Sets of 2 solid side traps for enclosure base 0464 54
(2)
0464 56
(2)
0464 58
(2)
Ventilated traps, 1 trap height 100 mm 0464 60 0464 61 -
Traps with brushes, 1 panel height 100 mm 0464 62 0464 63 -
Stay plates 0476 93 0476 94 0476 95
Linking interface 0464 66 - -
Fixed shelves
Projecting mounting on 2 x 19" uprights
Depth 115 mm 0465 00 0465 00 0465 00
Depth 200 mm 0465 01 0465 01 0465 01
Depth 360 mm 0465 02 0465 02 0465 02
Fixed shelves. Quick mounting on 4 x 19" uprights (excludes server enclosures) 0465 05 0465 06 0465 07
Fixed shelf. Screw fixed on 4 x 19" uprights - - 0465 17
Telescopic shelves. Quick mounting on 4 x 19" uprights (excludes server enclosures) 0465 08 0465 09 0465 10
Telescopic shelf. Screw fixed on 4 x 19" uprights - - 0465 18
Set of 2 fixed runners 0465 11 0465 12 0465 13
Height 100 mm Height 200 mm
Enclosure base kits
For width 600 mm 0464 50 0464 52
For width 800 mm 0464 51 0464 53
SELECT 19" LCS
2
CABLE ENTRIES FOR TOP AND BOTTOM AND
BLANKING PLATES
For enclosures
Plastic cable entries with brushes, snap on
1 U 0465 28
2 U 0465 29
Solid plastic blanking plates, snap on
1 U 0465 32
2 U 0465 33
Metal cable entries with brushes and quick-fixing
1 U 0465 30
2 U 0465 31
Solid metal blanking plates and quick-fixing
1 U 0465 38
2 U 0465 39
3 U 0465 40
SELECT CABLING MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT
Sets of 3 cable management supports
For enclosure width/depth 600 mm 0464 72
For enclosure width/depth 800 mm 0464 73
For enclosure depth 1000 mm 0464 74
Flat cable guides
For enclosure 33 U 0464 76
For enclosure 42 U 0464 77
U-shaped cable guides
Width 200 mm 0464 69
Width 400 mm 0464 70
Cord management grille For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm 0331 35
Vertical feedthrough For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm 0464 80
Patch extension For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm 0464 81
SELECT THERMAL MANAGEMENT EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
19" plates 3U with 230 V fans
2 fans 0464 87
3 fans 0464 88
Ventilation enclosures
For enclosure depth 600/800 mm 0464 89
For enclosure depth 800/1000 mm 0464 90
Thermostat Adjustable range 5 to 60 °C 0348 48
Accessories
Set of 4 casters 0464 83
Set of 4 casters for server enclosure 0464 82
230 V Lighting kit 0464 85
Level adjustment kit 0464 84
Floor fixing kit 0464 86
(1) Double the number of traps for a height of 200 mm
(2) Order 2 sets for a base height of 200 mm (Cat.Nos 0464 52/53)
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
409
selection chart for equipment and enclosures
configure your LCS
2
system (continued)
SELECT 19" LCS
2
CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT
FIXED PIVOTING
Depth 400 mm Depth 580 mm Depth 600 mm
6 U Height 350 mm 0462 00 - -
9 U Height 500 mm 0462 01 0462 06 0462 11
12 U Height 600 mm 0462 02 0462 07 0462 12
16 U Height 800 mm 0462 03 0462 08 0462 13
21 U Height 1000 mm - 0462 09 0462 14
Fixed shelves
Depth 115 mm 0465 00 0465 00 0465 00
Depth 200 mm 0465 01 0465 01 0465 01
Depth 360 mm - 0465 02 0465 02
Equipment
Cable entry plate with brush - - 0462 55
230 VA fan 0462 60 0462 60 0462 60
Thermostat 0348 48 0348 48 0348 48
Set of 4 casters - - 0462 64
SELECT FIBRE OPTIC PATCH CORDS
OS 1 (UPC)
monomode
9/125 μm
OM 3
multimode
50/125 μm
OM 2
multimode
50/125 μm
ST/ST duplex cords
1 m - - 0330 80
2 m - - 0330 81
3 m - - 0330 82
SC/SC duplex cords
1 m 0326 00 0326 09 0330 69
2 m 0326 01 0326 10 0330 70
3 m 0326 02 0326 11 0330 71
SC/LC duplex cords
1 m 0326 03 0326 12 0330 75
2 m 0326 04 0326 13 0330 63
3 m 0326 05 0326 14 0330 76
ST/SC duplex cords
2 m - - 0330 72
3 m - - 0330 73
LC/LC duplex cords
1 m 0326 06 0326 15
2 m 0326 07 0326 16 0330 61
3 m 0326 08 0326 17
LC/ST duplex cord 2 m - - 0330 65
SELECT OPTIC CABLES (2000 M REELS)
Internal/external, anti-rodent
6 fibres 0325 12 0325 10 0325 08
12 fibres - 0325 11 0325 09
External, anti-rodent reinforced steel 6 fibres 0325 13 - -
LCS
2
zone distribution boxes LCS
2
cat. 6 LCS
2
cat. 5e
Zone distribution boxes
Fitted with 12 x RJ 45 connectors
STP 0335 46 -
FTP 0335 45 -
UTP 0335 44 -
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors
STP 0335 66 -
FTP 0335 65 0335 55
UTP 0335 64 0335 54
Fibre optic accessory 0335 20 0335 20
Zone distribution box
To be fitted with 4 units
0335 40 0335 40
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
410
0335 76
0335 90
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panel cat. 6A
24 x RJ 45 connectors
Panel supplied with quick-fixing
All enclosures or cabinets general assembly
Panel ensures automatic grounding of each connector
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance
Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS
2
RJ 45 connectors cat. 6A
with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping,
with 568 A/B labelling
Supplied with numbered colour labels
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, draft
amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
19" panel - 1 U
1 0335 73 STP - Metal shielding 360°
Modular panel
Panel supplied with quick-fixing
All enclosures or cabinets general assembly
Panel ensures automatic grounding of each connector
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance
Modular empty panel for up to 4 units
Take the following equipment:
- units of 6 x LCS
2
RJ 45 connectors
- telephone inlet units
- fibre optic units
- PoE injector units
- video streaming units
- switch units
- telephone/Ethernet doubler units
- copper/fibre optic converter units
- blanking plates
1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6A
Fitted with 6 x LCS
2
RJ 45 connectors cat. 6A with
fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with
568 A/B labelling
Supplied with colour labels
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, draft
amendment z, EN 50173-2 and
EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
2 0335 76 STP unit - metal shielding 360°
10 0335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black
NEW LCS PRO
2
SOFTWARE
Your LCS
2

enclosure in a
few clicks
Select your products and visualise your
enclosure simply and quickly with the new
LCS Pro
2
software...
LCS Pro
2
lets you visualise
the enclosure installation
and amend it if required
LCS Pro
2
allows you to
easily manage your
studies: technical
summaries, purchase
orders, document printing
LCS Pro
2
allows you to
automatically find Cat.Nos
by selecting characteristics
options
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6A
patch panels, blocks of connectors
Connector cat. 6A
shielded STP
>>>
0335 73
TO
B
E
IN
TR
O
D
U
C
E
D

S
H
O
R
TLY
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
411
0517 82 0327 77
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for local networks cat. 6A
Cables 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs 100 ohms
LSZH sleeve: halogen-free
Yellow RAL 1018
Colour code EIA/TIA
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
LSZH
Performance 500 MHz
F/UTP - 4 pairs
Performance 500 MHz
500
(1)
0327 78 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg
F/UTP - 2x4 pairs
Performance 500 MHz
500
(1)
0328 78 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 65 kg
S/FTP - 4 pairs
Performance 600 MHz
500
(1)
0327 77 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 30 kg
Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 patch cords and user cords cat. 6A
RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
PVC S/FTP shielded impedance 100 Ω
5 0517 80 Length 1 m
5 0517 81 Length 2 m
5 0517 82 Length 3 m
5 0517 83 Length 5 m
LSZH
5 0518 70 Length 1 m
5 0518 71 Length 2 m
5 0518 72 Length 3 m
5 0518 73 Length 5 m
5 0518 66 Length 1 m
5 0518 67 Length 2 m
5 0518 68 Length 3 m
5 0518 69 Length 5 m
(1) in metre(s)
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6A
cords
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6A
cables
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
412
0335 40
>>>
LCS
2
ZONE DISTRIBUTION
BOXES
Accessory
connection
equipment
> Reliable and fast connection to the LCS
2
zone
box with sockets with copper and fibre optic
feedthrough and RJ 45/RJ 45 cords
> Guaranteed performance across the whole
LCS
2
system
Complete flexibility with the new LCS
2
zone
boxes: centralisation of connections close to
the work station, coexistence of copper and
fibre optics
> Flexible installation with lines in reserve to
meet future requirements quickly
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6A
zone distribution boxes
Pack Cat.Nos Zone distribution boxes
For distribution of low current in a zone fitted with 1 to
12 RJ 45 sockets
Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and
adaptability of the installation
Installed on false ceiling or false floor
Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet
Connection to workstation for RJ 45 cords
Can take switch Cat.No 0335 02 or PoE injector
Cat.No 0335 01 or 6 connector unit Cat.No 0335 76
Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100,
NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950,
ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and EIA/TIA 568
Colour code EIA/TIA 568 A and B
Cords and cables: ISO 11801 id.2.0, EN 50173-1,
EIA/TIA 568
Technical characteristics:
- polycarbonate PC hood
- polypropylene PP base
- RAL 7035
- holds connector units in place on the box: 100 N
- cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties
Self-assembly zone distribution box
1 0335 40 Used for mounting LCS
2
RJ 45 connector blocks
cat. 6A (p. 58), cat. 6 (p. 62) and cat. 5e (p. 68),
of fibre optic accessories or blanking plates
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
413
0765 76
Pack Cat.Nos Mosaic
TM
RJ 45 sockets cat. 6A
360° metal shielding
STP - 1 module
10 0765 73 White
STP - 2 modules
10 0765 76 White
10 0765 24 White with green shutter
10 0765 25 White with orange shutter
0765 24 0765 25 0765 73
Pack Cat.Nos Arteor
TM
RJ 45 socket cat. 6A
360° metal shielding
STP - 1 module
10 5734 32 White
10 5728 06 Magnesium
10 5723 52 White with green shutter
10 5728 52 Magnesium with green shutter
10 5723 51 White with orange shutter
10 5728 51 Magnesium with orange shutter
STP with controlled access - 2 modules
Supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets
5 5723 50 White with red shutter
5 5728 50 Magnesium with red shutter
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6A
RJ 45 sockets
Sockets with LCS
2
connector with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping
Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG multicore cables
Contacts marked with dual colour code and numbers 568 A and B
Conforms to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, draft amendment 2, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
Arteor
TM
Program audio/video
sockets
see p. 434
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
5734 32
414
0335 62 0335 90
Connecteur cat. 6
STP blindé
0335 65
Pack Cat.Nos Patch panels cat. 6
24 x RJ 45 connectors
Panels supplied with quick-fixing
All enclosures or cabinets general assembly
Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance
Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS
2
RJ 45 connectors cat. 6
connection with 110 tool, with 568 A/B labelling
Supplied with colour labels numbered from 1 to 24
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and EIA/TIA 568
19" 1 U panels
1 0335 61 UTP panel - 8 contacts
1 0335 62 FTP panel - 9 contacts
1 0335 63 STP panel - metal shielding 360°
UTP through panel
24 x RJ 45 connectors
1 0335 89 UTP through panel
Pack Cat.Nos Modular panels
Panels supplied with quick-fixing
General all-purpose assembly of all enclosures
or cabinets
Panels ensure automatic earthing of each connector
Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during
maintenance Empty panels to be fitted with 4 units
Take the following equipment:
- 6 LCS
2
RJ 45 connector units
- telephone inlet units
- fibre optic units
- PoE injector units
- video streaming units
- switch units
- telephone/Ethernet doubler units
- copper/fibre optic converter units
- blanking plates
1 0335 90 19" panel - 1 U
Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6
Fitted with 6 x LCS
2
RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 with fast
connection thanks to integrated crimping, with 568
A/B labelling
Supplied with colour labels
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568
2 0335 64 UTP unit - 8 contacts
2 0335 65 FTP unit - 9 contacts
2 0335 66 STP unit - metal shielding 360°
10 0335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6
patch panels, blocks of connectors
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quantity is our mandatory packing. Orders to be placed by Legrand (India) stockists in multiples of the same.
415
0517 62 0327 54
Pack Cat.Nos Cables for local networks cat. 6
Cables 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs
100 ohms
Blue RAL 5015
Colour code EIA/TIA
Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801
Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 B2.10
LSZH PVC U/UTP - 4 pairs
305
(1)
0327 54 Length 305 m
Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 16 kg
500
(1)
0328 61 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 18 kg
1000
(1)
0328 71 Length 1000 m
Supplied on reel
305
(1)
0327 55 Length 305m
Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 13 kg
500
(1)
0328 62 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 19 kg
1000
(1)
0328 72 Length 1000 m
Supplied on reel
U/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500
(1)
0328 63 Length 500 m
Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 38 kg
F/UTP - 4 pairs
305
(1)
0328 56 Length 305 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 17 kg
500
(1)
0327 56 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg
F/UTP - 4 pairs
305
(1)
0328 57 Length 305 m
Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 17 kg
500
(1)
0327 58 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg
F/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500
(1)
0327 76 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 48 kg
500
(1)
0328 58 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 45 kg
SF/UTP - 4 pairs
500
(1)
0327 57 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 29 kg
500
(1)
0327 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 30 kg
SF/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs
500
(1)
0328 59 Length 500 m
Supplied on reel. Weight 52 kg
Pack Cat.Nos RJ 45 patch cords and user cords
cat. 6
RJ 45 - RJ 45 right
PVC U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω
1 0517 72 Length 1 m
1 0517 73 Length 2 m
1 0517 74 Length 3 m
1 0517 75 Length 5 m
LSZH
1 0518 62 0518 58 Length 1 m
1 0518 63 0518 59 Length 2 m
1 0518 64 0518 60 Length 3 m
1 0518 65 0518 61 Length 5 m
PVC F/UTP screened impedance 100 Ω
1 0517 62 Length 1 m
1 0517 63 Length 2 m
1 0517 64 Length 3 m
1 0517 65 Length 5 m
LSZH
1 0518 54 0518 50 Length 1 m
1 0518 55 0518 51 Length 2 m
1 0518 56 0518 52 Length 3 m
1 0518 57 0518 53 Length 5 m
PVC SF/UTP shielded impedance 100 Ω
5 0517 52 Length 1 m
5 0517 53 Length 2 m
5 0517 54 Length 3 m
5 0517 55 Length 5 m
(1) in metre(s)
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6
cables
Legrand cabling system LCS
2
category 6
cords
Bold catalogue numbers are products normally available with Legrand (India) stockists.
Cat. nos. that are not bold - delivery within 4 - 8 weeks from the date of order.
Bold packing quant